Quarterlytics / Bunzl

Bunzl

bnzl · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker bnzl
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Bunzl
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
If you are looking at this on a tablet,  
the search, print and go to page 
functions will not work.

Welcome to  
the Bunzl plc
Annual Report 2019

Use the interactive PDF control panel along the 
top of each page to help you find information 
and navigate around this document easily.

Go to  
home 
page

Search

Print

Previous 
view

Go to  
page

Go to
contents

Navigate 
within 
the report

Links
Dynamic links within the text are indicated 
when the user rolls over hyperlinks and the 
mouse cursor changes to a pointed hand.

Full screen mode
This PDF is set up to view in full screen 
mode. To turn this off, press esc and the 
full toolbar is revealed.

Building a 
sustainable 
future

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Detail
pg 18

We have a  
proven strategy
We offer a  
unique service
We are committed 
to sustainability

Detail
pg 14

Detail
pg 34

In this report

Strategic report
1 
2 
4 
6 
10 
12 
14 
16 
18 
22 
24 
32 
34 
50 
56 

Financial highlights
Group at a glance
Chairman’s statement
Chief Executive Officer’s review
Investment case
Purpose, values and culture
Service offering
Business model
Strategy
Key performance indicators
Operating review
Engaging with our stakeholders
Sustainability
 Principal risks and uncertainties
Financial review

Directors’ report
66 
68 
77 
80 
85 
114 

Board of directors
Corporate governance report
Nomination Committee report
Audit Committee report 
Directors’ remuneration report 
Other statutory information

Financial statements
118 
119 

 Consolidated income statement
 Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income
Consolidated balance sheet
 Consolidated statement of 
changes in equity
 Consolidated cash flow statement
Notes
Company balance sheet
 Company statement of changes 
in equity
 Notes to the Company financial 
statements
 Statement of directors’ 
responsibilities
 Independent auditors’ report to 
the members of Bunzl plc
Shareholder information
Five year review

120 
121 

122 
124 
169 
170 

171 

177 

178 

184 
192 

www.bunzl.com

Financial highlights

Our long term track record of strong cash generation has enabled us to pay a 
growing dividend over the past 27 years and to support our growth strategy 
by making acquisitions and reinvesting in the underlying business.

Adjusted earnings per share*

Cash conversion*

Dividend per share

132.2p

(IAS 17 – 2019: 132.4p; 2018: 129.6p) 

101%

(2018: 94%)

1.0% 

Growth at constant exchange rates 
(Actual exchange rates +2.2%)

51.3p

(2018: 50.2p)

2.2% 

Revenue

Adjusted operating profit*

Adjusted profit before income tax*

£9,326.7m

(2018: £9,079.4m) 

1.0% 

£653.3m

£578.2m

(IAS 17 – 2019: £630.9m; 2018: £614.0m)

(IAS 17 – 2019: £579.1m; 2018: £559.0m)

1.5% 

2.4% 

Growth at constant exchange rates 
(Actual exchange rates +2.7%)

Growth at constant exchange rates 
(Actual exchange rates +2.8%)

Growth at constant exchange rates 
(Actual exchange rates +3.6%)

Operating profit

Profit before income tax

Basic earnings per share

£528.4m

£453.3m

104.8p

(IAS 17 – 2019: £506.0m; 2018: £466.2m) 

(IAS 17 – 2019: £454.2m; 2018: £424.8m)

(IAS 17 – 2019: 105.0p; 2018: 98.4p)

Growth at actual exchange rates +8.5%

Growth at actual exchange rates +6.9%

Growth at actual exchange rates +6.7%

*   Alternative performance measure (see Note 4 on page 134).
Growth at constant exchange rates is calculated by comparing the 2019 results to the results for 2018 retranslated at the average exchange rates used for 2019.

Basis of preparation IFRS 16 ‘Leases’
The Group adopted International Financial Reporting 
Standard (‘IFRS’) 16 ‘Leases’ with effect from 
1 January 2019 using the modified retrospective 
approach to transition and, in accordance with the 
standard, the Group’s financial results for the year 
ended 31 December 2018 have not been restated. 
As a result, the financial results for the year ended 
31 December 2019 are not directly comparable with 
those for the year ended 31 December 2018. However, 
in order to provide a meaningful comparison between 
the two reporting periods, where appropriate to do 
so, the Group’s financial results for the year ended 
31 December 2019 are also presented in accordance 
with IAS 17 ‘Leases’, being the accounting standard 
that was applicable for the year ended 31 December 
2018. Unless otherwise stated, all references in this 
Annual Report to growth rates and year-on-year 
comparisons relating to the Group’s statutory and 
alternative performance measures are stated on a 
consistent basis under IAS 17. Further details of the 
impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 on the Group’s 
financial results are set out in Notes 1 and 3.

Reconciliation of alternative performance measures to statutory measures
for the year ended 31 December 2019

Adjusting items

Customer
relationships 
amortisation
£m
(107.3)

Acquisition
 related
items
£m
(17.6)

Alternative 
performance
measures
£m
653.3
12.4
(87.5)

Statutory
measures
£m
528.4
12.4
(87.5)

Operating profit
Finance income
Finance expense

578.2
(137.6)

(107.3)
29.1

(17.6)
4.4

453.3
(104.1)

Profit before income tax
Income tax

440.6

(78.2)

(13.2)

349.2

Profit for the year

132.2p 

(23.4)p 

(4.0)p

104.8p

Basic earnings per share

IFRS
Adjusted operating profit
Finance income
Finance expense
Adjusted profit before 

income tax

Tax on adjusted profit
Adjusted profit for  

the year

Adjusted earnings  

per share

Further details of the Group’s alternative performance measures are set out in Note 4.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

1

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
Group at a glance

We provide a one-stop-shop, on-time and 
in-full specialist distribution service across 
more than 30 countries, supplying a broad 
range of internationally sourced non-food 
products to a variety of market sectors.

 19,000

Employees

31

Countries

6

Market sectors

 160

Acquisitions since 2004

27

Years of dividend growth

North America

Revenue

£5,473.2m

% of 2019 revenue

59%

Adjusted operating profit*

£343.6m

• Revenue broadly unchanged  
at constant exchange rates.
• Adjusted operating profit* up  

0.6% at constant exchange rates.
• Operating margin* unchanged  

at 6.0%.

• Return on operating capital*  
down from 48.4% to 45.5%. 

Read more
pg 24

Markets served
(% of 2019 revenue)

7% 2%

11%

29%

12%

13%

26%

   Foodservice
   Grocery
   Safety
   Cleaning & hygiene
   Retail
   Healthcare
   Other

2

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportDirectors’ report

Financial statements

Continental Europe

UK & Ireland

Revenue

£1,829.8m

% of 2019 revenue

20%

Revenue

£1,242.1m

% of 2019 revenue

13%

Rest of the World
Latin America and Asia Pacific
Revenue

£781.6m

% of 2019 revenue

8%

Adjusted operating profit*

Adjusted operating profit*

Adjusted operating profit*

£182.1m

£87.1m

£61.6m

• Revenue up 3.0% at constant  

•  Revenue down 1.7% at constant 

• Revenue up 8.8% at constant 

exchange rates.

•  Adjusted operating profit* up  

2.6% at constant exchange rates.
• Operating margin* unchanged  

at 9.8%.

•  Return on operating capital*  
down from 60.4% to 60.1%.

exchange rates. 

• Adjusted operating profit* down 
4.1% at constant exchange rates.

• Operating margin* down from  

6.9% to 6.7%.

• Return on operating capital*  
down from 87.8% to 84.4%. 

exchange rates.

•  Adjusted operating profit* up 8.3% 

at constant exchange rates.

•  Operating margin* down from 7.6%  

to 7.5%.

• Return on operating capital* down 

from 31.9% to 31.0%. 

Read more
pg 26

Read more
pg 28

Read more
pg 30

Foodservice 29%

Grocery 26%

Safety 13%

Non-food consumables, including food 
packaging, disposable tableware, guest 
amenities, catering equipment, cleaning 
products and safety items, to hotels, 
restaurants, contract caterers, food 
processors and the leisure sector.

  Cleaning &  
hygiene 12%

Cleaning and hygiene materials, including 
chemicals and hygiene paper, to cleaning 
and facilities management companies and 
industrial and public sector customers.

Other 2%

A variety of product ranges to other end  
user markets.

Goods-not-for-resale, including food 
packaging, films, labels and cleaning  
and hygiene supplies, to grocery stores  
and supermarkets.

Personal protection and safety equipment, 
including gloves, boots, hard hats, ear and 
eye protection and other workwear, to 
industrial and construction markets.

Retail 11%

Healthcare 7%

Goods-not-for-resale, including  
packaging and other store supplies  
and a full range of cleaning and hygiene 
products, to retail chains, boutiques,  
office supply companies, department  
stores, home improvement chains and 
related e-commerce sales channels.

Healthcare consumables, including 
gloves, swabs, gowns, bandages and 
other healthcare related equipment 
and cleaning and hygiene products 
to hospitals, care homes and other 
facilities serving the healthcare sector.

*  Alternative performance measure (see Note 4 on page 134).

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

3

Strategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chairman’s statement

Bunzl’s success is derived 
from the strength, resilience 
and reliability of our 
business model, combined 
with the execution of our 
long established, consistent 
and proven strategy.

Philip Rogerson 
Chairman

Results
Against the background of the mixed 
macroeconomic and market conditions 
which prevailed during 2019 across the 
countries and sectors in which we operate, 
I am pleased to report that Bunzl has 
produced another resilient performance.

The return on average operating capital on 
an IAS 17 basis decreased from 50.7% in 
2018 to 48.4%, principally as a result of an 
increase in average capital employed in the 
underlying business, and the return on 
invested capital on an IAS 17 basis was 
down from 15.0% to 14.6%.

Group revenue was £9,326.7 million 
(2018: £9,079.4 million), an increase of 2.7%, 
and adjusted operating profit was £653.3 
million with adjusted earnings per share of 
132.2p. On an IAS 17 basis, adjusted 
operating profit was £630.9 million, an 
increase of 2.8% (2018: £614.0 million), while 
adjusted earnings per share were 132.4p 
(2018: 129.6p), an increase of 2.2%.

Overall currency translation movements, 
principally the weakening of sterling against 
the US dollar, had a positive impact on the 
reported Group growth rates at actual 
exchange rates. At constant exchange rates, 
revenue increased by 1.0% and adjusted 
operating profit on an IAS 17 basis rose by 
1.5% with adjusted earnings per share up 
1.0% and the Group operating margin up 
from 6.7% to 6.8%. 

Dividend
The Board is recommending a final dividend 
of 35.8p. This brings the total dividend  
for the year to 51.3p, up 2.2% compared to 
2018. Shareholders will again have the 
opportunity to participate in our dividend 
reinvestment plan.

Strategy
We continue to pursue our consistent and 
proven strategy of developing the business 
through organic growth, consolidating the 
markets in which we compete through 
focused acquisitions and continuously 
improving the quality of our operations, 
thereby making our businesses more 
efficient and sustainable.

We look to achieve organic growth by 
applying our extensive resources and 
specialist knowledge and expertise to  

enable our customers to reduce or eliminate 
the hidden costs of sourcing and distributing 
a broad range of goods-not-for-resale and to 
make their businesses more sustainable. 
By offering an efficient and cost-effective 
one-stop-shop to meet their product demands, 
combined with the provision of a variety of 
value-added, innovative, sustainable and 
customised service solutions, our customers 
can focus on their core businesses and 
achieve purchasing efficiencies and savings, 
while freeing up working capital, improving 
their distribution capabilities, reducing 
carbon emissions and simplifying their 
own internal administration processes. 

Although we purchased fewer businesses 
in 2019 than in recent years, growth through 
acquisitions remains a key element of our 
strategy which has enabled us to build 
leading positions in a number of market 
sectors in the Americas, Europe and 
Asia Pacific. 

Investment
Investment in the business to support our 
growth strategy, enhance our asset base 
and improve the efficiency and sustainability 
of our operations is an ongoing process. 

4

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportDelivering  
value for our 
stakeholders

During the year we have continued 
to expand and improve our facilities, 
consolidate our warehouse footprint 
and enhance our IT systems and digital 
platforms. Together these investments 
help us to improve our service offering 
and customer experience which helps 
us to retain a competitive advantage.

Sustainability
During the year we have focused on  
the further development of the Group’s 
sustainability strategy. This has included 
the recruitment of experts embedded within 
the business areas, headed by a new Group 
Head of Sustainability and the development 
of our new sustainability framework  
which brings together all strands of our 
responsibilities in this area as a large 
international company. Since we are not  
a manufacturer, and given our size and 
expertise, we have a unique position in the 
supply chain which enables us to advise our 
customers on their sustainability strategies 
and, at the same time, benefit from our 
relationships with our extensive supplier 
base in order to bring a broad range of 
sustainable products to market. 

We see the development and delivery of an 
effective people strategy as a key part of our 
sustainability framework. We have made 
good progress in identifying the key 
capabilities we need to grow as a business, 
developing a robust leadership pipeline and 
articulating the values underpinning the 
culture we wish to foster across our diverse 
group of businesses. The launch of our new 
Senior Leadership Programme is a tangible 
example of our people strategy in action. 
Particularly powerful has been the 
opportunity for Board members to spend 

time with attendees of the programme 
from across the Group and also to attend 
employee forum meetings in both Europe 
and North America which has allowed the 
directors to engage with representatives of 
the wider workforce.

As a service oriented company, the hard work, 
loyalty and enthusiasm of our employees 
around the world are critical to our ongoing 
growth and success. I would like to thank 
everyone for their significant contributions 
and achievements during the year.

Board
As announced in May 2019, after more 
than 13 years in the role of Finance Director 
and 25 years with Bunzl, Brian May retired 
from the Board on 31 December 2019 and 
will leave the Group at the end of February 
2020. On behalf of the Board, I would like to 
thank Brian for the outstanding contribution 
he has made to Bunzl’s success over many 
years. He leaves the Group with our very 
best wishes and our deepest gratitude and 
thanks for his dedicated service to Bunzl.

Brian has been succeeded by Richard Howes 
who joined the Board and assumed the role 
of Chief Financial Officer on 1 January 2020. 
Richard has a wealth of experience across  
a number of sectors, working for multi-site 
businesses with substantial global footprints. 
He also has a strong track record of  
leading finance functions at a number of 
international public companies. We are 
pleased to welcome him to Bunzl.

Peter Ventress joined the Board on 1 June 
2019 as a non-executive director and 
Chairman designate. Peter has a strong 
track record both as an executive and 

Share price range p
High

Low

2,551p 

1,943p 

2,465

2,452

2,551

2,436

1,950

1,820

2,016

1,936

1,943

1,671

1,735

1,367

1,450

1,167

1,014

852

884

777

616

676

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

non-executive director of a number of 
international distribution businesses 
and will bring valuable knowledge and 
experience to Bunzl. He will assume the 
role of Chairman of the Board and of the 
Nomination Committee following my 
retirement at the conclusion of the 
Company’s Annual General Meeting 
in April 2020.

Eugenia Ulasewicz, who has served as 
a non-executive director since April 2011, 
will also be retiring after the Company’s 
Annual General Meeting in April. Her 
independent advice and significant 
contribution to the Board’s deliberations 
have been greatly appreciated and she  
will leave with our thanks and best wishes.

Philip Rogerson
Chairman 
24 February 2020

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

5

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportChief Executive Officer’s review

We have delivered a  
resilient set of results  
which demonstrate the 
strength of our value 
proposition and the robust 
competitive position of our 
diversified businesses 
across our fragmented 
international markets.

Frank van Zanten 
Chief Executive Officer

Key highlights
• Revenue up 1.0% and adjusted profit 

before income tax up 2.4% at constant 
exchange rates

• Group operating margin up from 6.7% 
to 6.8% at constant exchange rates 

• Continued strong cash conversion 
of 101% and free cash flow growth  
of 10%

• Committed acquisition spend of 

£124 million during the year with 
four acquisitions announced in  
recent months (annualised revenue 
£300 million) and a promising pipeline

• 27 year track record of dividend 
growth continues with a 2.2% 
increase in the dividend for the year

Overview
We have once again demonstrated the 
strength, resilience and reliability of our 
business model and strategy which together 
have delivered a resilient set of results 
against the backdrop of challenging trading 
conditions in some of our markets. It is 
particularly pleasing to see that the Group 
operating margin has increased at constant 
exchange rates from 6.7% to 6.8%.

During the year we continued to invest 
in IT and digital projects and launched 
additional digital platforms to enhance 
further our customers’ experience. 
Collaboration and sharing of best practice 
between our businesses around the world 
have increased with a view to bringing 
additional benefits for our customers. 
The sustainability agenda has continued to 
develop with a particular focus on single-use 
plastics. By providing specialist advice 
and assistance and promoting alternatives 
to plastic products and supporting the 
development of innovative products, we have 
been able to offer customers more choice as 
they look to increase the compostability and 
recyclability of many of the items that they 
use and thereby make their businesses 
more sustainable.

As a non-manufacturer, our global sourcing 
capabilities combined with the services 
provided by our Asia sourcing office have 
again proved to be a competitive advantage 
when dealing with our customers. Although 
we have not yet seen any material impact  
on our supply chain, we are continuing  
to monitor the situation relating to the 
Coronavirus in China which might impact 
our ability to import certain products if the 
restrictions on manufacturing activities 
continue for a sustained period of time.

Operating performance
With 88% of the Group’s revenue generated 
outside the UK, the weakening of sterling 
against certain currencies, particularly the 
US dollar and the Canadian dollar, partly 
offset by the strengthening of sterling 
against the euro, Australian dollar and 
Brazilian real, has had a positive translation 
impact of between 1% and 2% on the 
Group’s reported results. As in previous 
reporting periods, the operations, including 
the relevant growth rates and changes in 
operating margin (which, as referred to 
earlier in this Annual Report, for consistency 
are presented on the basis of the results 
prepared under IAS 17), are therefore 
reviewed below at constant exchange rates 
to remove the impact of these currency 

6

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportA strong and 
diversified 
business with a 
proven strategy 
for growth.

A unique service 
offering with 
customers at  
its heart. 

Proactive 
approach to 
sustainable 
products.

Depth and breadth  
of our business

Customised solutions that  
can be fully integrated 

Our approach to  
sustainability

We are continuing to pursue our long 
established, consistent, proven and 
successful compounding strategy in 
order to create value for our stakeholders 
and through which we have built leading 
positions in a number of market sectors 
in the Americas, Europe and Asia Pacific. 

Our unique service offering is at the 
heart of our business, and the reason 
our customers choose to buy from us. 
Our customised solutions enable us to 
add value to our customers’ operations 
ensuring they receive their orders 
on-time and in-full whatever their 
requirements. 

Sustainability is core to how Bunzl does 
business and how we’ll grow in the 
future. We have recently developed a 
new sustainability framework and 
strengthened our team of sustainability 
experts who will work to embed this 
across our businesses internationally.

movements. Changes in the level of revenue 
and profits at constant exchange rates have 
been calculated by retranslating the results 
for 2018 at the average rates used for 2019. 

In addition, this Annual Report refers to 
alternative performance measures which 
exclude a number of non-operational items 
such as charges for customer relationships 
amortisation, acquisition related items and 
the profit or loss on disposal of businesses 
and any associated tax, where relevant. 
We do not take these items into account 
when considering the results of the  
business and they are therefore removed  
in calculating the profitability and other 
measures by which we assess the 
performance of the Group. Further details  
of these alternative performance measures 
are set out in Note 4 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

Unless otherwise stated, all references  
in this review to operating profit are to 
adjusted operating profit while operating 
margin refers to adjusted operating  
profit as a percentage of revenue. A 
reconciliation between adjusted operating 
profit and statutory operating profit is  
set out in Note 4 to the consolidated  
financial statements.

In 2019 revenue increased 1.0% (2.7% at 
actual exchange rates) to £9,326.7 million 
due to the benefit of acquisitions, partly 
offset by the impact of disposals made in 
2018, as well as a small decline in organic 
revenue of 0.2%. Operating profit was 
£653.3 million. On an IAS 17 basis, 
operating profit was £630.9 million, an 
increase of 1.5% (2.8% at actual exchange 
rates). Operating margin was 7.0% (or 6.8% 
on an IAS 17 basis, up from 6.7% at constant 
exchange rates and unchanged at actual 
exchange rates). 

In North America revenue was broadly 
unchanged (up 3.7% at actual exchange 
rates) due to the effect of acquisitions 
offset by a decline in organic revenue which, 
as indicated in previous announcements, 
was principally due to lower sales to a large 
grocery customer as a result of account 
specific price and product specification 
changes. Operating profit increased 0.6% 
(4.4% at actual exchange rates) with the 
operating margin of 6.0% unchanged at both 
constant and actual exchange rates. Revenue 
in Continental Europe rose 3.0% (1.8% at 
actual exchange rates) as a result of organic 
growth and the impact of acquisitions, partly 
offset by the disposal of OPM in France in 
February 2018, with operating profit up 2.6% 
(1.1% at actual exchange rates) with the 

operating margin of 9.8% also unchanged  
at both constant and actual exchange rates. 
In UK & Ireland revenue was down 1.7% 
mainly as a result of the disposal of the 
marketing services business in June 2018 
and operating profit decreased 4.1% (down 
4.0% at actual exchange rates) due to the 
disposal and challenging market conditions, 
with the operating margin decreasing from 
6.9% to 6.7%. Excluding the impact of the 
disposal, revenue was down 0.2% with 
operating profit 1.7% lower. In Rest of the 
World revenue increased 8.8% (5.6% at 
actual exchange rates) principally due to the 
acquisition of Volk do Brasil in January 2019 
as well as organic growth and operating 
profit was up 8.3% (4.6% at actual exchange 
rates) with the business area operating 
margin down 10 basis points at both 
constant and actual exchange rates to 7.5%.

Adjusted profit before income tax was  
£578.2 million. On an IAS 17 basis, adjusted 
profit before income tax was £579.1 million, 
an increase of 2.4% (3.6% at actual exchange 
rates) due to the growth in adjusted 
operating profit and a decrease in the net 
finance expense. Profit before income tax 
was £453.3 million and, on an IAS 17 basis, 
was £454.2 million, an increase of 5.4%  
(up 6.9% at actual exchange rates). Basic 
earnings per share were 104.8p and adjusted 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

7

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportChief Executive Officer’s review continued

The good progress we  
have made developing  
the sustainability agenda 
will further enhance our 
competitive advantage.

earnings per share were 132.2p. On an  
IAS 17 basis, basic earnings per share were 
105.0p, an increase of 5.2% (6.7% at actual 
exchange rates), and adjusted earnings per 
share were 132.4p, up 1.0% (2.2% at actual 
exchange rates). 

Once again, the operating cash flow, which 
is before acquisition related items, was 
very strong with cash conversion (the ratio 
of operating cash flow to lease adjusted 
operating profit) at 101%. The ratio of net 
debt to EBITDA calculated at average 
exchange rates and in accordance with the 
Group’s external debt covenants, which are 
based on historical accounting standards, 
was 1.9 times compared to 2.0 times at the 
end of 2018. 

Acquisitions
Excluding Volk do Brasil which we agreed 
to purchase in 2018 and completed in 
January 2019, during the year we acquired 
three businesses for a total committed 
spend of £124 million, thereby adding 
annualised revenue of £97 million. We 
have made a good start in 2020 with two 
businesses purchased so far this year and 
a further committed acquisition which we 
expect to complete at the end of March. 
The acquisition pipeline is promising and 
a number of discussions with potential 
targets are ongoing. We have significant 
financial capacity to make a number of 
additional acquisitions.

In February 2019 we acquired Liberty 
Glove & Safety which is engaged in 
the sale of a full range of personal 
protection equipment, principally gloves, 
to distributors in the US. Revenue in 
2018 was £70 million. 

Specialist 
sustainability teams

We have expanded our dedicated  
team of plastics and sustainability 
experts and now have 11 specialists 
working in our businesses around  
the world. 

Through collaboration and sharing  
of best practice, we have used this 
expertise to design our new global 
framework for sustainability and are 
rolling out programmes and providing 
practical advice on which solutions can 
meet our customers’ needs while 
making their businesses more 
sustainable. 

Sustainability
pg 34

Coolpack, a distributor based in the 
Netherlands principally engaged in 
the supply of specialist packaging to 
supermarkets and the pharmaceutical, 
food processor and foodservice sectors, 
was acquired in April. Revenue in 2018 
was £4 million.

At the end of November we purchased 
FRSA. The business distributes specialist 
safety and personal protection equipment 
focused on fire, rescue and emergency 
response services throughout Australia. 
Revenue is expected to be approximately  
£20 million in 2020.

At the beginning of January 2020, we 
purchased Joshen Paper & Packaging, a 
distributor of packaging and other goods-
not-for-resale to customers operating in the 
grocery, foodservice and cleaning & hygiene 
sectors in the US. Revenue is expected to 
be approximately £225 million in 2020. 

Today we are announcing the acquisition 
of Medcorp in Brazil and ICM in Denmark. 
Medcorp, a distributor of a broad range of 
medical products to leading private hospitals 
and redistributors in Brazil, was acquired 
at the end of January 2020. Revenue in 
2019 was £11 million. The purchase of ICM, 
a leading distributor of personal protection 
equipment to both end users and 
redistributors in Denmark, is due to be 

8

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
completed at the end of March once 
clearance of the transaction by the Danish 
competition authority has been received. 
Revenue in 2019 was £48 million.

Prospects
Although we continue to see challenging 
trading conditions in some markets, our 
strong competitive position, diversified  
and resilient businesses and ability to 
consolidate our fragmented markets 
further should lead to improved growth  
at constant exchange rates principally  
due to the impact of the good level of recent 
acquisition activity. 

In North America we expect good revenue 
growth due to the recent acquisition of 
Joshen but will see the continued impact  
on revenue in the first half of 2020 from  
the 2019 price and product specification 
changes with our largest grocery  
customer and weakness in the grocery  
and retail sectors throughout the year.  
We will continue to focus on operating  
costs, productivity and other efficiency 
improvements. In Continental Europe, 
despite mixed macroeconomic conditions 
across the region, we expect to develop 
further due to the combination of some 
organic revenue growth and the benefit of 
the proposed acquisition announced today. 

In UK & Ireland growth is expected to be 
limited given the prevailing uncertain 
economic and market conditions. In Rest  
of the World we expect to see good progress 
due to a combination of organic and 
acquisition growth.

In relation to acquisition activity, the  
pipeline is promising with a number  
of discussions ongoing.

Frank van Zanten
Chief Executive Officer  
24 February 2020

Our management team

Managers from across the Group meet regularly to review performance, discuss trends affecting 
our businesses and seek further opportunities for growth and competitive advantage.

Frank van Zanten
Chief Executive Officer

Jim McCool
Chief Executive Officer, 
North America

Alberto Grau
Managing Director, 
Continental Europe

Diana Breeze
Director of Group 
Human Resources

Richard Howes
Chief Financial Officer

Andrew Mooney
Director of Corporate 
Development

Paul Hussey
General Counsel and 
Company Secretary

Andrew Tedbury
Managing Director, 
UK & Ireland

Board of directors
pg 66

Jonathan Taylor
Managing Director, 
Latin America

Kim Hetherington
Managing Director, 
Asia Pacific

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

9

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportDirectors’ report

Financial statements

Investment case

A strong 
track  
record of 
delivering 
growth

10

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportDirectors’ report

Financial statements

A diversified, 
balanced  
and resilient 
business

A consistent 
and proven 
compounding 
strategy

Significant 
opportunities 
for future 
growth

Disciplined 
financial 
management

• Profitable organic 

•  Significant 

growth.

•  Continuous operating 
model improvements.

•  Disciplined approach 

to self-funded 
acquisitions.

opportunities to  
grow in existing 
countries.

•  Scope for further 

geographic 
expansion.

•  Potential for 

expansion into  
new sectors.

•  Consistently strong 
cash conversion.

•  Efficient capital 

allocation.

• Strong balance 

 sheet.

• Presence in 31 

countries.

•  Six customer  

focused market 
sectors.

• Fragmented  

markets. 

•  Long term 

relationships  
with customers  
and suppliers.

Revenue from  
resilient sectors

74%

A long term 
track record  
of good 
returns for our 
shareholders

• Sustained increases 
in revenue, adjusted  
operating profit 
and adjusted 
earnings per share.

•  Creation of 

shareholder value 
through long term 
dividend and share 
price growth.

RAOC*

36.9%

(IAS 17: 48.4%)

ROIC*

13.6%

(IAS 17: 14.6%)

160

acquisitions  
since 2004

Average cash 
conversion*  
since 2004

97%

27

years of  
dividend growth

£3.4bn

acquisition cash flow

Group at a glance
pg 2

Our strategy
pg 18

Our strategy
pg 18

 Financial review
pg 56

 Chairman’s statement
pg 4

*  See ‘Key performance indicators’ on pages 22 and 23.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

11

Strategic reportDirectors’ report

Financial statements

Purpose, values and culture

Our success  
is underpinned  
by our values  
and culture

12

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportDirectors’ report

Financial statements

The successful implementation 
of our strategy is critical to the 
delivery of the Group’s purpose 
and is underpinned by the values 
and behaviours that shape our 
culture and the way that we 
conduct our business.

During the year, further 
consideration was given as to 
how best to articulate Bunzl’s 
core values, behaviours and 
ways of working which, taken 
together, form our internal 
culture, and, more importantly, 
shape the way in which we 
interact with our key 
stakeholders. 

Operating companies in our 
decentralised organisational 
structure operate through 
the application of their own sets 
of values, which are guided by 
the overriding Group values of 
humility, responsiveness, 
creativity, diversity, customer-
centricity, reliability and 
transparency, with the aim of 
achieving our common purpose. 

s

n iti e

u

m

m

o

         C

r

a

p

s

n

T r a

Stakeholders

Culture 
Culture

               Custo

m

ers 

Values & 
behaviours

e n c y  

   Humility 

Strategy

A

c

q

nic gro w th

a
g
r
O

bility 

a
i
l
e
R

s
r
e
i
l
p
p
u
S

Purpose
To deliver essential 
business solutions around 
the world and create long 
term sustainable value 
for the benefit of our 
stakeholders

u

i

s

i

t

i

o

n

g

r

o
w

t

h

R

e

s

p

o

n

s

i

v
e
n
e
s
s

E
m
p
l
o
y
e
e
s

C

u

s

t

o

m

e

r
-

c

e

O

p

n

tricity 

                    E

n

viro

n

ment 

e

rating model i m p r

e

v

o

           Diversit y  

Culture 

m e nts

     Creativity

o ld ers 

h

r e

a

h

            S

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

13

Strategic report 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
                       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                          
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
            
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report

Financial statements

Service offering

A unique  
offering  
for our  
customers

14

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportOne-stop-shop

Value added 
services

On-time, 
in-full delivery

Expert 
knowledge  
and advice

Delivery  
options

Customised 
solutions

One order,  
one delivery,  
one invoice

Customised 
digital  
solutions

Customised 
management 
information

Competitively 
priced products

Local and 
national 
distribution 
network

One-stop-shop: this is the very essence of 
the Bunzl business model. By providing our 
customers with a broad range of essential 
items, readily available from stock, they are 
able to focus on their core businesses, achieve 
purchasing efficiencies and savings and 
minimise their working capital requirements.

On-time, in-full delivery: reliability is key 
to our customers. We provide an on-time and 
in-full service by maintaining high product 
availability, together with customised 
delivery slots and ‘beyond the back door’ 
delivery options. 

One order, one delivery, one invoice: 
by ensuring we ‘stock what we sell and 
sell what we stock’ our customers 
receive all of their ordered items in one 
consolidated delivery with one invoice to 
pay, thereby reducing costs, simplifying 
their internal administration and reducing 
carbon emissions.

Customised digital solutions: by 
using our scale and investing in our IT 
capabilities we are able to offer electronic 
order processing through webshops 
including customised versions, apps and 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Electronic Data Interchange, together with 
further enhancements such as budgetary 
controls and asset tagging. 

Competitively priced products: our strong 
and long standing relationships with the 
branded manufacturers combined with our 
own brand products which are principally 
sourced via our Shanghai purchasing office 
allow us to offer our customers a complete 
range of products at competitive prices. 

Local and national distribution network: 
due to our extensive branch network and a 
combination of our own fleet and third party 
delivery options, we are able to deliver to 
national, regional and local customers 
wherever their location. 

Customised management information: 
by utilising our advanced IT systems we are 
able to offer our customers a wide range of 
management information tailored to their 
needs ranging from consumption data 
versus budget, compliant ordering, market 
intelligence and supply chain studies. 

Delivery options: we can adapt our 
delivery options to suit our customers’ 
needs including direct to site, warehouse 
replenishment and cross-dock delivery where 
we deliver to customers’ hubs for onward 
delivery by them to their sites.

Expert knowledge and advice: our 
industry leading specialist sales force, 
together with our locally based customer 
service specialists, work with our customers 
to ensure they receive the best possible 
advice on their product and service needs 
including sustainable alternatives, range 
rationalisation options and health & 
safety requirements.

Value added services: our deep industry 
knowledge enables us to offer extensive 
value added services to our customers. 
These include, but are not limited to, 
bespoke and printed product management, 
product training, design and installation 
services, contract mobilisations and 
sustainability expertise.

15

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportBusiness model

We have a geographically diversified business portfolio operating 
across more than 30 countries, serving six core, fragmented 
market sectors, many of which are growing and relatively resilient 
to challenging economic conditions. This diversification and 
resilience allows us to mitigate the impact of shifts and changes 
in demand across both geographies and sectors.

We are a one-stop-shop supplier 
for non-food consumables

Our sources of  
competitive advantage

We source
We source and procure branded, own brand and 
unbranded products globally, working with suppliers to 
give our customers access to the best and most suitable 
products and solutions to meet their needs, taking 
account of their increasing sustainability requirements.

We consolidate
By applying our resources and consolidating a broad 
range of products into our extensive warehousing 
infrastructure, we are able to offer our customers an 
efficient one-stop-shop solution, thereby allowing them 
to focus on their core businesses more effectively.

We deliver
Our delivery options include direct site delivery, 
cross-dock and warehouse replenishment programmes 
on a local, regional, national and international basis 
to get products to our customers when and where they 
are needed.

Across these sectors

Foodservice

Grocery

Safety

Cleaning  
& hygiene

Retail

Healthcare

Other

Unique service offering
Our unique service offering is at the heart of the Bunzl  
business model and the reason our customers choose to buy 
from us. Our customised solutions enable us to add value to  
our customers’ operations ensuring they receive their orders  
on-time and in-full whatever their requirements. 

Our people
Our 3,200 expert sales people supported by 2,600 locally 
based customer service specialists use their deep and 
detailed knowledge to work with customers to ensure that 
they receive the best possible advice on all product and 
service related matters. Our dedicated warehouse teams 
ensure orders are picked to a high degree of accuracy and  
our drivers represent Bunzl on a daily basis as the main 
face-to-face contact with our customers. 

Operational structure
With a decentralised operational structure, our enthusiastic, 
experienced and knowledgeable management teams,  
including many former business owners, are able to focus  
on our customers’ needs in their local markets and create an 
entrepreneurial environment, while retaining full responsibility 
for the financial performance of their businesses. 

Global sourcing
Our global sourcing capabilities, working with multinational 
and local suppliers, together with the benefits of our 
Shanghai sourcing office, including quality assurance and 
quality control, allow us to provide a broad range of 
competitively priced products, including an extensive range 
of own brand and environmentally friendly, sustainable items.

International scale
With operations in more than 30 countries, our extensive 
distribution networks mean we can deliver to customers on a 
local, regional, national and international basis, giving them 
complete flexibility.

Digital capabilities
Our e-commerce platforms increase the efficiency of our 
operations while enhancing the experience for our customers. 
These include options such as budgetary controls, closed 
specific product lists and branded portals for our customers.

Acquisition track record
We have a strong track record of making and successfully 
integrating acquisitions, helping us to extend our geographic 
footprint while at the same time enabling our acquired 
businesses to continue to feel ‘local’.

16

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportCreating value  
for stakeholders

Our capital allocation 
priorities

Cash flow
Our businesses are highly cash generative 
and since 2004 we have turned on average 
97% of our operating profit into cash. 
This high cash generation together 
with our disciplined approach to capital 
allocation allows us to continue to pay a 
growing dividend, reinvest in our business 
and grow our business by acquisition. 

Reinvestment
We continue to reinvest in our operations 
including in our IT systems and 
e-commerce applications, vehicle routing 
and warehouse management systems 
and by consolidating and upgrading our 
warehouses. Our total capital expenditure 
in 2019 was £36.9 million.

97%

of operating profit in to cash

Acquisitions
Applying our disciplined and controlled 
approach, we have been able to self-fund 
£3.4 billion of acquisition cash flow on 160 
businesses since 2004 while maintaining  
a prudent approach to net debt.

Dividends
Our dividend has grown every year for 
27 years at a CAGR of 10% per annum. 
With the pay-out ratio staying broadly 
the same this is a reflection of our long 
term growth in earnings. 

Customers
Our customers benefit from a one-stop-shop for 
essential products with one order, one delivery 
and one invoice, together with many other service 
options thereby lowering their cost of doing 
business by reducing or eliminating many of the 
hidden costs of in-house procurement and 
distribution and reducing carbon emissions.

Service 
offering
pg 14

Employees
We support equality and diversity throughout the 
organisation and have policies and procedures 
which are designed to allow our loyal and dedicated 
employees to meet their training needs, maximise 
their potential and provide career opportunities for 
progression within the business.

Sustainability
pg 34

Shareholders
We seek to deliver good returns for our 
shareholders over time with sustained improvement 
in profits and earnings which drive long term 
growth in Bunzl’s share price and year-on-year 
increases in dividends.

Investment  
case
pg 10

Sustainability
pg 34

Sustainability
pg 34

Environment
Our continued focus on operational excellence allows 
us to reduce both our own and our customers’ 
environmental impact by introducing more 
sustainable products and business practices and 
providing our customers with a single consolidated 
on-time and in-full delivery of multiple products.

Suppliers
We partner with a variety of international, national 
and local suppliers, on both an exclusive and 
non-exclusive basis, in order to provide our 
customers with the broadest possible range of 
products across each of our market sectors.

Communities
We support charitable projects in the local 
communities where our businesses are based 
through monetary and in-kind product donations 
and sponsorship for fundraising activities carried 
out by our employees.

Sustainability
pg 34

Our strategy
pg 18

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

17

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategy

A proven 
strategy  
that has 
consistently 
delivered 
growth

Revenue £bn

£9.3bn 

Adjusted operating profit*∆ £m

£653m 

Adjusted earnings per share*∆  
10 – 12 restated on adoption of  
IAS 19 (revised 2011)

132.2p 

9.1

9.3

8.6

7.4

6.1

6.2

6.5

5.4

5.1

4.8

414

430

455

336

352

307

614 631

653

589

525

129.6 132.4 132.2

119.4

106.1

86.2

82.4

91.0

67.6

70.6

59.7

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

19

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

19

*  Alternative performance measure (see Note 4 on page 134).
∆  See Basis of preparation IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ on page 1.

IAS 17

IFRS 16

IAS 17

IFRS 16

18

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportDirectors’ report

Financial statements

Winning new 
customers

During the year, after a competitive 
tender process, we won back the 
contract to supply a large UK grocery 
chain which we had lost in 2016.

In regaining the business, we were  
able to demonstrate successfully our 
credentials to meet the customer’s 
stringent requirements across a range 
of service related metrics including the 
ability to deliver the highest levels of 
service and to support and align with 
their corporate responsibility and 
environmental challenges.

Organic growth

We are constantly looking 
to grow Bunzl organically, 
both by expanding and 
developing our business 
with existing customers and 
by gaining new business 
with additional customers. 

Winning new customers
By showcasing our unique service offering, 
our sales specialists are able to show 
potential customers that we can reduce 
or eliminate many of the hidden costs of 
in-house procurement and distribution or 
fulfil their needs more effectively. 

Market leading customers
Our customers are often the market leaders 
in their chosen sector and therefore, as their 
businesses grow, the need for our products 
and service solutions also increases, thereby 
contributing to our organic growth. 

Expanding our offering
Once we have established a good 
relationship with a customer, by using  
our knowledge of the customer’s needs, we 
aim to deepen and develop that relationship. 
This can be achieved by expanding our 
product offering either with branded or own 
brand products or providing additional value 
added services. Our ability to provide expert 
knowledge and advice on our customers’ 
product and service needs, including in 
relation to complex sustainability issues, 
also helps to drive additional sales. 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

19

Strategic report 
Directors’ report

Financial statements

Strategy continued

Consolidating 
warehouses

During 2019, we consolidated three 
businesses in the healthcare sector in 
the Netherlands into one state-of-the-
art facility. The new facility is heated 
via an efficient heat pump technology 
and lit using motion sensored LED 
lighting. In addition, we have invested 
in a 650m2 ISO Class 7 cleanroom for 
the storage of medical products and 
vertical lift modules to maximise  
our use of the extra height in the  
new warehouse.

Operating model improvements

We continually strive to 
improve the quality of our 
operations and to make our 
businesses more efficient 
and sustainable. We do 
this by investing in new 
warehouse facilities, routing 
systems, IT systems and 
digital capabilities, as well 
as implementing and 
sharing best practice 
operational procedures.

Global purchasing
By using our global scale with suppliers,  
we obtain purchasing synergies which we 
share with our customers in the form 
of competitive selling prices.

Consolidating warehouses
As leases come to an end we are able  
to review our warehouse footprint. 

Sharing best practice
We use our experience and expertise from 
our international businesses to share best 
practice across the Group. 

Environment
We focus on environmental initiatives  
such as energy efficient lighting and 
reducing our waste packaging, which  
also lead to cost savings.

Routing and safety systems
By installing routing and safety systems,  
we are able to minimise distances travelled 
and encourage safe and efficient driving 
practices, thereby reducing fuel and other 
transport costs.

IT systems
We are continually upgrading our IT 
systems and increasing functionality  
to improve our customer service through 
areas such as management reporting  
and customer budgetary controls.

Digital capabilities
Our state-of-the-art e-commerce  
solutions have increased the efficiency  
of our operations and the ease of doing  
business for our customers and suppliers. 

20

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic report 
Directors’ report

Financial statements

Expanding our safety 
business in the US

In early 2019 we acquired Liberty 
Glove & Safety, a business based in 
California which operates from four 
locations in the US.

The business, which has a number  
of strong own brands, is engaged in  
the supply of a full range of personal 
protection equipment, principally 
gloves, to distributors. The acquisition 
has further expanded and developed 
our operations serving the safety sector 
in North America.

Acquisition growth

We seek out businesses  
that satisfy key criteria, 
including having good 
financial returns often 
in resilient and growing 
markets, while at the same 
time providing opportunities 
to extract further value 
as part of the Bunzl Group.

Key acquisition parameters
In considering acquisitions, we target 
businesses which meet certain specific 
parameters. These include businesses: 
selling goods not for resale to a fragmented 
customer base; whose products represent 
a small percentage of total customer spend; 
whose markets have scope for further 
consolidation and synergies; and with 
attractive financial returns.

Growth in existing countries 
Our markets are very fragmented and as a 
result there are numerous opportunities to 
develop through acquisition in the countries 
where we already have a presence. We do 
this by further penetrating the sectors  

in which we operate or by acquiring a 
business in a sector in which we do not 
currently operate within that country. 

Growth in new countries
We are truly international, having grown 
from a business with operations in 12 
countries in 2003 to one with a presence 
in more than 30 countries today. However, 
there are a number of potentially attractive 
countries where we do not currently 
operate, which gives us potential for further 
future growth.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

21

Strategic report 
Key performance indicators

We use the following key performance indicators (‘KPIs’) to measure our progress 
in delivering the successful implementation of our strategy and to monitor and 
drive performance. These KPIs reflect our strategic priorities of developing the 
business through organic and acquisition led growth and improving the efficiency 
of our operations as well as other financial and environmental metrics.

Organic growth

Organic revenue growth %

Increase/(decrease) in revenue for the  
year excluding the impact of currency 
translation, acquisitions during the first  
12 months of ownership and disposals.

Organic revenue decrease of 0.2%  
mainly from North America partly  
offset by growth in Continental Europe  
and Rest of the World.

Acquisition growth

Acquisition spend £m

Consideration paid and payable,  
together with net debt assumed,  
in respect of acquisitions 
agreed during the year.

Committed acquisition spend of  
£124 million on three businesses. 

Reconciliation of revenue growth between 2018  
and 2019 £m

4.3

4.3

0.4

0.3

(0.2)

15

16

17

18

19

Revenue up 3% (1% at  
constant exchange rates)  
from the impact of  
acquisitions made in  
2018 and 2019, net of  
disposals made in 2018,  
partly offset by a small  
decline in organic revenue.

9,079

154

9,212

136

9,327

(21)

(21)

18

Currency 
translation

Disposals

18#

Organic
revenue

Acquisitions

19

Annualised revenue from acquisitions £m

616

327

Estimated revenue which would have  
been contributed by acquisitions agreed 
during the year if such acquisitions had 
been completed at the beginning of the 
relevant year (see Note 27 on page 165).

184

183

124

15

16

17

18

19

The three acquisitions agreed in  
2019 will add annualised revenue  
of £97 million. 

621

324

201

148

15

16

17

18

97

19

Operating model improvements

Operating margin %*∆

Ratio of adjusted operating profit∆ 
to revenue. 

 Operating margin on an IAS 17  
basis unchanged at 6.8%.

Excluding the impact of acquisitions 
during the first 12 months of 
ownership and the impact of disposals 
made in 2018, the 2019 operating 
margin∆ on an IAS 17 basis was 6.7%, 
unchanged compared to 2018 (restated 
at constant exchange rates).

7.0

7.1

6.9

6.8

6.8

7.0

15

16

17

18

19

19

IAS 17

IFRS 16

Return on average operating capital %*∆

Ratio of adjusted operating profit∆ to  
the average of the month end operating 
capital employed (being property,  
plant and equipment, software, 
right-of-use assets, inventories and 
trade and other receivables less trade 
and other payables).

 RAOC down to 48.4% (on an IAS 17 
basis) due to an increase in average capital 
employed in the underlying business 
and the impact of 2018 disposals, partly 
offset by a small favourable impact from 
exchange rate movements.

55.5

55.9

53.1

50.7

48.4

36.9

15

16

17

18

19

19

IAS 17

IFRS 16

22

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ report* 
∆ 
# 
† 

 See Basis of preparation IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ on page 1. 
 Alternative performance measure (see Note 4 on page 134).
 At 2019 average exchange rates and adjusted for disposals.
 Included in the external auditors’ limited assurance scope.  
See the data assurance statement on the Company’s website,  
www.bunzl.com. The data for 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018 was  
also assured.

Financial

Non-financial

Adjusted earnings per share p*∆ 

Adjusted profit∆ for the year  
divided by the weighted average  
number of ordinary shares in  
issue (see Note 9 on page 142).

At constant exchange rates,  
adjusted eps up 1% driven  
by a 2% increase in adjusted  
operating profit∆ and a reduction  
in net interest expense, partly offset  
by a higher effective tax rate and  
an increase in weighted average  
number of shares.

Cash conversion %∆

Operating cash flow∆ as a percentage  
of lease adjusted operating profit∆ (see 
Consolidated cash flow statement 
on page 122).

Another strong year of cash generation  
with cash conversion of 101% in 2019  
and an average of 97% since 2004.

Return on invested capital %*∆

Ratio of adjusted operating profit∆ to  
the average of the month end invested 
capital (being equity after adding  
back net debt, net defined benefit 
pension scheme liabilities, cumulative 
customer relationships amortisation, 
acquisition related items and 
amounts written off goodwill,  
net of the associated tax).

  ROIC down to 14.6% (on an IAS 17 
basis) principally due to a combination 
of the mix effect of acquisitions net  
of disposals and a lower return in the 
underlying business, partly offset by a 
small positive impact from exchange 
rate movements.

132.4

132.2

129.6

119.4

106.1

91.0

Scope 1 carbon emissions 
Tonnes of CO2e per £m revenue

Measured in accordance with the 
Greenhouse Gas Protocol applying  
Defra conversion factors.

Scope 1 carbon emissions down 4%  
at constant exchange rates (down 6%  
at actual exchange rates) primarily  
due to efficiency improvements.

14.7

12.6

11.3

 11.4

10.7†

15

16

17

18

19

19

IAS 17

IFRS 16

12 months to 30 September.

15

16

17

18

19

97

99

97

94

100

101

15

16

17

18

19

19

IAS 17

IFRS 16

17.1

16.7

16.0

15.0 14.6

13.6

Scope 2 carbon emissions 
Tonnes of CO2e per £m revenue

Measured in accordance with the 
Greenhouse Gas Protocol applying  
Defra UK conversion factors and IEA  
factors for overseas electricity.

Scope 2 carbon emissions down 10%  
at constant exchange rates (down 11%  
at actual exchange rates) from the  
continued implementation of low  
energy lighting and also impacted  
by the application of updated emission 
factors for electricity.

12 months to 30 September.

Fuel usage  
Litres per £000 revenue

Diesel, petrol and LPG used in the  
Group’s own vehicles.

 Fuel usage down 2% at constant  
exchange rates (down 6% at actual 
exchange rates) driven by continued  
efficiency improvements.

12 months to 30 September.

5.4

4.5

3.7

3.6

3.2†

15

16

17

18

19

4.8

4.1

 3.7

 3.6

3.4†

15

16

17

18

19

19

IAS 17

IFRS 16

15

16

17

18

19

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

23

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportOperating review

North  
America

Highlights

Market sectors 

• Organic revenue marginally  

down principally due to lower  
sales to largest grocery customer 
driven by price and product 
specification changes. 

• Cost savings generated by 
reorganisation of grocery 
and redistribution.

• Resilient operating margin, 

unchanged at 6.0%. 

• Retail held up well despite tough 

trading conditions.

• Good overall growth in safety, 
convenience store, processor 
and agriculture.

• Acquisition of Liberty Glove & 

Safety in February 2019 and Joshen 
Paper & Packaging in January 2020.

Revenue

£5,473.2m

(2018: £5,277.8m)

0.1%† 

Adjusted operating profit*

£343.6m

(IAS 17 – 2019: £331.0m;  
2018: £317.1m)

0.6%† 

Operating margin*

6.3% 

(IAS 17 – 2019: 6.0%;  
2018: 6.0%)

Employees

6,746

Locations

 183

†   At constant exchange rates and on an IAS 17 basis where applicable,  

see Basis of preparation IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ on page 1.

*  Alternative performance measure (see Note 4 on page 134).

By improving the efficiency 
of their order processing, 
whether through specific 
dedicated web platforms  
or the availability of data 
analytics and budgetary 
controls, we build strong 
and lasting relationships 
with our customers.

Jim McCool 
Chief Executive Officer, North America

In North America revenue  
was broadly unchanged at 
£5,473.2 million as the positive 
impact of recent acquisitions was 
offset by a 1.2% decline in organic 
revenue which, as indicated in 
previous announcements, was 
principally due to lower sales to 
our largest grocery customer as a 
result of account specific price and 
product specification changes. 
However we benefited from the 
cost savings generated by the 
reorganisation of our grocery and 
redistribution businesses. 

Operating profit was 
£343.6 million with the operating 
margin 6.3%. On an IAS 17 
basis operating profit was 
£331.0 million, up 0.6%, 
with the operating margin 
unchanged at 6.0%. 

Our business serving the US grocery sector, 
which had experienced significant growth 
over the last two years due to additional 
business won with our largest customer 
towards the end of 2016, was impacted by 
reduced revenue with the same customer as 
well as a net reduction in sales as additional 
business gains during the year were more 
than offset by some losses. The business has 
recently been enhanced by the acquisition of 
Joshen Paper & Packaging at the beginning 

24

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportour processor teams to offer our broad 
assortment of high quality, cost-effective 
solutions to manage our customers’ safety 
and facility management programmes 
effectively. We have continued to diversify 
our customer base, utilising industry leading 
e-commerce and digital engagement to drive 
significant sales volumes with our local and 
regional customer bases. 

Our business serving the convenience store 
sector has continued its recent history of 
growth, working directly with convenience 
store chains to build packaging and supply 
programmes, which are then pulled through 
our wholesale customer partners. Revenue 
growth also came from expanding our 
distribution of certain branded grocery  
item categories to our wholesale customers.  
We also offer category management and 
managed inventories, providing our 
customers with an industry-leading variety 
of products with minimal investment.

Our business in Canada has faced 
challenging market conditions across 
several sectors. Our grocery business  
has been impacted by a significant cost 
saving initiative at a large customer, our 
redistribution business has been affected  
by a transition away from lower margin,  
less profitable volume and our cleaning  
& hygiene business, while performing well  
in many markets, has faced a challenging 
economy in Western Canada. Our industrial 
packaging business has however continued 
its strong performance. 

of 2020 which has further consolidated our 
position both in this market and also in the 
foodservice and cleaning & hygiene sectors 
and will provide a number of synergies and 
efficiencies going forward.

Revenue in the redistribution business 
serving the foodservice and cleaning & 
hygiene sectors was broadly flat as we 
focused on profitable organic growth within 
our value-added category management 
programmes which resulted in us moving 
away from some unprofitable business  
with a large foodservice customer during the 
second quarter of the year. Our programmes, 
which are designed to support our larger 
national and regional foodservice customers, 
enable us to operate as their category 
manager for packaging and other supplies, 
providing category assortment, sourcing 
expertise, end-user sales support and digital 
tools. By doing so, we help our customers 
manage their supply chains from end to end 
and connect our supplier base to their own 
end user customers, pulling organic sales 
growth through our customers. We are  
able to deliver significant working capital 
benefits for our customers through our broad 
range of foodservice and cleaning & hygiene 
disposable items, delivered on a just-in-time 
basis. Consolidation has continued amongst 
our redistribution customer base, with  
two large foodservice broadline customers 
being acquired during the second half of  
the year by larger competitors who are also 
our customers.

The more focused and streamlined 
organisation structure implemented across 
our grocery and redistribution businesses 
to enhance our customer proposition and 
improve efficiency has primarily focused on 
cost savings and the creation of distribution 
capacity through inventory reductions 
while moving to align with our customers’ 
evolving business models. An increased 
concentration on sourcing and leveraging 
our scale across both manufacturer and 
own brands will support organic growth 
initiatives as we move forward. 

Despite tough trading conditions in our 
customers’ end markets which have led to a 
number of store closures and the failure  
of some retailers, our retail supplies business 
has held up well with revenue slightly  
ahead of the prior year. The integration  
of DDS, which we acquired in 2017, with  
our other retail sector focused businesses 
has continued to yield sourcing and 
operational synergies ahead of our 
expectations, although the additional 
savings achieved during the year were 
broadly offset by cost increases.

Our safety business has grown well 
against the backdrop of generally favourable, 
but more recently moderating, economic 
conditions. During the year we have faced 
product cost increases from import tariffs, 
the impact of which has been successfully 
mitigated through a combination of price 
increases to customers, purchase price 
concessions from suppliers and some 
resourcing of products to countries which 
do not attract import tariffs. We continued 
to invest in this sector with the acquisition 
in February 2019 of Liberty Glove & Safety, 
a supplier of personal protection equipment, 
to smaller distributors across the US. 

In our business focused on the agricultural 
sector, we have invested in infrastructure 
and capacity to support the migration of 
many of our customers to more cost-effective 
growing areas, principally Mexico, providing 
us with a broader footprint through which 
to provide our value-added distribution 
services. We have also continued to benefit 
from the acquisition in 2018 of Monte 
Package Company, a regional supplier of 
packaging to growers in the central and 
southeast of the US.

Our food processor business continued to 
drive organic growth and improve margins 
by concentrating on product innovation 
and expanding the product range. 
While consolidation in this sector continues, 
our focus on own label alternatives allows 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

25

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportOperating review continued

Continental 
Europe

Highlights

Market sectors 

• Good organic revenue growth.

• Operating margin unchanged 

at 9.8%.

• Overall stable performance  

in France.

• Good performances in the 

Netherlands, Spain and Turkey.

• Substantial warehouse 

consolidations in the Netherlands 
successfully implemented.

• Recent acquisitions integrating 
well and continue to trade ahead 
of expectations.

Revenue

£1,829.8m

(2018: £1,797.5m)

3.0%† 

Adjusted operating profit*

£182.1m

(IAS 17 – 2019: £178.8m;  
2018: £176.8m)

2.6%† 

Operating margin*

 10.0% 

(IAS 17 – 2019: 9.8%;  
2018: 9.8%)

Employees

5,058

Locations

 182

†   At constant exchange rates and on an IAS 17 basis where applicable,  

see Basis of preparation IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ on page 1.

*  Alternative performance measure (see Note 4 on page 134).

Our broad portfolio of 
operations across a variety 
of market sectors and 
countries means we are  
a balanced and resilient 
business that is well 
positioned to meet our 
customers’ requirements.

Alberto Grau 
Managing Director, Continental Europe

Revenue in Continental Europe 
rose by 3.0% to £1,829.8 million 
due to organic growth of 1.8% 
and the full year impact of the 
three acquisitions made in 2018 
and the part year contribution of 
Coolpack acquired in April 2019, 
partly offset by the disposal of 
OPM in France in February 2018. 

Operating profit was 
£182.1 million with operating 
margin of 10.0%. On an IAS 17 
basis, operating profit was 
£178.8 million, up 2.6%, with 
the operating margin of 9.8% 
unchanged at both constant 
and actual exchange rates.

In France, total revenue (excluding OPM) 
was marginally higher as growth in the 
cleaning & hygiene and foodservice 
sectors offset a decline in sales of personal 
protection equipment. Overall our cleaning 
& hygiene businesses traded well with 
sales ahead in most sectors and the full year 
impact of a significant contract catering 
customer win in 2018 more than offsetting 
the impact of the loss of a contract cleaning 
customer. Our safety business saw lower 
sales due to the loss of one larger account 
although growth with other larger accounts 
and good export sales offset lower sales 
to smaller customers. Our foodservice 
businesses have enjoyed good sales growth 
in France but saw a decline in exports with 
increasing competition in these markets.

26

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
of 2019 we entered into an agreement 
to acquire ICM, a distributor of personal 
protection equipment to a variety of 
customers including a number operating 
in the wind energy sector. The acquisition 
is expected to be completed at the end 
of March.

Sales have continued to grow well in Spain. 
The cleaning & hygiene business has 
increased revenue in the contract cleaning, 
foodservice, food processor, grocery and 
industrial sectors more than offsetting slight 
declines in the public and healthcare sectors. 
In the safety sector, after a slow start, sales 
finished slightly ahead of last year despite 
lower levels of industrial activity in the 
country. Our online medical business 
continues to grow very strongly due to 
new product launches and the enhanced 
use of e-marketing tools. Our industrial 
and disposable packaging business also 
recorded high levels of growth, particularly 

in the foodservice sector. In Italy, our safety 
business has seen a decline in sales as a 
result of the downturn in the Italian economy.

In Turkey, sales have grown due 
to a combination of price inflation and 
higher volumes in the healthcare sector 
as numerous new tenders have been won. 
In Israel, sales were ahead in the foodservice 
sector following several customer wins 
but lower in the bakery sector following 
the bankruptcy of one major customer.

In central Europe, sales have progressed 
well in the redistribution, agriculture, 
food processor, contract cleaning and 
foodservice sectors, partly offset by 
declines in the industrial sector, principally 
driven by the current difficulties in the 
automotive sector, and lower sales in 
the grocery sector as one of our major 
customers is restructuring its operations.

In the Netherlands, sales grew well with 
particularly strong performance in the 
non-food retail, e-fulfilment, food processor, 
healthcare, cleaning & hygiene and 
packaging sectors. We successfully 
consolidated three businesses in the 
healthcare sector into one business which 
was relocated into a single modern site to 
gain efficiencies and provide an enhanced 
service to our customers. Given growth in 
recent years in the grocery, non-food retail 
and e-fulfilment sectors, we also combined 
three warehouses serving these sectors  
into one new facility. In addition, we have 
relocated our De Ridder business into a 
larger warehouse. Coolpack, acquired in 
April 2019, is trading ahead of expectations. 
In Belgium, revenue was ahead of the 
previous year as we continue to grow  
in the facilities management, foodservice, 
healthcare and public sectors, offset by  
lower sales to other sectors. 

In Germany, against the background of 
slowing GDP growth, sales were lower in 
all sectors other than in cleaning & hygiene. 
In Switzerland, we have seen continued 
growth in the medical and industrial 
sectors although this was insufficient to 
offset continued pressure in the foodservice 
sector following the loss of two larger 
accounts. In Austria, our business saw sales 
decline, in particular related to the meat 
packaging sector. 

In Denmark, revenue increased principally 
due to good performances in the food 
processor, foodservice and leisure sectors 
partly offset by lower sales to grocery and 
redistribution customers. CM Supply, which 
we acquired at the end of 2018 and which 
specialises in own brand and customised 
products and packaging for the foodservice 
sector, has exceeded expectations and 
continues to grow well. In July 2018 we 
acquired our first business in Norway, Enor, 
which sells light catering equipment to hotels 
and restaurants. It is also trading well and 
has benefited from a number of larger 
refurbishment projects. Towards the end 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

27

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportOperating review continued

UK &  
Ireland

Highlights

Market sectors 

• Organic revenue broadly flat;  

results impacted by disposal in  
2018 (£2.2m reduction in adjusted 
operating profit).

• Good revenue growth in cleaning 

& hygiene and in grocery with a large 
supermarket customer regained in 
second half.

• Improved performance in safety in 
second half due to new customer 
and business wins.

• Continued difficult trading conditions 

in hospitality and healthcare.

• Continued growth and expansion 

in Ireland.

Revenue

£1,242.1m

(2018: £1,263.6m)

1.7%† 

Adjusted operating profit*

£87.1m

(IAS 17 – 2019: £83.3m;  
2018: £86.8m)

4.1%† 

Operating margin*

7.0% 

(IAS 17 – 2019: 6.7%;  
2018: 6.9%)

Employees

3,862

Locations

103

†   At constant exchange rates and on an IAS 17 basis where applicable,  

see Basis of preparation IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ on page 1.

*  Alternative performance measure (see Note 4 on page 134).

We are increasingly  
using our knowledge and 
expertise to support our 
customers and work with 
our suppliers to innovate 
and bring more sustainable 
products to market.

Andrew Tedbury 
Managing Director, UK & Ireland

In UK & Ireland, revenue 
decreased by 1.7% to £1,242.1 
million, almost entirely due to  
the impact of the disposal of the 
higher than average operating 
margin marketing services 
business in June 2018. 

Organic revenue was down  
0.2% against the background of 
continuing political and economic 
uncertainty and challenging 
market conditions and operating 
profit was £87.1 million with 
operating margin of 7.0%.  
On an IAS 17 basis, operating 
profit was £83.3 million, down 
4.1%, with the operating margin 
down from 6.9% to 6.7% at  
both constant and actual 
exchange rates. More than half 
(£2.2 million) of the decline in 
operating profit was as a result 
of the disposal last year. After 
adjusting for this, operating profit 
was down 1.7%.

Our safety business was adversely impacted 
by the slowdown in both the industrial and 
construction markets which resulted in 
reduced spend by existing customers. 
Despite this, we were able to secure a 
number of new customers and some new 
business within the transport sector during 
the latter part of the year, launching some 

28

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportinnovative new bespoke products. 
Investment in the business continued with 
the implementation of new warehouse 
management systems and through the 
introduction of several new e-commerce 
initiatives. 

Our cleaning & hygiene supplies business 
grew well as we won several new customers 
during the year. Investment in new digital 
functionality has further enabled customers 
to manage their costs and, in particular, 
product compliance. We also launched a 
number of new sustainable product ranges 
which allow our customers to support 
their own and their customers’ sustainability 
objectives going forward. Further investment 
in stock availability and service flexibility 
is facilitating business growth with both 
existing and new customers. 

Within our grocery business we have now 
successfully onboarded a large supermarket 
chain customer which we lost in 2016. 
In addition, we have secured a number of 
category wins with existing customers, 
building on our extensive range of goods-
not-for-resale products. Ongoing investment 
in both warehouse automation and workflow 
management tools, together with improved 
digital features on e-commerce platforms, 
have continued to enhance our value 
proposition for customers. Staying close 
to the marketplace and continuing to 
work on both cost-effective and innovative 
products is helping provide more 
sustainable solutions. Our non-food 
speciality retail supply businesses continued 
to be impacted by a challenging market. 
However, by offering innovative, new and 
more sustainable materials we have been 
able to enhance customers’ brands both 
in-store and online. Investing in technical 
expertise has improved our ability to 
recommend and supply suitable packaging 
that protects both customers’ products and 
their reputations. 

The catering industry has continued  
to experience rising food and labour  
costs combined with excess capacity 
amongst many high street chains. This has 
resulted in difficult trading conditions in 
certain areas of the hospitality sector and  
a number of high profile well-known  
brands either ceasing to trade or scaling 
back their operations. 

These trends have particularly impacted  
our catering supplies business as many 
customers have reduced their number of 
trading outlets. Despite this, as part of  
our service offering, we have continued  
to provide specialist and added-value  
advice to customers on the most suitable 
sustainable product ranges available in  
the marketplace, together with future-
proofing customers’ businesses against  
the background of environmental and 
legislative pressures. We have also  
now completed the enhancement of our 
vehicle telematics platforms, giving  
real-time delivery information and  
greater transparency.

As previously reported, the introduction of 
the new centrally-funded NHS operating 
model in April has resulted in a major 
reduction in sales to NHS Hospital Trust 
customers in England. As a result, we  
have worked hard to rightsize this part  
of our healthcare business. Against this 
background, we have successfully focused 
our attention on winning new business in 
both the private healthcare market and with 
nursing homes. At the same time our own 
brand product supply business has grown 
with new customer wins in both wound care 
and procedure packs, together with an 
expansion in export business.

In Ireland our business has continued to 
grow. Work is nearing completion to open a 
new purpose-built distribution facility close 
to Dublin airport during the first half of this 
year which will provide more efficient space 
for our Republic of Ireland based businesses. 
In addition, investment in modern 
warehouse management systems in all our 
businesses is improving our efficiency and 
providing customers with an enhanced 
service. Improved digital platforms allow 
customers to benefit from more functionality 
which in turn permits them to focus on their 
businesses. Further investment in our 
sustainability expertise has resulted in the 
successful launch of an extended range of 
new sustainable product offerings for the 
catering and cleaning sectors. This, together 
with the provision of valuable expert advice 
and our detailed understanding of customers’ 
needs, allows them to realise their own 
environmental goals and ambitions.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

29

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportOperating review continued

Rest  
of the 
World

Highlights

Market sectors 

• Good organic revenue growth driven 

by Latin America.

Revenue

£781.6m

(2018: £740.5m)

8.8%† 

Adjusted operating profit*

£61.6m

(IAS 17 – 2019: £59.0m;  
2018: £56.4m)

8.3%† 

• Strong organic growth in Brazil  

Operating margin*

with safety strengthened through 
purchase of Volk do Brasil.

• Chile safety footwear and Mexico 

safety adversely impacting margins.

• Good profit improvement in 

Australia despite slower economy.

7.9% 

(IAS 17 – 2019: 7.5%;  
2018: 7.6%)

Employees

3,257

Locations

114

†   At constant exchange rates and on an IAS 17 basis where applicable,  

see Basis of preparation IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ on page 1.

*  Alternative performance measure (see Note 4 on page 134).

The combination of our 
extensive sourcing capabilities 
and the benefits of our Asia 
sourcing office with related 
supplier audits to ensure 
ethical and social compliance  
gives us a true competitive 
advantage.

Kim Hetherington,  
Managing Director, Asia Pacific

In Rest of the World, revenue 
increased 8.8% to £781.6 million 
due to organic growth of 2.2% 
and the impact of the acquisition 
of Volk do Brasil at the beginning 
of 2019. Operating profit was 
£61.6 million with operating 
margin 7.9%. On an IAS 17 
basis, operating profit was  
£59.0 million, up 8.3%, with the 
operating margin down from 
7.6% to 7.5% at both constant 
and actual exchange rates. 

Despite slower than expected GDP growth 
during the year, trading conditions in Brazil 
were more positive as some measure of 
optimism returned and currency volatility 
decreased in the second half. Our safety 
businesses continued to enjoy strong growth 
due to the strength of their brands, high 
service levels and continual optimisation 
of operating costs. Our foodservice business 
grew sales strongly despite increased 
competition in the market. Volk do Brasil, 
which serves both the safety and foodservice 
sectors, has been integrated smoothly and 
performed ahead of expectations. In our 
cleaning & hygiene business, measures 
taken in 2018 to turnaround the business 
were successful such that operating profit 
grew strongly despite flat sales growth. In 
our healthcare businesses, although our 
medical supplies business had a difficult 
year, our dental supplies business achieved 

30

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportAs a focused and service-
oriented organisation we  
have continued to improve  
the efficiency of our 
customers’ operations  
by offering them greater 
choice, competitively  
priced products and  
excellent service solutions.

Jonathan Taylor,  
Managing Director, Latin America

good growth. Our operations in this sector 
were also bolstered at the end of January 
2020 with the acquisition of Medcorp, a 
distributor of a broad range of branded 
medical products to leading private hospitals 
and redistributors throughout Brazil.

In Chile, relatively low copper prices and  
a weaker local currency led to slower 
economic growth. The country also suffered 
its worst anti-government protests in recent 
years which caused widespread disruption. 
Against this backdrop, our full-range safety 
business performed well but our specialist 
safety footwear business declined 
significantly and was restructured. In the 
foodservice sector, our catering supplies 
business also experienced difficult trading 
although conditions improved slightly in the 
fourth quarter. 

The Mexican economy worsened as the 
year progressed which negatively impacted 
infrastructure projects and manufacturing 
output. As a result, our safety business, 
which is more exposed to these sectors, saw 
sales decline as demand for its products 
lessened and customers became more 
price-sensitive. 

In Colombia, a weaker currency and security 
concerns in border regions resulted in more 
difficult trading conditions for our safety 
businesses but significant cost reductions 
and improvements were implemented during 
the year and the performance improved 
marginally during the second half. Our other 
safety businesses in Peru and Argentina 

saw strong growth in favourable trading 
conditions although political uncertainty 
returned in both countries towards the end 
of the year.

In Australia, we saw a moderate increase in 
revenue against the background of slower 
GDP growth which impacted several of the 
sectors in which we operate. Margins 
came under pressure as product purchase 
prices were adversely impacted by the 
weaker Australian dollar. However, this was 
partly addressed through a combination of 
selling price increases, changes in product 
mix and ongoing product resourcing which, 
together with the implementation of some 
cost saving initiatives, enabled the business 
overall to deliver good profit improvement.

During the year we completed an internal 
restructuring by consolidating our food 
processor operations with our largest 
distribution business predominantly focused 
on the cleaning & hygiene, foodservice 
and healthcare sectors, thereby combining 
the strengths and infrastructure of each 
business with resultant cost savings while 
retaining their specialist market sector 
focus. We have also continued to develop 
our position in the resilient healthcare 
sector. The business is seeing significant 
benefits from investment in digital 
technology and resources in our quest to 
improve our service offering and enhance 
customers’ experience.

Our Australian safety business experienced 
some growth but has also been impacted by 
margin pressures from the weaker currency. 
Trading has benefited from new contract 
wins and the successful opening of a new 
facility in North West Queensland serving 
major customers in this region. During the 
year we rationalised our operational footprint 
and closed two facilities as the property 
leases expired. At the end of November we 
acquired FRSA which specialises in the 
distribution of safety and personal protection 
equipment focused on fire, rescue and 
emergency services. Our specialty healthcare 
business delivered another strong 
performance this year.

In Asia, our domestic safety business 
in China has continued to focus on its 
diversification strategy to improve its 
profitability, while our export business faced 
challenging market conditions but continues 
to make progress to rebuild its customer 
base. Our safety business in Singapore, 
which is focused on the oil and gas and 
pharmaceutical sectors, experienced a 
slowdown within their customer base during 
the second half of the year but this was 
largely offset through careful margin 
management and cost control.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

31

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportEngaging with our stakeholders

The Board recognises the importance of understanding the views of Bunzl’s key stakeholders. Through a range of engagement 
mechanisms, examples of which are referred to below, Bunzl is able to maintain meaningful dialogue with these groups and ensure that 
their views, and the matters set out in section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 relating to the directors’ duty to promote the success of the 
Company, are considered as part of the Company’s strategic decision making. The engagement mechanisms employed are reviewed 
periodically to ensure that they remain effective. The following information is provided in accordance with the requirements of section 
172 of the Companies Act 2006 in relation to the directors’ duty to promote the success of the Company. 

Further information about how the Company engages with its stakeholders can be found in the Sustainability report on pages 34 to 49 
and the Corporate governance report on pages 68 to 76. 

Customers

Employees

Shareholders

How we engage with stakeholders
• We use a range of methods to engage 

How we engage with stakeholders
•  We report regularly to shareholders 

with our employees, including 
listening groups, regular team 
briefings, site visits, digital apps, 
newsletters, engagement surveys, 
video messaging and meetings with 
workforce representatives. 

• The Board ensures that it understands 

the views of Bunzl’s workforce  
through director attendance at and 
participation in employee consultation 
forums, senior leadership programmes 
and other employee-focused events.

• Board meetings are periodically held  
at or near Group locations where the 
directors meet with local management 
and employees.

How we are influenced  
by stakeholders
People underpin everything we do  
and are the focus of our business. We 
develop and implement action plans to 
address points raised in our employee 
engagement surveys and create an 
inclusive and collaborative environment 
that allows all of our people to make  
a broader contribution to our success.

Relevance to strategy/ 
business model
It is our people who continue to deliver 
the Group’s strategy for the individual 
businesses and we will continue to 
invest in our people to ensure that we 
attract and retain the best talent.

on trading performance.

•  Executive directors meet regularly 
with major shareholders and report 
their views to the Board. Presentations 
of the half year and annual results with 
question and answer sessions are  
also given.

•  The Chairman, Senior Independent 
Director and other non-executive 
directors are available to meet with 
major shareholders on request. The 
Board also reviews and discusses 
analysts’ and brokers’ reports and 
surveys of shareholder opinions 
conducted by the Company’s brokers 
and investor relations consultants.

•  Shareholders are encouraged to 

participate in the AGM, are invited 
to ask questions at the meeting and 
are given the opportunity to meet all 
of the directors informally.

How we are influenced  
by stakeholders
Engagement with shareholders helps us 
to understand their views and priorities. 
The feedback that we receive informs 
our decision making and influences the 
long term strategy of the Company.

Relevance to strategy/ 
business model
Engagement is a key factor in building 
and maintaining shareholder trust and 
in ensuring that shareholder support 
continues in the long term.

How we engage with stakeholders
• Our businesses use ‘hotlines’ and 
seminars and host launch days to 
engage with customers and increase 
their awareness of our product and 
service solutions.

• We work with our customers in the 

development of new, redesigned, more 
sustainable or substantially improved 
products.

• Our 3,200 expert sales people 

supported by 2,600 locally based 
customer service specialists use their 
deep and detailed knowledge to work 
with customers to provide the best 
possible advice on all product and 
service related matters.

How we are influenced  
by stakeholders
Our business and livelihood depend 
upon our customers. Building  
strong relationships with them,  
using the expertise of our commercial 
teams, ensures that we gain a  
deep understanding of their needs, 
allowing us to identify where we can 
support them.

Relevance to strategy/ 
business model
Bunzl’s consistent and proven strategy 
of growing the business organically, by 
expanding and developing our business 
with existing customers and by  
gaining new business with additional 
customers, is key to our success. We 
seek to achieve organic growth by 
continually redefining and deepening 
our commitment to our customers and 
we apply our resources, knowledge and 
expertise to offer an efficient and 
cost-effective one-stop-shop solution 
which is the very essence of our 
business model.

32

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportEnvironment

Suppliers

Communities

How we engage with stakeholders
• We seek to reduce both our and 
our customers’ impacts on the 
environment by reducing carbon 
emissions, promoting the reduction 
of waste and providing innovative 
products and services to meet their 
sustainability needs.

How we engage with stakeholders
• We actively work with our suppliers to 

build relationships, capability and 
trust, increase sustainability within 
our supply chain and provide products 
and solutions to customers that are 
sourced and delivered efficiently, 
safely and sustainably.

• We work in partnership with 

• Supplier conferences are held to 

customers and suppliers to source 
and promote sustainable alternatives 
to single-use plastics and to support 
the development of innovative 
products to increase compostability 
and recyclability.

How we are influenced  
by stakeholders
We aim to reduce our impact on 
the environment, including factors 
contributing to climate change, 
through a commitment to continual 
improvement, complying with 
environmental legislation and 
regulations in the jurisdictions where 
Group companies operate to ensure 
that our major impacts are addressed.

Relevance to strategy/ 
business model
Operational efficiency forms part of our 
strategy to develop the business and the 
reduction of energy consumption and 
waste is an integral part of this. Positive 
actions with respect to the environment 
and Corporate Responsibility (‘CR’), 
including an increased focus on more 
sustainable products, are not only 
desirable in their own right but are also 
of potential economic and commercial 
benefit to Bunzl.

showcase examples of good practice 
and build awareness of social 
compliance issues.

• Our quality assurance/quality control 
team in Shanghai monitors and works 
with our key suppliers in Asia and 
elsewhere to ensure that they meet 
international standards.

• A supplier code of conduct has been 
adopted and rolled out across our 
supplier base.

How we are influenced  
by stakeholders
Bunzl regards suppliers as partners 
and works with them to help achieve 
our CR policy requirements in the 
delivery of our products and services.

Relevance to strategy/ 
business model
Our global sourcing capabilities, 
working with multinational and local 
suppliers, together with the benefits of 
our Shanghai sourcing office, allow 
us to provide a range of competitively 
priced and ethically sourced products. 
Such capabilities are intrinsic to our 
business model and a key source of 
competitive advantage.

How we engage with stakeholders
• We encourage and provide resources 
and opportunities for Bunzl people 
to get involved in local community 
projects and to contribute to social 
impact causes.

• We align the focus of our charitable 
support with key environmental 
activities relevant to our business.

• We support the communities where 
our employees live and work and 
encourage fundraising activities 
championed by our businesses 
and their employees locally.

How we are influenced  
by stakeholders
Our employees are encouraged to 
act as responsible citizens of their 
communities and to support projects, 
organisations and services that work 
towards the common good and 
improvement of their communities 
and society as a whole.

Relevance to strategy/ 
business model
Bunzl’s operations are international but 
our strength lies in the local nature of 
our businesses and the communities in 
which they are based. Our CR strategy 
directly supports Bunzl’s strategic vision 
by seeking to gain sustainable business 
success through building relationships 
with local stakeholders.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

33

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportSustainability

Being part of  
the responsible 
solution

We know that our 
customers, suppliers  
and the societies in which 
our businesses operate 
around the world all want  
to find ways to protect  
our environment and to 
make better use of natural 
resources. That is why 
sustainability is core to  
how Bunzl does business 
and how we will grow in  
the future. 

Frank van Zanten 
Chief Executive Officer

From sourcing products in an ethical and 
responsible way, to consolidating them in an 
environmentally efficient operating model, 
our approach to sustainability helps us to 
minimise risk while maximising value. 

Our goal is for Bunzl to be a socially and 
environmentally responsible organisation 
that inspires and implements solutions 
that protect the environment, while 
being commercially successful for 
our stakeholders. To support this ambition, 
we have developed a new sustainability 
framework and strengthened our team of 
sustainability experts who will work with 
our businesses to deliver this. 

We will continue to communicate our 
performance in an open and honest way 
and report on our performance through our 
Annual Report and third party assessments 
such as the FTSE4Good and CDP (formerly 
Carbon Disclosure Project) index. More 
details of our sustainability strategy and 
framework can be found on the Bunzl plc 
website in the Sustainability section at 
www.bunzl.com.

A new sustainability framework 
for Bunzl
It is only when sustainability issues are 
dealt with in the same way as other core 
business issues that real, long term value 
is created. To ensure our new framework 
is successful and relevant, it is aligned to 
the Bunzl business model and applicable 
to all the market sectors and geographies 
in which we operate. 

We have also identified the major 
sustainability trends facing our business 
and developed a set of commitments that 
underpin our approach. During 2020 we 
will set specific goals in the areas where 
we can make the most meaningful impact 
and generate the biggest results.

The theme emerging from the work is that 
our new sustainability framework should 
be centred around our unique position at 
the centre of the supply chain with the 
ability to provide sustainable solutions 
to our customers in partnership with 
our suppliers. 

As a leading distributor and not a 
manufacturer, Bunzl is not tied to any types 
of materials or products and, as a result, 
we can have a positive impact across the 
entire supply chain by having an objective 
overview of the best sustainability solutions 
for each customer. Our framework is 
about more than simply providing new 
products; it is about how we work with our 
suppliers to provide solutions ethically and 
responsibly, the work we do to minimise the 
environmental impact of our own operations 
and the role we play in our communities.

Our framework has three key pillars 
that align to the Bunzl business model: 
Our suppliers (source), Our business 
(consolidate) and Our customers (deliver). 
Each of these pillars has its own 
commitments and we will be setting 
goals for these during the next year. 
Further details of our framework pillars, 
their commitments and our work to date 
are set out in this report.

34

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
Directors’ report

Financial statements

Delivering sustainable solutions

Our suppliers

Making sustainability accessible

Sourcing responsibly and  
with integrity

Working with our suppliers  
to deliver innovative solutions

Our business

A great place to work

Reducing our impact  
on the environment

Supporting charities and  
local communities

pg 36

pg 38

Our customers

Providing sustainable solutions

Expert advice on emerging  
trends and products

Partnerships to close  
the loop

pg 46

Our values: humility, responsiveness, creativity, diversity, customer-centricity, reliability, transparency

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

35

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportSustainability continued

Our suppliers

We will source  
an innovative range  
of products ethically 
and responsibly. 

1    We will use our scale and  

position in the supply chain to make 
sustainable solutions accessible and 
prevent shortage of supply issues as  
new materials become preferable.

2    We will source responsibly and 

with integrity. 

  3    We will proactively engage our 

suppliers and work collaboratively 
with them to be first to market with 
new, innovative sustainability solutions 
for our customers.

1  
Making sustainability 
accessible

2  
Sourcing responsibly 
and with integrity

In response to the introduction of new 
legislation and feedback from their 
consumers, many of our customers are 
setting ambitious targets to become more 
sustainable. To help them on this journey, 
we are leveraging the scale of our supply 
chain to make sustainable solutions more 
accessible for our customers and bring  
lower impact products to market.

For instance, in the Netherlands, our 
customers are required to pay a waste 
collection charge for the packaging materials 
they use. Plastics have the highest individual 
collection charge and products made from 
multiple materials carry a higher overall cost. 
We supply bags to retailers to use with bakery 
products that are made from paper with a 
plastic film window that makes the product 
visible to the consumer. This means the 
packaging attracts two waste collection 
charges and a higher individual cost for the 
plastic film component.

We have worked with one of our suppliers to 
develop an innovative bag made entirely from 
paper, that uses a glassine paper window 
to ensure the product is still visible to the 
consumer. Glassine is a smooth, translucent 
form of paper that is air, water and grease 
resistant. Because the bag is made from one 
material, it attracts a lower waste collection 
charge while maintaining the functionality 
our customers require. In addition to making 
a sustainable product that complies with 
legislation in a more affordable way, the new 
bag is made entirely from a renewable 
resource.

Price is only one consideration in our 
purchasing decisions. Factors such as quality, 
availability, our customers’ preferences and 
our sourcing policies are also taken into 
account. We work with our suppliers with the 
aim of ensuring that the products we supply 
are, wherever possible, manufactured from 
sustainably sourced raw materials and seek 
to increase the range of sustainable products 
made from recycled materials or are 
themselves recyclable or compostable.

We work with thousands of suppliers around 
the world. We expect all suppliers to meet  
the same internationally recognised human 
rights, environmental and quality standards 
that we expect of our own businesses.  
These include meeting local legislative 
requirements but also applicable 
international requirements for workers’ 
welfare and conditions of employment,  
such as those set by the International  
Labour Organization (‘ILO’) and the Ethical 
Trading Initiative. 

Most of Bunzl’s direct suppliers are based in 
countries with comparatively low levels of 
social risk. We periodically carry out a social 
risk assessment of our supply chain and this 
helps us to deepen our understanding into 
the social risk factors in countries with high 
relative risks, many of which are in Asia. 
With this information, we continuously 
enhance and refine our work to mitigate 
social risks in our supply chain, e.g. by 
performing more in-depth audits in high risk 
countries, optimising training materials and 
increasing the communication of our 
standards to high risk suppliers.

We expect all suppliers to adhere to our 
supplier code of conduct as a condition of 
doing business with us. The supplier code is 
available in many languages and is actively 
communicated by our businesses to our 
suppliers, particularly in those countries 
with increased risk of modern slavery and 
other social risks.

Audits
We have an assurance and quality control 
team based in Shanghai which performs 
regular audits of our direct suppliers in Asia 
to ensure that they meet our standards in 
relation to human rights, conditions of work, 
hygiene management systems and 
environmental performance. 

Suppliers who are unable to meet all the 
requirements after an initial audit are given 
the opportunity to comply fully within a 
period of time which is deemed appropriate 
for the circumstances. Bunzl companies 
reserve the right to cease a relationship with 
a supplier if it is found that unacceptable 
practices are being employed at any sites 
used for producing or sourcing Bunzl 
products. Such practices include use of  
child, forced or bonded labour, illegal 
discrimination, wages not meeting local 
minimum requirements, not providing 

36

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
adequate days of rest and any other breach 
of local or applicable international 
requirements for workers’ welfare and 
conditions of employment. Suppliers that 
are being monitored and assessed due to 
identification of a serious breach are 
periodically reported to, and reviewed by, 
the Board. 

In 2019 we carried out a total of 707 
(2018: 539) audits of suppliers located in 
Asia and worked with those suppliers where 
unacceptable standards were identified 
to resolve any non-conformities. Thirteen 
suppliers did not make sufficient progress 
to address the concerns and we have 
subsequently ceased our relationship with 
those suppliers. 

Supplier engagement
We believe that building relationships, 
capacity and trust with suppliers is critical 
when it comes to preventing and identifying 
incidents of modern slavery. Every year, 
we organise training events in Asia to work 
with our suppliers to help them prevent 
issues arising and to address them if they 
are found. 

In 2019 we carried out training events in 
Kolkata, India and Shanghai, China (see 
case study). 

Training
All of our senior staff, including managers 
and procurement and sales executives, 
are required to complete corporate 
responsibility training on social risks, 
including modern slavery. The training 
helps our employees to understand and 
recognise social risks that might occur in 
our supply chain and to inform them of the 
appropriate actions that should be taken if 
such risks materialise.

Further details are provided in our Group 
Modern Slavery Statement which can be 
found on the Bunzl plc website. 

Key performance indicators

3  
Working with our suppliers 
to deliver innovative solutions

One example of how we are working with our 
suppliers to bring innovative new products to 
market is a project we have been working on 
in partnership with Co-op in the UK. In 
recent years several UK supermarkets have 
moved away from using single-use plastic 
carrier bags in favour of reusable plastic 
‘bags for life’ made from recycled material. 
In addition to offering reusable bags, Co-op 
wanted to explore whether they could also 
introduce a compostable bag in their shops 
located in UK council areas that offered a 
food waste collection from residents’ homes. 
Bunzl Retail Supplies (BRS) were given the 
challenge of working with their suppliers to 
source an appropriate solution. 

The compostable bags needed to meet the 
following strict performance criteria: 

• compliance with the European Directive on 
compostability (EN13432) and the ability to 
be compostable at home; and

• comparable in structural integrity and 

performance with the single-use plastic 
carrier bags they were replacing.

We worked in partnership with Co-op’s food 
policy team to understand compostable 
materials, the relevant European legislation 
and the process of composting through both 
industrial and home composting routes. 
Once this was established, we reviewed 
potential suppliers and performance tested 
the samples received.

Supplier training

A supplier training event in Kolkata, 
India was held in June 2019. The aim 
of the event was to raise suppliers’ 
awareness of modern slavery and other 
social risks and to provide support to 
suppliers on how to remedy those 
issues. The training featured various 
interactive workshops during which 
best practices and challenges were 
discussed in an open and informal 
dialogue with Bunzl and 
other suppliers.

The supplier training event was 
attended by 30 suppliers and was 
very well received. The event is an 
example of how enhancing supplier 
relationships and creating an 
atmosphere of collaboration helps 
to drive progress.

Through numerous product iterations, BRS 
managed to source a product that met the 
criteria above. The compostable bags are 
dual purpose, firstly as a carrier for shopping 
and secondly for disposing of food waste at 
home and are the first to be introduced by 
a UK retailer. The bag is in over 1,000 of 
Co-op’s food stores and replaced around 
60 million single-use plastic bags in the 
first year.

As a material-agnostic distributor, Bunzl is 
well placed to provide its customers with 
trusted and objective advice on complex 
sustainability solutions like this. It also 
demonstrates the strength of Bunzl’s 
consolidated supply and distribution model 
as the compostable bags need to be delivered 
to specific distribution centres (which supply 
stores located in areas with food waste 
collection services), with different products 
delivered to other stores. 

Suppliers
Responsible sourcing, working as partners with our suppliers to encourage high levels of sustainable and ethical trading initiatives

Performance

2017

2018

2019

What we said we  
would do in 2019

503

539

707 More in-depth audits 
of high-risk suppliers.

Continue to optimise 
and expand our audit 
programme.

Supplier audits and 
assessments covering 
environmental and social 
standards (number of 
audits/assessments 
carried out)

What we did

What we plan  
to do in 2020

We have increased the number of Asian 
suppliers that we audit by more than 30% 
covering now almost all our direct Asian 
suppliers. We have reviewed our audit 
scope, have added additional check-points 
and increased the number of employee 
interviews to help ensure that all applicable 
risks are covered.

Continue to expand our ethical 
sourcing principles across the 
Bunzl Group. 

Extend the scope of our supplier 
audits to increasingly include 
‘downstream’ environmental 
considerations.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

37

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
Sustainability continued

Our business

We will make a 
positive contribution 
to our people, the 
environment and 
local communities. 

1    We will be a great place to work and 

enable our people to thrive.

2    We will reduce our impact on the 

environment.

  3    We will support environmental 
charities and projects that are 
meaningful to our local communities 
and teams.

Total workforce

36%

64%

Senior management

14%

86%

  Males 
  Females

  Males 
  Females

Average number of employees

17%

20%

36%

27%

  North America 
  Continental Europe 
  UK & Ireland 
  Rest of the World

Total workforce age

20%

17%

24%

39%

  Under 30 
  30–39 
  40–54 
  Over 55

1  
A great place to work

Introduction
In a world that is changing rapidly, attracting 
the best people for our roles and ensuring 
they are equipped with the relevant skills 
and experience is critical to maintaining a 
competitive advantage. The decentralised 
nature of Bunzl means that there is greater 
opportunity to give people the appropriate 
freedom and accountability to be able to 
succeed. We are very proud of our people 
and all they achieve and recognise the 
importance of investing in their growth. 

Developing our people
Throughout the Group we are committed 
to developing people through a variety of 
methods such as formal development 
programmes, online learning opportunities, 
coaching and mentoring as well as providing 
opportunities for learning and growth in 
their roles. 

There are numerous examples in Bunzl 
of courses that have been designed and 
developed specifically with our employees 
in mind, from ‘Desorrollate’ in Latin America 
(focused on the development of collaboration 
tools) to the Young Leaders Forum in 
Australia. Ensuring that we grow our 
internal talent through developing those with 
potential to be our leaders of the future is a 
key area of focus. Two examples of this are, 
the ‘DRIVE’ programme in North America, 
aimed at emerging and senior leaders, and 
the Bunzl University, a programme for 
prospective leaders in Continental Europe. 
Focusing on career development is not only 
for those already in management roles. 
Within UK & Ireland there is an academy 
aimed at warehouse operatives and drivers 
who want to advance their careers. At a 
Group-wide level, 2019 saw the launch of 
our new Senior Leadership Development 
Programme aimed at senior leaders around 
the world (see case study on page 40). 
Starting in 2019, a group of around 20 
leaders from across our business have come 
together for four intensive learning modules 
and project activities during the 18-month 
long programme. We will launch a new 
cohort of the programme every year. 

Recognising different learning styles and 
the fact that it is not always possible to 
attend courses away from the workplace, 
online learning gives our employees access 
to a wide range of options for both work and 
personal development areas. In most parts 
of our business people can access online 

training and e-learning products to develop 
themselves. For example in the UK & Ireland, 
instantly accessible to all is YELP (Your 
E-Learning Portal), an online library of over 
1,500 courses. 

Engagement
Following the 2018 employee survey the 
focus has been at a local and team level in 
creating action plans that address the points 
raised in an individual business’s survey 
results. In North America there are action 
plans for each branch location with updates 
planned every six months to ensure the 
plans can be refined and updated based on 
real-time feedback. The types of actions that 
have resulted from these local discussions 
range from reviewing flexible benefit options 
and sharing product information with 
employees to installing communication 
screens in sites, enabling the instant sharing 
of information and business updates. 

Some issues raised via feedback in the 
employee survey were common to more than 
one area or region, for example having career 
opportunities made more visible. The UK & 
Ireland have moved performance reviews, 
career development and succession plans 
online, increasing the visibility of the skills 
requirements for roles and potential career 
paths for managers. This enables the 
creation of targeted development solutions as 
well as making it easier to fill roles internally 
with the best possible candidates.

Rewarding for performance
Within Bunzl we pay our employees fairly 
based on their skills and experience. In line 
with our overall business model, reward and 
recognition for the workforce is aligned to 
the markets in which the businesses operate 
and reward structures are appropriate for 
that environment. Locally our businesses 
own and manage recognition schemes and 
provide employee benefits that motivate and 
retain their people.

Equality and diversity
Increasing the diversity of our workforce 
strengthens our business and enables us to 
respond to changing environments. Through 
developing an inclusive environment that 
encourages new ideas and innovation we 
will improve our offering to customers and 
enhance our processes and ways of working. 
Although an imperfect indicator of diversity, 
we have paid more attention to our Gender 
pay report. 

38

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportThe data for gender pay gap in 2019 will be 
the third year of reporting for both our UK 
legal entities. Our combined gender pay gap 
for 2019 for both the two UK legal entities 
and plc employees is as follows:

• 16.6% gender pay gap (mean hourly pay)

• -6.9% gender pay gap (median hourly pay)

• 69.8% of women receive a bonus

• 73.2% of men receive a bonus

The two entities on which we report have 
changed their workforce mix through 
acquisitions and disposals which has a 
greater impact than the normal, more 
gradual, changes of employees leaving and 
joining a business. The underlying reason 
for our gender pay gap, however, remains  
the same as previous years. We have more 
men in senior and therefore higher paid 
positions and a relative low turnover in these 
senior roles. 

The focus continues to be on practical 
interventions to ensure we can truly deliver 
the aims of our diversity policy. For example 
the introduction of a new competency 
framework to ensure consistency in the 
performance review process; and ensuring 
that our recruitment, performance review, 
career development and succession planning 
processes continue to be free from gender 
bias. We recognise that to reduce the gender 
pay gap in the future the focus needs to be 
on attracting and developing women into 
Bunzl at all levels and to this aim the 
Inspiring Women in Bunzl (‘IWIB’) network 
has been set up (see case study).

Inspiring Women  
in Bunzl 

We are taking action to address a 
common issue that faces many large 
organisations, the under-representation 
of women at a senior level. In the UK & 
Ireland the MD for our retail business, 
Helen Cockerham, has created a 
network for a number of women who 
have been identified as having the 
potential to advance into leadership 
roles within the Group. Called the 
‘Inspiring Women in Bunzl’ network, 
its goal is to be a catalyst for Bunzl 
leading the way in creating a 
supportive and empowering culture 
for women to achieve their goals.

Over the course of 2019, the network 
has defined its objectives, which are 
to foster and nurture a pipeline of 
confident and talented women who can 
progress their careers alongside their 
male colleagues to the benefit of Bunzl. 
Every member of the group has 
worked hard to engage the leaders 
of their operating companies and 
we have already seen an increase in 
the proportion of director roles held 
by women.

The IWIB network is 
such a positive step. By 
sharing our vision and 
mission with colleagues 
and with the support 
of the Board we will 
inspire other women 
to see that Bunzl is a 
diverse and equal 
company to work for.

Lucy Wilkinson 
Head of Brand, Protec Direct

Key performance indicators

Employees 
Engaging with our employees with clear communications and the provision of training and development opportunities

Performance

2017

2018

2019

What we said we  
would do in 2019

What we did

What we plan  
to do in 2020

Employee turnover: 
Voluntary

13.0% 14.6% 15.4% Continue to monitor turnover and 

Exit interviews in largest regions.

take action where necessary.

Online tracking of joiners and 
leavers enables greater visibility 
and analysis.

Gender diversity: 
Women at senior 
management level

11% 13% 14% Raise awareness and further 
develop training and look for 
opportunities for wider 
participation.

Succession planning 
improvements.

Inspiring Women in Bunzl  
(see case study).

Continue to conduct exit 
interviews and monitor voluntary 
turnover.

Broaden networks for women 
in Bunzl.

Provide focused development 
interventions for high potential 
women.

Employee engagement 
index score

–

74% –

Detailed action plans to be devised 
to address significant issues 
raised and celebrate successes.

Regular review of action plans 
at site level.

Relaunch our employee 
engagement survey in 2020.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

39

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
Sustainability continued

Board engagement

The annual meeting of the European 
Information and Consultation Forum 
was held in June in the UK. The 
representatives heard from both 
Business Area Heads, Alberto Grau 
and Andrew Tedbury about 
performance, strategy and plans for 
their respective business areas, 
Continental Europe and UK & Ireland. 
In addition, for the first time a non-
executive director, Vanda Murray, 
attended the meeting. She held a 
private session with the forum 
representatives, concentrating on 
issues arising from the employee 
survey, and gathering views and 
opinions on Bunzl as a place to work. 

A similar session was held by Lloyd 
Pitchford, another non-executive 
director, with employees from 
Bunzl North America (‘BNA’). 
Feedback was very positive and 
both employees and non-executive 
directors really appreciated 
hearing a different perspective and 
understanding more deeply the issues 
and concerns of the wider workforce. 

Senior Leadership 
Development 
Programme

The Senior Leadership Development 
Programme is a custom designed 
programme delivered by an external 
faculty which brings around 20 senior 
leaders from around the world together 
over a period of 18 months to develop 
their leadership capability. The four 
modules (strategic leadership, 
entrepreneurial leadership, commercial 
leadership and organisational 
leadership) combine formal learning 
with visits to relevant Bunzl businesses 
and participants undertake project and 
coaching activities between modules. 
A huge benefit of this programme is 
the informal learning and networking 
that happens during and after the 
programme has run. 

Health and wellness 
Bunzl believes in creating an environment 
which enables employees to be happy and 
motivated at work. There has therefore 
been investment in programmes that are 
specifically aimed at employee well-being. 
In several business areas, there are formal 
support tools and services such as Employee 
Assistance Programmes (‘EAP’) or Wellness 
Programmes that enable employees to 
access health screening assessments. 
Employees are encouraged to adopt healthy 
habits and working practices throughout 
Bunzl and examples in the businesses range 
from providing employees with fruit and 
lunchtime yoga sessions to sharing advice 
and tips on how to improve both their mental 
and physical health. 

Code of conduct
The Group’s business code of conduct is 
disseminated to every employee as a guide 
to how employees are expected to conduct 
themselves both from a corporate and 
individual perspective. The code of conduct 
clearly states that employees must avoid 
conflicts of interest, provides guidance 
on the giving and receiving of gifts and 
entertainment, prohibits illegal payments 
as well as political donations and reinforces 
the need to comply with laws, rules and 
regulations, protect confidential information 
and company assets and maintain high 
standards in relationships with our 
customers and suppliers. The code of 
conduct is supported by a set of e-learning 
modules, covering matters such as anti-
bribery, health & safety, competition laws 
and modern slavery. The business code of 
conduct has been revised and reissued to 
employees in 2019.

No material breaches of our code of conduct 
were recorded in 2019. However, some 
minor incidents relating to employee 
conduct, such as theft or misuse of the 
Group’s property, did occur and were dealt 
with during the normal course of business 
using Group HR policies and procedures. 
In the reporting year 2 (2018: 10) calls 
or letters were received through our 
confidential whistle blowing process, 
‘Speak Up’, none of which related to any 
issues of material concern. 

At the end of 2019 we partnered with an 
independent organisation to introduce 
a new way to report or ‘whistle blow’ 
concerns. This new approach enables 
employees to raise issues online or via a 
local telephone service and describe their 
concerns in their native language in a totally 
confidential manner. 

Key performance indicators

Health & safety 
Improving safety in our warehouses and on our vehicles

Performance

2017

2018

2019

What we said we  
would do in 2019

What we did

Reduction in accident 
incidence rate 

(% change year on year)

-20% +17% +1% Reduce the Group 
accident incidence 
rate by 5% from 
2018.

Reduction in accident 
severity rate 

(% change year on year)

-22% +25% +31% Reduce the Group 
accident severity 
rate by 5% from 
2018.

In 2019, the accident incidence rate increased by 1% 
while the accident severity rate increased by 31%. 

We continued to see the impact of tight employment 
markets with higher numbers of new recruits, and 
have therefore improved our safety onboarding 
programmes to ensure that new employees are 
adequately trained for the job. The increase in the 
severity rate is principally related to a number of 
accidents with long periods of absence in North 
America and France. 

What we plan  
to do in 2020

Reduce the Group accident 
incidence rate by 5% from 
2019.

Reduce the Group accident 
severity rate by 5% from 2019.

40

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
We anticipate this will increase the number 
of cases raised by making access easier. 
This will also provide us with better data 
on the types of concerns identified and the 
locations from where they have been raised. 

forklift trucks, use of newer and safer 
machinery and equipment and customised 
areas for storage of hazardous materials. 
New forklift trucks are fitted with warning 
lights and cameras. 

Our objective is to minimise the risks, 
particularly relating to the operation of our 
warehouses and vehicles, in order to reduce 
accidents involving manual handling, 
falling, slipping and tripping and impact 
with equipment which remain the highest 
causes of accidents. All our businesses are 
required to comply with local legislation and 
Group safety policies. The compliance with 
these regulations and policies is audited 
by a team of safety professionals. Safety 
standards are also reviewed as part of our 
internal audit process. 

Incidence rate
Average number of incidents per month  
per 100,000 employees

110

101

95

96* †

81

15

16

17

18

19

12 months to 30 September. 

Severity rate
Average number of days lost per month  
per 100,000 employees

3
0
6
3

,

9
0
4

,

2

 †
*
0
1
1
,
3

0
7
3
0 2
9
8
1

,

,

15

16

17

18

19

12 months to 30 September. 

*   In 2019 we improved our accident recording standards and 
updated the guidance on recording work-related accidents.

†   Included in the external auditors’ limited assurance scope.  
See data assurance statement which is available on our 
website, www.bunzl.com. The data for previous years was  
also assured as detailed in the respective Annual Reports.

Our primary method for distributing the 
goods that we sell is the use of delivery 
vehicles. Consequently, geographical 
regions have placed considerable emphasis 
on training programmes for drivers. Each  
of these programmes has its own specific 
focus but all are aimed at reducing accidents 
and injuries on the road. Three of our UK 
businesses have implemented the Fleet 
Operator Recognition Scheme (‘FORS’), 
a nationally accredited scheme which 
promotes best transport practices, across all 
of their operating locations. The scheme 
measures fleet performance and aims to 
drive up standards across areas such as fuel 
efficiency, carbon emissions and road safety. 

In North America, where we have our 
largest fleet, we are constantly looking for 
ways to educate our drivers on how to be 
more safe behind the wheel. In 2018 we 
introduced two new defensive driving 
programmes and as a result we have seen 
in 2019 a significant reduction in serious 
vehicular accidents.

B-Safe

In order to drive compliance with 
regulations and internal standards, we 
have introduced various digital 
solutions across Bunzl, one of which is 
B-Safe. B-Safe is a flexible mobile data 
collection platform that was designed 
to Bunzl specifications. It has an 
intuitive user interface making the 
collection of health & safety related 
data simpler and more accurate. Bunzl 
locations can build their own custom 
inspection and checklist forms or use 
the corporate pre-populated forms. 
Inspections can be completed on-the-
go, tasks assigned and alerts and 
reminders set up.

Launched in early 2019, B-Safe already 
has 400 users across Bunzl and is used 
for various purposes such as 
warehouse safety inspections, pre-use 
inspections of vehicles and evaluation 
of emergency evacuations.

Employees/human rights
Bunzl adheres to the Universal Declaration 
of Human Rights and upholds the 
Fundamental Principles and Rights at 
Work policies, defined by the ILO, as well 
as applicable local laws. The countries 
in which Bunzl operates have their own 
laws banning child and forced labour and 
promoting human rights. 

The UK Modern Slavery Act 2015 requires 
certain businesses to produce an annual 
statement that sets out the steps these 
businesses have taken during the financial 
year to ensure that slavery and human 
trafficking are not taking place in their 
operations and supply chains. This 
requirement affects Bunzl plc and a number 
of operating companies in the UK. The 
current Bunzl slavery and human trafficking 
statement has been approved by the Bunzl 
plc Board of directors and is available on our 
website, www.bunzl.com.

Health & safety
As a business with a large warehouse 
footprint and fleet, health & safety is an area 
of significant focus by the Board. One factor 
that continued to impact our incidence and 
severity rates in 2019 is the challenging 
conditions in the employment markets 
worldwide. Tight employment markets are 
leading to increased employee turnover 
and shorter job tenures which can have a 
negative impact on injury rates as less 
experienced employees have an increased 
risk of being involved in a workplace injury. 
Our businesses have various onboarding 
tools and programmes in place to ensure  
that all new employees are adequately 
trained for the job and coached by more 
experienced colleagues. In North America  
we have focused on implementation of a new 
onboarding programme in 2019. New safety 
and HR onboarding booklets were rolled out 
and training requirements revised. A step-by-
step introduction of the employee to their new 
work environment was implemented.

In 2019, we continued to invest in new 
facilities across the Group. We started 
operating in several new state-of-the-art 
warehouse facilities that were designed from 
the ground up. This allowed us to make 
layouts more efficient and logical and 
implement many safety improvements such 
as improved segregation of pedestrians and 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

41

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
Sustainability continued

We continue to take steps to embed a  
more proactive safety culture in Bunzl.  
In North America, we have carried out a 
comprehensive safety perception survey 
for our Bunzl Retail Services Division. The 
survey was completed by 800 participants 
across 14 locations. The survey measured 
the percent positive responses by the 
participants to a set of recognised safety 
indicators. The results were compared 
against a multi-industry database and a 
gap analysis was performed. The survey 
resulted in an action plan for each location. 
Improvement actions included engaging 
with employees at each level to participate 
in a safety steering team, identifying the 
top issues that were most important to 
employees and creating continuous 
improvement teams to identify solutions 
to the issues.

In France, where we have the highest 
incidence and severity rates in the Group, 
we have started to roll out a comprehensive 
training programme for middle management. 
The training will help create a more 
proactive safety culture by developing the 
skills needed to conduct effective safety 
observations and enable discussions to take 
place with employees about safe and unsafe 
work practices. This series of training 
sessions is a first step towards planned 
ISO 45001 certification in France.

Our businesses in North America have 
implemented a new online Environmental 
Health and Safety (‘EHS’) management 
system. The new system has streamlined 
our reporting processes and helped  
maintain compliance with local reporting 
requirements. Additionally, it is playing a 
role in an EHS culture shift, through the 
system’s ability to report leading indicators 
(such as ‘near miss’ incidents), dashboard 
metrics and customised reports. Another 
example of continuous improvement within 
North America was the piloting of a new 
ergonomics training programme aimed at 
challenging the way employees perform their 
job functions. Targeting the reduction of 
injuries with specific work instructions 
(‘moves’) that have been customised to the 
facility’s work environment, the training also 
covers wellness, recovery and stretching.

Details of our performance from 2015 to 2019 
are provided in the bar charts on page 41. 
The accident data provided covers more than 
99% of the Group by revenue.

Greenhouse gas emissions (Group) 
Data for the period 1 October to 30 September

Scope 1
Scope 2
Total gross emissions
Total carbon emissions per £m revenue

Greenhouse gas emissions (UK)*

Scope 1
Scope 2
Total gross emissions
Total carbon emissions per £m revenue

Energy consumption (UK)*

Natural gas (cubic meter)
Fuel (litres)
Electricity (kWh)

Tonnes of CO2e

Base year 2010
95,249
28,757
124,006
26.3

2018
99,848
31,615
131,463
15.0

2019†
99,193
29,594
128,787
13.9

Tonnes of CO2e

2018
17,606
3,263
20,869
17.5

2019
17,211
2,660
19,871
17.0

2018
617,969
6,224,877 
11,526,592

2019
469,573
6,271,182
10,405,385

†   Included in the external auditors’ limited assurance scope. See data assurance statement on our website www.bunzl.com. The data for 

2018 was also assured as detailed in the 2018 Annual Report.

*   Energy usage and carbon emissions disclosed separately to early adopt to the requirements of the UK Streamlined Energy and 

Carbon Reporting (‘SECR’) policy.

2  
Reducing our impact  
on the environment

Our efficient one-stop-shop operating model 
allows our customers to benefit from both a 
lower cost and a lower environmental impact 
of doing business. We have an extensive 
operations footprint across more than 30 
countries. The products available from our 
broad range are therefore never far from 
where they need to be, allowing us to meet 
our customers’ needs quickly and easily, as 
well as reducing the number of deliveries, 
cutting fuel usage and carbon emissions. 

Climate change poses a number of potential 
risks for Bunzl, from both a physical (e.g. 
isolated events such as increased intensity 
of storms, heatwaves or higher average 
operating temperatures) and regulatory  
(e.g. new or strengthened carbon reduction 
commitments) perspective. 

We seek to minimise the contribution of 
Bunzl’s operations to climate change and 
to prevent other harmful effects on the 
environment. Operational efficiency forms 
part of a long-established and successful 
strategy to develop the business and the 
reduction of energy consumption is an 
integral part of this. Our policy of leasing 
premises provides flexibility in the 
configuration of our footprint to optimise the 
efficiency of our distribution. Bunzl had no 
significant environmental incidents in 2020.

Our businesses in the US have been 
increasingly exposed to hurricanes and other 
severe weather conditions. To ensure the 
safety of our employees and the continuity 
of our service to our customers, we have 
developed detailed business continuity 
plans. When we learn that a hurricane 
could make landfall and impact an area 
where we have Bunzl operations, the 
emergency preparation and response plans 
are put into action. Those plans could 
include deployment of emergency equipment 
(such as back-up power generators, extra 
trucks and trailers), extra support (temporary 
or permanent Bunzl employees ), review of 
the safety of housing and commuting routes 
of employees, IT backup and, if necessary, 
evacuation of the location concerned. 

Our reported environmental data includes all 
businesses that are subsidiaries of the Group 
for financial reporting purposes, except for 
recent acquisitions where there has been 
insufficient opportunity for the businesses to 
adopt our reporting guidelines. The revenue 
from these businesses is not included when 
calculating the indexed emissions. The 
reported data covers around 99.5% of the 
Group by revenue. 

A number of locations in UK & Ireland, 
Asia Pacific and Continental Europe have 
renewed their ISO 14001 certification. 
Approximately 23% of the Group’s 
operations are certified to ISO 14001 
(measured by revenue). Certification is 
based on processes and practices which  

42

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reporttraining programmes. At Group level, diesel 
consumed by our commercial fleet remained 
constant, despite sales growth. We seek to 
minimise the number of miles that our 
vehicles travel empty on the road by 
backhauling, typically using empty vehicles 
to collect stock from suppliers. Automated 
vehicle routing systems help our business 
to ensure deliveries are planned to limit the 
distance covered by each vehicle in order to 
reduce fuel costs, as well as environmentally 
harmful emissions. Our fleet of commercial 
vehicles in North America is the largest in 
the Group with over 700 vehicles. North 
America has implemented state-of-the-art 
routing software, allowing its operations 
teams to maximise fleet utilisation, meaning 
that the same number of vehicles can deliver 
more goods more efficiently, reducing fuel 
usage and cutting emissions to air. In 2019, 
the use of routing optimisation in North 
America contributed to a reduction of total 
distance driven in that business area, 
equivalent to a saving in fuel consumption 
of approximately 0.8 million litres of diesel. 

Natural gas is principally used for the 
heating of buildings. This depends on 
weather conditions and therefore varies 
considerably by business area. At Group  
level, the consumption of natural gas 
remained constant. 

Scope 2 emissions: Electricity consumption 
has decreased by 0.4%. The increases we 
have seen in some areas as a result of 
increases in warehouse space have been 
offset by energy efficiency improvements 
and closure of some other locations. Per £ 
of revenue, our electricity consumption has 
reduced by 4% at constant exchange rates. 

Scope 1 carbon emissions
Tonnes of CO2 per £m revenue

14.7

12.6

11.3 11.4

10.7†

15

16

17

18

19

Measured in accordance with the Greenhouse  
Gas Protocol applying DEFRA conversion factors.

12 months to 30 September.

Scope 2 carbon emissions
Tonnes of CO2 per £m revenue

5.4

4.5

3.7

3.6

3.2†

15

16

17

18

19

Measured in accordance with the Greenhouse  
Gas Protocol applying DEFRA UK conversion  
factors and IEA factors for overseas electricity.

12 months to 30 September.

†   Included in the external auditors’ limited assurance scope.  
See data assurance statement which is available on our 
website, www.bunzl.com. The data for previous years was  
also assured as detailed in the respective Annual Reports.

Lighting is our highest category of electricity 
consumption and we continue to invest in 
energy efficient lighting at all our sites to 
reduce energy usage. New buildings 
designed as Bunzl warehouses have the 
specification of LED lighting which, when 
possible, is coupled with proximity switching 
and dimming facilities to take advantage of 
any natural lighting.

are implemented Group wide through our 
EHS management programme, although 
some parts of the business have not elected 
to become formally certified. 

Scope 1 emissions: Fuel for transportation 
remains our highest source of CO2e 
emissions, contributing 81% of Scope 
1 and 62% of combined Scope 1 and 2 
emissions. Of those emissions relating to 
transportation, 78% are generated by our 
fleet of commercial vehicles. Fuel represents 
a significant cost to the business and we are 
focused on maximising the efficiency of our 
fleet through regular replacement and 
maintenance of vehicles, route optimisation, 
the use of vehicle telematics and driver 

LED lighting

Lighting is our highest category of 
electricity consumption. With today’s 
lighting technologies, the energy of 
lighting a warehouse can be reduced 
by as much as 50% to 70% over 
traditional lighting. 

In the UK & Ireland, all our major 
warehouse locations have been 
converted to LED lighting to make our 
work environment brighter, safer and 
less expensive to operate. The improved 
light levels help reduce accidents, 
improve the working environment and 
eliminate significant work at height 
activities such as bulb replacement, 
reducing our workplace risk. 

Whenever there is an opportunity at 
one of our locations, we upgrade the 
lighting to LED and implement other 
energy saving measures such as 
occupancy sensors. In 2019, we 
completed 11 LED retrofit projects in 
North America which will result in 
savings of 1.9 million kWh every year. 
Also, three new facilities were opened 
which were equipped with LED lighting 
as part of our standard specification. 
Our North American team is continuing 
to look to make more lighting upgrades 
in the coming year as we seek to further 
reduce our carbon footprint and make  
a positive impact on the environment.

Denton Bruce,  
Senior EHS director Bunzl North 
America. 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

43

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
Sustainability continued

In addition, as energy contracts are renewed, 
our businesses are moving to low carbon 
energy where this makes commercial sense 
and is supported by the local infrastructure. 

Scope 3: Our reporting comprises emissions 
from third party carriers, business flights, 
waste and electricity transmission losses. 
The bar graph opposite shows that third 
party carriers produce the largest proportion 
of our reported Scope 3 emissions. These 
emissions arise due to some of our 
businesses not having their own fleet and, in 
addition, all our businesses, irrespective  
of whether they have their own fleet, will 
distribute a proportion of goods by third 
party carriers where it is more efficient and 
cost-effective to do so. 

Waste
In 2019 we worked to improve the consistency 
and accuracy of waste measurement 
and reporting, although accurate waste 
measurement remains challenging in 
geographies with less advanced waste 
management infrastructures. The amount 
of waste generated in our facilities is 

approximately 22,900 tonnes which is 
similar to the amount of waste generated in 
previous years. We actively work to reduce 
the waste and enhance waste recycling 
rates at our facilities. Recycling rates strongly 
depend on the locally available waste 
recycling options. In 2019, approximately 63% 
of the waste was recycled. This excludes any 
post-disposal waste treatment and recycling 
carried out by waste handlers.

The reported waste data covers approximately 
95% of the Group by revenue. Waste is also 
included in our Scope 3 emissions calculation.

Water
Direct water usage is not a significant 
environmental impact for our business as it 
is principally confined to staff hygiene and 
workplace cleaning. Our estimated water 
usage is 170,000m3 of water per year. As we 
do not manufacture any of the goods we sell, 
water discharges, apart from internal 
sanitation, are limited to rainwater run-off 
from the yards of our locations. 

Key performance indicators

Environment/climate change 
Reducing our impact on the environment by reducing carbon emissions

Scope 3 carbon emissions
Tonnes of CO2e per £m revenue
0.2
0.4

1.6

13.0

0.2
0.3

1.2
11.7

0.1
0.3

1.1
9.6

0.1
0.2
1.0
12.5

0.1
0.2
1.1
11.2

15

16

17

18

19

  Waste
  Electricity transmission
  Business travel
  Third party carriers

12 months to 30 September. 

Performance

2017

2018

2019

What we said we  
would do in 2019

11.3

11.4

10.7† Reduce emissions by  
1% against 2018.

Carbon emissions: 
Scope 1 (tonnes of 
CO2e/£m revenue)

Carbon emissions: 
Scope 2 (tonnes of 
CO2e/£m revenue)

3.7

3.6

3.2†

(This reduction target 
excludes any foreign 
exchange translation effect 
on revenue numbers.)

Reduce emissions by  
2% against 2018.

(This reduction target 
excludes any foreign  
exchange translation  
effect on revenue numbers.)

Total Scope 1 & 2 
emissions (tonnes 
of CO2e/£m 
revenue)

15.0

15.0

13.9† Reduce emissions by  
1% against 2018.

(This reduction target 
excludes any foreign  
exchange translation effect  
on revenue numbers.)

What we did

The 2019 figure represents a 6% decrease in  
Scope 1 emissions versus 2018, including the effect 
of foreign exchange rate fluctuation. At constant 
exchange rates the emissions reduced by 4%. 

Reduction of these emissions is primarily driven 
by fuel and routing efficiency improvements.

The 2019 figure represents a 11% reduction in 
Scope 2 emissions versus 2018, including the effect 
of foreign exchange rate fluctuation. At constant 
exchange rates the reduction in emissions is 10%. 

Our Scope 2 emissions take into account changes 
to the average country specific emission factors, 
but do not take into account low carbon electricity 
purchases (representing approximately 13% of 
electricity purchased). 

The remaining improvement in the Scope 2 index 
has been driven by the continued implementation 
of energy efficiency improvements such as low 
energy lighting.

The 2019 figure represents a 7% reduction in total 
Scope 1 and 2 emissions versus 2018, including the 
effect of foreign exchange translation. At constant 
exchange rates the reduction in emissions is 5%. 

What we plan  
to do in 2020

Reduce emissions by 1% 
against 2019.

(This reduction target 
excludes any foreign  
exchange translation  
effect on revenue numbers.)

Reduce emissions by 2% 
against 2019.

(This reduction target 
excludes any foreign  
exchange translation  
effect on revenue numbers.)

Reduce emissions by 1% 
against 2019.

(This reduction target 
excludes any foreign 
exchange translation effect 
on revenue numbers.)

†   Included in the external auditors’ limited assurance scope. See data assurance statement which is available on our website, www.bunzl.com. The data for previous years was also assured as detailed in the 

respective Annual Reports.

44

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
3  
Supporting charities and 
local communities

Bunzl’s operations are international but 
our strength lies in the local nature of our 
businesses. We support the communities 
where our employees live and work 
and encourage fundraising activities 
championed by our businesses and their 
employees locally. For example, there have 
been various charity runs in the UK, the 
Netherlands, Switzerland and France 
which raised money for charities including 
Alzheimer’s research and those supporting 
disabled people. 

We are complementing our new 
sustainability framework and approach 
to single-use plastics by realigning the 
focus of our Group charity work to support 
environmental activities in three key areas:

• charitable projects that encourage 

packaging reuse and recycling and work 
to educate consumers;

•  litter clean-up and prevention initiatives 
operating in our markets, giving our 
employees the opportunity to get involved; 
and

•  projects that build new waste management 
infrastructure and develop recycling skills 
in some of the world’s poorest places, 
often in areas where plastic leakage to 
the natural environment is highest.

Where possible and appropriate, Bunzl 
also looks to donate stock free of charge 
(‘in-kind’). Group wide, Bunzl donated a 
total of £659,000 to charitable causes during 
2019. This does not include amounts 
donated by Bunzl in matching funds raised 
by employees for local charities.

An example of an initiative we supported in 
2019 was our funding for a detailed research 
project which monitored the levels of air 
pollution that people in London are exposed 
to daily. The research involved fitting air 
quality monitors to a diverse group of 
Londoners. This included a school pupil, 
a college student, a member of the UK 
Parliament, a construction worker, a lorry 
driver, a gas engineer, a cyclist, a doctor, 
an office worker, a runner and Ben Webster, 
Environment Editor of the UK’s Times 
newspaper, who ran a feature on the project.

The results are being analysed but the 
intention is that the findings will lead to 
a series of practical interventions under 
the ‘Air We Share’ banner that will reduce 
Londoners’ exposure to poor air quality. 
For example, based on the findings so far, 
Bunzl is exploring the development of a 
well-being programme to help employees 
reduce their risk of exposure to poor air 
quality. Other interventions will include 
social media communication to help people 
take less polluted routes between busy areas 
and community awareness campaigns 
aimed at schools, colleges and other groups.

Charity partnerships

Bunzl Healthcare has a long-standing 
partnership with St John Ambulance. 
A donation to the ‘Young People’s First 
Aid’ programme has given over 10,000 
pupils free training in key first aid 
skills, that could one day help them 
to save a life. 

This year St John Ambulance has 
taken delivery of a third, custom built 
treatment vehicle donated by Bunzl. It 
will provide support at major events 
and medical care in city centres and at 
community projects which will help 
reduce the pressure on the NHS.

Key performance indicators

Community
Providing support to our local communities through employee fundraising, matched funding and donations of stock and cash to charitable organisations

Performance

2017

2018

2019

742

607

659

What we said we  
would do in 2019

Continue to support 
relevant charities.

Charity donations 
(£000s)

What we did

We have supported a number of projects for 
healthcare, environmental and conservation 
charities both locally within our businesses and 
centrally at Bunzl plc. Our focus next year will be 
to support environmental charities and we expect 
donations to be similar to 2019.

What we plan  
to do in 2020

Continue charity programme 
with increased focus on 
environmental charities.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

45

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
Sustainability continued

Our customers

We will deliver 
sustainable products 
and solutions 
that improve our 
customers’ businesses. 

1    We will support our customers to 
become more environmentally 
sustainable by providing innovative 
solutions and lower impact products.

2    We will give our customers trusted, 

objective and expert advice on complex 
sustainability issues.

  3    We will partner with organisations 
across our supply chain to bring a 
circular economy approach to the 
products we distribute.

We offer a wide product range to our 
customers and provide the support and 
expertise required for them to make 
informed choices. We also work with our 
suppliers to ensure that the products we 
supply are, wherever possible, manufactured 
from sustainably sourced raw materials 
and seek to increase the range of 
sustainable products that are made from 
recycled materials or are themselves 
recyclable or compostable.

Why the plastic challenge  
matters to Bunzl
Plastic is a material with many positive 
attributes. It keeps the weight and fuel 
emissions of vehicles down and contributes 
significantly to minimising food waste in 
retail supply chains. When considering the 
overall environmental impact (energy use, 
water consumption, carbon emissions, 
land use) of a product, plastic will frequently 
be the most resource efficient material 
for a given application. As a material it 
typically uses less water, land and energy 
to manufacture and keeps carbon 
emissions low during transportation 
because it is lightweight.

When plastic is used only once or is  
not properly recycled, it damages our 
environment, pollutes our oceans and can 
enter the food chain. As a leading distributor 
of a variety of plastic-based products, 
we recognise that we have a responsibility 
to act. Our ambition is to work with our 
customers and suppliers to lead the industry 
towards a more sustainable approach to 
single-use plastics.

Our customers, who are some of the world’s 
leading brands, are being put under pressure 
by their own customers to reduce their 
plastic waste footprint. It is a complex 
challenge: the daily running of their 
businesses depends on the products we 
provide and there are many plastic products 
where no viable alternative exists today.

We are however determined to rise to the 
challenge. Our scale and unique position 
at the centre of the supply chain gives us 
a powerful opportunity to be part of the 
solution. We can offer alternatives to 
single-use plastics, and plastics that are 
more recyclable and compostable, because 
we are not wedded to any particular 
materials. We are agile when it comes 
to changing our range and see this as 
an opportunity for growth in both our 
customers’ businesses and our own. 
We are improving our service to customers 
with clear information on the total 
environmental impact of the products we 
distribute. We are also exploring ways to 
connect supplier innovation with customer 
needs to develop more sustainable solutions. 

It will not happen overnight but in time  
we believe we can help contribute to  
a world with much less plastic waste in our 
environment – working with our customers, 
suppliers and other stakeholders to make 
this crucial shared goal a reality.

Our ambition is to work 
with our customers and 
suppliers to lead the 
industry towards a more 
sustainable approach  
to single-use plastics.

Reusable foodservice products  
from Bunzl Catering Supplies

46

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportA partnership to 
close the loop

One of our safety businesses, France 
Sécurité, has collaborated with the 
specialist recycling company Terracycle 
to offer customers an end of life 
solution for the personal protection 
equipment (‘PPE’) they buy. Customers 
can purchase a ‘zero waste box’ which 
they then fill with their chosen PPE. 
Once full, the box gets collected and 
sent to Terracycle who organise the 
recycling of the materials. By offering 
this service to customers, France 
Sécurité is providing their customers 
with an end of life solution for 
disposable products, while promoting  
a circular economy.

 Link to sustainability  
www.bunzl.com/
sustainability

1  
Providing sustainable 
solutions

To save resources and protect our natural 
environment, many of the world’s leading 
companies are setting targets for their 
packaging to become more sustainable. 
Because we are not wedded to any particular 
materials, we can:

• provide objective advice and expertise on 
sustainable products for our customers; 

• work with our customers to find solutions 
for their sustainability challenges; and 

• collaborate with our suppliers and join 

the dots with end customer needs to bring 
innovative solutions to market.

Across the business and in multiple 
geographies, we are already working with 
suppliers and customers to find sustainable 
solutions for the products they use. Since 
2015, we have been working in partnership 
with the Climate Neutral Group to supply 
Coop Supermarkten in the Netherlands 
with a ‘climate neutral’ reusable carrier bag. 
The process for developing a climate neutral 
product involves calculating the lifecycle 
greenhouse gas emissions associated 
with the carrier bag (the carbon footprint).  
We then develop and implement measures 
that reduce the carbon footprint of the 
product. Bunzl Retail and Industry 
Netherlands worked to reduce the carbon 
footprint of the reusable carrier bag by using 
97% post-consumer recycled plastic in its 
composition. This plastic comes from 
recycled PET bottles, a material that has a 
much lower carbon footprint when compared 
to using virgin plastic. 

Coop Netherlands works 
closely together with Bunzl 
to meet our sustainability 
goals for packaging. 
Bunzl not only understands 
where we want to go from 
a sustainability point of 
view but also has a good 
understanding of the retail 
sector. This combination 
makes for a very effective 
collaboration which we 
very much appreciate.

Ralph Lenoire 
Manager Facilitair, Coop Netherlands

Finally Coop offset the remaining 
greenhouse gas emissions that cannot 
be avoided. The offset project Coop are 
supporting invests in the manufacture, 
distribution and sale of efficient cookstoves 
in Uganda, Africa. The objective is to 
improve access to cleaner, healthier, more 
cost-effective cooking methods for local 
households, replacing open fires that cause 
deforestation, produce large amounts 
of smoke and cause respiratory disease.

The project not only provides a carrier 
bag made from recycled plastic, but also 
combats climate change, improves indoor 
air quality in many Ugandan households 
and improves the living conditions of women 
and children who spend less time collecting 
firewood for cooking. The entire process 
for developing the reusable carrier bag 
has been externally verified by the Climate 
Neutral Group which is shown by the 
Climate Neutral product logo on the bag.

This is an example of how Bunzl is helping 
customers reach their sustainability targets 
by innovating the way that the packaging 
products we supply are designed and 
produced as well as effectively collaborating 
across the supply chain to bring more 
sustainable alternatives to market.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

47

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
Sustainability continued

Over the past three years 
Bunzl Catering Supplies 
(BCS) has been a valued 
and trusted partner to us  
at DFDS. Their approach  
to sustainability and the 
resources they offer has 
been crucial in supporting 
our ambition to be the most 
sustainable ferry service.  
It was great to be able to 
welcome Justin, BCS’s 
new Head of Sustainability 
aboard earlier in the year 
to understand our business 
and we look forward to 
continuing to work with  
him and his team to lead the 
way and be as sustainable 
as possible.

Dave Lewis 
Food & Beverage Category Manager 
DFDS

2  
Expert advice on emerging 
trends and products

3   
Partnerships to close  
the loop

We recognise that the lifecycle of 
packaging does not end at the point of sale. 
Organisations across the recycling and 
waste disposal systems sectors are looking 
for inventive ways to create a world where 
packaging waste is significantly reduced. 
By working together with these groups 
and our customers, suppliers and other 
stakeholders, we want to ensure Bunzl 
becomes part of that solution.

We want to partner with organisations 
throughout the supply chain to tackle 
sustainability issues, such as securing better 
end of life options for packaging and our 
ultimate aim is to bring a circular economy 
approach to the products we distribute. 
One example of how we have been doing 
this is a partnership with one of our grocery 
customers in North America.

A grocery customer approached Bunzl  
North America for information on recycling 
opportunities for film-based plastics in 2018. 
Instead of just offering knowledge and 
advice, we decided to partner with the 
customer to create a film-based recycling 
programme using Bunzl North America’s 
infrastructure. 

The store teams collect clear, film-based 
plastic (e.g. produce bags, pallet wrap, etc) 
throughout the week, our drivers then load 
the collected plastic at the time of each 
store’s weekly Bunzl delivery and backhaul 
the material to one of our Distribution 
Centres. Our warehouse teams then use our 
waste management equipment to bale the 
plastic before it is sent for recycling by a local 
service provider. 

Many of our customers are under pressure 
to reduce their plastic waste footprint. 
This is a complex challenge as the daily 
running of our customers’ businesses 
depends on the products we provide and 
there are many single-use plastic products 
where no viable alternative exists today. As a 
materials-agnostic distributor and with a 
dedicated team of plastics and sustainability 
experts, Bunzl is well placed to provide 
customers with trusted and objective 
advice on complex sustainability issues. 

Across the business, our expert advice 
has already helped our customers find 
sustainable solutions for the challenges 
they face. For example, Bunzl Catering 
Supplies (BCS) in the UK has been working 
with DFDS, one of the world’s leading ferry 
operators, to provide practical advice and 
up-to-the-minute expertise on which 
alternative packaging can meet their 
operational needs while making their 
business operations more sustainable. 

The BCS sustainability team participated in 
onboard service visits of popular ferry routes 
and reviewed the packaging used and end 
of life options onboard. As with a number of 
their other customers, BCS also employed 
their ‘Sustainable Future Footprint Tool’ 
which helped to assess DFDS’s current 
product portfolio and identified opportunities 
to reduce their impact by shifting to more 
sustainable alternatives.

To simplify the number and complexity of 
materials being used, the most recyclable 
alternative options were recommended, 
with a clear focus on single-material solutions. 

Following the recommendations made by 
the BCS team, DFDS began discussions 
with port authorities in Calais and Dunkirk 
in France to ensure all parties are 
collaborating to improve ongoing recycling 
processes. The onboard segregation of food, 
glass, plastic (primarily recycled PET), 
cardboard and general waste has improved 
and single-use plastic cutlery, toothpicks and 
stirrers have been replaced with more 
sustainable alternatives.

48

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportTFCD recommendations

We welcome the development of the 
Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (‘TCFD’) recommendations. 
Climate and environmental risks are 
currently already included in our risk 
management processes and we consider 
our disclosures on governance, strategy, 
risk management and metrics and targets 
to be already broadly in line with most of the 
TCFD recommendations. In 2020 we will 
undertake a gap analysis of our reporting 
against the TCFD recommendations to 

identify action to bring disclosure further 
in line with the recommendations. This 
analysis will also include a review of our 
climate change risk management process, 
with an aim to broaden our consideration 
of the actual and potential business impacts 
of climate change. The assessment of the 
materiality of the impacts of climate-related 
risks and opportunities on our business 
will take into consideration different long 
term climate-related scenarios. 

Non-financial information statement
In accordance with sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006, we have set out 
where the relevant non-financial information we need to report against can be found in this 
Annual Report:

Business  
model 
pg 16

Social matters 
pg 34 

Employees 
pg 34 

Anti-bribery and  
corruption matters 
pg 34

Human rights 
pg 34 

Environmental  
matters 
pg 34

Where principal risks have been identified in relation to any of the matters listed above, 
these can be found on pages 50 to 55. Our non-financial key performance indicators are set 
out on pages 22 to 23. 

 View our sustainability codes, policies and standards, together with 
information concerning the due diligence and monitoring procedures carried 
out in relation thereto, at www.bunzl.com

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

49

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
Principal risks and uncertainties

Bunzl operates in six core market sectors across more than 30 countries 
which exposes it to many risks and uncertainties. The Group sees the 
management of risk, both positive and negative, as critical to achieving 
its strategic objectives.

Risk management process
To deliver the Group’s strategic objectives successfully, and provide value for shareholders and other stakeholders, it is critical that Bunzl 
maintains an effective process for the management of risk. The Company has a risk management policy which ensures a consistent process 
is followed by every business and business area as well as the Executive Committee and ultimately the Board, firstly to assess and then 
subsequently to manage both current and emerging risks. These interrelated aspects of the Group’s risk management policy are explained 
below*. Additional detail is also provided on the key risk management activities undertaken during 2019.

Risk assessment

Risk identification

Inherent risk assessment

• Every business, business area, 

the Executive Committee and the 
Board identify and document risks 
in a consistent way within the 
categories of strategic, operational 
and financial risks.

• This includes current risks as well as 
emerging risks which also need to be 
assessed and carefully monitored.

• The inherent impact and probability of 
risks are evaluated before considering 
the effect of any mitigating activities:

 – impact is assessed based on a 

defined range of business continuity, 
health and safety, environmental, 
regulatory, reputational and financial 
criteria; and 

 – probability is assessed as remote, 

unlikely, possible or probable.

Risk response and residual risk 
assessment

• The relevant mitigating activities and 
controls are evaluated for each risk.

• The residual risk is assessed assuming that 
the mitigating actions and internal controls 
operate as intended in an effective way.

• If necessary to bring the residual risk within 

Bunzl’s risk appetite, enhancements to 
risk mitigation activities and controls are 
considered until the residual risk is reduced 
to an acceptable level.

Risk management

The Board

Executive Committee

• Establishes the nature and extent of risk the Group is willing to 

accept (its ‘risk appetite’) in pursuit of Bunzl’s strategic objectives.

• Performs a robust assessment of the Group’s risks through a biannual 

review of the Group’s risk register, focusing on the evolving risk 
landscape, emerging risks and those risks considered to be significant 
by management and the Executive Committee.

• Continuously monitors and oversees the Group’s risk management 

and internal controls processes and procedures.

• Holds regular meetings with business area management to discuss 
strategic, operational and financial issues and ensures policies and 
procedures are in place to identify and manage the principal risks 
affecting each of the Group’s businesses.

• Considers the evolving risk landscape including reviewing the 

results of the risk assessment process and assessing the sufficiency 
of risk mitigation activities for current risks as well as the threats 
and opportunities from emerging risks.

The Audit Committee

Business area and business management

• Reviews the process for the management of risk, including 

the risk assessment and risk response, and its effectiveness.

• Directs and oversees internal audit’s activities and reviews the 
results of assurance over controls and risk mitigation activities.

• The Group’s decentralised management structure allows for 

the establishment of clear ownership of risk identification and 
management at the business level within the framework of Bunzl’s 
risk management policy.

• Businesses, with the support of business area management, 
implement and monitor the effectiveness of controls, policies 
and procedures designed to manage risk.

*   The ‘Risk management and internal control’ section of the Corporate governance report on pages 75 and 76 includes further information on the specific procedures designed to identify, manage and mitigate 

risks which could have a material impact on the Group’s business, financial condition or results of operations and for monitoring the Company’s risk management and internal control systems.

50

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportPrincipal risks and uncertainties
The Group operates in six core market 
sectors across more than 30 countries which 
exposes it to many risks and uncertainties, 
not all of which are necessarily within the 
Group’s control. The risks summarised 
below represent the principal risks and 
uncertainties faced by the Group, being 
those which are material to the development, 
performance, position or future prospects of 
the Group, and the steps taken to mitigate 
such risks. However, these risks do not 
comprise all of the risks that the Group may 
face and accordingly this summary is not 
intended to be exhaustive.

In addition, the Group’s financial 
performance is partially dependent on 
general global economic conditions, the 
deterioration of which could have an adverse 
effect on the Group’s business and results of 
operations. Although this is not considered 
by the Board to be a specific principal risk 
in its own right, many of the risks referred 
to below could themselves be impacted by 
the economic environment prevailing in the 
Group’s markets from time to time. 

The risks are presented by category of risk 
(Strategic, Operational and Financial) and 
are not presented in order of probability 
or impact. The relevant component of the 
Group’s strategy that each risk impacts is 
also noted:

  Organic growth

  Acquisition growth

  Operating model improvements

During the year an analysis of the 
interconnectivity of the principal and 
non-principal risks as identified through  
the Group’s risk assessment process  
was performed internally, leveraging the  
results of an external review that was 
performed during 2017. This review  
looked at the relationships, connections  
and interdependencies between risks, 
recognising that risks do not always occur  
in isolation, and contributed to the Group’s 
assessment of the adequacy of risk 
management and mitigating activities.

Overall, the nature and type of the principal 
risks and uncertainties affecting the Group, 
and the likelihood and impact of each of the 
principal risks crystallising, are considered 
to be materially unchanged compared to 

the 2018 Annual Report, with one exception. 
Last year it was reported that an area of 
emerging risk that Bunzl was proactively 
monitoring was the increase in legislation 
and changes in consumer preferences 
discouraging the use of certain single-use 
plastic products. The Group has focused in 
particular on the grocery and foodservice 
sectors in the UK & Ireland and Continental 
Europe where there is a high customer and 
consumer awareness of sustainability 
concerns and the legislation is strictest. The 
Group expects that the level of sustainability 
concerns of customers and consumers is likely 
to increase and additional legislation will be 
introduced covering new product groups 
or countries. As a result, a new significant 
strategic risk has been included below as 
risk 6, Sustainability driven market changes. 

The Board is continuing to monitor  
the potential risks associated with the  
UK having left the European Union  
(‘Brexit’). Although Bunzl is a UK 
headquartered company, more than 85% of 
the Group’s revenue, profit and cash flow is 
generated outside the UK. Bunzl is highly 
decentralised, with each business in the 
Group operating as a standalone company, 
largely focused on customers in the country 
in which it is incorporated. Within the UK, 
less than 20% of the products purchased are 
direct imports from overseas, of which most 
are from countries outside of the European 
Union (‘EU’). Accordingly, Bunzl’s ability to 
service its customers’ needs, whether they 
are inside or outside the EU, is unlikely to 
be affected materially by Brexit.

Notwithstanding this assessment, as the 
definitive trading arrangements for Brexit 
have not yet been finalised, the final 
outcome remains unclear and it is too early 
to understand fully the impact that Brexit 
will have on the Group’s operations. The 
risks to Bunzl arising from the failure of  
the UK government to agree appropriate 
arrangements with the EU will most likely 
be the following:

• foreign exchange volatility on the Group’s 

translated results which, as noted in risk 9, 
Currency translation, is not hedged. 
Therefore, a strengthening or weakening 
of sterling will result in a change in the 
Group’s reported results;

• the imposition of trade tariffs could result 
in an increase in product costs in the UK. 
This is reflected in risk 3, Cost inflation, 
and mitigated by the actions noted for that 
risk; and

• supply chain disruption as UK ports are 
unable to cope with additional border 
checks leading to inventory shortages. 
Selected UK warehouses are applying 
for simplified customs freight procedures 
authorisation (‘CFSP’) to attempt to 
minimise port delays. Additional stocks 
of certain items will be held to minimise 
the risk of inventory shortages.

The Board is also monitoring the ongoing 
situation with respect to trade tariffs in the 
United States of America (‘US’). During 2019 
the impact of additional trade tariffs levied 
on products imported into the US were 
mitigated through price increases or by 
identifying alternative sources of supply. 
Since the year end the US has signed a 
preliminary agreement with China which 
will reduce the impact of some of these 
tariffs in the future. Based on these 
mitigations and recent developments,  
and the assessment of the potential risks 
associated with Brexit explained above, the 
Group does not consider that its principal 
risks and uncertainties have changed as 
a result of the Brexit or US trade tariff 
related risks. 

Finally, the Board is continuing to keep  
the developing situation relating to the 
Coronavirus (COVID-19) in China under 
review. Although the Group only has a 
relatively small distribution business in 
China and is not a manufacturer, Group 
companies around the world do import 
products from China for onward sale to their 
customers. At the present time, the Group’s 
supply chain is not considered to be at risk 
since the Group’s businesses had previously 
built up higher levels of stocks than usual in 
advance of the Chinese New Year and, in 
any event, tend to hold higher stock levels of 
many of the products whose production has 
been affected by the factory shutdowns in 
China. In addition, alternative sources of 
supply are being sought. However, should 
the impact of the virus continue to restrict 
manufacturing activities in China for a 
sustained period of time, the Group may  
face some shortages of certain products.

The directors confirm that they have carried 
out a robust assessment of the principal 
risks facing the Group, including those that 
would threaten its business model, future 
performance, solvency or liquidity.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

51

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportPrincipal risks and uncertainties continued

 Organic growth 

 Operating model improvements 

 Acquisition growth

Principal risks 
facing the Group

Description of risk and how it  
might affect the Group’s prospects

How the risk is managed or mitigated

Change to 
risk level 
in 2019

Strategic risks

1. Competitive 
pressures
Revenue and profits 
are reduced as  
the Group loses  
a customer or  
lowers prices due  
to competitive 
pressures

• The Group operates in highly competitive markets 
and faces price competition from international, 
national, regional and local companies in the countries 
and markets in which it operates.

• Unforeseen changes in the competitive landscape 
could also occur such as an existing competitor 
or new market entrant introducing disruptive 
technologies or changes in routes to market.

• Customers, especially large or growing customers, 
could exert pressure on the Group’s selling prices, 
thereby reducing its margins, switch to a competitor 
or ultimately choose to deal directly with suppliers.

• Any of these competitive pressures could lead to a loss 
of market share and a reduction in the Group’s revenue 
and profits.

• The Group’s geographic and market sector 

diversification allow it to withstand shifts in demand, 
while this global scale across many markets also enables 
the Group to provide the broadest possible range of 
customer specific solutions to suit their exacting needs.

• The Group maintains high service levels and close 

contact with its customers to ensure that their needs are 
being met satisfactorily. This includes continuing to 
invest in e-commerce and digital platforms to enhance 
further its service offering to customers.

• The Group maintains strong relationships with a variety 
of different suppliers, thereby enabling the Group to offer 
a broad range of products to its customers, including 
own brand products, in a consolidated one-stop-shop 
offering at competitive prices.

2. Product cost 
deflation
Revenue and profits 
are reduced due to 
the Group’s need to 
pass on cost price 
reductions

• A reduction in the cost of products bought by the 

Group, due to suppliers passing on lower commodity 
prices (such as plastic or paper) or other price 
reductions, lower trade tariffs and/or foreign currency 
fluctuations, coupled with actions of competitors, may 
require the Group to pass on such cost reductions to 
customers, especially those on indexed or cost-plus 
pricing arrangements, resulting in a reduction in the 
Group’s revenue and profits.

• Operating profits may also be lower due to the 
above factors if operating costs are not reduced 
commensurate with the reduction in revenue.

• The Group uses its considerable experience in sourcing 
and selling products to manage prices during periods of 
deflation in order to minimise the impact on profits.

• Focus on the Group’s own brand products, together with 
the reinforcement of the Group’s service and product 
offering to customers, helps to minimise the impact of 
price deflation.

• The Group continually looks at ways to improve 

productivity and implement other efficiency measures to 
manage and, where possible, reduce its operating costs.

3. Cost inflation
Profits are reduced 
from the Group’s 
inability to pass on 
product or operating 
cost increases

• Significant or unexpected cost increases by suppliers, 
due to the pass through of higher commodity prices 
(such as plastic or paper) or other price increases, 
higher trade tariffs and/or foreign currency 
fluctuations, could adversely impact profits if the 
Group is unable to pass on such product cost 
increases to customers.

• Operating profits may also be lower due to the 
above factors if selling prices are not increased 
commensurate with the increases in operating costs.

4. Inability to 
make further 
acquisitions
Profit growth is 
reduced from the 
Group’s inability  
to acquire new 
companies

• Acquisitions are a key component of the Group’s 
growth strategy and one of the key sources of the 
Group’s competitive advantage, having made more 
than 160 acquisitions since 2004.

• Insufficient acquisition opportunities, through a lack 
of availability of suitable companies to acquire or 
an unwillingness of business owners to sell their 
companies to Bunzl, could adversely impact future 
profit growth.

• The Group sources its products from a number of 

different suppliers based in different countries so that 
it is not dependent on any one source of supply for any 
particular product, or overly exposed to a particular 
country changing trade tariffs, and can purchase 
products at the most competitive prices.

• The majority of the Group’s transactions are carried 

out in the functional currencies of the Group’s operations, 
but for foreign currency transactions some forward 
purchasing of foreign currencies is used to reduce the 
impact of short term currency volatility.

• If necessary, the Group will, where possible, pass on 
price increases from its suppliers to its customers.

• The Group continually looks at ways to improve 

productivity and implement other efficiency measures to 
manage and, where possible, reduce its operating costs.

• The Group maintains a large acquisition database which 
continues to grow with targets identified by managers of 
current Bunzl businesses, research undertaken by the 
Group’s dedicated and experienced in-house corporate 
development team and information received from 
banking and corporate finance contacts.

• The Group has a strong track record of successfully 
making acquisitions. At the same time the Group 
maintains a decentralised management structure which 
facilitates a strong entrepreneurial culture and 
encourages former owners to remain within the Group 
after acquisition, which in turn encourages other 
companies to consider selling to Bunzl.

52

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal risks 
facing the Group

Description of risk and how it  
might affect the Group’s prospects

How the risk is managed or mitigated

Change to 
risk level 
in 2019

5. Unsuccessful 
acquisition
Profits are  
reduced, including 
by an impairment  
charge, due to  
an unsuccessful 
acquisition or 
acquisition 
integration

6. Sustainability 
driven market 
changes
Revenue and profits 
are reduced from  
the Group’s inability 
to offer sustainable 
products in response 
to changes in 
legislation, consumer 
preferences or 
the competitive 
environment

• Inadequate pre-acquisition due diligence related to a 

• The Group has established processes and procedures for 

target company and its market, or an economic decline 
shortly after an acquisition, could lead to the Group 
paying more for a company than its fair value. 

detailed pre-acquisition due diligence related to 
acquisition targets and the post-acquisition integration 
thereof.

• Furthermore, the loss of key people or customers, 

• The Group’s acquisition strategy is to focus on those 

exaggerated by inadequate post-acquisition 
integration of the business, could in turn result in 
underperformance of the acquired company compared 
to pre-acquisition expectations which could lead to 
lower profits as well as a need to record an impairment 
charge against any associated intangible assets.

businesses which operate in sectors where it has or can 
develop competitive advantage and which have good 
growth opportunities.

• The Group endeavours to maximise the performance of 
its acquisitions through the recruitment and retention of 
high quality and appropriately incentivised management 
combined with effective strategic planning, investment 
in resources and infrastructure and regular reviews of 
performance by both business area and Group 
management.

• Regulations have been announced in the EU and 

• Bunzl’s scale and unique position as a distributor at the 

UK that target reductions or prohibitions of certain 
plastic-based products and new legislation 
discouraging the use of certain single-use plastic 
products is being considered in other countries. 

• An increasing number of consumers are 

making changes to their behaviour in response to 
environmental and sustainability concerns, often in 
advance of changes in legislation. These changes are 
likely to lead to a reduction in demand for single-use 
plastic-based products that the Group sells while, 
at the same time, increase demand for sustainably 
sourced, recyclable or reusable alternatives.

• The Group’s revenue and profits could be reduced if it 

is unable to offer more sustainably sourced, recyclable, 
compostable, biodegradable or re-useable alternatives 
that replace products that cannot be sold due to 
legislation, or products where demand is lower due 
to changes in consumer preferences. 

centre of the supply chain, supported by dedicated 
sustainability managers, gives the Group an opportunity 
to provide customers with advice about alternative 
products which are sustainably sourced, recyclable, 
compostable, biodegradable or reusable, or a 
combination of these.

• The Group maintains strong relationships with a variety 
of different suppliers enabling the Group to innovate, 
source and offer the broadest possible range of products 
that meet a variety of sustainability objectives, whether 
in response to legislative changes, consumer preference 
driven changes or a desire to offer market-leading 
products to the Group’s customers.

• The Group maintains high service levels and close 

contact with its customers. Data on customer product 
usage, coupled with the Group’s detailed product 
knowledge, ensures that the Group is well-positioned 
to be able to support its customers in shaping and 
achieving their sustainability strategies (such as a 
reduction in single-use plastics).

Operational risks

7. Cyber security 
failure
Revenue and profits 
are reduced as the 
Group is unable to 
operate and serve  
its customers’  
needs due to  
being impacted  
by a cyber-attack

• The frequency, sophistication and impact of cyber-

attacks on businesses are rising at the same time as 
Bunzl is increasing its connectivity with third parties 
and its digital footprint through acquisition and 
investment in e -commerce platforms and efficiency 
enhancing IT systems.

• Weak cyber defences, both now and in the future, 
through a failure to keep up with increasing cyber 
risks and insufficient IT disaster recovery planning 
and testing, could increase the likelihood and severity 
of a cyber-attack leading to business disruption, 
reputational damage and loss of customers and/or 
a fine under applicable data protection legislation.

• Concurrent with the Group’s IT investments, the Group 
is continuing to improve information security policies 
and controls to improve its ability to monitor, prevent, 
detect and respond to cyber threats.

• Cyber security awareness campaigns have been 

deployed across all regions to enhance the knowledge of 
Bunzl personnel and their resilience to phishing attacks.

• IT disaster recovery and incident management plans, 
which would be implemented in the event of any such 
failure, are in place and periodically tested. The Group 
Chief Information Officer and Group Head of Information 
Security coordinate activity in this area.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

53

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
Principal risks and uncertainties continued

 Organic growth 

 Operating model improvements 

 Acquisition growth

Principal risks 
facing the Group

Description of risk and how it  
might affect the Group’s prospects

How the risk is managed or mitigated

Change to 
risk level 
in 2019

Financial risks

8. Availability of 
funding
Insufficient  
liquidity in financial 
markets leading  
to insolvency

• Insufficient liquidity in financial markets could lead to 
banks and institutions being unwilling to lend to the 
Group, resulting in the Group being unable to obtain 
necessary funds when required to repay maturing 
borrowings, thereby reducing the cash available to 
meet its trading obligations, make acquisitions and 
pay dividends.

• The Group arranges a mixture of borrowings from 

different sources and continually monitors net debt and 
forecast cash flows to ensure that it will be able to meet 
its financial obligations as they fall due and that 
sufficient facilities are in place to meet the Group’s 
requirements in the short, medium and long term.

• The majority of the Group’s revenue and profits are 

• The Group does not hedge the impact of exchange rate 

9. Currency 
translation
Significant change 
in foreign exchange 
rates leading to  
a reduction in 
reported results 
and/or a breach of 
banking covenants

earned in currencies other than sterling, the Group’s 
presentation currency. 

• As a result, a significant strengthening of sterling 

against the US dollar and the euro in particular could 
have a material translation impact on the Group’s 
reported results and/or lead to a breach of net debt 
to EBITDA banking covenants.

movements arising on translation of earnings into 
sterling at average exchange rates. The Board believes 
that the benefits of its geographical spread outweigh  
the risks. 

• Results are reported at constant exchange rates so that 

investors can observe the underlying performance of the 
Group excluding the translation impact on the Group’s 
reported results. 

• The Group’s borrowings are denominated in US dollars, 
sterling and euros in similar proportions to the relative 
profit contribution of each of these currencies to the 
Group’s EBITDA. This reduces the volatility of the  
ratio of net debt to EBITDA from foreign exchange 
movements. In addition, net debt for the purposes  
of covenant calculations in the Group’s financing 
documents is calculated using average rather than 
closing exchange rates. Consequently, any significant 
movement in exchange rates towards the end of an 
accounting period should not materially affect the ratio  
of net debt to EBITDA. Both these factors minimise 
the risk that banking covenants will be breached as  
a result of foreign currency fluctuations.

• Oversight of the Group’s tax strategy is within the  

remit of the Board and tax risks are assessed by the 
Audit Committee.

• The Group seeks to plan and manage its tax affairs 

efficiently but also responsibly with a view to ensuring 
that it complies fully with the relevant legal obligations  
in the countries in which the Group operates while 
endeavouring to manage its tax affairs to protect value 
for the Company’s shareholders in line with the Board’s 
broader fiduciary duties.

• The Group manages and controls these risks through  
an internal tax department made up of experienced  
tax professionals who exercise judgement and seek 
appropriate advice from specialist professional firms.

• At the same time the Group monitors international 
developments in tax law and practice, adapting its 
approach where necessary to do so.

10. Increase in 
taxation  
Increases in 
Group tax rate 
and/or cash tax

• The resolution of uncertain prior year tax matters or 
the introduction of legislative changes could cause 
a higher tax expense and higher cash tax payments, 
thereby adversely affecting the Group’s profits and 
cash flows.

• In particular, changes could result from the legal 

arguments between the European Commission and 
the UK government over whether part of the UK’s 
tax regime is contrary to European Union State 
Aid provisions.

54

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The directors consider that the stress  
testing based assessment of the Company’s 
prospects, building on the results of the 
robust assessment of the principal risks to 
the business and the financial implications of 
them materialising, confirms the resilience of 
the Group to severe but plausible scenarios 
and provides a reasonable basis on which to 
conclude on its longer term viability. 

Confirmation of longer term viability 
In accordance with the provisions of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code, the directors 
have taken account of the Group’s current 
position and principal risks and 
uncertainties referred to above in assessing 
the prospects of the Company and they have 
a reasonable expectation that the Company 
will be able to continue in operation and 
meet its liabilities as they fall due over the 
three year period to 31 December 2022.

Assessment of the prospects of the 
Company and its viability statement
In accordance with provision 31 of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code, the directors 
set out below how they have assessed the 
prospects of the Company, over what period 
the prospects have been assessed and the 
Company’s formal viability statement.

The context for and period over which 
the prospects of the Company have 
been assessed
To consider the prospects of the Company 
and determine an appropriate time frame 
for the purpose of making a statement 
on the Company’s longer term viability, 
the directors have taken into account 
various factors including the nature of the 
Company’s business, its business model and 
strategy and the existing planning periods. 
In particular: 

• Bunzl has a geographically balanced and 
diversified business portfolio operating in 
more than 30 countries; 

• the Company operates across six core, 

fragmented market sectors, many of which 
are growing and resilient to challenging 
economic conditions; and

• the business model and strategy minimise 

the volatility of the Company’s results, 
enabling Bunzl to deliver consistently good 
results with high returns on capital and 
cash conversion.

With regard to the time frame specifically, 
the directors considered the above factors 
as well as the Group’s strategic planning 
process. Comprehensive budgets are 
prepared annually by the business areas 
and approved by the Board. Strategic plans 
covering a period of two years beyond the 
forecast for the current year are also 
prepared annually and reviewed by the 
Board. While the directors have no reason to 
believe the Company will not be viable over a 
longer period, given the inherent uncertainty 
involved, the period over which the directors 
consider it possible to form a reasonable 
expectation as to the Group’s longer term 
viability is the three year period to  
31 December 2022.

How the prospects of the Company 
and its longer term viability have 
been assessed
In making a viability statement, the directors 
are required to consider the Company’s 
ability to meet its liabilities as they fall due, 
taking into account the Company’s current 
position and principal risks. The Company 
has significant financial resources including 
committed and uncommitted banking 
facilities, US private placement notes and 
a senior unsecured bond, further details 
of which are set out in Note 16 to the 
consolidated financial statements. As a 
result, the directors believe that the 
Company is well placed to manage its 
business risks successfully. 

The resilience of the Group to a range of 
possible scenarios, in particular the impact 
on key financial ratios and its ongoing 
compliance with financial covenants, was 
factored into the directors’ considerations 
through stress testing current financial 
projections. These stress tests included 
the following: 

• the impact of the crystallisation of the 

principal strategic and operational risks  
to the Group’s organic growth and a 
significant increase in working capital;

• the impact of the crystallisation of the 

principal strategic and operational risks to 
the Group’s organic and acquisition growth 
and significant increases in both working 
capital and the effective tax rate, without 
mitigating actions; and 

• a reverse stress test scenario which 

identified what would need to happen to 
cause the Company to suffer an unavoidable 
breach of financial covenants.

In all scenarios it has been assumed, based 
on past experience and all current indicators, 
that the Company will be able to refinance 
its banking facilities and US private 
placement notes as and when they mature. 
In the first two stress tests it was found that 
the Group was resilient and in particular it 
remained in compliance with the relevant 
financial covenants. The conditions required 
to create the reverse stress test scenario, 
were so severe that they were considered 
to be implausible. 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

55

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportFinancial review

Through our high rate of  
cash conversion over many 
years, the Group has been 
able to make considerable 
investments in self-financed 
acquisitions which have 
compounded to generate 
substantial growth, while 
maintaining a strong balance 
sheet and growing dividends.

Richard Howes 
Chief Financial Officer

Revenue 
Up 2.7% at actual exchange rates

£9,326.7m

(2018: £9,079.4m)

+1.0%†

Profit for the year◊ 
Up 7.2% at actual exchange rates

£349.2m

(IAS 17 – 2019: £349.9m; 2018: £326.5m)

+5.7%†

Financial results
Revenue
Adjusted operating profit*
Adjusted profit before income tax*
Adjusted earnings per share*
Dividend for the year
Statutory results
Operating profit
Profit before income tax
Basic earnings per share
Balance sheet and Cash flow
Return on average operating capital %*
Return on invested capital %*
Cash conversion %*

◊  See Basis of preparation IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ on page 1.
†  At constant exchange rates and on an IAS 17 basis (where relevant).
*  Alternative performance measure (see Note 4 on page 134).

Adjusted operating profit*◊ 
Up 2.8% at actual exchange rates

Adjusted earnings per share*◊ 
Up 2.2% at actual exchange rates

£653.3m

 132.2p

(IAS 17 – 2019: £630.9m; 2018: £614.0m)

(IAS 17 – 2019: 132.4p; 2018: 129.6p)

+1.5%†

+1.0%†

Cash conversion* 
Continued strong cash conversion

101%

(2018: 94%)

IFRS
2019
£m

9,326.7
653.3
578.2
132.2p
51.3p

528.4
453.3
104.8p

36.9%
13.6%
101%

Proforma 
IAS 17◊
 2019
£m

9,326.7
630.9
579.1
132.4p
51.3p

506.0
454.2
105.0p

48.4%
14.6%
100%

Dividend 
Long track record of dividend  
growth continues

51.3p

(2018: 50.2p)

+2.2%

2018
£m

Growth as
reported◊

Growth at 
constant
exchange◊

2.7%
2.8%
3.6%
2.2%
2.2%

8.5%
6.9%
6.7%

1.0%
1.5%
2.4%
1.0%

7.0%
5.4%
5.2%

9,079.4
614.0
559.0
129.6p
50.2p

466.2
424.8
98.4p

50.7%
15.0%
94%

56

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
As in previous years this review refers to a number of alternative performance measures which management uses to assess the performance 
of the Group. Details of the Group’s alternative performance measures are set out in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements on  
pages 134 and 135.

Impact of IFRS 16 ‘Leases’
The main impact of adopting IFRS 16 with effect from 1 January 2019 has been for the Group to recognise right-of-use assets at transition 
of £449.4 million together with lease liabilities of £498.3 million. As at 31 December 2019 the right-of-use assets were £432.9 million and the 
lease liabilities were £480.0 million. Further details about the impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 are shown in Note 1b and Note 3 to the 
consolidated financial statements on pages 124 and 125 and page 133 respectively. Note 3 shows the Group’s financial results for the year 
ended 31 December 2019 presented in accordance with IAS 17 ‘Leases’, the accounting standard that was applicable for the year ended  
31 December 2018, in order to provide a meaningful comparison with the prior year. 

Currency translation
Currency translation has had a positive impact on the Group’s reported results, increasing revenue, profits and earnings by between 1% 
and 2%. The positive exchange rate impact was principally due to the effect on average exchange rates of the weakening of sterling against 
certain currencies during the year, particularly the US dollar and Canadian dollar, partly offset by the strengthening of sterling against the 
euro, Australian dollar and Brazilian real.

Average exchange rates
US$
Euro
Canadian$
Brazilian real
Australian$

Closing exchange rates
US$
Euro
Canadian$
Brazilian real
Australian$

2019
1.28
1.14
1.69
5.04
1.84

2019
1.32
1.18
1.72
5.33
1.88

2018
1.33
1.13
1.73
4.87
1.79

2018
1.27
1.11
1.74
4.94
1.81

Revenue
Revenue increased to £9,326.7 million (2018: £9,079.4 million), up 1.0% at constant exchange rates (up 2.7% at actual exchange rates), 
reflecting the benefit of acquisitions, partly offset by the impact of disposals in 2018 and a small decrease in organic revenue, which was 
down 0.2%.

Movement in revenue (£m)

9,500

9,250

9,000

8,750

8,500

154.1

9,079.4

(21.2)

9,212.3

(21.3)

135.7

9,326.7

2018 revenue

Currency translation

Disposals

2018 rebased

Organic revenue

Acquisitions

2019 revenue

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

57

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportFinancial review continued

Operating profit
Adjusted operating profit was £653.3 million. On an IAS 17 basis, adjusted operating profit increased to £630.9 million (2018: £614.0 million), 
an increase of 1.5% at constant exchange rates (up 2.8% at actual exchange rates). 

The adjusted operating profit margin was 7.0%. On an IAS 17 basis and at constant exchange rates, the adjusted operating profit margin 
increased from 6.7% to 6.8% (unchanged at actual exchange rates). 

Movement in adjusted operating profit (£m)

700

650

600

550

500

614.0

2018 adjusted 
operating profit 
(IAS 17)

7.4

9.5

630.9

22.4

653.3

Currency translation

2019 growth

2019 adjusted 
operating profit 
(IAS 17)

Impact of 
IFRS 16 
‘Leases’

2019 adjusted 
operating profit 
(IFRS 16)

Operating profit was £528.4 million. On an IAS 17 basis, operating profit was £506.0 million, an increase of 7.0% at constant exchange rates 
(up 8.5% at actual exchange rates).
600

Movement in operating profit (£m)
550

500

450

400

6.9

3.3

476.4

466.2

20.1

9.5

506.0

22.4

528.4

2018 
operating profit 
(IAS 17)

Currency 
translation

Non-repeat 
of GMP 
equalisation 
charge in 2018

2018 
rebased

Growth in 
adjusted 
operating profit 
(IAS 17)

Decrease in 
customer 
relationships 
amortisation and 
acquisition 
related items

2019 
operating profit 
(IAS 17)

Impact of 
IFRS 16 
‘Leases’

2019 
operating profit 
(IFRS 16)

The GMP equalisation charge in 2018 of £3.3 million was the non-recurring cost of the equalisation of guaranteed minimum pensions 
(‘GMP’) between male and female members of the Group’s UK defined benefit pension scheme following the High Court judgment in 2018  
in the case of Lloyds Banking Group Pensions Trustees Limited vs Lloyds Bank plc and others. 

Customer relationships amortisation, acquisition related items and the GMP equalisation charge in 2018 are excluded from the calculation  
of adjusted operating profit as they do not relate to the underlying operating performance and distort comparability between businesses and 
reporting periods. Accordingly, these items are not taken into account by management when assessing the results of the business and are 
removed in calculating adjusted operating profit and other alternative performance measures by which management assess the performance 
of the Group.

Interest
The net finance expense was £75.1 million including interest on lease liabilities of £23.3 million. On an IAS 17 basis, the net finance expense 
of £51.8 million decreased by £4.1 million at constant exchange rates, mainly from a lower average level of net debt and lower average interest 
rates in the year.

58

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportProfit before income tax
Adjusted profit before income tax was £578.2 million. On an IAS 17 basis, adjusted profit before income tax was £579.1 million (2018: 
£559.0 million), up 2.4% at constant exchange rates (up 3.6% at actual exchange rates), due to the growth in adjusted operating profit 
and the reduction in net interest expense. 

Movement in adjusted profit before income tax (£m)
600

575

550

525

500

6.5

559.0

9.5

4.1

579.1

(0.9)

578.2

2018 adjusted profit 
before income tax 
(IAS 17)

Currency translation

Growth in adjusted 
operating profit 
(IAS 17)

Decrease 
in net finance 
expense 
(IAS 17)

2019 adjusted profit 
before income tax 
(IAS 17)

Impact of 
IFRS 16 
‘Leases’

2019 adjusted profit 
before income tax 
(IFRS 16)

Profit before income tax was £453.3 million. On an IAS 17 basis, profit before income tax was £454.2 million (2018: £424.8 million), 
an increase of 5.4% at constant exchange rates (up 6.9% at actual exchange rates). 

Movement in profit before income tax (£m)
500

6.0

3.3

13.6

454.2

(0.9)

453.3

20.1

424.8

(13.6)

420.5

450

400

350

300

2018 profit 
before income 
tax (IAS 17)

Currency 
translation

Non-repeat 
of GMP 
equalisation 
charge in 2018

Non-repeat 
of profit on 
disposal of 
businesses in 
2018

2018 
rebased

Growth in 
adjusted 
profit before 
income tax 
(IAS 17)

Decrease in 
customer 
relationships 
amortisation 
and acquisition 
related items

2019 profit 
before income 
tax (IAS 17)

Impact of 
IFRS 16 
‘Leases’

2019 profit 
before income 
tax (IFRS 16)

The profit on disposal of businesses of £13.6 million in 2018 was the pre-tax profit on disposal of OPM in France and the marketing services 
business in the UK, two non-core businesses which were no longer considered to be a strategic fit within the portfolio of the Group’s 
businesses. There have been no disposals of businesses in 2019. Disposal of businesses is a non-recurring item and does not relate to 
underlying operating performance and is therefore not taken into account by management when assessing the performance of the Group. 
Accordingly, it is removed in calculating adjusted profit before income tax and other alternative performance measures by which management 
assesses the performance of the Group.

Taxation
The Group’s tax strategy is to comply with tax laws in all of the countries in which it operates and to balance its responsibilities for  
controlling the tax costs with its responsibilities to pay tax where it does business. Management of taxes is therefore carried out within 
defined parameters. The Group’s tax strategy has been approved by the Board and tax risks are regularly reviewed by the Audit Committee. 
In accordance with UK legislation, the strategy is published on the Bunzl plc website within the Corporate governance section.

The effective tax rate (being the tax rate on adjusted profit before income tax) for the year was 23.8% (2018: 23.1%) and the reported tax rate  
on statutory profit before income tax was 23.0% (2018: 23.1%). The increase in the effective tax rate from the prior year is mainly due to a 
reduction in the tax relief available for share options. The adoption of IFRS 16 did not have a significant impact on either the effective tax rate 
or the reported tax rate.

The effective tax rate is expected to remain at around 24% in 2020. However, as explained in the Principal risks and uncertainties section  
on pages 50 to 55, the Group identifies an increase in taxation as a principal risk for the Group and the tax rate could be affected by legislative 
changes or the resolution of prior year tax matters. 

One of the tax risks affecting the Group is the European Commission’s assertion that part of the UK’s tax regime amounts to State aid. 
Further details about this risk, and other aspects of taxation, are given in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements on pages 140 to  
142. In addition, the Group is required to make an additional cash tax payment in 2020 of approximately £19 million for tax plus interest and 
penalties in relation to a tax dispute in Brazil. The Group has provided for the best estimate of the ultimate liability in this matter and expects 
to recover the remainder once the legal process is completed. 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

59

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportFinancial review continued

Earnings per share 
Profit after tax was £349.2 million. On an IAS 17 basis, profit after tax increased to £349.9 million (2018: £326.5 million), up 5.7% and an 
increase of £18.8 million at constant exchange rates (up 7.2% at actual exchange rates), due to a £23.4 million increase in profit before income 
tax, partly offset by a £4.6 million increase in the tax charge. 

Adjusted profit after tax was £440.6 million. On an IAS 17 basis, adjusted profit after tax was £441.3 million (2018: £429.9 million), up 1.5% 
and an increase of £6.4 million at constant exchange rates (up 2.7% at actual exchange rates), due to a £13.6 million increase in adjusted profit 
before income tax, partly offset by an increase in the effective tax rate, with tax on adjusted profit before income tax increasing by £7.2 million 
at constant exchange rates.

The weighted average number of shares increased to 333.3 million from 331.7 million in 2018 due to employee share option exercises, partly 
offset by share purchases into the employee benefit trust. 

Basic earnings per share were 104.8p. On an IAS 17 basis, basic earnings per share were 105.0p (2018: 98.4p), up 5.2% at constant exchange 
rates (up 6.7% at actual exchange rates). Adjusted earnings per share were 132.2p. On an IAS 17 basis, adjusted earnings per share were 
132.4p (2018: 129.6p), an increase of 1.0% at constant exchange rates (up 2.2% at actual exchange rates). 

Movement in basic eps (p)

110

105

100

95

90

1.4

3.2

98.4

(2.4)

4.7

0.2

(0.5)

105.0

(0.2)

104.8

2018 
basic eps 
(IAS 17)

Currency 
translation

Non-repeat of 
2018 one-off 
items*

Increase in 
adjusted 
profit before 
income tax 
(IAS 17)

Decrease in 
customer 
relationships 
amortisation 
and acquisition 
related items

Decrease 
in reported 
tax rate

Increase in 
weighted 
average 
number of 
shares

2019 
basic eps 
(IAS 17)

Impact of 
IFRS 16 
‘Leases’

2019 
basic eps 
(IFRS 16)

*   Non-repeat of 2018 one-off items relates to the GMP equalisation charge and profit on disposal of businesses.

Movement in adjusted eps (p)

3.2

1.5

129.6

(1.3)

(0.6)

132.4

(0.2)

132.2

2018 
adjusted eps 
(IAS 17)

Currency 
translation

Increase in 
adjusted profit 
before income tax 
(IAS 17)

Increase
in effective 
tax rate

Increase in 
weighted average 
number of shares

2019 
adjusted eps 
(IAS 17)

Impact of 
IFRS 16 
‘Leases’

2019 
adjusted eps 
(IFRS 16)

140

130

120

110

60

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportDividends
An analysis of dividends per share for the years to which they relate is shown below:

Interim dividend (p)
Final dividend (p)
Total dividend (p)
Dividend cover (times)*

*  Based on adjusted earnings per share on an IAS 17 basis.

2019
15.5
35.8
51.3
2.6

Growth
2.0%
2.3%
2.2%

2018
15.2
35.0
50.2
2.6

The Company’s practice has been to pay a progressive dividend, delivering year-on-year increases with the dividend growing at 
approximately the same rate as the growth in adjusted earnings per share. The 2019 dividend is 2.2% higher than the 2018 dividend, 
which compares with the adjusted earnings per share growth of 2.2% at actual exchange rates and 1.0% at constant exchange rates. 

Before approving any dividends, the Board considers the level of borrowings of the Group by reference to the ratio of net debt to EBITDA,  
the ability of the Group to continue to generate cash and the amount required to invest in the business, in particular into future acquisitions. 
The Group’s long term track record of strong cash generation, coupled with the Group’s substantial borrowing facilities, provides the 
Company with the financial flexibility to fund a growing dividend. After the further growth in 2019, Bunzl has sustained a growing dividend 
to shareholders over the past 27 years. 

The risks and constraints to maintaining a growing dividend are principally those linked to the Group’s trading performance and liquidity, 
as described in the Principal risks and uncertainties section on pages 50 to 55. The Group has substantial distributable reserves within Bunzl 
plc and there is a robust process of distributing profits generated by subsidiary undertakings up through the Group to Bunzl plc. At 31 
December 2019 Bunzl plc had sufficient distributable reserves to cover more than four years of dividends at the cost of the 2019 dividends, 
which is expected to be approximately £171 million.

Acquisitions
The Group completed four acquisitions during the year ended 31 December 2019 with a total committed spend of £159.4 million. The 
estimated annualised revenue and adjusted operating profit of the acquisitions completed during the year were £136.7 million and 
£17.0 million respectively. 

Excluding the Volk do Brasil acquisition that had been agreed at 31 December 2018, but completed in January 2019, the estimated annualised 
revenue of the acquisitions was £96.6 million, with committed acquisition spend of £124.3 million. Acquisition spend reflects the cash 
consideration paid, which in certain instances includes amounts paid for the benefit of tax deductions for amortisation of intangible assets 
and estimated earnout consideration for future profit growth. 

A summary of the effect of acquisitions is as follows:

Fair value of net assets acquired
Goodwill
Consideration
Satisfied by:
  cash consideration
  deferred consideration

Contingent payments relating to retention of former owners
Net cash acquired
Transaction costs and expenses
Total committed spend in respect of acquisitions completed in the current year
Spend on acquisitions committed but not completed at the year end
Spend on acquisitions committed at prior year end but completed in the current year
Total committed spend in respect of acquisitions agreed in the current year

£m
103.2
39.8
143.0

138.6
4.4
143.0
13.4
(1.1)
4.1
159.4
–
(35.1)
124.3

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

61

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ report 
Financial review continued

The net cash outflow in the year in respect of acquisitions comprised:

Cash consideration
Net cash acquired
Deferred consideration in respect of prior year acquisitions
Net cash outflow in respect of acquisitions
Acquisition related items*
Total cash outflow in respect of acquisitions

*   Acquisition related items comprise £3.8 million of transaction costs and expenses paid and £15.4 million of payments relating to retention of former owners.

Cash flow
A summary of the cash flow for the year is shown below:

Cash generated from operations†
Payment of lease liabilities
Net capital expenditure
Operating cash flow†
Net interest excluding interest on lease liabilities
Tax
Free cash flow
Dividends
Acquisitions◊
Disposal of businesses
Employee share schemes
Net cash inflow

†  Before acquisition related items.
◊  Including acquisition related items.

£m
138.6
(1.1)
6.1
143.6
19.2
162.8

2019
£m
814.1
(151.6)
(28.8)
633.7
(51.2)
(125.6)
456.9
(167.3)
(162.8)
–
(27.7)
99.1

2018
£m
607.1
–
(28.6)
578.5
(49.1)
(113.2)
416.2
(152.2)
(184.2)
55.1
50.0
184.9

Movement
£m
207.0
(151.6)
(0.2)
55.2
(2.1)
(12.4)
40.7
(15.1)
21.4
(55.1)
(77.7)
(85.8)

The Group’s free cash flow of £456.9 million was £40.7 million higher than in 2018, principally due to the increase in operating cash flow 
of £55.2 million, partly offset by higher cash outflows relating to interest and tax. The Group’s free cash flow was principally used to finance 
dividend payments of £167.3 million in respect of 2018 (2018: £152.2 million in respect of 2017) and an acquisition cash outflow of 
£162.8 million (2018: £184.2 million). 

As a result of the adoption of IFRS 16, for meaningful comparison with prior periods, the Group has updated its definition of cash conversion 
to be operating cash flow, which now includes the payment of lease liabilities as a deduction, as a percentage of lease adjusted operating 
profit, being adjusted operating profit after adding back the depreciation of right-of-use assets and deducting the payment of lease liabilities. 
Cash conversion in 2019 was 101% (2018: 94%).

Operating cash flow

Adjusted operating profit
Add back depreciation of right-of-use assets
Deduct payment of lease liabilities
Lease adjusted operating profit 

2019
£m
633.7

653.3
128.1
(151.6)
629.8

2018
£m
578.5

614.0
–
–
614.0

Cash conversion (operating cash flow as a percentage of lease adjusted operating profit)

101%

94%

62

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportNet debt
Net debt excluding lease liabilities decreased by £139.5 million during the year to £1,247.0 million (2018: £1,386.5 million), due to the net cash 
inflow of £99.1 million and a £40.4 million decrease due to currency translation.

Movement in net debt (£m)

1,386.5

(99.1)

(40.4)

1,247.0

480.0

1,727.0

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

Net debt at 
31 December 2018

Net cash inflow

Currency 
translation

Net debt excluding 
lease liabilities at 
31 December 2019

Lease liabilities

Net debt including 
lease liabilities at 
31 December 2019

As noted previously, the Group adopted IFRS 16 with effect from 1 January 2019 and as a result now recognises lease liabilities, which  
are initially based on the present value of the future payments required under each lease discounted at either the interest rate implicit in the  
lease or the incremental borrowing rate of the lessee. The movement in the lease liabilities from the transition date of 1 January 2019 to  
31 December 2019 was as follows: 

Movement in lease liabilities
Lease liabilities at 31 December 2018 
Lease liabilities on transition
Acquisitions
New leases
Interest charge in the year
Payment of lease liabilities
Remeasurement adjustments 
Currency translation
Lease liabilities at 31 December 2019

£m
–
498.3
6.5
105.2
23.3
(151.6)
14.4
(16.1)
480.0

Net debt to EBITDA calculated at average exchange rates and based on historical accounting standards, in accordance with the Group’s 
external debt covenants, was 1.9 times (2018: 2.0 times).

Balance sheet
Summary balance sheet at 31 December:

Intangible assets
Right-of-use assets
Property, plant and equipment
Working capital
Other net liabilities

Net pension deficit
Net debt excluding lease liabilities
Lease liabilities
Equity

Return on average operating capital under IAS 17*
Return on invested capital under IAS 17*

*   On an IFRS 16 basis, at 31 December 2019, return on average operating capital was 36.9% and return on invested capital was 13.6%.

2019
£m
2,290.9
432.9
118.3
943.4
(278.2)
3,507.3
(36.0)
(1,247.0)
(480.0)
1,744.3

2018
£m
2,382.5
–
122.4
948.3
(333.7)
3,119.5
(38.5)
(1,386.5)
–
1,694.5

48.4%
14.6%

50.7%
15.0%

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

63

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportFinancial review continued

On an IAS 17 basis, return on average operating capital decreased to 48.4% from 50.7% in 2018 and return on invested capital of 14.6% 
was down from 15.0% in 2018, both due to a lower return in the underlying business driven by an increase in average capital employed. 

Intangible assets decreased by £91.6 million to £2,290.9 million due to an amortisation charge of £114.7 million and a decrease from currency 
translation of £98.2 million, partly offset by intangible assets arising on acquisitions in the year of £111.5 million and software additions 
of £9.8 million. 

As a result of the adoption of IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ on 1 January 2019, the Group now recognises right-of-use assets. The right-of-use assets at 
31 December 2019 were £432.9 million, arising from £449.4 million recognised on the transition to IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ on 1 January 2019, 
additional right-of-use assets from new leases during the year of £105.2 million, an increase from acquisitions of £6.5 million and an increase 
from remeasurement adjustments of £14.4 million, partly offset by a depreciation charge of £128.1 million and a decrease from currency 
translation of £14.5 million.

Working capital decreased from the prior year end by £4.9 million to £943.4 million due to decreases from currency translation and the 
underlying business, partly offset by increases from acquisitions and the impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 due to the removal of accruals 
and prepayments relating to leases. 

The Group’s net pension deficit of £36.0 million at 31 December 2019 was £2.5 million lower than at 31 December 2018, principally due to 
contributions of £14.9 million during the year and a decrease from currency translation more than offsetting increases from service cost and  
net interest expense and an actuarial loss of £8.3 million. The actuarial loss principally arose from an increase in pension liabilities due to 
a decrease in discount rates, partly offset by higher than expected returns on pension scheme assets. 

Shareholders’ equity increased by £49.8 million during the year to £1,744.3 million.

Movement in shareholders’ equity (£m)

2,000

1,700

1,400

1,100

800

349.2

1,694.5

(23.9)

1,670.6

(167.3)

13.8

(91.2)

(6.1)

(24.7)

1,744.3

2018 
shareholder 
equity

Impact of 
transition 
to IFRS 16

Restated 
equity at 
1 January 
2019

Profit for 
the year

Dividends

Currency 
(net of tax)

Actuarial loss 
on pension 
schemes 
(net of tax)

Share based 
payments 
(net of tax)

Employee 
share schemes 
(net of tax)

2019 
shareholders’ 
equity

Capital management
The Group’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to sustain future 
development of the business. The Group funds its operations through a mixture of shareholders’ equity and bank and capital market 
borrowings. The Group’s approach to the balance sheet is to maintain an investment grade credit rating and the Company’s current credit 
rating with Standard & Poor’s is BBB+. All of the borrowings are managed by a central treasury function and funds raised are lent onward to 
operating subsidiaries as required. The overall objective is to manage the funding to ensure the borrowings have a range of maturities, are 
competitively priced and meet the demands of the business over time. There were no changes to the Group’s approach to capital management 
during the year and the Group is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements. 

64

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportTreasury policies and controls
The Group has a centralised treasury department to control external borrowings and manage liquidity, interest rate, foreign currency 
and credit risks. Treasury policies have been approved by the Board and cover the nature of the exposure to be hedged, the types of financial 
instruments that may be employed and the criteria for investing and borrowing cash. The Group uses derivatives to manage its foreign 
currency and interest rate risks arising from underlying business activities. No transactions of a speculative nature are undertaken. The 
treasury department is subject to periodic independent review by the internal audit department. Underlying policy assumptions and activities 
are periodically reviewed by the executive directors and the Board. Controls over exposure changes and transaction authenticity are in place.

The Group continually monitors net debt and forecast cash flows to ensure that sufficient facilities are in place to meet the Group’s 
requirements in the short, medium and long term and, in order to do so, arranges borrowings from a variety of sources. Additionally, 
compliance with the Group’s biannual debt covenants is monitored on a monthly basis and formally tested at 30 June and 31 December. 
The principal covenant limits are net debt to EBITDA, calculated at average exchange rates and in accordance with the debt covenants,  
of no more than 3.5 times and interest cover of no less than 3.0 times. Sensitivity analyses using various scenarios are applied to forecasts  
to assess their impact on covenants and net debt. During 2019 all covenants were complied with and based on current forecasts it is  
expected that such covenants will continue to be complied with for the foreseeable future. Debt covenants are based on historical  
accounting standards.

The Group has substantial funding available comprising multi-currency credit facilities from the Group’s banks, US private placement notes 
and a senior bond. At 31 December 2019 the nominal value of US private placement notes outstanding was £1,012.1 million (2018: £1,120.6 
million) with maturities ranging from 2020 to 2028. The £300 million senior bond matures in 2025 and the Group’s committed bank facilities 
mature between 2021 and 2024. At 31 December 2019 the available committed bank facilities totalled £1,062.4 million (2018: £1,043.8 million) 
of which £63.0 million (2018: £104.3 million) was drawn down, providing headroom of £999.4 million (2018: £939.5 million). 

600
Committed facilities maturity profile by year (£m)

500

400

300

200

100

0

243

80

2021

83

2020

285

114

280

152

191

63

125

300

169

119

133

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027

38
2028

   Bank facilities – undrawn 
   Senior bond 

   Bank facilities – drawn
   US private placement notes

Further details of the Group’s capital management and treasury policies and controls are set out in Note 16 to the consolidated financial 
statements on pages 147 to 154. 

Richard Howes
Chief Financial Officer 
24 February 2020

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

65

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportBoard of directors

The Board continues to provide strong, effective leadership and 
independent scrutiny and challenge while promoting the long term 
success of the Company for the benefit of its stakeholders as a whole.

Philip Rogerson
Chairman 

Peter Ventress 
Chairman designate 

Appointment
Appointed to the Board in January 2010 and became Chairman 
in March 2010. Chairman of the Nomination Committee. 

Experience
He was an executive director of BG Group plc (formerly British Gas 
plc) from 1992 to 1998, latterly as Deputy Chairman. Since then he 
has been both a non-executive director and Chairman of a number 
of companies and is currently a non-executive director of Blancco 
Technology Group plc. He will retire from the Board at the conclusion 
of the Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’) on 15 April 2020.

Appointment
Appointed to the Board as a non-executive director and Chairman 
designate on 1 June 2019 and will become Chairman and Chairman 
of the Nomination Committee at the conclusion of the AGM on 
15 April 2020 following the retirement of Philip Rogerson.

Experience
He was formerly a non-executive director of Premier Farnell plc, 
Staples Solutions NV and Softcat plc and was Chief Executive 
Officer of Berendsen plc from 2010 to 2016. Prior to this he held 
several senior executive roles including International President of 
Staples Inc and Chief Executive Officer of Corporate Express NV, 
a Dutch quoted company which was subsequently acquired by 
Staples. He is currently Chairman of Galliford Try plc and Senior 
Independent Director of Signature Aviation plc.

Frank van Zanten 
Chief Executive Officer 

Richard Howes
Chief Financial Officer 

Appointment
Executive director since February 2016 and Chief Executive Officer 
and member of the Nomination Committee from April 2016.

Experience
He joined Bunzl in 1994 when Bunzl acquired his family owned 
business in the Netherlands and he subsequently assumed 
responsibility for a number of businesses in other countries. In 2002 
he became Chief Executive Officer of PontMeyer NV, before rejoining 
Bunzl in 2005 as Managing Director, Continental Europe. He is a 
non-executive director of Grafton Group plc but will retire from this 
position on 29 April 2020. He has been nominated to be appointed as 
a member of the Supervisory Board of Koninklijke Ahold Delhaize 
NV with effect from 8 April 2020.

Appointment
Appointed Chief Financial Officer designate in September 2019  
and joined the Board and became Chief Financial Officer in  
January 2020.

Experience
He qualified as a Chartered Accountant with Ernst & Young before 
moving to the investment bank Dresdner Kleinwort Benson. During 
his career he has held a number of senior positions at Geest plc and 
Bakkavor Group plc, including that of Chief Financial Officer of 
Bakkavor Group. He was Chief Financial Officer of Coats Group plc 
between 2012 and 2016 and prior to joining Bunzl was Chief 
Financial Officer of Inchcape plc.

66

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Strategic reportFinancial statementsDirectors’ reportCommittee membership

  Member of the Audit Committee
  Member of the Remuneration Committee
  Member of the Nomination Committee
  Independent director

Lloyd Pitchford 
Non-executive director 

Appointment 
Non-executive director since March 2017 and Chairman of the 
Audit Committee. 

Experience
Having previously held a number of senior finance positions with 
BG Group plc, including five years as Group Financial Controller, 
he subsequently joined Intertek Group plc where he was Chief 
Financial Officer from 2010 to 2014. Since 2014 he has been Chief 
Financial Officer of Experian plc.

Eugenia Ulasewicz 
Non-executive director 

Appointment 
Non-executive director since April 2011. 

Experience
After holding a number of senior retail positions with Bloomingdale’s, 
Galeries Lafayette and Saks Fifth Avenue, she joined Burberry Group 
plc and was President of Burberry, Americas from 1998 until 2013. 
She is a non-executive director of Signet Jewelers Limited, Vince 
Holding Corp. and Hudson Ltd. She will retire from the Board at the 
conclusion of the AGM on 15 April 2020.

Vanda Murray OBE 
Senior Independent Director 

Appointment 
Non-executive director since February 2015, Senior Independent 
Director and Chair of the Remuneration Committee. 

Experience
Formerly Chief Executive Officer of Blick plc from 2001 to 2004, 
she subsequently became UK Managing Director of Ultraframe 
PLC from 2004 to 2006 and was appointed OBE in 2002 for 
Services to Industry and Export. She is Chair of Marshalls plc 
and a non-executive director of Redrow plc. 

Stephan Nanninga 
Non-executive director 

Appointment 
Non-executive director since May 2017.

Experience
After holding a number of positions with Sonepar and Royal  
Dutch Shell, he subsequently became Managing Director, 
Distribution Europe of CRH plc in 1999. He then joined the Board  
of SHV Holdings NV in 2007, where he was initially responsible  
for the Makro and Dyas businesses, before becoming Chief 
Executive in 2014, a position he held until 2016. He is a member  
of the Supervisory Board of CM.com and a non-executive director  
of IMCD N.V.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

67

Financial statementsStrategic reportDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance report

Governance has a key role to play in the culture of our organisation 
and the Board is committed to ensuring that Bunzl’s purpose, 
values and high standards of corporate governance are set from 
the top and embedded throughout the Group.

Philip Rogerson 
Chairman

Introduction from Philip Rogerson, Chairman of the Board

One of my key responsibilities as Chairman 
is to ensure that the Board delivers effective 
leadership to support the creation and 
delivery of strong and sustainable financial 
and operational performance for the Group 
and long term value for our stakeholders. 

The Board recognises that sustainable 
business success is not possible without a 
clear corporate purpose and sound corporate 
governance. Good governance is the 
foundation of what we do at Bunzl and an 
integral part of the way we deliver our 
strategy. It underpins our strong corporate 
values and culture and the way we do 
business and also provides the framework 
within which the entrepreneurial drive in the 
business can continue to flourish. Without 
good governance, we would be unable to 
deliver on our core purpose of delivering 
essential business solutions around the 
world and creating long term sustainable 
success for the benefit of our stakeholders. 

The Board is committed to ensuring that 
the Company’s purpose, values, culture 
and high standards are set from the top 
and embedded throughout the Group. 
The executive directors and executive 
management team play an integral role in 
this by promoting positive behaviour to 
ensure that our commonly held values are 
put into practice every day and that our 
people understand how we expect them to 
help the Company achieve its purpose. 

The Board monitors adherence to the 
Group’s corporate culture in a number of 
ways, including by visiting Group locations 
and interacting with employees from 
across the business. The Board also 
reviews the results of the Group’s biennial 
global employee engagement survey, whistle 
blowing data and accident statistics, all of 
which are considered to be culture 

indicators. During the year, various 
members of the Board attended employee 
forums and employee-focused events, 
further details of which can be found later  
in this report and on page 40 of the 
Sustainability report. Such visits have 
helped to ensure that the Board has an 
understanding of wider workforce 
engagement and areas of interest. I believe 
that this, together with our robust 
governance framework, allows the Board to 
lead the Group in the right direction as we 
develop and pursue our future strategy, 
while ensuring that good governance 
principles and practices are adhered to.

Stakeholder engagement
As I reported in last year’s Corporate 
governance report, The Companies 
(Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018 
(the ‘Regulations’) and the Financial Reporting 
Council’s (‘FRC’) 2018 edition of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code (the ‘Code’) were 
published during 2018. Both the Regulations 
and the Code applied to the Company from  
1 January 2019 and all references to the 
Code in this report relate to the 2018 edition 
which applied to the 2019 financial year.  
The Regulations and the Code put greater 
emphasis on stakeholders and give 
prominence to the requirement for boards 
to adopt a longer term time horizon when 
considering issues and making decisions. 

feedback we receive. Further information  
on stakeholder engagement can be found  
on pages 32 and 33.

Workforce engagement
During the year, the Board considered the 
requirements that have been introduced 
by the Code in respect of workforce 
engagement. We have an experienced, 
diverse and dedicated workforce which we 
recognise as a key asset of our business and 
their voice is critical to our success. We are a 
global company with operations in multiple 
locations and employees coming from many 
different perspectives and it is therefore 
essential that our engagement methods 
suit the nature of our business and our 
workforce. As I have already mentioned, 
the employee voice is heard by the Board 
throughout the year through several different 
channels, further details of which can be 
found on pages 32 and 33 and in the 
Sustainability report on pages 34 to 49. We 
strongly believe that this holistic approach  
to engagement is the most effective method 
and allows the Board to understand, monitor 
and assess the culture of the business and 
its alignment with the Company’s purpose, 
values and strategy. The Board intends 
to build on these established means of 
engagement, so that we can continue to 
listen effectively and respond as necessary 
and appropriate to the employee voice.

At Bunzl we understand the importance of 
long term thinking and believe that effective 
stakeholder engagement is critical to 
fostering mutually beneficial relationships 
and securing our long term success. We 
believe that it takes a diversity of perspectives 
to deliver positive outcomes for all our 
stakeholders and we seek to engage 
proactively with them to understand their 
views. This in turn enables us to make better 
decisions based on the well-informed 

Board changes
On 10 May 2019, the Company announced 
that Brian May, Finance Director, would be 
retiring from the Company and would be 
succeeded by Richard Howes as Chief 
Financial Officer. Brian May stepped down 
from the Board on 31 December 2019 and 
will leave the Group at the end of February 
2020. Brian’s significant contribution to  
the Company’s success has been greatly 
appreciated and he leaves the Board with  

68

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Financial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic reportMore information about Bunzl’s engagement 
with its suppliers, customers and wider 
stakeholder groups can be found on pages 
32 and 33 and in the Sustainability report  
on pages 34 to 49.

Board composition
As at 31 December 2019, the Board was 
made up of eight members comprising a 
Chairman, a Chairman designate, a Chief 
Executive Officer, a Finance Director and 
four non-executive directors. 

As reported in last year’s Annual Report, 
at the end of 2018 Philip Rogerson completed 
his third three year term in office and in 
recognition of the new provisions of the 
Code, which states that the Chair of a listed 
company should not remain in post beyond 
nine years from the date of their first 
appointment to the Board, a process led by 
Vanda Murray, the Senior Independent 
Director, was undertaken to identify and 
appoint Philip Rogerson’s successor. This 
process led to the appointment of Peter 
Ventress on 1 June 2019 as a non-executive 
director and Chairman designate. Peter 
Ventress will assume the role of Chairman  
of the Board and of the Nomination 
Committee following Philip Rogerson’s 
retirement at the conclusion of the 
Company’s forthcoming AGM. 

Following the announcement on 10 May 
2019 that Brian May, Finance Director, 
would be retiring from the Board on  
31 December 2019, Richard Howes joined 
the Company as Chief Financial Officer 
designate on 1 September 2019, becoming 
Chief Financial Officer and a director on  
1 January 2020. 

As announced today, Eugenia Ulasewicz, 
who has been a non-executive director 
since April 2011, will retire from the 
Board following the Company’s AGM  
on 15 April 2020. 

Brief biographical details of the current 
directors are given on pages 66 and 67  
and further information on the Nomination 
Committee’s approach to succession 
planning can be found in its report on 
pages 77 to 79.

Compliance statement
It is the Board’s view that, for the year  
ended 31 December 2019, with the  
exception of provision 38 which states  
that the pension contribution rates for 
executive directors, or payments in lieu, 
should be aligned with those available  
to the workforce, the Company has been 
fully compliant with all of the relevant 
principles and provisions set out in the  
Code. Further information concerning  
the Company’s approach to pension 
contribution rates for executive directors  
can be found on page 93 of the Directors’ 
remuneration report. The Company’s 
auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, are 
required to review whether this statement 
reflects the Company’s compliance with 
those provisions of the Code specified for 
their review by the Financial Conduct 
Authority’s Listing Rules and to report if it 
does not reflect such compliance. No such 
report has been made. 

Employee engagement statement
The Board regards employee engagement 
as a matter of great importance and, during 
the year, the directors were involved in a 
number of different initiatives aimed at 
further enhancing their understanding of the 
views and interests of Bunzl’s employees. 
More information about these initiatives 
and the relevance of such engagement in 
the context of the Company’s strategy can 
be found on pages 32 and 33 and in the 
Sustainability report on pages 34 to 49. 
In addition, information concerning the 
arrangements in place to communicate and 
consult with Bunzl’s employees can also be 
found in the Sustainability report and in the 
Other statutory information section on pages 
114 to 116. The Company encourages 
employee involvement in its performance 
through a variety of different means, 
including the operation of all employee share 
plans, bonus and commission schemes  
and other incentive arrangements.

Engagement with suppliers,  
customers and other stakeholders
Understanding the views of our stakeholders 
is a key priority for the Board and Bunzl 
as a whole. It helps to focus our resources, 
engagement and reporting activities  
by addressing those issues that matter  
most to our business and to our wider 
stakeholders. Fostering strong business 
relationships is an intrinsic part of our  
long established, consistent, proven and 
successful compounding strategy and a key 
consideration in all of our decision making. 

the Company’s thanks and best wishes.  
In addition, as reported in last year’s 
Annual Report, I will step down as 
Chairman and as a director at the 
conclusion of the Company’s forthcoming 
Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’), with 
Peter Ventress having been appointed to 
succeed me at that time. 

Further details concerning the Board 
changes that took place during the year 
can be found later in this report and in 
the Nomination Committee report on 
pages 77 to 79. 

Board evaluation
An externally facilitated evaluation of the 
Board and its Committees was once again 
undertaken during 2019 and I am pleased 
to report that as a result of the evaluation, 
the Board concluded that both it and 
its Committees continue to operate 
effectively. The Board continues to work 
closely with the executive management 
team and offers support and robust 
challenge as appropriate. Further 
information concerning the evaluation 
can be found on page 73.

The reports that follow provide an 
overview of the work undertaken by the 
Board and its Committees in fulfilling our 
governance responsibilities and describe 
how the principles and provisions of the 
Code have been applied by the Company 
during the year ended 31 December 2019. 
The Board will continue to strengthen the 
Group’s governance processes to ensure 
that the business as a whole is aligned 
with best practice and that our approach 
to disclosure remains understandable 
and transparent.

Philip Rogerson
Chairman 
24 February 2020

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

69

Financial statementsStrategic reportDirectors’ reportCorporate governance report continued

None of the Company’s non-executive 
directors had any previous connection with 
the Company or its executive directors on 
appointment to the Board and all of them are 
considered by both the Board and the criteria 
set out in the Code to be independent. Each 
of the non-executive directors is considered 
to have a breadth of strategic, management 
and financial experience gained in each of 
their own fields in a range of multinational 
businesses. In accordance with the terms 
of the Code, with the exception of Philip 
Rogerson and Eugenia Ulasewicz who will 
retire at the conclusion of the AGM, each 
of the directors in office at the date of this 
Annual Report will be subject to re-election 
at the forthcoming AGM.

Board activity in 2019
The Board meets formally at least seven 
times a year and normally at least two of 
these meetings are held at or near Group 
locations around the world where the 
directors have the opportunity to meet and 
interact with executives from different 
businesses within the Group’s portfolio as 
well as observe the operations in situ. The 
Group’s overall strategy is reviewed and 
discussed both at a separate strategic 
planning meeting and during Board 
meetings held over the course of the year. 
As part of this strategic planning process, 
presentations are made by the Chief 
Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer 
and the heads of the business areas, together 
with the Director of Corporate Development. 
Further details of the Board meetings that 
were held overseas during 2019 can be found 
in the adjacent case study.

During 2019, in addition to the discussions 
relating to the Group’s strategy that took 
place during the year, a number of the 
Group’s executives made presentations to 
the Board about a variety of diverse topics. 
These included reviews of business 
performance, potential acquisition 
opportunities, the post-acquisition 
performance of businesses acquired in 
prior years, the Group’s financing facilities 
and treasury policies, the Group insurance 
programmes, tax risks and strategy, the 
Group risk assessment, information 
security risks and controls, supplier 
audits carried out, an update on recent 
developments in sustainability matters, 
whistle blowing reports and health &  
safety performance metrics. 

An area of particular focus during the year 
included information technology (‘IT’) 
and information security (‘IS’), following 
the appointment by the Company of a 

professional services firm to assist with the 
performance of IT and IS internal audits. 
The directors considered the work so far 
undertaken by the firm and agreed that the 
Company should establish an IS risk 
assessment and develop further its IS policy. 
The Board will continue to oversee the 
enhancement of the Company’s approach 
to IT and IS risks. 

The Board also reviewed and approved a 
new corporate responsibility framework, 
including a revised and extended set of 
related policies.

The Board calendar is planned to ensure 
that the directors discuss a wide range of 
topics throughout the year and the Board 
has formally adopted a schedule of matters 
which are required to be referred to it for 
decision. A non-exhaustive list of such 
matters can be found on page 71.

Meetings
The Board met on seven occasions during 
2019. Directors’ attendance at those 
meetings is set out below:

Meetings attended

Philip Rogerson
Peter Ventress1
Frank van Zanten 
Brian May2
Eugenia Ulasewicz
Vanda Murray
Lloyd Pitchford
Stephan Nanninga

7
4
7
7
7
7
7
7

1.   Peter Ventress was appointed as a director on 1 June 2019 and 
attended all of the Board meetings held between that date and 
the end of the year. 

2.  Brian May retired as a director on 31 December 2019.

Board in action – Board meetings in Chicago,  
US and Valencia, Spain
The Board held its June and October 
2019 meetings in Chicago, US and 
Valencia, Spain respectively. 

The meeting in Chicago afforded 
members of the management team in 
Bunzl North America the opportunity 
to meet with the directors and give 
presentations on Bunzl North America’s 
digital strategy, which is underpinned by 
continuous improvement, driven by data 
analysis and customer insight. The 
ability to innovate is very important to 
help meet our customers’ rapidly evolving 
wants and needs and the presentations 
covered topics such as the various 
initiatives being undertaken to meet 
customer demand, including in respect 
of the customer experience, e-commerce 
and digital marketing. The directors were 
informed of the industry leading digital 
solutions that have been developed 
for Bunzl North America’s customers, 
including mobile applications, data 
modelling and analytics. The directors 
were also provided with information on 
the continued investment that is being 
directed to enhancing digital capabilities, 
automation and outsourcing as part of 
the ongoing productivity drive of 
the business.

During their visit to Valencia the directors 
met with senior management from the 
Continental Europe business area and 
the Group’s Spanish subsidiaries. They 
also visited one of the locally based 
subsidiaries, Quirumed, and received 
presentations on the digital capabilities 
being employed by the business, 
including the company’s e-commerce 
value proposition and the improvements 
brought about by such capabilities.

The directors regard these site visits as 
an important part of their continuing 
education and development, as well as 
an integral part of the induction process 
for new directors. They help directors 
enhance further their understanding 
of the Group’s activities through direct 
experience of seeing processes in 
operation and by having discussions with 
a range of employees. Such interactions 
not only provide the Board with an 
opportunity to assess and monitor the 
Group’s culture and its alignment with 
the Group’s strategy and values but are 
also essential in helping the Board to 
understand better the broader long term 
impact of its decisions on the Group’s 
stakeholders both nationally and 
internationally, including employees, 
customers, suppliers and the 
communities in which the Group operates.

70

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Financial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic reportGovernance structure 
The Board has ultimate responsibility for the overall leadership of the Group. To ensure the directors maintain overall control over strategic, 
financial, operational and compliance issues, the Board meets regularly throughout the year and has formally adopted a schedule of 
matters which are required to be brought to it for consideration. Further details of the matters reserved for the Board can be found below. 

The Board has established three Committees, all of which comply with the provisions of the Code and play an important governance 
role through the detailed work they carry out to fulfil the responsibilities delegated to them. Briefing papers are prepared and circulated 
to Committee members in advance of each meeting. Further information relating to the Board Committees is set out below and in the 
Committee reports which follow this Corporate governance report.

Board

Nomination Committee 
Chairman 
Philip Rogerson

Audit Committee 
Chairman 
Lloyd Pitchford

Remuneration Committee 
Chair 
Vanda Murray

Members 
Peter Ventress 
Frank van Zanten 
Vanda Murray 
Eugenia Ulasewicz 
Lloyd Pitchford 
Stephan Nanninga

Key responsibilities 
Reviews the structure, size and 
composition of the Board with regard to 
diversity and to ensuring a balance of 
skills, knowledge and experience.

.

Members 
Vanda Murray 
Eugenia Ulasewicz 
Stephan Nanninga

Members 
Eugenia Ulasewicz 
Lloyd Pitchford 
Stephan Nanninga

Key responsibilities 
Reviews and monitors the integrity of the 
Company’s financial reports, risk 
processes and internal controls and the 
effectiveness of the internal audit function 
and external auditors.

Key responsibilities 
Determines the policy for executive 
director remuneration and sets all 
elements of the remuneration and benefits 
of the Chairman, executive directors and 
senior management.

For more information  
see pages 77 to 79 

For more information  
see pages 80 to 84 

For more information  
see pages 85 to 113 

Matters reserved for the Board
The table below summarises some of the matters which are required to be brought to the Board for consideration:

Shareholders
• Matters requiring shareholder  

approval.

• Circulars and significant shareholder 

communications.

Capital allocation  
and structure
• Significant capital expenditure/disposals.

• Significant business acquisitions/disposals.

Policies and  
statements
• Material Group policies and statements 
and major changes thereto, for example:

• Material changes to the Group’s 

capital structure.

• Major property leases.

 – tax strategy;

 – treasury policy;

 – modern slavery statement;

• Material increases in borrowing and 

 – equality and diversity policy; and

loan facilities.

 – risk appetite.

People and  
leadership
• Appointment/removal of directors 

and Company Secretary.

• Non-executive directors’ remuneration.

• Board Committee constitution and 

terms of reference.

Strategy and  
management
• The Group’s strategic aims and objectives.

• Annual budget and strategic plan.

Financial reporting, 
risk and controls
• Financial results and announcements 

relating thereto.

• Final and interim dividends.

• Auditor appointment/removal.

• Risk management and internal controls.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

71

Financial statementsStrategic reportDirectors’ reportCorporate governance report continued

Board roles and responsibilities 
The following table summarises the role and responsibilities of the different members of the Board:

Role

Chairman

Responsibilities

The primary job of the Chairman is to be responsible for the leadership of the Board and 
ensuring its effectiveness in all aspects of its role. 

The Chairman:
• takes overall responsibility for the composition and capability of the Board and its Committees;

• consults regularly with the Chief Executive Officer and is available on a flexible basis to 

provide advice, counsel and support to the Chief Executive Officer; and

• ensures corporate governance is conducted in accordance with current best practice, 

as appropriate to the Group.

The Chairman is also viewed by investors as the ultimate steward of the business and the 
guardian of the interests of all the shareholders.

Chief Executive Officer

The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for the leadership and the operational and 
performance management of the Company within the strategy agreed by the Board. 

The Chief Executive Officer:
• manages the executive directors and the Group’s management and day-to-day activities;

• prepares and presents to the Board the strategy for growth in shareholder value;

• sets the operating plans and budgets required to deliver the agreed strategy;

• ensures that the Group has in place appropriate risk management and control 

mechanisms; and

• communicates with the Company’s shareholders and analysts on a day-to-day basis 

as necessary.

The Chief Executive Officer is also the designated member of the Board responsible 
for environmental, social and governance matters and reports to the Board in relation 
to such matters.

There is a clear 
division of 
responsibilities 
between the 
Chairman and the 
Chief Executive 
Officer, which is set 
out in writing and 
has been agreed 
by the Board.

Chief Financial Officer

The Chief Financial Officer supports the Chief Executive Officer and is responsible for managing the Group’s funding 
strategy, financial reporting, risk management and internal controls, investor relations programme and the leadership 
of the finance function.

Senior Independent Director

A key role of the Senior Independent Director is to be available to shareholders if they have concerns which contact 
through the normal channels of Chairman, Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer has failed to resolve or for 
which such contact is inappropriate. The Senior Independent Director is also available to the other directors should they 
have any concerns which are not appropriate to raise with the Chairman or which have not been satisfactorily resolved 
by the Chairman.

Independent non-executive 
directors

The non-executive directors play an important role in corporate governance and accountability through both their 
attendance at Board meetings and their membership of the various Board Committees. The non-executive directors 
bring a broad range of business and financial expertise and experience to the Board which complements and 
supplements the experience of the executive directors. This enables them to offer strategic guidance, evaluate 
information provided and constructively challenge management’s viewpoints, assumptions and performance.

Executive and non- 
executive directors

Board gender

Non-executive  
director tenure

2

2

6

6

2

1

3

  Executive
   Non-executive  
(includes Chairman)

  Male
  Female

  0 – 3 years
  3 – 6 years
  6+ years

72

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Financial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic reportPerformance evaluation
The Chairman is responsible, with support 
from the Nomination Committee, for 
ensuring that the Company has an effective 
Board with a suitable range of skills, 
knowledge, experience and diversity and 
that directors have sufficient time available 
to discharge their duties effectively. In 
furtherance of this, the Company has a 
formal performance evaluation process for 

the Board, its Committees and individual 
directors overseen by the Chairman. In 
addition, any additional significant external 
appointments are subject to Board approval 
prior to such appointments being undertaken 
by a director.

The evaluation includes a detailed 
questionnaire and individual discussions 
between the Chairman and each director 

when their individual training and 
development needs are reviewed and their 
other time commitments are considered. 
Following the evaluation, the Board identifies 
a number of key priorities in order to improve 
the Board’s performance and further details 
of the priorities identified as part of the 
evaluation that was carried out in 2019 can 
be found below.

Key priorities identified in 2018

Examples of action taken

Outcome

1.  Continuing to develop a greater understanding 

1.  Presentations made to the Board on matters 

of the relevant digital and technological 
developments affecting the Group’s businesses.

concerning information technology, 
information security, digital strategy and the 
digital capabilities being employed by Group 
businesses.

2.  Increasing the emphasis on human resources, 

2.  In addition to usual Nomination Committee 

people and management of succession 
planning at both Board and senior 
management levels.

3.  Further engagement with executives who are 

not on the Board to increase the Board’s 
exposure to the Group’s senior management 
below Board level.

4.  Focusing on the operational initiatives required 
in order to maintain or improve the Group’s 
operating margins with a particular focus on 
North America.

activities, additional presentation made to the 
Board by the Director of Group HR in respect 
of succession planning for executive and 
senior management level appointments.

3.  Members of the senior management team 
invited to present at Board and Committee 
meetings. Directors and senior management 
team members also attended and participated 
in employee consultation forums, senior 
leadership programmes and other employee-
focused events.

4.  Reorganisation of largest business in North 

America and other restructurings and 
operational initiatives helped to maintain 
North America operating margin and increase 
the Group operating margin from 6.7% to 
6.8% at constant exchange rates.

Key priorities identified in 2019

1.  Managing the sustainability agenda which, while potentially a threat to the Company’s business, 

is also seen as a potential opportunity.

2.  Continuing to focus on the threats and opportunities presented by digital and technological 

developments, including those relating to artificial intelligence.

3.  Continuing to focus on talent management and development with a view to developing further 

the succession plans for the Company’s senior management team.

The Board is satisfied that 
the priorities identified 
following the evaluation 
carried out in 2018 have 
been adequately addressed 
during 2019.

As a result of the 
performance evaluation 
process carried out in 2019, 
the Board concluded that 
both it and its Committees 
are operating effectively.

Led by the Senior Independent Director, the 
non-executive directors also meet without 
the Chairman present at least annually 
to appraise the Chairman’s performance, 
including a review of his other commitments 
to ensure that he is able to allocate sufficient 
time to the Company to discharge his 
responsibilities effectively. The Chairman 
also periodically holds meetings with 
the non-executive directors without the 
executive directors present. All of these 
processes were carried out satisfactorily 
during the year. 

Although the Code only requires that the 
evaluation of the Board and its Committees 
should be externally facilitated at least every 
three years, the Board has decided to carry 
out an annual performance evaluation. By 
doing so, the Board is able to ensure that 
there is consistency and continuity in the 
evaluation process and the presentation 
of the results from one year to the next. 
The facilitator of the external evaluation, 
Lintstock, does not provide any other 
services to, or have any other connection 
with, the Company.

The Board is cognisant of the requirements 
in the Code and the new associated 
guidance relating to board performance 
evaluations, which indicates that 
questionnaire-based external evaluations 
are unlikely to be sufficiently broad. 
The Board intends to carry out a more 
comprehensive external evaluation for 
the year ending 31 December 2020 or 
31 December 2021 and will report formally 
on the findings of such evaluation in the 
relevant Annual Report.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

73

Financial statementsStrategic reportDirectors’ reportCorporate governance report continued

Information and support
Board agendas are set by the Chairman in 
consultation with the Chief Executive Officer 
and with the assistance of the Company 
Secretary, who maintains a rolling 
programme of items for discussion by the 
Board to ensure that all matters reserved 
for the Board and other key issues are 
considered at the appropriate time. The 
Board is supplied with full and timely 
information, including detailed financial 
information, to enable the directors to 
discharge their responsibilities. To enable 
informed decision making, briefing papers 
are prepared and circulated to directors 
approximately one week before the 
scheduled Board meeting. All directors 
have access to the advice and services of 
the Company Secretary who is tasked 
with ensuring that Board procedures are 
complied with and the Board is fully briefed 
on relevant legislative, regulatory and 
corporate governance developments. 
Directors may also take independent 
professional advice at the Company’s 
expense where they judge this to be 
necessary in the furtherance of their 
duties to discharge their responsibilities 
as directors.

Induction, training and development
All new directors receive a tailored induction 
on joining the Board, including meetings 
with senior management and visits to some 
of the Group’s locations. They also receive 
a detailed information pack which 
includes details of directors’ duties and 
responsibilities, procedures for dealing in 
Bunzl plc’s shares and a number of other 
governance related issues. 

Since his appointment to the Board as 
Chairman designate on 1 June 2019, Peter 
Ventress has been following a formal and 
extensive induction programme. This has 
included a comprehensive suite of resources 
providing detailed information on the Group, 
as well as orientation from members of 
Bunzl’s Executive Committee and other 
functional areas. He has also visited some 
Group locations and will over the coming 
months undertake a number of additional 
site visits which will provide him with 
the opportunity to witness the Group’s 
operations in situ while engaging with 
employees and senior management from 
across the business. Further details of the 
induction process undertaken by Richard 
Howes following his appointment as Chief 
Financial Officer designate on 1 September 
2019 can be found opposite.

Board in action – Chief Financial Officer’s induction
Following his appointment as Chief Financial Officer designate on 1 September 2019 
and prior to becoming Chief Financial Officer and a director on 1 January 2020, 
Richard Howes undertook a structured and comprehensive induction programme, 
tailored to his needs. The induction programme, which included an extensive handover 
with the retiring Finance Director, Brian May, allowed him to familiarise himself 
with the business quickly and develop a thorough understanding of Bunzl’s culture, 
its strategic priorities and the markets in which it operates. The programme also 
provided him with the opportunity to establish relationships and links to employees 
across the Group. 

Diverse formats were employed during the induction process to communicate 
information, including reading materials, meetings with employees, senior management 
and fellow directors, briefings and training from external advisers, sessions with the 
Company’s external auditors and corporate brokers, site visits and investor roadshow 
meetings. In addition, Richard Howes also attended meetings of the Executive Committee.

Richard Howes’s training and development needs will be reviewed regularly by 
the Chief Executive Officer and the Company Secretary and will be assessed by 
the Chairman as part of the formal performance evaluation.

An overview of the activities and areas covered as part of the induction programme 
to date is set out below:

Key induction events 2019

September  • Investor roadshows in the UK and the US.

• Site tours of Bunzl’s operations in California, Chicago and Kansas, US.

• Meetings with banks and analysts.

October 

• Introductory meetings with members of the UK senior management team.

• Visit to Barcelona, Spain, including a warehouse tour and presentations from 

senior executives of the Group’s Spanish, Italian, Israeli and Turkish businesses.

• Visits to Group businesses in Chile and Brazil, including site tours, a meeting 

with local lawyers and presentations by local senior management. 

• Attended an overseas meeting of the Board of directors.

November 

• Visits to several of the Group’s businesses in France, including warehouse tours 

and insights provided by local management.

• Attendance at the Group’s Global Safety Sector meeting in Düsseldorf, Germany.

• Site tours of Bunzl’s operations and the sourcing and QA/QC office in 

Shanghai, China.

• Site visit to the Group’s Innovation Centre in Australia and meetings with 

employees of the Group’s Australian businesses and the local partner from the 
external auditors. 

• Visit to the Group’s LSH business in Singapore.

December 

• Site visits to a number of Bunzl’s operations in the UK and Ireland and meetings 

with local management teams.

• Attended a meeting of the Board of directors.

• Attended a meeting of the Audit Committee.

74

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Financial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic reportThe Board considered whether the 2019 
Annual Report, taken as a whole, was fair, 
balanced and understandable and provided 
sufficient information to enable the reader 
to assess the Group’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy. 
In carrying out its review, the Board 
considered the information and assurance 
provided by the ongoing work of the internal 
audit department, the reviews conducted by 
the external auditors in relation to both the 
half year and full year results, the Board’s 
understanding of the Group’s business and 
the information provided by the senior 
executive management team. The Board 
also took account of the preparation and 
verification processes that had been 
undertaken, including the review that had 
been carried out by one of the Company’s 
senior executives who had not been involved 
in the Annual Report’s preparation. 
As a result of its deliberations the Board 
concluded that, taken as a whole, the 
2019 Annual Report is fair, balanced and 
understandable.

Risk management and internal control
The directors acknowledge that they have 
overall responsibility for identifying, 
evaluating, managing and mitigating the 
emerging and principal risks faced by the 
Group and for monitoring the Group’s risk 
management and internal control systems. 
However, such systems are designed to 
manage rather than eliminate the risk of 
failure to achieve business objectives and 
can only provide reasonable and not absolute 
assurance against material misstatement 
or loss. In accordance with the Code and 
the related guidance, the Company has 
established the procedures necessary to 
ensure that there is an ongoing process 
for identifying, evaluating, managing and 
mitigating the principal risks faced by the 
Group and for determining the nature and 
extent of the principal risks it is willing to 
take to achieve its strategic objectives (its 
‘risk appetite’). The directors confirm that 
such procedures have been in place for the 
year ended 31 December 2019 and up to the 
date of approval of these financial statements 
and that the Group’s risk management 
and internal control systems have been 
monitored during the year.

Further information about the Group’s 
approach to risk management and the 
principal risks and uncertainties facing 
the Group can be found on pages 50 to  
55. A summary of the principal control 
processes and procedures in place to 
manage such risks is set out below. 

The Board has delegated to an Executive 
Committee, consisting of the Chief Executive 
Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other 
functional managers, the initial 
responsibility for identifying, evaluating, 
managing and mitigating the risks facing 
the Group and for deciding how these are 
best managed, as well as responsibility for 
establishing a system of internal control 
appropriate to the business environments 
in which the Group operates. The principal 
features of this system include:

• a procedure for monitoring the 

effectiveness of the internal control system 
through a tiered management structure 
with clearly defined lines of responsibility 
and delegation of authority;

• clearly defined authorisation procedures 
for capital investment and acquisitions;

• strategic plans and comprehensive budgets 

which are prepared annually by the 
business areas and approved by the Board;

• formal standards of business conduct 

(including code of conduct, anti-bribery 
and corruption and whistle blowing 
policies) based on honesty, integrity, fair 
dealing and compliance with the local laws 
and regulations of the countries in which 
the Group operates;

• continual investment in IT systems to 
ensure the production of timely and 
accurate management information relating 
to the operation of the Group’s businesses;

• a well established consolidation and 

reporting system for the statutory accounts 
and monthly management accounts; and

• detailed manuals covering Group 

accounting policies and policies and 
procedures for the Group’s treasury 
operations supplemented by internal 
control procedures at a business area level.

Directors are continually updated on the 
Group’s businesses and their markets 
and the changes to the competitive and 
regulatory environments in which they 
operate. Training and development needs 
of the Board are kept under review and 
directors attend external courses where it 
is considered appropriate for them to do so.

Conflicts of interest
The directors are required to avoid situations 
where they have, or could have, a direct or 
indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly 
may conflict, with the Company’s interests. 
In accordance with the Companies Act 2006, 
the Company’s Articles of Association allow 
the Board to authorise potential conflicts of 
interest that may arise and to impose such 
limits or conditions as it thinks fit.

Directors are required to give notice of any 
potential situational and/or transactional 
conflicts which are then considered by 
the Board and, if deemed appropriate, 
authorised accordingly. A director is not 
however permitted to participate in such 
considerations or to vote in relation to their 
own conflicts.

The Board has considered and authorised 
a number of potential situational conflicts 
all of which relate to the holding of external 
directorships and have been entered on 
the Company’s conflicts register. No actual 
conflicts have been identified during the 
year. The Board considers that these 
procedures operate effectively.

Financial and business reporting
The responsibilities of the directors in 
respect of the preparation of the Group 
and parent company financial statements 
are set out on page 177 and the auditors’ 
report on pages 178 to 183 includes a 
statement by the external auditors about 
their reporting responsibilities. As set out  
on page 124, the directors are of the opinion 
that it is appropriate to continue to adopt  
the going concern basis in preparing the 
financial statements. 

The process of preparing the Annual Report 
has included the following:

• comprehensive reviews undertaken at 
different levels of the Group in order to 
ensure the accuracy, consistency and 
overall balance of the Annual Report; and

• procedures to verify the factual accuracy 

of the Annual Report.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

75

Financial statementsStrategic reportDirectors’ reportThe external auditors are engaged to express 
an opinion on the financial statements. 
The audit includes a review and evaluation 
of the system of internal financial control 
and the data contained in the financial 
statements to the extent necessary for 
expressing an audit opinion on the truth 
and fairness of the financial statements.

Assessment of the prospects of the 
Company and its viability statement
In accordance with provision 31 of the Code, 
details of how the directors have assessed 
the prospects of the Company, over what 
period the prospects have been assessed 
and the Company’s formal viability 
statement are included in the Strategic report 
on page 55. 

By order of the Board

Paul Hussey
Secretary 
24 February 2020

Corporate governance report continued

• an annual self-assessment of the status 
of internal controls measured against a 
prescribed list of minimum standards is 
performed by every business and action 
plans are agreed where remedial action 
is required; 

• the Audit Committee, which comprises all 
of the independent non-executive directors 
of the Company, meets regularly 
throughout the year. Further details of 
the work of the Committee, which includes 
a review of the effectiveness of the 
Company’s internal financial controls and 
the assurance procedures relating to the 
Company’s risk management system, are 
set out in the Audit Committee report on 
pages 80 to 84;

• regular meetings are held with insurance 

and risk advisers to assess the risks 
throughout the Group;

• a management committee, known  

as the Corporate Responsibility and 
Sustainability Committee, which oversees 
issues relating principally to environment, 
health & safety and business continuity 
planning matters, sets relevant policies  
and practices and monitors their 
implementation;

• health & safety risk assessments, safety 
audits and a regular review of progress 
against objectives established by each 
business area are periodically carried  
out; and

• developments in tax, treasury and 

accounting are continually monitored by 
Group management in association with 
external advisers.

The directors confirm that they have 
reviewed the effectiveness of the Company’s 
risk management and internal control 
systems in operation during 2019.

Some of the procedures carried out in order 
to monitor the effectiveness of the internal 
control system and to identify, manage and 
mitigate business risk are listed below:

• central management holds regular 

meetings with business area management 
to discuss strategic, operational and 
financial issues including a review of 
the principal risks affecting each of the 
business areas and the policies and 
procedures by which these risks are 
managed; 

• the Executive Committee meets twice per 

month and also reviews the outcome of the 
discussions held at business area meetings 
on internal control and risk management 
issues;

• the Board in turn reviews the outcome of 
the Executive Committee discussions on 
internal control and risk management 
issues, which ensures a documented and 
auditable trail of accountability;

• each business area, the Executive 

Committee and the Board carry out 
an annual fraud risk assessment;

• actual results are reviewed monthly 

against budget, forecasts and the previous 
year and explanations are obtained for all 
significant variances;

• all treasury activities, including in relation 
to the management of foreign exchange 
exposures and Group borrowings, are 
reported and reviewed monthly;

• the Group’s bank balances around the 
world are monitored on a weekly basis 
and significant movements are reviewed 
centrally;

• the internal audit department periodically 

reviews individual businesses and 
procedures, makes recommendations 
to improve controls and follows up to 
ensure that management implements the 
recommendations made. The internal audit 
department’s work is determined on a risk 
assessment basis and its findings are 
reported to Group and business area 
management as well as to the Audit 
Committee and the external auditors;

76

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Financial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic reportNomination Committee report

Principal responsibilities 
of the Committee
Board structure
• Reviewing the structure, size and 

composition of the Board with regard to 
maintaining a balance of skills, experience, 
knowledge and diversity.

Succession
• Considering succession planning, 

taking into account the challenges and 
opportunities facing the Company and the 
skills and expertise required by the Board 
and senior management in the future.

• Reviewing annually a succession planning 
presentation in relation to the Company’s 
senior management.

Appointments
• Identifying and nominating appropriate 
individuals to fill Board vacancies as 
they arise.

• Approving the appointment of any senior 
executive who is to report directly to the 
Chief Executive Officer.

• Making recommendations to the Board 
as to the continuation in office and/or 
re-appointment of directors.

Evaluation
• Considering the commitment required of 
non-executive directors and reviewing 
their performance.

The Committee is committed to ensuring that the directors 
and senior management have the requisite skills, knowledge, 
experience and diversity to support our consistent and proven 
strategy and deliver our common purpose.

Philip Rogerson 
Chairman and Chairman of the Nomination Committee

Meetings
The Committee met on four occasions 
during 2019. Members’ attendance at those 
meetings is set out below:

Meetings attended

Philip Rogerson
Peter Ventress1 
Frank van Zanten
Eugenia Ulasewicz
Vanda Murray
Lloyd Pitchford
Stephan Nanninga

4
1
4
4
4
4
4

1.   Peter Ventress was appointed as a director on 1 June 2019 and 
attended all of the Committee meetings held between that date 
and the end of the year.

Introduction from  
Philip Rogerson
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to 
report on the Nomination Committee’s 
activities during the financial year ended 
31 December 2019.

Key areas of focus for the Committee during 
2019 have been Board composition and 
Board and senior management succession 
planning. The need to refresh the Board but 
at the same time maintain a knowledgeable 
and experienced team of non-executive 
directors is essential and is something that 
we have continued to address in our 
succession planning discussions. When 
searching for potential candidates to fill 
Board vacancies, the Committee considers 
the skills, experience and attributes required 
to create a diverse Board which can continue 
to drive the Company forward in fulfilment 
of its purpose and strategic goals. The 
Committee also seeks to ensure that all 
relevant principles and provisions of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code (the ‘Code’) 
concerning Board composition and structure 
continue to be met.

Over the last 12 months there have  
been a number of changes to the Board.  

As I mentioned in the Corporate governance 
report on pages 68 to 76, at the end of 2018 
I completed my third three year term in office 
and, in recognition of the new provisions of 
the 2018 edition of the Code, which states 
that the Chair of a listed company should not 
remain in post beyond nine years from the 
date of their first appointment to the Board, 
a process, which was led by Vanda Murray, 
our Senior Independent Director, was 
undertaken to identify and appoint my 
successor. This process led to the 
appointment of Peter Ventress as a non-
executive director and Chairman designate 
on 1 June 2019. Peter will assume the role 
of Chairman of the Board and of the 
Nomination Committee following my 
retirement at the conclusion of the 
Company’s forthcoming Annual General 
Meeting (‘AGM’). During the year, the 
Committee also oversaw the appointment of 
Richard Howes, initially as Chief Financial 
Officer designate from 1 September 2019 
and subsequently Chief Financial Officer 
and a director from 1 January 2020 to 
succeed Brian May who stepped down from 
the Board on 31 December 2019. 

In addition, Eugenia Ulasewicz, who has 
been a non-executive director since April 
2011, is also due to retire at the forthcoming 
AGM. A process to appoint her successor is 
underway, further details of which are 
included in the report that follows. 

We will continue to monitor the balance of 
the Board to ensure that broad and extensive 
expertise is continuously available so that 
the Company can continue to be led 
effectively both in the present and the future.

Philip Rogerson
Chairman and Chairman of the  
Nomination Committee 
24 February 2020

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

77

Financial statementsStrategic reportDirectors’ reportNomination Committee report continued

Composition
The Nomination Committee comprises 
the Chairman of the Company, who chairs 
the Committee (unless the Committee is 
dealing with the matter of succession of 
the Chairman of the Company), the Chief 
Executive Officer and all of the independent 
non-executive directors. In accordance with 
the provisions of the Code, the majority of 
the members are independent non-executive 
directors. The Secretary to the Committee  
is the Company Secretary. 

Role
The Committee’s principal role is to lead the 
process for appointments to the Board, 
whether to fill any vacancies that may arise 
or to change the number of Board members, 
ensure plans are in place for orderly 
succession to both the Board and senior 
management positions and oversee the 
development of a diverse pipeline for 
succession. It is the Committee’s role to 
ensure that the Board and its Committees 
maintain the appropriate balance of skills, 
knowledge, experience and diversity to 
ensure their continued effectiveness. The 
Committee meets as necessary throughout 
the year to discharge its responsibilities. The 
Committee’s terms of reference, which were 
reviewed by both the Committee and the 
Board in 2019, are available on the 
Company’s website, www.bunzl.com.

Activities
The Committee recognises that having the 
right directors and senior management is 
crucial for the Group’s success and a key task 
of the Committee is to ensure that there is 
a robust and rigorous succession planning 
process, over both the medium and long term, 
to ensure that there is the right mix of skills 
and experience as the Company evolves. 

As announced on 25 February 2019, in 
recognition of the new provisions of the 
revised Code and the fact that Philip 
Rogerson has been a director since January 
2010, the Company undertook a thorough 
search, led by Vanda Murray, the Company’s 
Senior Independent Director, to identify and 
appoint Philip Rogerson’s successor. Having 
taken account of the challenges and 
opportunities facing the Company currently 
and in the future and after identifying the 
background, skills, knowledge and 
experience that will be required of the 
Chairman in the future, the Committee 
prepared and agreed a detailed specification 
for the role and appointed an external search 

consultancy, Russell Reynolds Associates, 
to assist it in the recruitment process. 
This process led to the appointment of Peter 
Ventress as a non-executive director and 
Chairman designate on 1 June 2019. Peter 
Ventress is an experienced chairman with 
a strong track record both as an executive 
and non-executive director of a number of 
international distribution businesses and 
he has brought valuable knowledge and 
experience to the Board. He will assume  
the role of Chairman of the Board and of the 
Nomination Committee following Philip 
Rogerson’s retirement at the conclusion  
of the Company’s forthcoming AGM. 

In addition to searching for a successor  
to the Chairman, during the year the 
Committee undertook, with the assistance  
of Russell Reynolds Associates, an extensive 
search and selection process for a Chief 
Financial Officer to succeed Brian May.  
The Committee agreed a role specification 
and undertook a detailed review of a  
number of candidates, leading to a  
shortlist of potential candidates. Following  
a comprehensive review process, the 
Committee made a clear recommendation  
to the Board, culminating in the appointment 
of Richard Howes on 1 September 2019, 
initially as Chief Financial Officer designate 
and subsequently Chief Financial Officer 
and a director from 1 January 2020. Richard 
Howes has a wealth of experience across  
a number of sectors, working for multi-site 
businesses with substantial global 
footprints. He also has a strong track record 
of leading finance functions at a number  
of international public companies. 

As a result of Eugenia Ulasewicz’s 
forthcoming retirement, the Committee, 
assisted by Russell Reynolds Associates,  
is presently undertaking a process to recruit 
a further non-executive director. The 
Committee has agreed that the search 
criteria should include, in particular, 
successful senior business executives with 
extensive international management 
experience across a range of businesses, 
ideally operating in the distribution or 
service sectors, with detailed knowledge  
of digital technologies and processes which 
will be invaluable to the future development 
of the Group. It is important that the chosen 
candidate is able to play a supportive role to 
the executive management team, while at the 
same time providing strategic input into the 

Company’s direction and development.  
It is also a requirement that the prospective 
director can provide wise counsel and 
independence of mind and challenge 
management constructively by offering 
impartial, independent and objective advice. 

Russell Reynolds Associates does not 
provide any other services to, or have 
any connection with, the Company or 
individual directors. 

During the year, the Committee reviewed 
and took account of the balance of skills, 
knowledge, experience and diversity of the 
Board, the time commitment expected of the 
non-executive directors and the conclusions 
of the formal performance evaluation 
process which was undertaken when 
considering and recommending the 
nomination of directors for re-election at the 
2019 AGM. Further details concerning the 
Board evaluation process that was carried 
out during 2019, together with information 
on the key priorities identified as part of the 
review, can be found in the Corporate 
governance report on pages 68 to 76.

The Committee also continues to take  
an active interest in the quality and 
development of talent and capabilities below 
Board level. In this connection, the Chief 
Executive Officer presented his annual 
management succession plan to the 
Committee for its consideration. This 
process helps to ensure that appropriate 
opportunities are in place to develop high 
performing individuals and to increase 
diversity in senior roles across the Group.

Diversity policy 
Within the Group’s businesses, the Board 
is committed to greater diversity, in its 
broadest sense, whether in terms of ideas, 
skills, knowledge, experience, education, 
gender, social and ethnic backgrounds, 
cognitive and personal strengths, or any 
other relevant measure. 

When considering director appointments, 
one of the objectives is to maintain a diverse 
Board. While the Board will continue to 
follow a policy of ensuring that the best 
people are appointed for the relevant roles, 
based on merit by assessing candidates 
against objective criteria, the directors 

78

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Financial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic reportrecognise the benefits of greater diversity 
and will take account of this when 
considering any particular appointment. 
However, the primary responsibility when 
making new appointments is to ensure 
the strength of the Board’s composition. 
The overriding aim is to select and 
recommend the best candidate for the 
position, having regard to all of the different 
stakeholders that Bunzl has as a global 
organisation, while ensuring that the Board 
members are able to provide a range of 
perspectives, insights and challenge required 
to support effective decision making. 

Looking beyond the Board to the Group’s 
wider workforce, Bunzl is committed to 
treating people fairly and equally by 
accepting and embracing their diversity and 
ensuring there is an inclusive and positive 
working environment for all employees.  
For a number of years in the annual 
succession planning reviews, there has been 
a particular focus on diversity within the 
business areas and one of the key objectives 
is to ensure there are no barriers preventing 
talented people from succeeding. There is 
also a range of initiatives within the Group  
to help provide learning and development 
opportunities for female executives and  
to ensure unbiased career progression 
opportunities. The Board has formally 
approved an equality and diversity policy, 
which applies to the wider workforce of  
the Group, further details of which are 
included in the Sustainability report on 
pages 34 to 49.

Monitoring and reporting 
The Nomination Committee is responsible 
for regularly reviewing the structure, size 
and composition of the Board, including the 
skills, knowledge, experience and diversity 
of the directors. It is also responsible for 
identifying and nominating appropriate 
individuals to fill Board vacancies as they 
arise. The Committee will report annually, 
in the Company’s Annual Report, on the 
process followed in relation to any Board 
appointments made during the relevant 
period. The Board is responsible for keeping 
its diversity policy under review and making 
changes thereto when appropriate to do so. 

Further information about the Company’s 
workforce diversity is set out on pages  
38 and 39.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

79

Financial statementsStrategic reportDirectors’ reportAudit Committee report

Ensuring the integrity of the Group’s financial reporting and 
risk management and assurance processes continues to be 
one of the Committee’s key priorities. This is discharged 
through active oversight and challenge of the decisions 
and key judgements made by management and the critical 
assurance activities of the Group.

Lloyd Pitchford 
Chairman of the Audit Committee

Principal responsibilities 
of the Committee
Financial reporting
• Monitoring and reviewing the integrity  
of the Group’s financial results and the 
significant judgements contained therein.

Risk management and internal control
• Reviewing:

 – the Group’s risk management processes, 

procedures and controls; and

 – the effectiveness of the Company’s 

internal financial controls. 

Internal audit
• Overseeing the Company’s internal audit 

activities.

• Monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness 

of the internal audit function.

External audit
• Making recommendations to the Board in 

relation to the appointment/re-appointment/
removal of the external auditors.

• Reviewing the Company’s relationship 

with the external auditors and monitoring 
their independence and objectivity.

• Agreeing the scope, terms of engagement 

and fees for the statutory audit.

• Initiating and supervising a competitive 
tender process for the external audit as 
required from time to time.

• Developing and implementing a policy  

on the engagement of the external auditors 
to supply non-audit services.

Meetings
The Committee met on four occasions 
during 2019. Members’ attendance at those 
meetings is set out below:

Lloyd Pitchford
Eugenia Ulasewicz 
Vanda Murray
Stephan Nanninga

Meetings attended

4
4
4
4

Introduction from  
Lloyd Pitchford
I am pleased to report on the key activities 
and focus of the Audit Committee 
during the year ended 31 December 
2019. The Committee has continued to 
discharge its duties effectively and to the 
highest standards and to challenge and 
provide appropriate oversight of the 
decisions and key judgements made by 
management to ensure that stakeholder 
interests are protected.

Robust and transparent financial reporting 
combined with proactive and focused 
risk management are essential components 
of Bunzl’s governance framework. The 
Committee plays a key role in overseeing the 
integrity of the Group’s financial statements, 
as well as ensuring that a sound system 
of risk management and internal control 
is in place and I believe that this, together 
with the Board’s efforts in harnessing and 
promoting a strong risk focused culture, 
play an essential role in assuring the long 
term viability of the Company. 

As part of its responsibility to monitor the 
integrity of the financial statements, the 
Committee ensures that the assumptions 

and judgements made by management 
in preparing the financial results are 
challenged as appropriate. The significant 
accounting matters considered by the 
Committee in relation to the 2019 financial 
statements were the accounting for business 
combinations, the carrying value of goodwill 
and customer relationships intangible 
assets, defined benefit pension schemes 
and taxation. These are discussed in detail 
in the report that follows. The Committee 
is satisfied that these matters have been 
properly recorded in the Company’s books 
and records and accounted for appropriately. 
In fulfilling its oversight responsibilities in 
respect of the Group’s risk management 
and control environment, during 2019 the 
Committee reviewed the process by which 
current and emerging risks had been 
identified by management and the Board 
and the processes and controls in place to 
manage and mitigate these risks. Further 
information on the Committee’s activities in 
relation to risk management can be found 
later in this report.

During the year the Committee assessed 
the implementation of IFRS 16, the new 
accounting standard relating to the 
presentation of leases, particularly reviewing 
its impact on the Consolidated and Company 
balance sheets and the appropriateness of 
disclosures to be made. 

In accordance with the internal audit charter, 
the effectiveness and quality of the internal 
audit function is assessed externally at 
least once every five years. In 2019, the 
Committee engaged a professional services 
firm to carry out such an independent 
external assessment, the conclusions of 
which were considered by and discussed 
with the Committee and enabled it to satisfy 

80

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Financial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic reportComposition
The Committee comprises all of the 
independent non-executive directors, who 
were appointed to the Committee by the 
Board following recommendations by the 
Nomination Committee. While the other 
directors, being the Chairman of the 
Company and the executive directors, 
are not members of the Committee, they 
normally attend Committee meetings by 
invitation together with the Head of Internal 
Audit, representatives from the external 
auditors and members of the Group finance 
team. Following his appointment as Chief 
Financial Officer designate and prior to 
his appointment to the Board, Richard 
Howes also attended Committee meetings.  
The Secretary to the Committee is 
the Company Secretary. 

The Committee members bring an 
appropriate balance of financial and 
commercial experience in multinational 
organisations, combined with a good 
understanding of the Company’s business 
and are therefore considered by the Board 
to be collectively competent in the sector in 
which the Company operates. As the serving 
Chief Financial Officer of Experian plc, the 
Chairman of the Committee, Lloyd Pitchford, 
is considered by the Board to have recent 
and relevant financial experience. The 
Committee considers independent thinking 
to be crucial in assessing the work of 
management and the assurance provided 
by the internal and external audit functions 
and believes that each of the Committee 
members brings an appropriate mindset 
to their role.

Role
Audit committees have a clearly defined role 
in the corporate governance framework of 
listed companies. The Audit Committee acts 
independently of management to ensure that 
the interests of the Company’s stakeholders 
are properly protected through the 
Committee’s oversight, review and challenge 
of the Company’s financial management 
and its reporting processes and procedures. 
There are a number of key aspects to 
this, including the use of appropriate 
accounting policies and practices and the 
implementation of a robust assurance 
framework. This framework comprises a 
number of important elements, including the 
Company’s risk management and internal 
control systems, the internal and external 
audit functions and the regular reporting 
of the Company’s performance against 
budgets, forecasts and prior year results.

The Committee ensures that the Company 
has effective governance over the Group’s 
financial reporting, including the adequacy 
of related disclosures, the performance of 
both the internal and external audit 
functions and the management of the 
Group’s systems of internal control and 
business risk management and related 
compliance activities. The Committee’s 
terms of reference, which were reviewed  
by both the Committee and the Board in 
2019 but unchanged, are available on the 
Company’s website, www.bunzl.com.

In the performance of its duties, the 
Committee has independent access to the 
services of the Company’s internal audit 
function and to the external auditors and 
may obtain outside professional advice as 
necessary. Both the Head of Internal Audit 
and the external auditors have direct access 
to the Chairman of the Committee who held 
a number of meetings with each of them 
during the year outside formal Committee 
meetings. The Chairman of the Committee 
also liaises with the Chief Financial Officer 
as necessary to ensure robust oversight and 
challenge in relation to financial control and 
risk management.

The Committee’s performance and 
effectiveness are reviewed annually by 
both the Committee and as part of the Board 
performance evaluation. The Chairman 
of the Committee also meets with each 
Committee member independently to 
ensure that their individual views about 
the operation of the Committee are taken 
into account.

Activities
The Committee has developed its agenda 
to enable, over the course of a year, active 
oversight of all key areas of responsibility 
and to facilitate more in-depth reviews of 
those topics which are of particular 
importance or pertinence.

The Chairman of the Committee holds 
preparatory discussions with the Company’s 
senior management, the Head of Internal 
Audit and the external auditors prior to 
Committee meetings to discuss the items to 
be considered at the meetings. In addition, 
separate discussions are periodically held 
during Committee meetings between the 
Committee and the Head of Internal 
Audit and the external auditors without 
management present. Following each 
Committee meeting, any significant findings 
are reported to the Board and copies of the 
minutes of the Committee meetings are 
circulated to all of the directors and to the 

itself that the quality, experience and 
expertise of the Group’s internal audit 
function continue to be appropriate for 
the business. 

The Committee will continue to review 
its activities in the light of regulatory and 
best practice developments to ensure that 
we are able to maintain high standards 
of financial governance going forward.

This report reflects the requirements 
placed on committees by the Financial 
Reporting Council’s (‘FRC’) UK 
Corporate Governance Code (the ‘Code’) 
and applicable guidance, laws and 
regulations. The Code includes a number 
of provisions relating to the role and 
reporting requirements of audit 
committees and accordingly this report 
has been prepared in compliance with 
the relevant provisions of the 2018 edition 
of the Code which applied to the 
financial year ended 31 December 2019. 
In carrying out its duties, the Committee 
also operated in accordance with the 
recommendations set out in the FRC’s 
Guidance on Audit Committees, which 
was published in April 2016. 

By providing an overview of the 
Committee’s role and a meaningful 
insight into its activities during the 
past year, this report demonstrates how 
the Committee has discharged its 
responsibilities effectively. I hope that you 
will find it both useful and informative. 

Lloyd Pitchford
Chairman of the Audit Committee 
24 February 2020

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

81

Financial statementsStrategic reportDirectors’ reportAudit Committee report continued

external auditors. The Chairman of the 
Committee also attends the Annual General 
Meeting (‘AGM’) to respond to any 
shareholder questions that might be raised 
on the Committee’s activities. 

The Committee’s activities in 2019 included:

• making recommendations to the Board 
concerning the re-appointment of the 
external auditors and approving the 
remuneration and terms of engagement of 
the auditors, including the audit strategy 
and planning process for the current 
financial year; 

• receiving and, where appropriate, 

challenging reports from management and 
the external auditors in relation to the half 
yearly financial report and the annual 
financial statements;

• reviewing the half yearly financial report 
and the annual financial statements and 
the formal announcements relating thereto 
noting, in particular, the impact on the 
results of the adoption of IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ 
which was applicable to the Company for 
the 2019 financial year;

• reviewing the effectiveness of the risk 

management process;

• receiving and considering reports from the 
Head of Internal Audit concerning the work 
undertaken by the internal audit function, 
including in relation to the function’s 
ongoing quality assurance and 
improvement programme;

• reviewing and approving the internal audit 

work programme for the coming year;

• receiving and considering a report from the 

Head of Internal Audit relating to an 
analysis of trends in internal audit findings; 

• reviewing the effectiveness of both the 
external auditors and the internal audit 
function following completion of detailed 
questionnaires by both the Board and 
senior management within the Company;

• reviewing the effectiveness of the 

Company’s internal financial controls 
and the assurance procedures relating 
to risk management systems, including 
receiving and considering a Risk and 
Assurance Map;

• reviewing the Company’s annual controls 

self-assessment process and related 
controls framework;

• reviewing the Committee’s terms of 

reference;

• reviewing the Committee’s effectiveness 

following an externally facilitated 
performance evaluation;

• receiving and considering a report from 
a professional services firm in relation to 
an external quality assessment of the 
internal audit function;

• reviewing the policy for the provision of 

non-audit services by the external auditors;

• reviewing and approving the level and 

nature of non-audit work which the external 
auditors performed during the year, 
including the fees paid for such work; 

• reviewing the principal tax risks applicable 

to the Company and the steps taken to 
manage such risks; and

• reviewing the Company’s internal audit 

charter.

The Committee will continue to keep its 
activities under review and focused on the 
audit, assurance and risk processes within 
the business. By doing so, the Committee 
will ensure that in the future it is able to 
maintain high standards of financial 
governance in line with the regulatory 
framework as well as market practice for 
audit committees.

Financial statements and significant 
accounting matters
During the year and prior to the publication 
of the Group’s results for 2019, the 
Committee reviewed the 2019 half yearly 
financial report and related news release, the 
2019 Annual Report (including the financial 
statements), the 2019 annual results news 
release and the reports from the external 
auditors on the outcomes of their half year 
review and their audit relating to 2019. 

As part of its work, the Committee 
considered the following significant 
accounting matters in relation to the 
Company’s financial statements together 
with the adequacy of the associated 
disclosures and challenged the judgements 
being made in relation thereto. 

Accounting for business combinations
For business combinations, the Group has 
a long-standing process for the identification 
of the fair values of the assets acquired 
and liabilities assumed, including separate 
identification of intangible assets using 
external valuation specialists where 
required. The Committee reviewed this 
process and discussed with management 
and the external auditors the methodology 
and assumptions used to value the assets 
and liabilities of the acquisitions completed 
in 2019. The Committee concluded that it 
was satisfied with management’s valuations 
of these assets and liabilities, including 
the degree to which such valuations are 
supported by professional advice from 
external advisers. Details of the Company’s 
approach to accounting for acquisitions are 
set out in Note 27 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

The carrying value of goodwill 
and customer relationships 
intangible assets
Goodwill is allocated to cash generating 
units (‘CGUs’) and is tested annually for 
impairment. During the year the Committee 
critically reviewed and discussed 
management’s report on the impairment 
testing of the carrying value of goodwill of 
each of the CGUs and customer relationships 
intangible assets (including the sensitivity 
of the outcome of impairment testing to the 
use of different assumptions) and considered 
the external auditors’ testing thereof. The 
Committee noted that an impairment charge 
of £4.0 million had been recognised in the 
year relating to the customer relationships 
intangible asset of a business in China in 
the Asia Pacific CGU within Rest of the 
World. After due challenge and debate, 
the Committee concluded that it was 
satisfied with the assumptions and 
judgements applied in relation to the 
impairment testing and agreed that there 
was no other impairment to goodwill or 
customer relationships intangible assets. 
Details of the key assumptions and 
judgements used are set out in Note 12 
to the consolidated financial statements.

Defined benefit pension schemes
The Committee considered reports from 
management and the external auditors in 
relation to the valuation of the defined benefit 
pension schemes and reviewed the key 
actuarial assumptions used in calculating 
the defined benefit pension liabilities, 

82

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Financial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic reportespecially in relation to discount rates, 
inflation rates and mortality/life expectancy. 
The Committee discussed the reasons for 
the decrease in the net pension deficit and 
was satisfied that the assumptions used 
were appropriate and were supported by 
independent actuarial experts. Details of the 
key assumptions used are set out in Note 23 
to the consolidated financial statements.

Taxation
The Committee reviewed a report and 
received a presentation from the Head of Tax 
highlighting the principal tax risks that the 
Group faces and a detailed risk assessment 
relating to the tax risks identified, including 
the judgements underpinning the provisions 
for potential tax liabilities. The Committee 
also reviewed the results of the external 
auditors’ assessment of provisions for 
income taxes.

One of the tax risks identified concerns the 
European Commission’s assertion that part 
of the UK’s tax regime amounts to State aid. 
Further details on this risk, and on other 
aspects of taxation, are given in Note 8  
to the consolidated financial statements.  
In addition, and as detailed in the Financial 
review on page 59, the Group will be 
required to make an additional cash tax 
payment in 2020 in connection with an 
ongoing tax dispute in Brazil. 

Following appropriate debate and challenge, 
the Committee was satisfied with the key 
judgements and proposed disclosures 
related to tax made by management. 

The Committee believes that each of the 
above mentioned significant accounting 
matters have been properly recorded in 
the Company’s books and records and 
accounted for appropriately, including 
relevant disclosure in the Annual Report.

Internal control and risk management
As mentioned above, the Committee is 
responsible for reviewing, on behalf of the 
Board, the effectiveness of the Company’s 
internal financial controls and the assurance 
procedures relating to the Company’s risk 
management system. These controls and 
procedures are designed to manage, but not 
eliminate, the risk of failure of the Company 
to meet its business objectives and, as such, 
provide reasonable, but not absolute, 
assurance against material misstatement 
or loss. During the year, the Committee 

monitored the effectiveness of the internal 
financial controls framework through reports 
from the Chief Financial Officer, the Head 
of Internal Audit and the external auditors. 
In particular the Committee considered the 
scope and results of the work of the internal 
audit function, the findings of the external 
auditors in relation to the year end audit, 
the assessment of fraud risk carried out 
by management, the controls over the 
Company’s financial consolidation and 
reporting system, the treasury controls, 
the tax risks and the processes for setting 
strategic plans and budgets and for 
monitoring the ongoing performance of 
the Company. 

In relation to the risk management system, 
in addition to considering the results of the 
external assessment referred to above, the 
Committee reviewed the process by which 
significant current and emerging risks had 
been identified by management and the 
Board, the key controls and other processes 
designed to manage and mitigate such risks 
and the assurance provided by the internal 
audit function, the external auditors and other 
oversight from management and the Board.

Internal audit
The Company has an internal audit 
department which comprises 10 in-house 
auditors, including the Head of Internal Audit 
who reports jointly to the Chairman of the 
Audit Committee and the Chief Financial 
Officer. The scope of work of the internal 
audit function covers all systems and 
activities of the Group. Work is prioritised 
according to the Company’s risk profile 
with the annual audit plan being approved 
by the Committee each year. Internal audit 
reports are regularly provided to the 
Committee. These reports include details 
of the audit findings, and the relevant 
management actions required in order 
to address any issues arising, as well 
as updates on the progress made by 
management in addressing any outstanding 
recommendations from previously reported 
findings. In addition, the internal audit 
function reports on any significant issues 
relating to the processes for controlling the 
activities of the Group and the adequacy and 
effectiveness of such processes. Overall, the 
work of the internal audit function provides 
the Committee with a further means of 
monitoring the processes and actions to 
manage and mitigate those risks identified 
as posing the greatest threat to the Company.

External auditors’ independence 
The Committee ensures that the relationship 
between the Committee, the auditor and 
the Company’s management is appropriate 
and that the external auditors remain 
independent of the Company. Written 
confirmation is received from the external 
auditors as to whether they consider 
themselves independent within the meaning 
of their firm’s own ethics and independence 
criteria, which must be consistent with the 
FRC’s Revised Ethical Standard 2016 and 
other relevant regulatory and professional 
requirements. Key members of the audit 
team are also required to rotate off the 
Company’s audit after a specific period 
of time, as discussed further below.

In addition, in order to ensure that the 
objectivity and independence of the external 
auditors is not compromised, the Company 
has a detailed policy relating to the provision 
of non-audit services by the external auditors 
which is overseen by the Committee. As 
reported last year, this policy was updated 
following the implementation of the EU Audit 
Directive and Regulation which changed the 
rules relating to the provision of non-audit 
services by the external auditors. Under the 
revised policy the only non-audit services 
that have been pre-approved by the 
Committee are those which are not 
prohibited or otherwise restricted and which 
are considered to be trivial due to the value 
of the services. Apart from such pre-
approved services, a permitted service 
requires specific authorisation from the 
Committee or the Committee Chairman. It is 
the Company’s policy to assess the non-audit 
services to be performed by the Company’s 
auditors on a case-by-case basis to ensure 
adherence to the prevailing ethical standards 
and regulations. In the main, other firms are 
used by the Company to provide non-audit 
services. However, if the provision of a 
service by the Company’s auditors is not 
prohibited and adequate safeguards are in 
place, it is sometimes appropriate for this 
additional work to be carried out by the 
Company’s auditors. Details of the fees paid 
to the external auditors in 2019 in respect of 
the audit and for non-audit services are set 
out in Note 6 to the consolidated financial 
statements. The ratio of the fees relating to 
non-audit services to audit services in 2019 
was 6%.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

83

Financial statementsStrategic reportDirectors’ reportAudit Committee report continued

External auditors’ re-appointment
In considering whether to recommend to the 
Board the appointment or re-appointment of 
the external auditors, the Committee takes 
into account the tenure of the auditors in 
addition to the results of its review of the 
effectiveness of the external auditors and 
considers whether there should be a full 
tender process either as a result of that 
review or as may be required by the relevant 
regulations. There are no contractual 
obligations restricting the Committee’s 
choice of external auditors.

As previously reported, following a detailed 
tender process, PricewaterhouseCoopers 
LLP (‘PwC’) were first appointed as the 
Company’s external auditors in 2014. While 
the Company has no current retendering 
plans, in accordance with The Statutory 
Audit Services for Large Companies Market 
Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive 
Tender Processes and Audit Committee 
Responsibilities) Order 2014 (‘CMA Order’) 
the Company will be required to put the 

external audit contract out to tender by 2024. 
In addition, in accordance with the CMA 
Order, Paul Cragg stepped down as audit 
partner following the completion of the 
external audit of the Company’s financial 
statements for the year ended 31 December 
2018 after five years in post. He has been 
succeeded by Neil Grimes. Accordingly, the 
Company confirms that it has complied with 
the provisions of the CMA Order for the 2019 
financial year. 

As a consequence of its satisfaction with the 
results of its review of the external auditors’ 
activities during the year, the Committee 
has again recommended to the Board that a 
resolution proposing the re-appointment of 
PwC as external auditors for the year ending 
31 December 2020 be put to shareholders at 
the forthcoming AGM.

Auditors’ effectiveness reviews
During 2019 the Committee undertook reviews of the effectiveness of both the Company’s external audit process for the 2018 financial  
statements and the Company’s internal audit function. Each of the reviews followed a broadly similar process, as summarised below:

Detailed questionnaires 
of different aspects of 
external audit process/
internal audit function.

Questionnaires 
completed by:

• directors; and

• senior managers at 
Group and business 
area levels.

Results of questionnaires 
considered and discussed 
by the Committee.

Action plan and 
implementation 
timeframes agreed.

External audit process 
The questionnaire covered a total of 24 different aspects 
of the external audit process, grouped under four separate 
headings: the robustness of the audit process; the quality 
of delivery; the quality of people and service; and the quality 
of reporting. 

Following these assessments, the Committee concluded 
that it was satisfied with the effectiveness of the external 
audit process relating to the 2018 financial statements 
and that the internal audit function continued to be 
effective, efficient and appropriately resourced.

Internal audit function 
The questionnaire covered a total of 35 different aspects 
of the internal audit function including: purpose, authority 
and responsibility; independence and objectivity; quality 
assurance processes; adequacy of resources; auditors’ 
skills and capabilities; and the quality of reporting.

In addition, during the course of 2019, the Committee 
engaged a professional services firm to carry out a 
quality assessment of the internal audit function 
which was subsequently considered and discussed by 
the Committee as part of the effectiveness review of the 
internal audit function. 

Save for the external quality assessment of the internal 
audit function, which, in accordance with the internal 
audit charter, is required to be undertaken at least once 
every five years, the Committee will carry out similar 
effectiveness reviews in 2020 in respect of the audit of the 
2019 financial statements and the internal audit function.

84

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Financial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic reportDirectors’ remuneration report

The remuneration of our executive directors 
reflects a resilient performance in more 
challenging market conditions.

Vanda Murray OBE 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Compliance statement
This report has been prepared on behalf 
of, and has been approved by, the Board. 
It complies with the Large and Medium-sized 
UK Companies and Groups (Accounts and 
Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 
2013 (the ‘Regulations’), the Corporate 
Governance Code (the ‘Code’) and the 
Financial Conduct Authority’s Listing Rules 
and takes into account the accompanying 
Directors’ Remuneration Reporting 
Guidance and the relevant policies of 
shareholder representative bodies.

In accordance with the Regulations, at the 
2020 Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’) the 
Company will be asking shareholders to 
vote on two separate resolutions as follows: 

• the binding triennial vote on the directors’ 

remuneration policy (as set out on pages 88 
to 96) which will, subject to shareholder 
approval, become formally effective as at 
the date of the 2020 AGM; and 

• an advisory vote on the Annual report  
on directors’ remuneration as set out on 
pages 99 to 112 which provides details of 
the remuneration earned by directors for 
performance in the year ended 
31 December 2019. 

Introduction from  
Vanda Murray
I am pleased to present the Directors’ 
remuneration report for the year ended  
31 December 2019 which has been prepared 
by the Remuneration Committee and 
approved by the Board.

Context of remuneration
The Company has produced a resilient 
set of results in 2019 against the background 
of mixed macroeconomic and market 
conditions. Although the Company’s 
earnings per share growth and the return 
on average operating capital for the year 
were slightly below budget, we saw a strong 
cash flow performance and made good 
progress against our strategic objectives.

Remuneration policy
Our remuneration framework is a crucial 
element in enabling us to compete for key 
talent internationally and in continuing to 
drive our high performance culture which 
focuses on delivering shareholder value.  
The Committee believes that the current 
remuneration policy has contributed to  
our success by aligning reward to 
sustainable performance. This has been 
endorsed by our shareholders who approved 
last year’s remuneration report with a  
96% vote in favour.

This year, we have consulted with 
shareholders on our proposed policy  
for 2020. We did consider a range of 
alternatives, but our conclusion remains  
that our current structure continues to  
drive the right behaviours. The revisions  
that we have proposed are in response  
to the constructive input of shareholders  
and emerging best practice.

Appointment of a new  
Chief Financial Officer
As announced in May 2019, after more than 
13 years in the role of Finance Director and 
25 years with Bunzl, Brian May decided to 
retire from the Company. Richard Howes 
joined the Company on 1 September 2019, 
initially as Chief Financial Officer designate 
before joining the Board and assuming the 
role of Chief Financial Officer on 1 January 
2020. Following a period of handover, 
Brian May stepped down from the Board 
on 31 December 2019 and will leave the 
Group at the end of February 2020.

Richard Howes’ remuneration arrangements 
on joining were discussed and agreed by 
the Committee in April 2019 and were in 
line with our current remuneration policy. 
Having proposed the revisions to the policy 
described below, some further adjustments 
have been made to his remuneration upon 
his appointment to the Board and these are 
described in detail on page 109.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

85

Financial statementsStrategic reportDirectors’ reportDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Proposed amendments to our directors’ 
remuneration policy for 2020
In the development of our proposals, the 
Committee has considered both broader 
investor sentiment and recent changes to 
the Code. We have consulted with major 
shareholders and have looked closely at 
the recent guidance issued by the main 
institutional investor bodies. While many 
of the Code’s new requirements are already 
consistent with the direction of changes 
that we made to our policy in 2017, we are 
proposing some further amendments, the 
most major of which are as follows:

• as is becoming best practice, the pension 
allowances for newly appointed directors, 
including Richard Howes, will be in line 
with those of the wider workforce. Frank 
van Zanten has volunteered to a phased 
reduction of his current pension allowance 
to 23.75% in 2020, and further reductions 
in 2021 and 2022 to a level of 20% from the 
end of 2022;

• to ensure alignment between the Chief 
Executive Officer and shareholders, the 
minimum shareholding requirement 
will be increased from 250% to 300% of 
base salary. We are also formalising our 
policy for post-cessation shareholdings; all 
directors will be required to retain vested 
shares post-cessation during the two years 
post-vesting;

• as the maximum quantum of performance 

share awards was uncompetitive, the 
maximum annual grant of performance 
shares under the Long-Term Incentive Plan 
(‘LTIP’) will be increased to 175% of salary 
but awards in 2020 will be well below this 
maximum. We are reducing the maximum 
annual share option award from 250% to 
225% of salary;

• in line with best practice, threshold 

payouts under the annual bonus scheme 
will be reduced to 25% of the maximum 
opportunity. On target payouts remain at 
50% of maximum; and

• while we are not proposing any changes 
to the structure of our fixed, short term or 
long term variable pay metrics, we plan to 
adjust the peer group of companies used 
for benchmarking and total shareholder 
return (‘TSR’) comparison purposes. We 
are proposing to use a broader peer group 
including all FTSE 100 companies ranked 
from 11 to 100. A broader peer group  
gives us a more consistent view of our 
comparative performance and better 
reflects Bunzl’s market capitalisation.

Further details on all of the proposed 
revisions to the policy are provided on 
page 89 of this report.

Performance and reward for 2019
The long term business strategy has 
remained constant during 2019 with a 
focus on organic and acquisition growth  
and operating model improvements. 
This year Group revenue was up 1.0% and 
adjusted operating profit increased by 1.5% 
in each case at constant exchange rates.

The variable pay outcomes are consistent 
with the assessment of outturns for the 
business performance metrics. The 
Committee has not exercised discretion  
to override the calculation of payout on 
vesting outcomes. All performance metrics 
used for variable pay elements have been 
determined by reference to financial targets 
and outcomes calculated under IAS 17.

Bonus
In setting our incentive targets, we have 
regard to the performance potential of the 
different parts of the business and of the 
whole Group. The on-target performance 
level for the bonus is set at, or close to, 
the budgeted level of performance. The 
Committee sets a range around the target 
to incentivise the delivery of a stretching 
performance. Annual bonus payments are 
based on a combination of key financial 
targets, with a minority based on personal 
objectives. A resilient financial performance 
in 2019 resulted in an annual bonus for the 
Chief Executive Officer of 59.5% of his 
maximum opportunity, which equates to 
107.1% of salary. The annual bonus for the 
Finance Director, Brian May, was 62.3%  
of his maximum opportunity, which equates 
to 93.4 % of salary. In line with the terms 
of his appointment, the new Chief Financial 
Officer, Richard Howes, received a pro-rated 
bonus for the four months since he joined 
Bunzl in September 2019. This resulted in  
an award equivalent to 54.9% of the 
maximum, equating to 87.9% of his salary 
for the period. In addition, he received 
compensation for the bonus forfeited from 
his previous employer, details of which are 
set out on page 109.

LTIP
The Committee assessed the outturn of the 
LTIP awards with performance conditions 
linked to performance periods that ended 
during or at the end of the 2019 financial year.

Share options granted under the LTIP Part A 
in 2017 were subject to an adjusted earnings 
per share (‘eps’) growth target over the three 
year period to 31 December 2019. The eps 
growth of 27.1% which was adjusted to 
exclude two disposals of businesses during 
the period, will result in 100% of the options 
vesting during the 2020 financial year.

Performance share awards granted under 
the LTIP Part B were subject to an eps 
growth target over the three year period to 
31 December 2018 and a relative TSR target 
over the three year periods to 31 March 2019 
and 30 September 2019 respectively. The 
eps growth of 42.4% and the relative TSR 
performance for the relevant performance 
periods resulted in 75.2% and 50.0% of 
the performance shares vesting in April  
and October 2019 respectively. 

The current remuneration policy allows 
maximum annual grants under the LTIP of 
250% of base salary for share options and 
150% of base salary for performance shares. 
However, in 2019 award levels were held 
below these maximum levels at 200% of 
base salary for share options for the Chief 
Executive Officer and 95% for the Finance 
Director. Performance share awards were 
130% for the Chief Executive Officer and 
52.5% for the Finance Director.

Chief Executive Officer pay ratio
As required by the Regulations, we  
have disclosed in this year’s Directors’ 
remuneration report the ratio between the 
Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration 
and the median, lower quartile and upper 
quartile of UK employees. The Committee 
considers the executive remuneration 
approach to be appropriate in the context  
of this, and other internal and external 
reference points.

Remuneration arrangements  
for the 2020 financial year
Base salary
The base salaries of Frank van Zanten and 
Richard Howes have been increased by 
3% effective from 1 January 2020. This is 
broadly in line with the increases awarded 
to the wider workforce across the business.

86

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Financial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic reportBonus
For the 2020 financial year, the Chief 
Executive Officer’s maximum annual bonus 
opportunity continues to be 180% of base 
salary. For the Chief Financial Officer, the 
maximum annual bonus opportunity will 
be 160% of base salary. The on-target bonus 
is 50% of the maximum, namely 90% of 
base salary for the Chief Executive Officer 
and 80% of base salary for the Chief 
Financial Officer.

The annual bonus performance measures 
continue to be a balanced scorecard of 
measures of eps, return on average operating 
capital (‘RAOC’), operating cash flow and 
personal performance linked to certain 
specified strategic non-financial goals. 
These metrics are all key to the successful 
implementation of the business strategy.

If eps performance falls below the threshold 
level, no bonus will be payable for any 
element of the scorecard. This ensures that 
sustained financial performance underpins 
bonus payouts.

Threshold, target and stretch levels for all 
financial measures are disclosed in the 
relevant year’s remuneration report. We 
have disclosed the performance ranges that 
apply to our bonus plans on a retrospective 
basis since 2016 and we will continue to 
do so in the future.

When setting the target levels, the 
Committee conducts an analysis of the 
challenges and growth opportunities 
across the Group and sets targets that 
are stretching without encouraging 
inappropriate levels of risk. The range itself 
varies each year taking into account the 
risks and opportunities facing the business. 
This ensures that the scale of reward on 
offer is proportionate and always linked  
to performance.

LTIP
Under the current policy, the maximum 
annual award for share options is 250% 
of base salary and 150% of base salary for 
the performance share element of the LTIP. 
Award levels of share options for 2020 will 
once again be held at the same levels as 
2017, 2018 and 2019, at 200% of base salary. 
Performance shares will be granted at 120% 
of base salary for Richard Howes, with 150% 
of base salary for Frank van Zanten, as he 
has now clearly established himself in the 
Chief Executive Officer’s role. The resulting 
LTIP award levels for 2020 are materially 

lower than the FTSE 100 mid-market levels 
and below the maximum levels permitted by 
the proposed remuneration policy.

We will continue to set robust and 
challenging performance conditions for the 
LTIP awards. These awards are subject to 
eps growth targets and, in addition, in the 
case of the performance shares, a relative 
TSR condition.

LTIP awards are subject to a two year 
post-vesting holding period which was 
introduced for awards granted on or after 
the 2017 AGM for the executive directors. 
The holding period continues to apply to any 
awards retained where an executive director 
leaves employment.

Priorities for 2020
Having reviewed our policy in detail in 2019, 
I do not anticipate any major changes in the 
focus of the Committee in 2020. We will 
continue to support the executive directors  
in achieving the right balance between the 
management of short term challenges and 
the long term sustainability of the Group. 

Conclusions
Our directors’ remuneration policy  
continues to drive the required levels of 
performance from the executive directors 
and has supported the continued resilient 
performance of the Group in challenging 
market conditions. Once again, I am very 
grateful for the time that shareholders  
have given to the consideration of our 
proposed amendments to the policy and  
the constructive nature of the feedback we 
have received. In the following pages you 
will find details of:

• the proposed directors’ remuneration  

policy for 2020 to 2022;

• a new ‘At a glance’ guide to executive 

directors’ remuneration;

• the annual report on remuneration for 2019; 

and

• our approach to the application of the 
proposed remuneration policy in 2020.

I hope that you will find this report to be  
clear and helpful in understanding our 
remuneration policy and practices.

Vanda Murray OBE
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
24 February 2020

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

87

Financial statementsStrategic reportDirectors’ reportDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Directors’ remuneration policy
We continue to pursue our well defined strategy of developing the business through organic growth, consolidating our position in the markets 
in which we compete through focused acquisitions in both existing and new geographies and continuously improving our operating model. 
Bunzl’s business model relies on excellent customer and supplier relationships and the skills, knowledge and experience of its directors and 
employees. The Company’s remuneration policy supports this strategy by positioning the overall remuneration package at a competitive level 
while ensuring that additional reward is paid for high performance over a sustained period. This policy is designed to ensure the recruitment, 
retention and motivation of the executive directors and other senior executives over the long term.

The performance related elements of the remuneration package are designed to incentivise executives to meet key performance targets which 
align their interests and remuneration with those of shareholders, for example targets relating to adjusted earnings per share (‘eps’) and total 
shareholder return (‘TSR’). In setting such targets, the Committee takes due account of the potential effect on the attitude of executives 
towards risk within the business. In addition, the Committee has the discretion to take into account performance on environmental, social 
and governance matters.

Overview
The directors’ remuneration policy has been reviewed during the year and is submitted for approval in the required triennial vote at the 2020 
Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’). The overall approach to remuneration remains consistent and the changes proposed are modest to ensure 
the policy continues to support the performance of the business and addresses the requirements of the revised UK Corporate Governance 
Code (the ‘Code’).

If it is approved by shareholders at the 2020 AGM, the new directors’ remuneration policy will be formally effective from the date of the 
meeting but will be applied for the full financial year. It has been designed to meet the following objectives:

• Clarity: maintain transparency, clear alignment with shareholder value creation and promotion of longer term, sustained performance;

• Predictability: continue to ensure that targets are stretching (but realistic), the quantum of reward reflects both Company and individual 

performance and there are appropriate award caps and Committee discretions in place;

• Support the Company’s business strategy – for example, the use of share options alongside performance shares to align the executive 

directors and management with the Company’s growth objectives;

• Simplicity: ensure that the remuneration structures avoid unnecessary complexity;

• Risk is appropriately managed: variable pay should drive performance within the Company’s risk appetite and encourage a prudent and 

balanced approach to the business;

• Alignment to culture: the remuneration principles encourage the behaviour from the executive directors that the Committee expects to see 

throughout the business; and

• Proportionality: the link between individual awards, the delivery of strategy and long term performance of the Group is clear.

In setting the remuneration policy for the executive directors, the Committee has taken into consideration a number of different factors:

• the Committee applies the principles set out in the Code and also takes into account best practice guidance issued by the major UK 

institutional investor bodies and other relevant organisations;

• the Committee has overall responsibility for the remuneration policies and structures for employees of the Group as a whole and it reviews 

remuneration policy on a Group-wide basis. When the Committee determines and reviews the remuneration policy for the executive 
directors it considers and compares it with policy and employment conditions for the rest of the Group to ensure that there is alignment of 
principles between the two; 

• the Committee considers the external market in which the Group operates and uses benchmark remuneration data from time to time to 

inform its decisions. However, the Committee recognises that such data should be used as a guide only (data can be volatile and may not be 
directly relevant) and that there is often a need to phase in changes over a period of time; and

• the Committee ensures there is no conflict of interest and excludes the relevant director for the part of the meeting when their remuneration 

is discussed.

The Committee’s overall policy, having had due regard to the factors above, continues to be for a substantial proportion of total remuneration 
to be based on variable pay. This is achieved by setting base pay and benefits up to mid-market levels, with annual bonus and long term 
incentive opportunities linked to the achievement of demanding performance targets which are disclosed in the relevant year’s remuneration 
report. This facilitates alignment between the interests of shareholders and the total remuneration paid to the executive directors. 

88

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Financial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic reportPolicy changes at a glance
The table below summarises how the proposed policy compares with the current policy.

Retirement  
benefit

Summary of key features of current  
policy being amended

Defined contribution to pension, or cash 
allowance of equivalent value, is capped  
at 25% of base salary for new executive  
directors and 30% of base salary under  
legacy arrangements.

Annual  
bonus

The current threshold level of bonus is 49%  
of base salary.

Summary of proposed revisions to the policy

In line with emerging best practice, defined contribution to pension, or 
cash allowance of equivalent value, is capped at the level that applies to 
the majority of the Bunzl workforce in the UK. This is currently 5% of  
base salary.

The defined contribution or cash allowance of equivalent value, for the 
Chief Financial Officer, Richard Howes, has been aligned to the wider 
workforce at 5% of base salary upon his appointment to the Board.

The cash allowance for the Chief Executive Officer, Frank van Zanten,  
will reduce from the current level of 25% to 23.75% in 2020; 22.5% in 
2021; 21.25% in 2022 and 20% by 1 January 2023. 

As is wider market practice, the threshold level of bonus is reducing to 
25% of the maximum opportunity. Any dividend equivalents that accrue 
on deferred share awards under the Deferred Annual Share Bonus 
Scheme (‘DASBS’) over the period of deferral will be in shares  
and will only be released to the extent that the relevant award vests.

Long term  
incentives  
structure

The maximum annual award of performance 
shares under the LTIP Part B is 150% of  
base salary.

As the current maximum awards are uncompetitive in the market, the 
maximum annual award of performance shares will be 175% of base 
salary. This will allow more scope to incentivise long term performance.

The maximum annual award of executive 
share options under the Long Term Incentive 
Plan (‘LTIP’) LTIP Part A is 250% of base 
salary. The Committee would not normally 
grant above 200% of salary to incumbent 
directors. 

However, for 2020 performance share grants, awards will not exceed 
150% of base salary.

The peer group for the relative Total Shareholder Return (‘TSR’) 
performance metric is being amended to include all companies  
ranked FTSE 11–100 across all sectors, better reflecting Bunzl’s  
market capitalisation.

Minimum  
shareholding  
requirement

The Chief Executive Officer’s shareholding 
requirement is 250% of base salary. The 
requirement for other executive directors is 
200% of base salary.

Post-vesting  
holding  
requirement

Two year post-vesting holding requirement for 
shares that vest, net of sales to settle tax or 
other withholding due on vesting or exercise  
of awards.

The maximum annual award of executive share options will be  
reduced to 225% of base salary. However, the Committee would not 
normally grant above 200% of salary to incumbent directors.

In line with emerging best practice, the Chief Executive Officer’s 
shareholding requirement will be 300% of base salary. The requirement 
for other executive directors will continue to be 200% of base salary. This 
new minimum shareholding requirement will be met within a reasonable 
timeframe of the adoption of the new policy. Deferred shares held under 
the DASBS (net of tax) will count towards the shareholding requirement. 
Any unvested or vested but unexercised awards under the LTIP will not 
count towards the shareholding requirement.

For newly recruited executive directors the requirement will be to build 
this holding within five years of joining. 

Post-cessation: all executive directors will be required to hold exercised 
LTIP shares (net of tax) post-cessation of employment, during the two 
years from vesting. Good leavers who are permitted to retain LTIP awards 
will hold these until the normal vesting dates, plus a further two year 
holding period post-vesting, giving a post-cessation holding period of  
up to five years.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

89

Financial statementsStrategic reportDirectors’ reportDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Remuneration policy for executive directors
The Committee engages with, and seeks the views of, the Company’s major investors and investor representative bodies on any significant 
changes to the directors’ remuneration policy. The Committee also engages from time to time with shareholders when considering important 
questions about the implementation of the policy. Views expressed by shareholders are considered by the Committee as part of any review 
of the policy or sooner if appropriate. 

The following table summarises each element of the proposed remuneration policy for the executive directors, explaining how each element 
operates, links to the corporate strategy and reflects the characteristics of our business. The policy will be formally effective following 
shareholder approval at the 2020 AGM with those parts of the policy applicable to the LTIP applying for the full 2020 financial year. If approved 
this policy supersedes that approved by shareholders in 2017.

Salary

Purpose

• recognise knowledge, skills and experience as well as reflect the scope and size of the role

• reward individual performance without encouraging undue risk

Operation

• paid in 12 equal monthly instalments during the year

• reviewed annually by the Committee, normally in December (with any changes usually effective from January)

• taking into consideration individual and Group performance, salary increases across the Group are benchmarked for 

appropriate salary levels using an appropriate comparator group

• pensionable

Maximum 
potential value

• salary increases are normally considered in relation to the salary increases of other employees in the Group and performance 

of the individual unless there has been a major change in role or responsibility or major market movement. The annual 
salaries for the executive directors for 2019 and 2020 are set out on pages 100 and 110 respectively

Performance metrics

• while there are no performance conditions attached to the payment of base salary, individual performance in the role, as well 
as the performance of the Group and achievements related to environmental, social and governance issues, are all taken into 
consideration

Annual bonus

Purpose

• incentivise the attainment of annual corporate targets

• retain high performing employees

• align with shareholders’ interests

Operation

• annual award based on financial targets set by the Committee at the beginning of the year

• at the end of the performance period, which is the Group’s financial year from 1 January until 31 December, the Committee 

assesses the extent to which the performance targets have been achieved. The level of bonus for each metric is determined by 
reference to the actual performance relative to that metric’s performance targets, on a sliding scale basis

• any bonus is paid as 50% in cash and 50% in shares (with the shares normally deferred for three years under the DASBS). If 

any executive resigns during the period of deferral any outstanding DASBS awards would normally lapse

• any dividend equivalents that accrue on deferred shares over the period of the deferral will be allocated in shares and will only 

be released to the extent the relevant award vests

• malus and clawback provisions apply under the DASBS to allow the recoupment of bonus for three years from the end of the 
relevant performance year in the event of material misstatement of performance, a significant failure of risk control or serious 
misconduct. Malus and clawback also apply to the cash element of the bonus award

• non-pensionable

Maximum  
potential value

• the annual bonus policy maximum is 180% of base salary

• the annual target bonus opportunity is 50% of the maximum

• the level of annual bonus for threshold performance is 25% of the maximum

90

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Financial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic reportAnnual bonus continued

Performance metrics

Metrics will be set each year by the Committee aligned to the Company’s key strategic objectives.

The current bonus metrics are as follows:

• growth at constant exchange rates in the Company’s eps against a relevant target;

• the Company’s return on average operating capital (‘RAOC’) performance;

• the Company’s operating cash flow, being cash generated from operations before acquisition related items less net capital 

expenditure less payment of lease liabilities; and

• personal objectives linked to certain specified strategic goals.

• the use of eps, RAOC and operating cash flow measures are seen as appropriate as they form part of the Company’s financial 

key performance indicators (‘KPIs’). The use of eps growth aligns the executive directors’ interests with those of the 
shareholders, RAOC ensures the continued focus on the management of capital employed together with profitability and cash 
flow ensures the focus on cash generation. Operating cash flow is a measure that forms part of the Company’s cash 
conversion KPI. The use of operating cash flow ensures the focus on cash generation enabling the Group to pay dividends and 
to support the growth strategy by making acquisitions and reinvesting in the underlying business

• strategic non-financial goals reward individual contribution to the success of the Company linked to certain specified strategic 

goals – these stretching goals allow a focus each year on important operational goals and strategic milestones

• bonus awards are at the Committee’s discretion and may also take into account performance on environmental, social and 

governance matters as appropriate

• the performance metrics and targets are reviewed annually to ensure they remain appropriate. The Committee retains the 

discretion to set alternative metrics as appropriate

• these performance metrics are determined by reference to the Group’s annual budget. No elements of the bonus are 

guaranteed. As in previous years, the specific targets will not be disclosed while still commercially sensitive

The current weighting of these metrics is as follows:
• eps – 50%;

• RAOC – 15%;

• operating cash flow – 15%; and

• strategic non-financial goals – 20%.

There is an eps underpin, such that if eps is below threshold there is no bonus payout.

This combination of performance measures provides a balance relevant to the Group’s business and market conditions as well 
as providing a common goal for the executive directors, senior management and shareholders. They have been chosen as 
although growing the profitability of the business is a key objective, equally important is the focus on cash and effective 
investment in capital.

Long term incentives

Purpose

• incentivise growth in longer term eps and TSR

• align with shareholders’ interests

• recruit and retain senior employees

Operation

• discretionary biannual grants of executive share option awards and performance share awards which vest subject to 

performance conditions measured over three years and subject to continuous Company service

• a malus and clawback facility is in operation under which part or the full amount of a vested award may be recovered, by a 
reduction in the amount of any future bonus, subsisting award, the vesting of any subsisting award or future share awards 
and/or a requirement to make a cash payment, for a period of three years from the relevant performance year, to the extent that 
the value of a vested award is subsequently found to have been overstated as a result of a material misstatement of 
performance or there has been a significant failure of risk control or serious misconduct

• two year post-vesting holding requirement for shares that vest, net of sales to settle tax or other withholding due on vesting  

or exercise of awards

• if any executive resigns during the period before vesting, awards would normally lapse

• all awards are subject to the discretions contained in the relevant plan rules

Maximum  
potential value

Executive share options
• maximum annual award of 225% of base salary

• annual grant levels for executive directors will not normally exceed 200% of base salary

• for 2020, grants will not exceed 200% of base salary for the incumbent executive directors

Performance shares
• maximum annual award of 175% of base salary

• for 2020, awards will not exceed 150% of base salary for the Chief Executive Officer and 120% for the Chief Financial Officer

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

91

Financial statementsStrategic reportDirectors’ reportDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Long term incentives continued

Performance metrics

Performance and service conditions must be met over a three year performance period. Metrics and targets are set each year by 
the Committee. The current metrics are as follows:

Executive share options
• the eps performance measure relates to the absolute growth in the Company’s eps against the targets set for the performance 

period

• the vesting is scaled as follows:

 – no vesting for performance below the threshold target

 – 25% of an award will vest for achieving the threshold target

 – 100% of an award will vest for achieving or exceeding the maximum target

 – for performance between these targets, the level of vesting will vary on a straight line sliding scale

• the Committee annually reviews the performance conditions outlined above and, in line with the rules of the LTIP, reserves 

the right to set different targets for forthcoming annual grants provided it is deemed that the relevant performance conditions 
remain appropriately challenging in the prevailing economic environment

Performance shares
• the TSR performance measure (50% of the total award) compares a combination of both the Company’s share price and 

dividend performance during the performance period against a comparator group of the constituents of the FTSE 11–100. It 
aligns the rewards received by executives with the returns received by shareholders

• the other 50% of the award is subject to an eps performance measure which relates to the absolute growth in the Company’s 

eps against the targets set for the performance period

• the vesting for both performance measures is scaled as follows:

 – no vesting for performance below median performance (TSR) or below the threshold target (eps)

 – 25% of an award will vest for achieving median performance (TSR) or the threshold target (eps)

 – 100% of an award will vest for achieving or exceeding upper quartile performance (TSR) or the maximum target (eps)

 – for performance between these targets, the level of vesting will vary on a straight line sliding scale

• the Committee annually reviews the performance conditions outlined above and, in line with the rules of the LTIP, reserves 

the right to set different targets for forthcoming annual grants provided it is deemed that the relevant performance conditions 
remain appropriately challenging in the prevailing economic environment

All employee share plans

Purpose

Operation

• encourage employees, including the executive directors, to build a shareholding through the operation of all employee share 
plans such as the HM Revenue & Customs (‘HMRC’) tax advantaged Sharesave Scheme and the Internal Revenue Service 
(‘IRS’) approved Employee Stock Purchase Plan (‘ESPP’) in the US

• the Sharesave Scheme has standard terms under which participants can normally enter into a savings contract, over a period 
of either three or five years, in return for which they are granted options to acquire shares at a discount of up to 20% of the 
market price prevailing on the day immediately preceding the date of invitation to apply for the option. Options are normally 
exercisable either three or five years after they have been granted

• rules of the above plan were approved by shareholders at the 2011 AGM

Maximum  
potential value

• in the UK, the Sharesave Scheme is linked to a contract for monthly savings within the HMRC limits over a period of either 

three or five years (currently £500 per month)

Performance metrics

• service conditions apply

92

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Financial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic reportRetirement benefits

Purpose

• provision of competitive retirement benefits

• retain executive directors

Operation

• all defined benefit pension plans in the Group have been closed to new entrants since 2003, with any new recruits being 

offered defined contribution retirement arrangements and/or a pension allowance

• pension contributions and allowances are normally paid monthly

Maximum  
potential value

• company pension contributions to defined contribution retirement arrangements or cash allowances for new executive 

directors will be aligned with those for the wider workforce in the UK – currently 5% of base salary

• the cash allowance for the Chief Financial Officer will be capped at 5% of base salary. The pension allowance for the Chief 

Executive Officer, who was appointed in April 2016, will be phased down to 23.75% in 2020, 22.5% in 2021, 21.25% in 2022 
and 20% by 1 January 2023

Performance metrics

• not applicable

Other benefits

Purpose

Operation

• provision of competitive benefits which helps to recruit and retain executive directors

• benefits may include a car allowance or a car which may be fully expensed, various insurances such as life, disability and 

medical and, in some jurisdictions, other benefits provided from time to time

• some benefits may only be provided in the case of relocation, such as removal expenses, and in the case of an international 
relocation might also include such items as costs of accommodation, children’s schooling, home leave, tax equalisation and 
professional advice etc

Maximum  
potential value

• the value of benefits is based on the cost to the Company and varies according to individual circumstances. For example, the 

cost of medical insurance varies according to family circumstances and the jurisdiction in which the family is based

Performance metrics

• not applicable

Shareholding requirement and post-cessation holding requirement

Purpose

Operation

• strengthen the alignment between the interests of the executive directors and those of shareholders

• executives will normally be expected to retain shares, net of sales to settle tax, through the exercise of awards under the 

DASBS and the LTIP until they attain the required holding. Three years is normally allowed for executives who are promoted 
from within the Company to achieve the required shareholding. For new executive directors the requirement will be to attain 
this holding within five years of joining the Company

• the holding does not include any unvested LTIP awards or vested but unexercised share options or performance shares

• deferred shares held under the DASBS will count towards the minimum shareholding requirement (net of the expected tax 

that will apply on vesting)

• post-cessation: all executive directors are required to retain exercised LTIP shares (net of sales to settle tax and other 

transaction costs), post-cessation of appointment, during the two years from vesting. Good leavers who are permitted to retain 
LTIP awards will hold these until the normal three year vesting dates plus a further two year holding period post-vesting

Maximum  
potential value

• the Chief Executive Officer’s shareholding requirement is 300% of base salary. The requirement for other executive directors 
is 200% of base salary. This includes any holdings of deferred shares under the DASBS (net of tax) but does not include any 
unvested or vested but unexercised share options or performance shares under the LTIP

Performance metrics

• not applicable

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

93

Financial statementsStrategic reportDirectors’ reportDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Fees policy for Chairman and non-executive directors (the ‘NEDs’)
The following table summarises the fees policy for the Chairman and the NEDs.

Fees

Purpose

Operation

• provision of a competitive fee to attract and retain NEDs who have a broad range of experience and skills to oversee the 

implementation of the Company’s strategy

• determined in light of market practice and with reference to time commitment and responsibilities associated with the roles

• annual fees are paid in 12 equal monthly instalments during the year

• the Senior Independent Director and Chairman of the Audit and Remuneration Committees are paid an extra fee to reflect 

their additional responsibilities

• fees for additional responsibilities or significant additional time commitment may be paid where appropriate

• the NEDs and the Chairman are not eligible to receive benefits and do not participate in pension or incentive plans

• the NEDs’ fees are reviewed annually in January each year and the Chairman’s fee is reviewed normally biennially, the latest 

review being with effect from January 2020

• the Board as a whole considers the policy and structure for the NEDs’ fees on the recommendation of the Chairman and the 
Chief Executive Officer. The NEDs do not participate in discussions on their specific levels of remuneration; the Chairman’s 
fees are set by the Committee

Maximum 
potential value

• determined within the overall aggregate annual limit of £1,000,000 authorised by shareholders with reference to the 

Company’s Articles of Association

Performance metrics

• not eligible to participate in any performance related elements of remuneration

Taxable benefits 
and expenses

• taxable expenses incurred in the course of carrying out NED duties are reinstated and grossed up to include tax payable

Statement of consideration of shareholder views
The Committee considers shareholder feedback received in relation to the AGM each year and guidance from shareholder representative 
bodies more generally. In addition, the Committee consults proactively with its major shareholders prior to making significant changes to the 
Company’s remuneration policy. 

The Committee consulted with major shareholders and shareholder representative bodies on the remuneration policy that is subject to 
approval by shareholders at the 2020 AGM.

Two rounds of consultation were conducted with the Company’s top 20 shareholders. Between the first and second rounds of consultation, 
further changes were made to the policy, in light of the feedback received.

Discretions retained by the Committee in operating the incentive plans
The Committee operates the Group’s various incentive plans according to their respective rules and in accordance with HMRC and IRS rules 
where relevant. To ensure the efficient administration of these plans, the Committee may apply certain operational discretions.

These include the following:

• selecting the participants;

• determining the timing of grants and/or payments;

• determining the quantum of grants and/or payments (within the limits set out in the policy table above);

• determining the performance metrics or targets;

• adjusting the constituents of the TSR comparator group;

• determining the extent of vesting based on the assessment of performance;

• determining ‘good leaver’ status and the extent of vesting in the case of the share based plans;

• determining the extent of vesting of awards under share based plans in the event of a change of control;

• making the appropriate adjustments required in certain circumstances (e.g. rights issues, corporate restructuring events, variation of capital 

and special dividends); and

• under the annual review of weighting of performance measures, setting targets for the annual bonus plan and the LTIP from year to year.

The Committee may vary the performance conditions applying to share based awards if an event occurs which causes the Committee to 
consider that it would be appropriate to amend the performance conditions, provided the Committee considers the varied conditions are fair 
and reasonable and not materially less challenging than the original conditions would have been but for the event in question.

94

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Financial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic reportLegacy arrangements
The approved directors’ remuneration policy gives authority to the Company to honour any commitments entered into with current or  
former directors (that have been disclosed to shareholders in previous remuneration reports) or internally promoted future directors (such  
as the payment of a pension or the vesting of LTIP awards already in place). Details of any payments to former directors will be set out in  
the remuneration report as they arise. 

Executive directors’ external appointments
With the specific approval of the Board in each case, executive directors may accept external appointments as non-executive directors  
of other companies and retain any related fees paid to them.

Recruitment of directors – approach to remuneration
Executive directors
For the ongoing stability and growth of the Group, it is important to secure, as necessary, the appointment of high calibre executives to  
the Board by either external recruitment or internal promotion. The overarching principles applied by the Committee in developing the 
remuneration package will be to set an appropriate base salary together with benefits and short and long term incentives taking into 
consideration the skills and experience of the individual, the complexity and breadth of the role, the particular needs and situation of the 
Group, internal relativities, the marketplace in which the executive will operate and an individual’s current remuneration package and 
location. In addition, the Committee recognises that it may need to meet certain relocation expenses as appropriate.

Any fixed or variable pay awards for new executive director appointments will not exceed the maximum limits set out in the policy table 
above. However, in addition, for an external appointment the Committee may consider offering additional cash and/or share based elements 
to replace deferred awards forfeited by the individual on leaving their existing employment when it considers these to be in the best interests 
of the Company and its shareholders. Such elements, as appropriate, may be made under section 9.4.2 of the Listing Rules and would take 
account of the nature, time horizons and performance requirements attached to the awards forfeited. Shareholders will be informed of any 
such arrangements at the time of appointment.

The payments made to Richard Howes upon joining the Company as Chief Financial Officer are detailed on page 109.

For an internal appointment, any variable pay element or benefit awarded in respect of the prior role may be allowed to remain in place 
according to its terms, adjusted if appropriate to take into account the new appointment.

Non-executive directors
On appointment of a new Chairman of the Board or non-executive director, the fees will be set taking into account the experience and calibre 
of the individual and the prevailing fee rates of the other non-executive directors at that time.

Executive directors’ service contracts
Frank van Zanten’s and Richard Howes’ service contracts provide for an equal notice period from the Company and the executive of a 
maximum 12 months’ notice and any contracts for newly appointed executive directors will provide for equal notice in the future. The date 
of each service contract is noted in the table below:

Frank van Zanten

Richard Howes (appointed to the Board 1 January 2020)

Date of service contract

13 January 2016

10 May 2019

The non-executive directors do not have service contracts with the Company but instead have letters of appointment. The date of appointment 
and the most recent re-appointment and the length of service for each non-executive director are shown in the table below:

Philip Rogerson*
Eugenia Ulasewicz*
Vanda Murray
Lloyd Pitchford
Stephan Nanninga
Peter Ventress

Date of 
appointment
1 January 2010
1 April 2011
1 February 2015
1 March 2017
1 May 2017
1 June 2019

Date of last 
re-appointment 
at AGM
17 April 2019
17 April 2019
17 April 2019
17 April 2019
17 April 2019
n/a

Length of 
service as at 
2020 AGM
10 years 3 months
9 years
5 years 2 months
3 years 1 month
2 years 11 months
10 months

*  Philip Rogerson and Eugenia Ulasewicz will both retire from the Board at the conclusion of the 2020 AGM.

On termination, at any time, a non-executive director is entitled to any accrued but unpaid director’s fees but not to any other compensation.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

95

Financial statementsStrategic reportDirectors’ reportDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Policy on payment for departure from office
On termination of an executive director’s service contract, the Committee will take into account the departing director’s duty to mitigate their 
loss when determining the amount of compensation. The Committee’s policy in respect of the treatment of executive directors leaving the 
Group is described below and is designed to support a smooth transition from the Company taking into account the interests of shareholders:

Component of pay

Voluntary resignation  
or termination for cause

Death, ill health, disability  
(excluding redundancy)

Base salary, pension 
and benefits

Annual bonus cash

Paid up to the date 
employment ends and  
any untaken holidays 
pro-rated to the  
leaving date.

Paid up to the date employment ends, including any untaken holidays 
pro-rated to such date. Payment in lieu of notice may be made and, according 
to the circumstances, may be subject to mitigation. In such circumstances 
some benefits such as company car or medical insurance may be retained 
until the end of the notice period.

Cessation of employment 
during a bonus year will 
normally result in no 
bonus being paid.

Cessation of employment during a bonus year or after the year end but prior to 
the normal bonus payment date will result in cash and deferred bonus being 
paid and pro-rated for the relevant portion of the financial year worked and 
performance achieved.

Annual bonus deferred 
shares

Unvested deferred  
shares will lapse.

Executive share 
options

Unvested executive  
share options will lapse.

Performance shares

Unvested performance 
shares will lapse.

In the case of the death of an executive, all deferred shares will be transferred 
to the estate as soon as possible after death. In all other cases, subject to the 
discretion of the Committee, unvested deferred shares will be transferred to 
the individual on a date determined by the Committee.

Tax advantaged options will vest in full on the cessation of employment and 
be exercisable for the following 12 months after which any unexercised 
options will lapse.

Subject to the discretion of the Committee, unvested non-tax advantaged 
share options will normally be retained by the individual for the remainder of 
the vesting period and remain subject to the relevant performance conditions. 
In the case of the death of an executive, the Committee will determine the 
extent to which the unvested options may be exercised within 12 months of 
the date of death.

Subject to the discretion of the Committee, unvested performance shares will 
normally be retained by the individual for the remainder of the vesting period 
and remain subject to the relevant performance conditions but will normally 
be subject to time proration. In the case of the death of an executive, the 
Committee will determine the extent to which the unvested performance 
shares may be exercised within 12 months of the date of death.

Departure on 
agreed terms

Treatment will 
normally fall 
between the  
two treatments 
described in  
the previous 
columns, subject 
to the discretion 
of the Committee 
and the terms of 
any termination 
agreement.  
In the case of 
retirement of  
an executive 
director 
unvested 
performance 
shares will 
normally be 
subject to time 
proration  
based on the 
proportion of  
the performance 
period that has 
expired.

Options under 
Sharesave

As per HMRC  
regulations.

As per HMRC regulations.

Other

None.

Disbursements such as legal costs and outplacement fees.

Note
The Committee will have the authority to settle or mitigate any potential claims against the Company, e.g. for unfair dismissal etc, that might arise on termination.

Differences in remuneration policy for executive directors and employees in general
The main difference in remuneration policy between the executive directors and employees in general is the balance between fixed and 
performance-related pay such as bonus and long term incentives. Overall the percentage of performance related pay, in particular longer term 
incentive pay, is greater for the executive directors. This reflects that executive directors have greater freedom to act and the consequences 
of their decisions are likely to have a broader and more far reaching time span of effect than those decisions made by employees with more 
limited responsibility. As a consequence only executive directors, Executive Committee members and other key employees (currently 29 
people) are granted both executive share option awards and performance share awards. Approximately 450 senior managers are granted 
executive share option awards on an annual basis, which helps to provide a common focus for management in the Company’s decentralised 
organisation structure, whereas the annual bonuses are related to the performance of individual operating units.

Bonus arrangements vary throughout the Group and are related to the specific role and the country in which the employee operates.  
The majority of bonus plans have quantitative targets, but the performance measures and targets vary according to each specific role.  
Sales representatives often have high levels of annual bonus payments which may be commission based.

When there is a critical mass of employees within a country to make it cost-effective to do so, to encourage wider employee share ownership, 
an all employee share plan may be offered. Currently plans are offered to all employees based in Australia, Canada, Germany, Ireland, the 
Netherlands, the US and the UK. In France, employees take part in profit sharing arrangements in accordance with local regulations.

Retirement and other benefits offered to employees across the Group differ according to the country in which the job is based and the function 
and seniority of the relevant role.

96

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Financial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic reportStatement of consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group
The Committee is provided annually with information on the salaries and proposed increases for the Executive Committee members and 
other senior direct reports of the Chief Executive, as well as data on the average salary increases within each geographical region within the 
Group. In addition, the Committee reviews and agrees all grants of executive share options and performance share awards.

In 2020 the majority of employees across the Group have received average salary increases ranging from 2% to 3%, dependent on 
geographical location with the principal exception being those employees based in parts of Latin America, China and Turkey where current 
market salary increases are higher. The actual increases received by employees have been based on each individual’s contribution and 
performance as well as the market competitiveness of the salary.

The Committee considers the general basic salary increase within the geographical regions for the broader employee population when 
determining the annual salary increases for the executive directors and is cognisant of the Group’s overall employment arrangements 
including all elements of remuneration, when reviewing and implementing the executive directors’ remuneration policy. Although the 
Committee did not consult with employees with regard to the remuneration policy of the executive directors, the Company monitors 
employees’ views through regular employee surveys.

Remuneration scenarios
The remuneration package comprises both core fixed elements (base salary, pension and other benefits) and performance based variable 
elements (cash bonus, the DASBS and the LTIP). The Committee has set a guideline that for on-target performance at least half of the 
remuneration package should be performance related. The structure of the remuneration packages for on-target and stretch performance for 
each of the two executive directors for 2020, in line with the proposed new directors’ remuneration policy, is illustrated in the bar charts below.

Frank van Zanten
Below threshold performance   
(Total £1,174,713) 

Target performance   
(Total £2,905,036) 

Stretch performance  
(Total £4,635,358) 

Stretch + 50% share price 
increase (Total £5,655,805) 

Richard Howes 
Below threshold performance   
(Total £626,048)

Target performance   
(Total £1,615,363) 

Stretch performance  
(Total £2,604,678) 

Stretch + 50% share price 
increase (Total £3,186,628) 

82%

18%

33%

7%

28%

32%

21%

5%

34%

40%

17%

4%

28%

51%

95%

5%

37%

2%

29%

32%

23%

1%

36%

40%

19%

1%

29%

51%

Salary and benefits

Pension

Bonus (Cash/DASBS)

LTIP

Notes
a)  For 2020 there are two executive directors, following the retirement of Brian May on 31 December 2019 and the appointment of Richard Howes on 1 January 2020.

b)   Salary represents annual salary for 2020. Benefits such as a car or car allowance and private medical insurance have been included based on 2019 figures. In the case of Frank van Zanten, benefits also 

include certain outstanding elements of the international relocation package, which are gross amounts before taxes, referred to on page 99.

c)  Pension represents the value of the annual pension allowance for Frank van Zanten and Richard Howes.

d)  Below threshold performance comprises salary, benefits and pension only with no bonus awarded and no LTIP awards vested.

e)   Target performance comprises annual bonus awarded at target level (i.e. for 2020 an on-target bonus of 90% of base salary for Frank van Zanten and 80% of base salary for Richard Howes comprised of 
half cash and half deferred shares under the DASBS) and, for the LTIP, an assumption that 50% of performance shares will vest and that 50% of the share options will vest and deliver 30% of their face 
value in gain to the executives.

f)   Stretch performance comprises annual bonus awarded at maximum level (i.e. for 2020, the maximum annual bonus will be 180% of base salary for Frank van Zanten and 160% of base salary for Richard 
Howes comprised of half cash and half deferred shares under the DASBS) and, for the LTIP, an assumption that 100% of performance shares will vest delivering 100% of their face value in gain to the 
executive directors and 100% of share options will vest and deliver 30% of their face value in gain to the executives.

g)  Stretch performance plus 50% share price increase shows the effect of a 50% growth in the Company’s share price on the value of the LTIP awards.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

97

Financial statementsStrategic reportDirectors’ report 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
Directors’ remuneration report continued

2019 remuneration at a glance

Remuneration principles

Summary of executive directors’ remuneration for the year

Materially differentiate reward 
according to performance

Reward competitively to attract and 
retain the best talent

Breakdown of fixed and variable pay 
to be appropriate to each role

Framework to be transparent with 
clear line of sight from performance 
to individual outcomes

Chief Executive Officer
Frank van Zanten 
£000

.

6
5
3
7

.

5
1
2
3

.

7
9
5
0
1

,

.

6
7
4
4
1

,

.

6
3
3
4

.

7
2
2
9

2

.

4
7
3

,

1

.

7
0
5
5
1

,

2

.

4
7
3

,

1

Finance Director
Brian May* 
£000

Chief Financial Officer
Richard Howes* 
£000

.

3
1
7
4

.

9
4
8
5

.

7
0
7
7

.

1
8
7
3

8

.

2
3
5

5

.

8
8
7

.

0
4
8
5

.

9
5
5
8

5

.

8
8
7

8

.

6
9
4

.

0
5
6
5

.

0
4
0
9

.

0
5
6
5

2018

2019

Max

2018

2019

Max

2019

Max

  Salary + benefits + pension 

  Bonus 

  LTIP

*   Brian May retired from the Board on 31 December 2019 and Richard Howes was appointed to the Board on 1 January 2020.  

The numbers shown for Richard Howes have not been pro-rated.

Alignment of performance and remuneration 2019

  Total opportunity 

   Result†

Annual bonus

To motivate and 
reward the achievement 
of the Company’s 
strategic and 
operational objectives

LTIP

To motivate and reward 
performance linked to 
long term success

Eps
Linked financial KPI: eps 
RAOC
Linked financial KPI: RAOC and operating profit
Operating cash flow
Linked financial KPI: cash conversion
Non-financial strategic goals
Payable to the executive directors in relation  
to agreed non-financial strategic goals
Total bonus opportunity/result

Eps
Linked financial KPI: eps

TSR
Linked financial KPI: dividend per share  
and share price
Total LTIP opportunity/result

15%

15%

20%

LTIP A

LTIP B

LTIP B

†  For the Chief Executive Officer only.

Note
Further details about the Company’s annual bonus and long term incentive plans can be found on pages 90 to 92.

50%

50%

50%

100%

100%

100%

Proposed application of policy for 2020 
Unchanged
• Annual bonus metrics and quantum
• LTIP-balance of options and performance shares 
• Core benefits

Key changes◊
• 3% increase to base pay for Chief Executive Officer and 

Chief Financial Officer

• Alignment of cash pension allowance with wider workforce 

(new directors)

• Reduction in % of bonus paid for threshold performance
• Reduction of cash pension allowance (Chief Executive Officer)
• Increased minimum shareholding requirement and the 

formalisation of post-vesting shareholding requirement in the 
event of cessation

◊  Does not include proposed policy changes where there will be no impact in 2020.

Chief Executive Officer pay ratios
The full time equivalent salary for all employees in the UK 
& Ireland business area has been calculated for the 2019 
financial year. These employees were then ordered from  
the highest to lowest paid and the median, 25th and 75th 
percentile employee identified. In order to compare the 
equivalent benefits details to those of the Chief Executive 
Officer, bonus and benefits received were added to the 
employee’s salary details.

25th 
percentile 
pay ratio
44:1
131:1

Median 
pay ratio
38:1
110:1

75th
percentile
pay ratio
27:1
74:1

CEO single
figure 2019
£000
861.5
2,730.5

Salary
Total remuneration

98

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Financial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic reportAnnual report on directors’ remuneration for 2019
This report sets out the elements of remuneration paid to, or earned by, the directors in respect of the financial year 2019.

Single total figure of remuneration 2019 (audited information)
Executive directors

Salary
£000
2018

2019

861.5
570.6

836.4
554.0
1,432.1 1,390.4

Taxable
benefits
£000
2018

Bonus
£000
2018

2019

402.1
17.1

922.7 1,059.7
584.9
532.8
419.2 1,455.5 1,644.6

2019

297.3
16.6
313.9

LTIP
£000
2018

321.5
471.3
792.8

Pension
£000
2018

Total
£000
2018

2019

209.1 2,730.5 2,828.8
199.6 1,699.4 1,826.9
408.7 4,429.9 4,655.7

2019

215.4
201.3
416.7

2019

433.6
378.1
811.7

Frank van Zanten
Brian May
Total

Notes
a)   The figures above represent remuneration earned as directors during the relevant financial year including the bonus of which the cash element, 50% of the bonus, is paid in the year following that in which 
it is earned. The other 50% of the bonus shown above is deferred and conditionally awarded as shares under the rules of the Deferred Annual Share Bonus Scheme (‘DASBS’). Shares relating to the 2018 
deferred bonus were awarded in 2019 as shown in the table on page 111 and the shares relating to the 2019 deferred bonus will be awarded in 2020.

b)   The annual bonus for 2019 was determined according to a formulaic calculation in respect of eps, RAOC and operating cash flow measures, while the Committee used its judgement to assess performance 

of individual objectives (20% of the bonus).

c) The eps and ROACE measures (both target and actual) are based on IAS 17.

d)   Benefits provided for all executive directors include a car or car allowance and medical insurance coverage for them and their families. Frank van Zanten’s benefits total is lower in 2019 and the only 
significant element relates to rent costs (£101,981 grossed up to include tax payable). Other elements included are school fees, tax advice, international medical insurance, travel and removal costs.

e)   The long term incentives are in the form of awards under the LTIP granted in April and October 2016 and March and September 2017. The performance metrics for LTIP A were eps growth and for LTIP B 
were eps growth and TSR, further details of which are on pages 102 and 103. The portion of the total LTIP figures (2019: £811,700 2018: £792,800) that are attributable to share price growth are £31,149 for 
2019 and £261,108 for 2018.

f)   The figures shown in relation to 2018 for the LTIP have been restated from those figures shown in the 2018 Annual Report to reflect the difference between the relevant grant price and the value of the LTIP 

share option awards on the actual date of vesting on 3 March 2019 and 2 September 2019 at the closing mid-market share price of 2,394p and 2,059p respectively.

Non-executive directors

Philip Rogerson – Chairman
Eugenia Ulasewicz
Jean-Charles Pauze
Vanda Murray
Lloyd Pitchford
Stephan Nanninga
Peter Ventress
Total

Board fees
£000
2018
357.0
70.4
70.4
70.4
70.4
70.4
–
709.0

2019
357.0
71.8
–
71.8
71.8
71.8
41.9
686.1

Committee
Chair/SID
fees
£000
2018
–
–
–
36.0
18.0
–
–
54.0

2019
–
–
–
37.0
19.0
–
–
56.0

Taxable 
payments/
expenses
£000
2018
1.0
71.2
6.7
5.8
0.2
9.6
–
94.5

2019
1.2
73.0
–
4.9
0.4
10.4
–
89.9

Total
£000
2018
358.0
141.6
77.1
112.2
88.6
80.0
–
857.5

2019
358.2
144.8
–
113.7
91.2
82.2
41.9
832.0

Notes
a) Jean-Charles Pauze retired from the Board on 31 December 2018.

b) Peter Ventress joined the Board as Chairman designate on 1 June 2019.

c)  Taxable payments/expenses for non-executive directors are costs incurred for travel and accommodation in order to attend Board meetings in London. These costs have been grossed up to include the 

tax payable.

Payments for loss of office (audited information)
No payments were or are to be made to former directors in respect of loss of office. 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

99

Financial statementsStrategic reportDirectors’ reportDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Departure terms of Brian May (audited information)
As announced on 10 May 2019, Brian May retired from the Board on 31 December 2019 and will leave the Group at the end of February 2020. 
Full details of his departure terms are set out in the statement required by section 430(2B) of the Companies Act 2006 which can be found 
on www.bunzl.com in the Investors section under Corporate governance (Remuneration). The Committee determined the following treatment 
within the terms of the Company’s approved remuneration policy approved by shareholders at the 2017 AGM and published in the 2017 
Annual Report:

• salary, benefits and pension allowance were paid as usual until the leaving date;

• no payment in lieu of notice was made;

• annual cash bonus for the 2019 financial year will be paid in March 2020 subject to performance over this period and as determined by the 
Committee in accordance with the rules of the bonus plan (any part of his bonus payment that would otherwise have been allocated to him 
under the DASBS in relation to the 2019 financial year will be satisfied in cash in accordance with the plan rules);

• any deferred shares outstanding at the Leaving Date, which were awarded under the DASBS in relation to the 2016, 2017 and 2018 financial 

years, will vest in full on 1 March 2020;

• no grants or awards under the LTIP were made after 10 May 2019, the date of the announcement;

• any grants and awards outstanding at the Leaving Date, which were made under the LTIP Parts A and B in 2017, 2018 and earlier in 2019, 
will vest on the normal vesting date subject to satisfaction of (i) the existing performance conditions and (ii) his outstanding awards under 
the LTIP Part B (performance shares) being time pro-rated and reduced in proportion to the amount of the relevant three year vesting period 
that has elapsed since the relevant grant date up to the Leaving Date. This is provided that prior to the relevant vesting date Brian May has 
not worked in any capacity for a competitor organisation. Malus and clawback provisions will continue to apply; and

• the grants and awards outstanding at the Leaving Date which were made under the LTIP Part A and Part B after 23 August 2017 will also 

be subject to a two year post-vesting holding requirement in accordance with the relevant rules of the LTIP (with the exception of any shares 
sold to meet any income tax and other withholding obligations).

Payments to past directors (audited information)
No other payments were made to former directors during the year.

Executive directors’ annual salary (audited information)
Executive directors’ salaries were reviewed with effect from 1 January 2019 in accordance with normal policy and were increased taking into 
account the average salary increases for employees across the Group.

Frank van Zanten
Brian May

Salary
from
1 January
2019
£861,500
£570,600

Salary
from
1 January
2018
£836,400
£554,000

Increase
in salary
2018 to
2019
3%
3%

Executive directors’ salaries were also reviewed with effect from 1 January 2020 and the increases awarded are shown on page 110.

Executive directors’ external appointments
Frank van Zanten served as a non-executive director of Grafton Group plc in 2019 and during the year retained fees of €70,000. Brian May 
served as a non-executive director of United Utilities Group PLC in 2019 and during the year retained fees of £82,000.

Non-executive directors’ fees (audited information)
The Chairman’s fee is reviewed every two years and, as a result, no review took place during 2019. The fees for the non-executive directors 
were reviewed with effect from 1 January 2019 in accordance with the normal fees policy.

Chairman’s fee
Non-executive director fee
Supplements:
Senior Independent Director
Audit Committee Chairman
Remuneration Committee Chair

With effect from
January 2019

Fees paid
in 2018

Increase in fees
2018 to 2019

£357,000
£71,800

£357,000
£70,400

£18,000
£19,000
£19,000

£18,000
£18,000
£18,000

–
2%

–
5.6%
5.6%

The Chairman’s and the non-executive directors’ fees were reviewed with effect from 1 January 2020 and the increases awarded are shown 
on page 110.

100

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Financial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic reportPerformance against annual bonus targets (audited information)
The annual bonus plan and DASBS currently operate as set out in the policy section on pages 90 and 91. Frank van Zanten’s and Brian May’s 
awards related to the Group’s eps, RAOC, operating cash flow performance and personal performance on individual objectives. The results 
for 2019 against the targets set were as follows and the Committee did not exercise any discretion to override the formulaic outcomes:

Group performance

Weighting
50%

15%

15%

20%

Scorecard performance metric
eps (p)
% of target
RAOC %
% of target
Operating cash flow (£m)
% of target
Non-financial strategic goals

Threshold
125.9p
93%
46.6%
96%
555.9
95%

Target
135.4p
100%
48.6%
100%
585.2
100%

see details below

Stretch
151.6p
112%
50.6%
104%
614.5
105%

Actual outturn calculated 
at constant exchange rates
133.2p
98.4%
48.4%
99.6%
633.7
108.3%

Note
The actual outturn calculated at constant exchange rates is the actual result of the relevant measures retranslated at the exchange rates used in setting the target for that measure.

There is an eps underpin to retain focus on eps growth, such that if the eps threshold is not met, there is no pay-out under any element  
of the scorecard.

Non-financial strategic goals
Following a review of performance against specific personal objectives for 2019, the Committee determined the bonus percentage payable in 
relation to the non-financial strategic goals. The specific objectives, and the related evaluation of performance, are shown in the table below:

Frank van Zanten – Chief Executive Officer  
Objective
• Implement an expanded sustainability strategy focused on ‘single-
use plastics’, including the broader engagement of stakeholders 
using a clear statement of intent, and the establishment of the 
appropriate internal governance. 

• Deliver underlying profit growth versus last year. 
• Support smooth succession processes for the senior management 

team including the transition to a new Chief Financial Officer.

Evaluation
• a new strategy, including a clear statement of intent has been created 

and communicated to key external stakeholders;

• a new network of sustainability experts has been recruited, and a 

new strategic framework has been agreed by the Group 
Sustainability Committee, a subset of the leadership team;

• headline net operating margin up from 6.7% to 6.8% at constant 

exchange rates and underlying net operating margin of 6.7% flat at 
constant exchange rates, against the background of mixed 
macroeconomic and market conditions. Pro-active cost measures 
and good margin management have contributed to a good margin 
performance; and

• particular focus given to a thorough handover and induction process 
for Richard Howes, and development and succession plans for the 
leadership team have included several specific activities.

% of base salary awarded

  27.0

Brian May – Finance Director  
Objective
• Manage a smooth succession and handover process for the new 

Evaluation
• very effective handover to Richard Howes over a period of four 

Chief Financial Officer.

months;

• Improve working capital performance measured by the working 

capital/sales% compared to 2018.

• Continue to drive digital progress in the Group (suppliers and 
customers), measured by the proportion of transactions with 
suppliers and customers carried out via EDI and web ordering.

• working capital during the first half of the year was impacted by the 
integration of some businesses in North America but the working 
capital performance improved significantly during the second half of 
the year leading to a strong cash conversion of 101%; and

• good progress on digital conversion, with 62% of orders in 2019 now 

processed via electronic channels.

% of base salary awarded

  25.5

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

101

Financial statementsStrategic reportDirectors’ reportDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Accordingly the total payments under the annual bonus plans were:

Frank van Zanten
Brian May

Note
Brian May’s bonus payment for 2019 is 100% in cash as outlined in his departure terms.

Total bonus payment (cash and deferred shares split 50/50) as a % of salary

2019 
107.1%
93.4%

2018 
126.7%
105.6%

2017 
109.2%
94.9%

2016 
75.3%
76.6%

2015
–
73.8%

The monetary values of the bonus payments for 2019 and 2018 are included in the table on page 99. The deferred shares portion of the bonus 
is required to be held under the DASBS for a period of three years and is subject to continued employment.

LTIP grants/awards with performance periods ending in 2019 (audited information)
Executive share option awards – LTIP Part A
Executive share option awards, granted three years previously, are due to vest on 2 March 2020 and 1 September 2020. No discretion to 
override the formulaic calculation of outcomes or the share price movement was exercised:

LTIP Part A – 2 March 2017 and 1 September 2017 awards

Performance measure
eps growth (over three year  
period to 31 December 2019)

Vesting schedule
25% vesting for threshold performance, 
100% vesting for maximum performance

Threshold 
target (5% p.a.
compounded)

Maximum
target (8% p.a.
compounded)

Actual eps
growth

% vesting
(max 100%)

15.8%

26.0%

27.1%*

100%

Frank van Zanten

Brian May

Date of grant
2 March 2017
1 September 2017
2 March 2017
1 September 2017

Grant price
p
2,335
2,310
2,335
2,310

Number of
shares granted
34,946
35,324
21,994
22,232

Average share price
31 December
2019
2,048
2,048
2,048
2,048

Vesting 
outcome
100%
100%
100%
100%

Estimated 
value of 
award vesting
£0
£0
£0
£0

Note
The estimated values of awards vesting are based on the difference between the exercise price and the average of the Company’s closing mid-market share price for the three month period ended 31 December 
2019 (2,048p) and is the same as the figures included in the single total remuneration table on page 99.

*  The eps growth to 31 December 2019 has been adjusted to exclude two businesses one in France and one in the UK that were disposed of during the period of calculation. The Committee approved this 
adjustment on the basis that the directors and the recipients should not be penalised for the decision to dispose of non-core businesses.

Performance shares – LTIP Part B
Awards of performance shares were made to the executive directors on 11 April 2016 and 11 October 2016 and vested during 2019. The 
Committee assessed the performance of the Company against the relevant performance conditions and no discretion to override the 
formulaic outcomes or the share price movement was exercised.

102

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Financial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic reportLTIP Part B – 11 April and 11 October 2016 awards

Performance measure
eps growth  
(over three year 
period to  
31 December 2018)

Vesting 
schedule
25% vesting for 
threshold performance, 
100% vesting for 
maximum performance

Threshold 
target
(6% p.a. 
compounded)

Maximum 
target
(12% p.a.
compounded)

Actual eps
growth

% vesting 
(max 50%)

19.1%

40.5%

42.4%

50%

Performance measure
TSR relative to comparator 
group of bespoke peer 
companies, and equivalent 
ranking

Performance 
period
1 April 2016 to  
31 March 2019
1 October 2016 to
30 September 2019

Vesting 
schedule
25% vesting for  
threshold performance,
100% vesting for 
maximum performance

Threshold 
target
(median)
27.8%
15.5 out of 30
7.8%
15 out of 29

Maximum 
target 
(upper quartile)
74.6%
8 out of 30
55.9%
7.75 out of 29

Actual TSR
36.8%
12.96 out of 30
(4.9)%
24.10 out of 29

% vesting 
(max 50%)

25.2%

0%

Frank van Zanten

Brian May

Date of grant
11 April 2016
11 October 2016
11 April 2016
11 October 2016

Number of 
shares granted
10,369
23,428
13,566
11,967

Value of
award at grant
£212,668
£544,701
£278,239
£278,233

Vesting 
outcome – eps
50%
50%
50%
50%

Vesting 
outcome – TSR
25.2%
0%
25.2%
0%

Shares
vested
7,798
11,714
10,202
5,983

Value of 
award vesting
£196,432
£237,209
£256,988
£121,156

Note
Included in the single total figure of remuneration on page 99 is the value of these vested awards at the closing mid-market share price on the dates of vesting, 11 April 2019 and 11 October 2019, which were 
2,519p and 2,025p respectively.

Total pension entitlements (audited information)

Frank van Zanten
Brian May

Pension plan’s 
normal 
retirement age
–
60

Additional value of 
pension on early 
retirement
–
–

Pension value 
in the year from 
Defined Benefit
scheme
–
£79,530

Value of cash 
allowance including 
any company Defined
Contribution in 2019
£215,375
£121,725

Total pension
2019
£215,375
£201,255

Notes
a)   As Chief Executive Officer Frank van Zanten received a pension allowance of 25% of base salary during 2019. This will reduce from 1 January 2020 in accordance with the proposed new directors’ 

remuneration policy.

b)   Brian May, who joined the Group in the UK prior to the closure of the defined benefit (‘DB’) sections of the Bunzl Pension Plan (‘BPP’), is a member of the Bunzl Senior Pension Section of the BPP. His 
pension accrues at the rate of 2.4% per annum up to two thirds of the pensionable salary cap. The pensionable salary cap is notionally £166,200 for tax year 2019/20 and £160,800 for tax year 2018/19.

c)   In addition to benefits from the BPP, Brian May received a pension allowance of 30% of base salary above the pensionable salary cap which permitted him to make provision, of his own choice, in respect  

of that part of his salary which exceeds the cap.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

103

Financial statementsStrategic reportDirectors’ reportDirectors’ remuneration report continued

LTIP grant policy
Conditional awards of executive share options and performance shares are granted twice a year to executive directors and other senior 
executives. Executive share option awards are normally granted in February/March and August/September dependent on the date of 
announcement of the Company’s results. Performance share awards are normally granted in April and October each year. Executive share 
options were granted in February and September 2019 and performance share awards were granted in April and October 2019 under the 
LTIP in accordance with the policy as approved at the 2017 AGM.

LTIP interests awarded during the financial year (audited information)

Frank van Zanten

Brian May

Plan
LTIP Part A
LTIP Part B
LTIP Part A
LTIP Part B
LTIP Part A
LTIP Part B

Type of interest
Share options
Performance shares
Share options
Performance shares
Share options
Performance shares

Date of grant

Basis of award
28.02.19 100% of salary
65% of salary
08.04.19
11.09.19 100% of salary
65% of salary
07.10.19
28.02.19
95% of salary
08.04.19 52.5% of salary

Face value
£000
861.5
560.0
861.5
560.0
542.1
299.5

Number of
 shares
36,273
22,072
40,887
27,817
22,824
11,807

Performance 
period end date
31.12.21
31.03.22
31.12.21
30.09.22
31.12.21
31.03.22

Notes
a)   The face value of the awards is calculated using the closing mid-market share price on the day prior to the grant of the award. Options were awarded under the LTIP Part A on 28 February 2019 and on  

11 September 2019 at a value of 2,375p and 2,107p per share respectively. The option price used at exercise is the market price on the day prior to grant. Performance shares were awarded under the LTIP 
Part B on 8 April 2019 and 7 October 2019 at a value of 2,537p and 2,013p per share respectively.

b)  No LTIP awards were granted to Brian May after the date of his retirement was announced on 10 May 2019. See page 100 for the departure terms for Brian May.

Performance conditions for 2019 awards
The performance conditions for the executive share options and performance shares awarded under the LTIP to the Company’s executive 
directors, Executive Committee members and selected key employees in 2019 were as detailed below. In each case when threshold 
performance is met 25% of the award will vest.

Executive share option awards – LTIP Part A
Executive share options may vest based on the Company’s eps growth (adjusted to exclude items which do not reflect the Company’s 
underlying financial performance) over three years, based on the following sliding scale:

Absolute annual growth in the Company’s eps over a three year period
Below 5%
5%
Between 5% and 8%
8% or above

Proportion of share option awards exercisable
Nil
25%
Pro rata between 25% and 100%
100%

Performance share awards – LTIP Part B
The extent to which half of the awards may vest is subject to a performance condition based on the Company’s eps growth (adjusted to 
exclude items which do not reflect the Company’s underlying financial performance) over three years, based on the following sliding scale:

Absolute annual growth in the Company’s eps over a three year period
Below 6%
6%
Between 6% and 12%
12% or above

Proportion of share option awards exercisable
Nil
25%
Pro rata between 25% and 100%
100%

The extent to which the other half of the performance share awards may vest is subject to the Company’s TSR performance, a combination  
of both the Company’s share price and dividend performance during the three year performance period, relative to the TSR performance of  
a specified comparator group of similarly sized companies with large international presence. Given the unique nature of Bunzl’s combined 
operations a broad range of listed companies either side of Bunzl in terms of size (excluding companies in the financial services, oil & gas and 
natural resources sectors and those without a significant international presence) are considered to be appropriate for TSR comparison 
purposes. These performance share awards may vest based on the following sliding scale:

104

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Financial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic reportTSR
Below median
Median
Between median and upper quartile
Upper quartile or above

Proportion of performance share awards exercisable
Nil
25%
Pro rata between 25% and 100%
100%

The applicable comparator group for the 2019 awards were those companies in the FTSE 50–150 with significant international operations, 
excluding companies in the financial services, oil & gas and natural resources sectors.

Shareholder dilution
In accordance with The Investment Association Principles of Remuneration, the Company can satisfy awards to employees under all its share 
plans with new issue shares or shares issued from treasury up to a maximum of 10% of its issued share capital (adjusted for share issuance 
and cancellation) in a rolling 10 year period. Within this 10% limit, the Company can only issue (as newly issued shares or from treasury), 5% 
of its issued share capital (adjusted for share issuance and cancellation) to satisfy awards under executive (discretionary) plans.

As well as the LTIP, the Company operates various all employee share schemes as described on page 92. Newly issued shares are currently 
used to satisfy the exercise of options under the Sharesave Scheme and the International and Irish Sharesave Plans. Awards under the LTIP 
of executive options and performance shares are principally satisfied by shares delivered from the Employee Benefit Trust which buys shares 
on the market, unless security laws in relevant jurisdictions prevent this.

Limit on awards
10% in any rolling 10 year period
5% in any rolling 10 year period (executive (discretionary) plans)

Cumulative options and performance shares  
granted as a percentage of issued share capital  
as at 31 December 2019
1.6%
0.7%

Statement of directors’ shareholding and share interests (audited information)
As at 31 December 2019, each of the executive directors and their connected persons have a shareholding as follows:

Frank van Zanten
Brian May

Requirement for share ownership as a  
percentage of salary (31 December 2019)
250%
200%

Actual share ownership as a percentage of salary at  
31 December 2019 at the closing mid-market price
(2,065p)
250%
416%

Note
The shareholding requirement for the Chief Executive Officer, Frank van Zanten, will increase to 300% of salary under the proposed new directors’ remuneration policy. Shares contributing to the share 
ownership % will include deferred shares held under the DASBS (net of tax) but not any unvested or vested but unexercised LTIP awards.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

105

Financial statementsStrategic reportDirectors’ reportDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Interests in shares and share options (audited information)
The interests of the directors, and their connected persons, in the Company’s ordinary shares and share options at 31 December 2019 were:

Unvested and
subject to
holding period
(DASBS)
56,621
34,445
–
–
–
–
–
–

Owned
outright
104,438
114,995
10,000
4,000
3,000
4,000
–
–

Shares
Unvested and
subject to
performance
conditions
(LTIP Part B)
132,315
62,768
–
–
–
–
–
–

Options (LTIP Part A and Sharesave)

Total
interests held

Unvested and
subject to
performance
conditions
225,222
116,000
–
–
–
–
–
–

Unvested
subject to
continued
employment
1,923
1,758
–
–
–
–
–
–

Vested but not
exercised
42,636
21,553
–
–
–
–
–
–

563,155
351,519
10,000
4,000
3,000
4,000
–
–

Frank van Zanten
Brian May
Philip Rogerson
Eugenia Ulasewicz
Vanda Murray
Lloyd Pitchford
Peter Ventress
Stephan Nanninga

Note
No changes to the directors’ ordinary share interests shown in this remuneration report have taken place between 31 December 2019 and 24 February 2020.

Performance graph and table
Schedule 8 to the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 requires that the Company 
must provide a graph comparing the TSR performance of a hypothetical holding of shares in the Company with a broad equity market index 
over a 10 year period. The Company’s TSR performance against the FTSE 350 Support Services Sector over a 10 year period commencing on 
2 January 2010 is shown below.

Bunzl
FTSE 350 Support Services

Source: Thomson Reuters Datastream

550

500

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

)
d
e
s
a
b
e
r
(

)
£
(

e
u
l
a
V

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

106

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Financial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic report 
 
Chief Executive Officer’s pay in last 10 years
The table below summarises the Chief Executive Officer’s single total figure of remuneration, annual bonus and long term incentive pay out 
as a percentage of maximum opportunity for 2019 and the previous nine years.

Single total figure of 
remuneration £000
Annual variable element 
award rates against 
maximum opportunity
Long term incentive 
vesting rates against 
maximum opportunity

LTIP Part A  
(share options)

LTIP Part B 
(performance  
shares)

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016 
MR

2016 
FvZ

2017

2018

2019

2,314.2 3,394.1 3,502.9 4,387.6 4,766.8 3,937.9 2,353.3 1,492.0 2,812.0 2,828.8 2,730.5

71% 99% 67% 91% 85% 64%

0 % 67% 73% 70%

60%

100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100 %

0% 100% 100% 100%

65% 29% 45% 62% 89% 69% 82%

0% 69% 54%

63%

Notes
a)   The data for 2016 splits out the amounts relating to Michael Roney (‘MR’) from 1 January 2016 to 19 April 2016 and also includes the LTIP awards made to him that vested in the period from 20 April to  

31 December 2016. There was no bonus award for Michael Roney in relation to 2016.

b)   The data for 2016 also includes the amounts relating to Frank van Zanten (‘FvZ’) from 20 April to 31 December 2016 including the bonus award for that period and the international relocation package with 

accommodation benefit support, but excludes the LTIP awards made to him in his previous role that vested during the period from 20 April to 31 December 2016.

c)  All years prior to 2016 relate to Michael Roney.

d)   The single total figure of remuneration in relation to 2018 has been restated from the figure shown in the 2018 Annual Report to reflect the difference between the grant price and the value of the relevant 

LTIP awards on the actual date of vesting as detailed in Note f. to the table of the single total figure of remuneration 2019 on page 99.

Percentage change in Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration
The table below sets out the increase in the salary, benefits and bonus of the Chief Executive Officer and that of a Bunzl UK and US 
management population. This population has been selected for this comparison because it is considered to be the most relevant as these 
countries have the Group’s largest concentration of employees with a similarly structured remuneration package. Employees from businesses 
acquired by Bunzl in 2019 and leavers and joiners in either year have been removed from the data to prevent distortion.

Salary
Benefits
Bonus

Chief Executive
Percentage change  
(2019 vs 2018)
3%
-26%
-13%

UK and US  
management 
population
Percentage change  
(2019 vs 2018)
3%
6%
-31%

Notes
a)   Benefits are annualised and include the relocation benefits for Frank van Zanten included in the single figure table on page 99. In 2018 these benefits were excluded. With these benefits included the 

percentage change from 2017 to 2018 was 3% for benefits.

b)  US and UK management population includes any promotional increases that occurred during either year.

c)  Bonus relates to the performance targets of the companies for which the relevant individuals work.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

107

Financial statementsStrategic reportDirectors’ reportDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Chief Executive Officer pay ratios
The table below sets out the comparisons between the 25th, median and 75th percentile employees in the UK with reference to 31 December 
2019 and the Chief Executive Officer’s salary and salary and benefits as detailed in the single figure table. To calculate these ratios we have 
determined full time equivalent total remuneration, as this is the most statistically robust method.

Each employee’s pay and benefits were calculated using each element of employee remuneration, consistent with the Chief Executive Officer. 
Adjustments were made to include the bonus paid in 2019 compared to the Chief Executive Officer’s bonus paid in 2020 in respect of 
performance in 2019.

The Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration package is weighted more heavily towards variable pay than the wider workforce and that means 
the ratio is likely to fluctuate depending on the performance of the Company.

Year
2019 salary
2019 total remuneration

Chief Executive Officer
25th percentile employee
Median employee
75th percentile employee

25th percentile pay ratio
44:1
131:1

Median pay ratio
38:1
110:1

75th percentile pay ratio
27:1
74:1

Salary
£861,500
£19,422
£22,484
£31,500

Total remuneration
£2,730,500
£20,880
£24,905
£36,718

The salary and total remuneration of the median employee is consistent with the reward and progression policy for UK employees.

Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below shows a comparison between the overall expenditure on pay and dividends paid to shareholders for 2019 and 2018 (as stated 
in Note 24 and Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements on pages 163 and 158 respectively).

£m
Overall expenditure on pay
Dividend paid in the year

Notes
a)  Overall expenditure on pay excludes employer’s social security costs and the GMP equalisation charge in 2018.

b)  Dividends paid in the year relate to the previous financial year’s interim and final dividends.

2019
785.8
167.3

2018
772.0
152.2

Percentage 
change
1.8%
9.9%

c)   The percentage change in overall expenditure on pay includes the impact of changes in exchange rates from 2018 to 2019 and the incremental effect of acquisitions net of disposals, details of which are 

referred to in the Chief Executive Officer’s review on page 6 and in the Financial review on page 57.

108

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Financial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic reportRemuneration arrangements for 2020
Remuneration arrangements for Richard Howes – Chief Financial Officer
Richard Howes joined the Company on 1 September 2019 as Chief Financial Officer designate and was appointed to the Board on 1 January 
2020 as Chief Financial Officer.

His remuneration arrangements on joining the Company were as follows:

• a base salary of £565,000 per annum;

• a cash supplement in lieu of pension contributions of 15% of base salary;

• other benefits in line with the current directors’ remuneration policy, including a car allowance, life assurance and private medical insurance 

for himself and his family;

• a pro-rated annual bonus opportunity for the period from 1 September to 31 December 2019, in line with the current directors’ remuneration 

policy; and

• the opportunity to be considered for a grant of performance shares and share options under the LTIP from 2020.

In addition, Richard Howes was compensated for specific items of remuneration which he forfeited as a result of leaving his previous 
employer, as follows:

• a payment of £200,000 (split 50:50 between cash and shares, to be deferred for three years under the DASBS) to compensate him for the loss 

of his annual bonus from his previous employer; and

• a number of share awards to compensate him for unvested awards under his previous employer’s long term incentive plan, as follows:

  (a)  an award in respect of 39,538 Bunzl shares which is linked to the relevant performance conditions from his previous employer (subject to 

a cap of 50% of the shares awarded, i.e. 19,769 shares) which will vest on 26 May 2020;

  (b)  an award in respect of 46,824 shares which is linked to the relevant Bunzl performance conditions (applied to awards granted under the 

LTIP Part B in April 2018) and is due to vest on 10 April 2021; and

  (c)  an award in respect of 59,112 shares which is linked to the relevant Bunzl performance conditions (applied to awards granted under the 

LTIP Part B in April 2019) and is due to vest on 11 April 2022.

On his appointment to the Board on 1 January 2020, the remuneration arrangements for Richard Howes were confirmed as follows:

• a base salary of £581,950 per annum;

• a cash supplement in lieu of pension contributions of 5% of base salary;

• other benefits in line with the current directors’ remuneration policy, including a car allowance, life assurance and private medical insurance 

for himself and his family;

• an annual bonus with a maximum opportunity of 160% of base salary (target opportunity of 80% and threshold opportunity of 40%), to be 

split 50:50 between cash and shares to be deferred for three years under the DASBS plan; and

• grants of shares in 2020 under the LTIP as follows:

 – LTIP Part A – share options equivalent in value to 200% of base salary; and

 – LTIP Part B – performance shares equivalent in value to 120% of base salary.

These arrangements are all in line with the proposed new directors’ remuneration policy for 2020.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

109

Financial statementsStrategic reportDirectors’ reportDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Salary (audited information)
The salary increases for the executive directors for 2020, which are in line with increases that have been implemented for other employees in 
the Group as discussed on page 97, are as follows:

Frank van Zanten
Richard Howes

Salary from 
1 January 2020
£887,345
£581,950

Salary from 
1 January 2019
£861,500
n/a

Increase 
in salary 
2019 to 2020
3.0%
n/a

2020 bonus targets
The structure of Frank van Zanten’s and Richard Howes’ annual bonus for 2020 remains unchanged and is described on pages 90 and 91. 
The balanced scorecard of performance measures, based on eps, RAOC, operating cash flow and specified strategic goals and with an eps 
underpin continues as outlined for 2019. If eps performance falls below the threshold level there will be no bonus paid. The relevant 
performance points are: threshold (which must be exceeded to attract any payment of bonus); target; and maximum amount (the level at 
which the bonus for that measure is capped). Under the proposed policy, 25% of the maximum opportunity is payable for threshold 
performance, and 50% for target performance. These performance points are determined at the start of the year by reference to the annual 
budget. No elements of the bonus are guaranteed. As in previous years, financial performance targets are confidential at the start of the year 
as they are short term and market sensitive and therefore are disclosed in the remuneration report which is published following the year end.

Performance measures for long term incentives to be awarded in 2020
Grants of executive share options and performance shares awarded to executive directors and senior executives in 2020 will be subject to  
the same performance conditions as those executive share options and performance share awards granted in 2019 as detailed on pages 104 
and 105.

Chairman’s and non-executive directors’ fees for 2020
The Chairman’s and the non-executive directors’ fees were reviewed with effect from 1 January 2020.

The Chairman’s fee is reviewed every two years with the previous review taking effect from 1 January 2018. The non-executive directors’ fees 
are reviewed annually. The current fee structure for the Chairman and the non-executive directors is shown below:

Chairman’s fee
Non-executive director basic fee
Supplements:
Senior Independent Director
Audit Committee Chairman
Remuneration Committee Chair

With effect from 
1 January 2020
£368,000
£71,800

£18,000
£20,000
£20,000

Fees paid in 2019
£357,000
£71,800

£18,000
£19,000
£19,000

Increase in fees 
2019 to 2020
3.1%
–

–
5.3%
5.3%

110

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Financial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic reportAdditional information on directors’ interests
Details of the executive directors’ interests in outstanding share awards under the DASBS, LTIP and all employee share plans are set  
out below.

Deferred share awards as at 31 December 2019
The awards granted to each director of the Company and any director with an interest in the Company under the DASBS are set out  
in the table below. Further information relating to the deferred bonus is provided on page 90.

Frank van Zanten

Brian May

Awards
(shares)
held at
1 January 
2019
8,190
11,504
22,789

9,831
9,001
13,120

Shares 
awarded
during 
2019

22,328

12,324

Shares 
vested
during 
2019
8,190

9,831

Total number
of awards
(shares) at 
31 December
2019
–
11,504
22,789
22,328
–
9,001
13,120
12,324

Normal
vesting
date
01.03.19
01.03.20
01.03.21
01.03.22
01.03.19
01.03.20
01.03.21
01.03.22

Share 
price
at grant 
p
1,933
2,255
1,955
2,373
1,933
2,255
1,955
2,373

Market 
price
at vesting 
p
2,394

Monetary
value of
vested
awards
£000
196

2,394

235

Note
The deferred element of the 2019 annual bonus plan as shown on page 99 is not included in the table above as the appropriate number of shares have not yet been awarded. No shares lapsed during the year. 
Brian May’s awards due to vest in 2020, 2021 and 2022 will vest in line with his departure terms as set out on page 100.

LTIP
The tables below show the number of executive share options and performance shares held by the executive directors under  
the LTIP during 2019.

Executive share options – LTIP Part A

Frank van Zanten

Total
Brian May

Total

Notes
a)  Executive share options were exercised during 2019 by:

Options held at
1 January
2019
15,300
17,396
16,135
42,636
34,946
35,324
42,782
35,010
–
–
239,529
25,887
21,553
21,994
22,232
26,920
22,030
–
140,616

Grant
date
26.02.15
27.08.15
03.03.16
02.09.16
02.03.17
01.09.17
01.03.18
31.08.18
28.02.19
11.09.19

03.03.16
02.09.16
02.03.17
01.09.17
01.03.18
31.08.18
28.02.19

Exercise
price
p
1,920
1,687
1,945
2,336
2,335
2,310
1,955
2,389
2,375
2,107

1,945
2,336
2,335
2,310
1,955
2,389
2,375

Options
exercisable
between
26.02.18–25.02.25
27.08.18–26.08.25
03.03.19–02.03.26
02.09.19–01.09.26
02.03.20–01.03.27
01.09.20–31.08.27
01.03.21–29.02.28
31.08.21–30.08.28
28.02.22–27.02.29
11.09.22–10.09.29

03.03.19–02.03.20
02.09.19–01.09.20
02.03.20–01.03.21
01.09.20–31.08.21
01.03.21–29.02.22
31.08.21–30.08.22
28.02.22–27.02.23

Options 
held at 
31 December 
2019
–
–
–
42,636
34,946
35,324
42,782
35,010
36,273
40,887
267,858
–
21,553
21,994
22,232
26,920
22,030
22,824
137,553

(i)  Frank van Zanten on 1 March 2019 in respect of 15,300 ordinary shares at an exercise price of 1,920p and 17,396 ordinary shares at an exercise price of 1,687p, at a market price of 2,376p; and on 4 March 

2019 in respect of 16,135 ordinary shares at an exercise price of 1,945p, at a market price of 2,411p; resulting in a total gain of £264,738; and

(ii) Brian May on 4 March 2019 in respect of 25,887 ordinary shares at an exercise price of 1,945p, at a market price of 2,411p, resulting in a gain of £120,537.

b)  The mid-market price of a share on 31 December 2019 was 2,065p and the range during 2019 was 1,943p to 2,551p.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

111

Financial statementsStrategic reportDirectors’ reportDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Performance shares – LTIP Part B

Awards
(shares)
held at
1 January
2019
10,369
23,428
19,565
19,887
22,510
20,464
–
–
116,223
13,566
11,967
12,097
12,297
13,916
12,651
–
76,494

Conditional
shares
awarded
during
2019
–
–
–
–
–
–
22,072
27,817
49,889
–
–
–
–
–
–
11,807
11,807

Award
date
11.04.16
11.10.16
10.04.17
09.10.17
09.04.18
08.10.18
08.04.19
07.10.19

11.04.16
11.10.16
10.04.17
09.10.17
09.04.18
08.10.18
08.04.19

Market 
price per
 share
at award
p
2,051
2,325
2,346
2,308
2,090
2,299
2,537
2,013

2,051
2,325
2,346
2,308
2,090
2,299
2,537

Lapsed 
awards 
(shares) 
during
2019
2,571
11,714
–
–
–
–
–
–
14,285
3,364
5,984
–
–
–
–
–
9,348

Exercised 
awards 
(shares) 
during
2019
7,798
11,714
–
–
–
–
–
–
19,512
10,202
5,983
–
–
–
–
–
16,185

Market
price
per share
at exercise
p
2,113
1,948
–
–
–
–
–
–

1,896
1,896
–
–
–
–
–

Awards 
(shares)
held at 
31 
December 
2019
–
–
19,565
19,887
22,510
20,464
22,072
27,817
132,315
–
–
12,097
12,297
13,916
12,651
11,807
62,768

Value at 
exercise 
£000
165
228
–
–
–
–
–
–

193
113
–
–
–
–
–

Frank van Zanten

Total
Brian May

Total

All employees share scheme
The table below shows the number of share options granted to the executive directors under the Sharesave Schemes. Details of the 
Sharesave Schemes are set out on page 92.

Sharesave schemes

Frank van Zanten

Brian May

Options at 
1 January 
2019
964
959
1,197
976
–

Grant 
date
29.03.16
27.03.18
21.03.14
20.03.15
29.03.19

Exercise 
price 
p
1,556
1,564
1,253
1,536
1,916

Options 
exercisable 
between
01.05.21–31.10.21
01.05.23–31.10.23
01.05.19–31.10.19
01.05.20–31.10.20
01.05.24–31.10.24

Options at 
31 December 
2019
964
959
–
976
782

112

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Financial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic reportThe operation of the Committee
Committee membership, role and remit
The Committee comprises all the independent non-executive directors of the Company. While neither the Chairman of the Board, the 
Chairman designate nor the Chief Executive Officer are members of the Committee, they normally attend meetings by invitation except when 
the Committee is considering their personal remuneration. The Secretary to the Committee is the Director of Group Human Resources.

The primary role of the Committee is to determine the policy and practice for the remuneration of the Chairman, the executive directors of the 
Board and senior management (directly below Board level). The Committee’s terms of reference, which were reviewed by both the Committee 
and the Board in 2019, are available on the Company’s website, www.bunzl.com.

The Committee proposes the directors’ remuneration policy for shareholder approval. It also governs the implementation of the policy, 
ensuring that the remuneration for the executive directors and senior management supports the sustainable performance of the business and 
that it is aligned with the Company’s shareholders’ interests. The Committee considers market practice, shareholders’ views and the Group’s 
broader remuneration arrangements when setting the Group’s performance related incentives and ensures compliance with UK corporate 
governance good practice.

The following independent non-executive directors were members of the Committee during 2019:

Eugenia Ulasewicz
Vanda Murray
Lloyd Pitchford
Stephan Nanninga

Date of appointment to 
the Committee

Meetings eligible 
to attend in 2019

Meetings 
attended in 2019

20 April 2011
1 February 2015
1 March 2017
1 May 2017

4
4
4
4

4
4
4
4

The key responsibilities of the Committee include:

• ensuring that executive directors and senior executives are properly incentivised to attract, retain and fairly reward them for their individual 

contribution to the Company and having due regard to the policies and practices applied to the rest of the employees within the Group;

• determining the framework or broad policy for the remuneration of the Board Chairman and the executive directors of the Board  
including setting their individual remuneration packages as well as their level of remuneration and overseeing all the Company’s  
long term incentive plans;

• ensuring that remuneration is aligned with and supports the Company’s strategy and performance, having due regard to the interests of the 
shareholders and to the financial and commercial health of the Company, while at the same time not encouraging undue risk taking; and

• communicating and discussing any remuneration issues with the Company’s stakeholders as and when appropriate.

Advisers to the Remuneration Committee
In carrying out their responsibilities, the Committee seeks external remuneration advice as necessary. During the year the Committee 
received advice from Willis Towers Watson (‘WTW’) and Aon Hewitt. WTW provided external survey data on directors’ remuneration and 
benefit levels. Aon Hewitt provided information to determine whether, and if so to what extent, the performance conditions attached to 
existing share option and performance share awards under the LTIP had been satisfied and in addition advised the Committee on the 
changes to the remuneration policy. The fees payable to each adviser, based on hourly rates, were: £16,872 (WTW) and £118,631 (Aon Hewitt) 
respectively for such work undertaken in 2019. Advisers are appointed by the Committee and reviewed periodically. The Committee conducts 
regular reviews of the effectiveness of the advisers.

Statement of voting at the 2019 AGM for the remuneration report and at the 2017 AGM for the remuneration policy
The remuneration report and remuneration policy received the following shareholder votes in 2019 and 2017 respectively, being the years that 
they were last voted on by shareholders:

Remuneration report (2019 AGM)
Remuneration policy (2017 AGM)

Notes
a)  The votes ‘For’ include votes given at the Company Chairman’s discretion.

Votes cast
278,212,127
259,865,084

Votes For
267,821,934
239,494,126

% of shares
voted
96.27
92.16

Votes
Against
10,390,193
20,370,958

% of shares
voted
3.73
7.84

Votes 
Withheld
52,731
11,215,438

b)  A vote ‘Withheld’ is not a vote in law and is not counted in the calculation of the votes ‘For’ or ‘Against’ the resolution. Votes ‘For’ and ‘Against’ are expressed as a percentage of the votes cast.

Vanda Murray OBE
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
24 February 2020

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

113

Financial statementsStrategic reportDirectors’ reportOther statutory information

Annual General Meeting
The Notice convening the Company’s 
Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’), to be  
held at The Park Suite, The Dorchester,  
Park Lane, London W1K 1QA on Wednesday 
15 April 2020 at 11.00 am, is set out in 
a separate letter from the Chairman 
to shareholders. 

Dividends
An interim dividend of 15.5p was paid on 
2 January 2020 in respect of 2019 and the 
directors are recommending a final dividend 
of 35.8p, making a total for the year of 51.3p 
per share (2018: 50.2p). Dividend details 
are given in Note 20 to the consolidated 
financial statements. Subject to shareholder 
approval at the 2020 AGM, the final dividend 
will be paid on 1 July 2020 to those 
shareholders on the register at the close 
of business on 22 May 2020.

Share capital
The Company has a single class of share 
capital which is divided into ordinary shares 
of 321⁄7p each which rank pari passu in 
respect of participation and voting rights. 
The shares are in registered form, are fully 
paid up and are quoted on the London  
Stock Exchange. In addition, the Company 
operates a Level 1 American Depositary 
Receipt programme with Citibank N.A. 
under which the Company’s shares are 
traded on the over-the-counter market in 
the form of American Depositary Receipts.

Details of changes to the issued share capital 
during the year are set out in Note 19 to the 
consolidated financial statements.

Bunzl Group General Employee 
Benefit Trust
The trustee of the Bunzl Group General 
Employee Benefit Trust (the ‘EBT’) holds 
shares in respect of employee share options 
and awards that have not been exercised 
or vested. The EBT abstains from voting 
in respect of these shares. The trustee 
has agreed to waive the right to dividend 
payments on shares held within the 
EBT. Details of the shares so held are set 
out in Note 19 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

Rights and obligations attaching to 
shares
Subject to the provisions of the Companies 
Act 2006 and without prejudice to any rights 
attached to any existing shares, the 
Company may resolve by ordinary resolution 
to issue shares with such rights and 
restrictions as set out in such resolution or 
(if there is no such resolution or so far as it 

does not make specific provision) as the 
Board may decide. Subject to the provisions 
of the Companies Act 2006 and of any 
resolution of the Company passed pursuant 
thereto and without prejudice to any rights 
attached to existing shares, the Board is duly 
authorised to issue and allot, grant options 
over or otherwise dispose of the Company’s 
shares on such terms and conditions and at 
such times as it thinks fit. If at any time the 
share capital of the Company is divided into 
different classes of shares, the rights 
attached to any class may be varied or 
abrogated by special resolution passed at 
a separate general meeting of such holders. 
Subject to the rights attached to any existing 
shares, rights attached to shares will be 
deemed to be varied by the reduction of 
capital paid up on the shares and by the 
allotment of further shares ranking in 
priority in respect of dividend or capital or 
which confer on the holders more favourable 
voting rights than the first-mentioned 
shares, but will not otherwise be deemed 
to be varied by the creation or issue of 
further shares.

Power to issue and allot shares
The directors are generally and 
unconditionally authorised under the 
authorities granted at the 2019 AGM to allot 
shares in the Company up to approximately 
one third of the Company’s issued share 
capital or two thirds in respect of a rights 
issue. The directors were also given the 
power to allot ordinary shares for cash up to 
a limit representing approximately 10% of 
the Company’s issued share capital as at 
11 March 2019, without regard to the 
pre-emption provisions of the Companies 
Act 2006 (however, more than 5% can only 
be used in connection with an acquisition or 
specified capital investment).

No such shares were issued or allotted under 
these authorities in 2019, nor is there any 
current intention to do so, other than to 
satisfy share options under the Company’s 
share option schemes and, if necessary, to 
satisfy the consideration payable for 
businesses to be acquired. 

These authorities are valid until the 
conclusion of the forthcoming AGM and the 
directors again propose to seek equivalent 
authorities at such AGM.

Restrictions on transfer of shares
Dealings in the Company’s ordinary shares 
by its directors, persons discharging 
managerial responsibilities, certain 
employees of the Company and, in each 

case, any persons closely associated with 
them, are subject to the Company’s Share 
Dealing Code.

Certain restrictions, which are customary for 
a listed company, apply to transfers of shares 
in the Company. The Board may refuse to 
register an instrument of transfer of any 
share which is not a fully paid share and of a 
certificated share at its discretion unless it is:

• lodged, duly stamped or duly certified, at 
the offices of the Company’s registrar or 
such other place as the Board may specify 
and is accompanied by the certificate for 
the shares to which it relates and such 
other evidence as the Board may 
reasonably require to show the right of 
the transferor to make the transfer;

• in respect of only one class of share; and

• in favour of not more than four transferees.

Registration of a transfer of an uncertificated 
share may be refused in the circumstances 
set out in the uncertificated securities rules, 
and where, in the case of a transfer to joint 
holders, the number of joint holders to whom 
the uncertificated share is to be transferred 
exceeds four.

In addition, no instrument of transfer for 
certificated shares shall be registered if the 
transferor has been served with a restriction 
notice (as defined in the Company’s Articles 
of Association (the ‘Articles’) after failure to 
provide the Company with information 
concerning certain interests in the 
Company’s shares required to be provided 
under the Companies Act 2006, unless the 
transfer is shown to the Board to be pursuant 
to an arm’s length sale. The Board has the 
power to procure that uncertificated shares 
are converted into certificated shares and 
kept in certificated form for as long as the 
Board requires.

The Company is not aware of any 
agreements between shareholders that may 
result in any restriction of the transfer of 
shares or voting rights.

Restrictions on voting rights
A member shall not be entitled to vote, 
unless the Board otherwise decides, at any 
general meeting or class meeting in respect 
of any shares held by them if any call or 
other sums payable remain unpaid. 
Currently, all issued shares are fully paid. In 
addition, no member shall be entitled to vote 
if he has been served with a restriction notice 
after failing to provide the Company with 
information concerning certain interests 
in the Company’s shares required to be 

114

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Financial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic report• is or has been suffering from mental or 

physical ill health and the Board resolves 
that his or her office be vacated; or

• is absent without permission from Board 
meetings for six consecutive months and 
the Board resolves that his or her office be 
vacated; or

• becomes bankrupt or compounds with 

his or her creditors generally; or

• is prohibited by law from being a director; 

or

• ceases to be a director by virtue of any 

provisions of company law or is removed 
from office pursuant to the Articles.

Biographical details of all of the current 
directors are set out on pages 66 and 67. 
Notwithstanding the retirement by rotation 
provisions in the Articles, each of the directors 
will retire and offer themselves for re-election 
at the forthcoming AGM in accordance 
with the UK Corporate Governance Code 
apart from Philip Rogerson and Eugenia 
Ulasewicz who will retire from Board at the 
conclusion of the AGM. 

Directors’ interests in the Company’s 
ordinary shares are shown in Note 22 to the 
consolidated financial statements. None of 
the directors was materially interested in any 
contract of significance with the Company 
or any of its subsidiary undertakings during 
or at the end of 2019. Information relating 
to the directors’ service agreements and 
their remuneration for the year and details 
of the directors’ share options under the 
Company’s share option schemes and 
awards under the Long Term Incentive Plan 
and Deferred Annual Share Bonus Scheme 
are set out in the Directors’ remuneration 
report on pages 85 to 113.

Powers of the directors 
Subject to the Articles, the Companies Act 
2006 and any directions given by the 
Company by special resolution, the business 
of the Company is managed by the Board 
who may exercise all powers of the 
Company. The Board may, by power of 
attorney or otherwise, appoint any person 
or persons to be the agent or agents of the 
Company for such purposes and on such 
conditions as the Board determines.

Directors’ indemnities
Indemnities were in force throughout 2019 
and remain in force as at the date of this 
report under which the Company has agreed 
to indemnify the directors and the Company 
Secretary, in addition to other senior 
executives who are directors of subsidiaries 
of the Company, to the extent permitted by 
law and the Articles in respect of all losses 
arising out of, or in connection with, the 
execution of their powers, duties and 
responsibilities as a director or officer of the 
Company or any of its subsidiaries.

Amendment of articles
Any amendments to the Articles may be 
made in accordance with the provisions of 
the Companies Act 2006 by way of special 
resolution of the Company’s shareholders.

Environmental and social responsibility
The directors recognise that the Company  
is part of a wider community and that it has 
a responsibility to act in a way that respects 
the environment and social and community 
issues. Further information relating to the 
Company’s approach to these matters is set 
out in the Sustainability report on pages 34 
to 49.

Substantial shareholdings
As at 31 December 2019, the Company had been notified of the following significant interests 
in the issued share capital of the Company, in accordance with rule 5 of the Financial 
Conduct Authority’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules.

Shareholder
BlackRock, Inc.
Mawer Investment Management Ltd.

Date of 
notification
06.03.17
18.07.19

Number of 
shares
17,257,793
16,961,895

% of issued 
share capital
5.14
5.04

No other notifications have been received between 31 December 2019 and 24 February 2020.

provided under the Companies Act 2006. 
Votes may be exercised in person or by 
proxy. The Articles currently provide a 
deadline for submission of proxy forms 
of 48 hours before the relevant meeting, 
24 hours before a poll is taken if such poll 
is taken more than 48 hours after it was 
demanded or during the meeting at which 
the poll was demanded if the poll is not 
taken straight away but is taken not more 
than 48 hours after it was demanded.

Purchase of own shares
At the 2019 AGM, shareholders gave 
the Company authority to purchase 
up to a maximum amount equivalent to 
approximately 10% of its issued share 
capital. During the year ended 31 December 
2019, the Company did not purchase any of 
its own shares pursuant to this authority or 
the authority granted at the 2018 AGM and 
no shares have been purchased between 
31 December 2019 and 24 February 2020. 
As a result, directors again propose to seek 
the equivalent authority at the 2020 AGM.

Directors
Directors may be elected by ordinary 
resolution at a duly convened general 
meeting or appointed by the Board. Under 
the Articles, the minimum number of 
directors shall be two and the maximum 
shall be 15. In accordance with the Articles, 
each director is required to retire at the AGM 
held in the third calendar year after which he 
or she was appointed or last appointed and 
any director who has held office with the 
Company, other than employment or 
executive office, for a continuous period of 
nine years or more at the date of the AGM is 
subject to annual re-appointment. The Board 
may also appoint a person willing to act 
as a director during the year either to fill a 
vacancy or as an additional director but so 
that the total number of directors shall not 
at any time exceed 15. However, such 
appointee shall only hold office until the 
next AGM of the Company.

In addition to any power to remove a director 
from office conferred by company law, the 
Company may also by special resolution 
remove a director from office before the 
expiration of his or her period of office under 
the Articles.

The office of a director shall also be vacated 
pursuant to the Articles if the director:

• resigns by giving notice to the Company 
or is asked to resign by all of the other 
directors who are not less than three in 
number; or

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

115

Financial statementsStrategic reportDirectors’ reportThe Company has chosen, in accordance 
with section 414C(11) of the Companies 
Act 2006, to include certain matters in its 
Strategic report that would otherwise be 
required to be disclosed in this Directors’ 
report. These matters are referred to above 
and are explained in more detail in the 
Strategic report on pages 1 to 65.

Under the Companies Act 2006, a safe 
harbour limits the liability of directors in 
respect of statements in and omissions  
from a strategic report and a directors’ 
report. Under English law, the directors 
would be liable to the Company, but not to 
any third party, if the Strategic report or the 
Directors’ report contain errors as a result of 
recklessness or knowing misstatement or 
dishonest concealment of a material fact, 
but would not otherwise be liable.

The Strategic report and the Directors’ 
report were approved by the Board on 
24 February 2020.

By order of the Board

Paul Hussey
Secretary 
24 February 2020

Other statutory information continued

Greenhouse gas emissions
Information relating to greenhouse 
gas emissions has been set out in the 
Sustainability report on pages 34 to 49.

Employment policies
The employment policies of the Group have 
been developed to meet the needs of its 
different business areas and the locations in 
which they operate worldwide, embodying 
the principles of equal opportunity. The 
Group has standards of business conduct 
with which it expects all its employees to 
comply. Bunzl encourages the involvement 
of its employees in the performance of 
the business in which they are employed 
and aims to achieve a sense of shared 
commitment. In addition to a regular 
magazine and the Company’s intranet, 
which provide a variety of information on 
activities and developments within the 
Group and incorporate half year and annual 
financial reports, announcements are 
periodically circulated to give details of 
corporate and employee matters, together 
with a number of subsidiary or business 
area publications dealing with activities  
in specific parts of the Group. 

It is the Group’s policy that disabled 
applicants should be considered for 
employment and career development on 
the basis of their aptitudes and abilities. 
Employees who become disabled during 
their working life will be retained in 
employment wherever possible and given 
help with rehabilitation and training.

Further information relating to the Group’s 
employees can be found in the Sustainability 
report on pages 34 to 49.

Significant agreements
The Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, 
Bunzl Finance plc, has a number of bilateral 
loan facilities with a range of different 
counterparties, all of which are guaranteed 
by the Company, are in substantially the 
same form and are repayable at the option of 
the lender in the event of a change of control 
of the Company. Similar change of control 
provisions in relation to the Company are 
included in the US dollar, sterling and euro 
US private placement notes and the senior 
unsecured bond (which is listed on the 
London Stock Exchange), all of which 
have been entered into by Bunzl Finance plc 
and the Company and are also guaranteed 
by the Company.

Political donations
During 2019, no contributions were made for 
political purposes.

Use of financial instruments
Information on the use of financial 
instruments can be found in the Financial 
review on pages 56 to 65 and in the Notes to 
the financial statements on pages 124 to 168.

Disclosures required under UK Listing 
Rule 9.8.4
Apart from the dividend waiver which  
has been issued in respect of shares held  
by the EBT referred to in Note 19 to the 
consolidated financial statements on page 
156, there are no disclosures required to be 
made under UK Listing Rule 9.8.4.

External auditors
Each of the directors in office at the date  
of approval of this report confirms that:

• so far as the director is aware, there is no 
relevant audit information of which the 
Group and the Company’s auditors are 
unaware; and

• the director has taken all steps that he or 
she ought to have taken as a director in 
order to make the director aware of any 
relevant audit information and to establish 
that the Group and the Company’s auditors 
are aware of that information.

This confirmation is given and should be 
interpreted in accordance with the provisions 
of section 418 of the Companies Act 2006.

Resolutions are to be proposed at the 
forthcoming AGM for the re-appointment of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors of 
the Company, at a rate of remuneration to be 
determined by the directors.

Future developments within the Group
An indication of likely future developments 
in the Group’s business can be found in the 
Strategic report on pages 1 to 65.

Strategic report and Directors’ report
Pages 1 to 65 inclusive consist of the 
Strategic report and pages 66 to 116 
inclusive consist of the Directors’ report. 
These reports have been drawn up and 
presented in accordance with, and in 
reliance upon, applicable English company 
law and any liability of the directors in 
connection with these reports shall be 
subject to the limitations and restrictions 
provided by such law.

116

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Financial statementsDirectors’ reportStrategic reportStrategic report

Directors’ report

Financial statements

Financial 
statements

 Consolidated income statement
 Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

 Consolidated statement of changes in equity
 Consolidated cash flow statement

118 
119 
120  Consolidated balance sheet
121 
122 
124  Notes
169  Company balance sheet
170 
171 
177 
178 
184  Shareholder information
192  Five year review

 Company statement of changes in equity
 Notes to the Company financial statements
 Statement of directors’ responsibilities
 Independent auditors’ report to the members of Bunzl plc

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

117
117

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statementsConsolidated income statement 
for the year ended 31 December 2019 

The Group adopted IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ with effect from 1 January 2019 using the modified retrospective approach to transition and, in 
accordance with the standard, the Group’s financial results for the prior year have not been restated. As a result, with the exception of 
revenue, the financial results shown below for the year ended 31 December 2019 are not directly comparable with the prior year. To provide 
a meaningful comparison with the prior year an alternative presentation of the Group’s results prepared under IAS 17 ‘Leases’, the previous 
accounting standard for leases, is shown in Note 3. 

Revenue 
Operating profit  
Finance income 
Finance expense 
Profit on disposal of businesses 
Profit before income tax 
Income tax 
Profit for the year attributable to the Company’s equity holders 

Earnings per share attributable to the Company’s equity holders 
Basic 

Diluted 

Alternative performance measures† 
Operating profit 
Adjusted for: 
Customer relationships amortisation 
Acquisition related items 
GMP equalisation charge 
Adjusted operating profit◊ 
Finance income 
Finance expense 
Adjusted profit before income tax◊ 
Tax on adjusted profit 
Adjusted profit for the year◊ 

Adjusted earnings per share◊ 

Notes 
5 
5 
7 
7 
28 

8 

9 

9 

5 

5 
5 
6 

7 
7 

8 

9 

2019  
£m 
9,326.7 
528.4 
12.4 
(87.5)
–
453.3 
(104.1)
349.2 

2018  
£m 
9,079.4 
466.2 
11.6 
(66.6)
13.6
424.8 
(98.3)
326.5 

104.8p 

104.5p 

98.4p 

97.8p 

528.4 

466.2 

107.3 
17.6 
–
653.3 
12.4 
(87.5)
578.2 
(137.6)
440.6 

111.1 
33.4 
3.3
614.0 
11.6 
(66.6)
559.0 
(129.1)
429.9 

132.2p 

129.6p 

† See Note 4 on page 134 for further details of the alternative performance measures. 

◊ Excluding the profit on disposal of businesses and associated tax where relevant. 

The Accounting policies and other Notes on pages 124 to 168 form part of these consolidated financial statements. 

118
118 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic reportStrategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
for the year ended 31 December 2019 

Profit for the year  

Other comprehensive (expense)/income 
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: 
Actuarial (loss)/gain on defined benefit pension schemes 
Tax on items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss 
Total items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss 
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss: 
Foreign currency translation differences on foreign operations 
Movement from translation reserve to income statement on disposal of foreign operation 
Gain/(loss) taken to equity as a result of effective net investment hedges 
(Loss)/gain recognised in cash flow hedge reserve 
Movement from cash flow hedge reserve to inventory/income statement 
Tax on items that may be reclassified to profit or loss 
Total items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss 
Other comprehensive (expense)/income for the year 
Total comprehensive income attributable to the Company’s equity holders 

Notes 

2019  
£m 
349.2 

2018  
£m 
326.5 

23 
8 

8 

(8.3)
2.2 
(6.1)

(104.1)
– 
16.9 
(0.5)
(4.3)
0.8 
(91.2)
(97.3)
251.9 

11.0 
(3.7)
7.3 

3.0 
(2.4)
(7.5)
7.9 
(4.4)
(0.4)
(3.8)
3.5 
330.0 

Consolidated income statement 

for the year ended 31 December 2019 

The Group adopted IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ with effect from 1 January 2019 using the modified retrospective approach to transition and, in 

accordance with the standard, the Group’s financial results for the prior year have not been restated. As a result, with the exception of 

revenue, the financial results shown below for the year ended 31 December 2019 are not directly comparable with the prior year. To provide 

a meaningful comparison with the prior year an alternative presentation of the Group’s results prepared under IAS 17 ‘Leases’, the previous 

accounting standard for leases, is shown in Note 3. 

Profit for the year attributable to the Company’s equity holders 

Earnings per share attributable to the Company’s equity holders 

Revenue 

Operating profit  

Finance income 

Finance expense 

Profit on disposal of businesses 

Profit before income tax 

Income tax 

Basic 

Diluted 

Alternative performance measures† 

Operating profit 

Adjusted for: 

Customer relationships amortisation 

Acquisition related items 

GMP equalisation charge 

Adjusted operating profit◊ 

Finance income 

Finance expense 

Adjusted profit before income tax◊ 

Tax on adjusted profit 

Adjusted profit for the year◊ 

Adjusted earnings per share◊ 

Notes 

5 

5 

7 

7 

8 

28 

9 

9 

5 

5 

5 

6 

7 

7 

8 

9 

2019  

£m 

9,326.7 

528.4 

12.4 

(87.5)

–

453.3 

(104.1)

349.2 

2018  

£m 

9,079.4 

466.2 

11.6 

(66.6)

13.6

424.8 

(98.3)

326.5 

104.8p 

104.5p 

98.4p 

97.8p 

528.4 

466.2 

107.3 

17.6 

–

653.3 

12.4 

(87.5)

578.2 

(137.6)

440.6 

111.1 

33.4 

3.3

614.0 

11.6 

(66.6)

559.0 

(129.1)

429.9 

132.2p 

129.6p 

† See Note 4 on page 134 for further details of the alternative performance measures. 

◊ Excluding the profit on disposal of businesses and associated tax where relevant. 

The Accounting policies and other Notes on pages 124 to 168 form part of these consolidated financial statements. 

118 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

119
119

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated balance sheet 
at 31 December 2019 

Assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Right-of-use assets 
Intangible assets 
Defined benefit pension assets 
Derivative financial assets 
Deferred tax assets 
Total non-current assets 

Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Income tax receivable 
Derivative financial assets 
Cash at bank and in hand 
Total current assets 
Total assets 

Equity 
Share capital 
Share premium 
Translation reserve 
Other reserves 
Retained earnings 
Total equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders  

Liabilities 
Interest bearing loans and borrowings 
Defined benefit pension liabilities 
Other payables 
Income tax payable 
Provisions 
Lease liabilities 
Derivative financial liabilities 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Total non-current liabilities 

Bank overdrafts 
Interest bearing loans and borrowings 
Trade and other payables 
Income tax payable 
Provisions 
Lease liabilities 
Derivative financial liabilities 
Total current liabilities 
Total liabilities 
Total equity and liabilities 

Notes 

2019  
£m 

2018  
£m 

10 
11 
12 
23 

18 

13 
14 

26 

19 

26 
23 

17 
25 

18 

26 
26 
15 

17 
25 

118.3 
432.9 
2,290.9 
10.8 
11.5 
3.7 
2,868.1 

1,177.2 
1,254.1 
6.7 
3.4 
610.5 
3,051.9 
5,920.0 

108.3 
184.0 
(111.8)
16.2 
1,547.6 
1,744.3 

1,314.2 
46.8 
19.5 
2.4 
33.9 
358.2 
– 
127.5 
1,902.5 

469.7 
83.7 
1,502.8 
81.0 
6.5 
121.8 
7.7 
2,273.2 
4,175.7 
5,920.0 

122.4 
– 
2,382.5 
3.4 
5.9 
4.0 
2,518.2 

1,213.6 
1,330.0 
4.0 
12.6 
477.7 
3,037.9 
5,556.1 

108.1 
178.5 
(24.6)
20.2 
1,412.3 
1,694.5 

1,456.3 
41.9 
29.4 
2.9 
41.3 
– 
5.1 
153.7 
1,730.6 

333.5 
74.9 
1,613.6 
91.9 
6.1 
– 
11.0 
2,131.0 
3,861.6 
5,556.1 

Approved by the Board of directors of Bunzl plc (Company registration number 358948) on 24 February 2020 and signed on its behalf by  
Frank van Zanten, Chief Executive Officer and Richard Howes, Chief Financial Officer. 

120 
120

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Consolidated balance sheet 

at 31 December 2019 

Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
for the year ended 31 December 2019 

Assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Right-of-use assets 

Intangible assets 

Defined benefit pension assets 

Derivative financial assets 

Deferred tax assets 

Total non-current assets 

Inventories 

Trade and other receivables 

Income tax receivable 

Derivative financial assets 

Cash at bank and in hand 

Total current assets 

Total assets 

Equity 

Share capital 

Share premium 

Translation reserve 

Other reserves 

Retained earnings 

Liabilities 

Interest bearing loans and borrowings 

Defined benefit pension liabilities 

Other payables 

Income tax payable 

Provisions 

Lease liabilities 

Derivative financial liabilities 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Total non-current liabilities 

Bank overdrafts 

Interest bearing loans and borrowings 

Trade and other payables 

Income tax payable 

Provisions 

Lease liabilities 

Derivative financial liabilities 

Total current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Total equity and liabilities 

Total equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders  

Notes 

10 

11 

12 

23 

18 

13 

14 

26 

19 

26 

23 

17 

25 

18 

26 

26 

15 

17 

25 

2,290.9 

2,382.5 

2,868.1 

2,518.2 

2019  

£m 

118.3 

432.9 

10.8 

11.5 

3.7 

1,177.2 

1,254.1 

6.7 

3.4 

610.5 

3,051.9 

5,920.0 

108.3 

184.0 

(111.8)

16.2 

1,547.6 

1,744.3 

46.8 

19.5 

2.4 

33.9 

358.2 

– 

127.5 

1,902.5 

469.7 

83.7 

81.0 

6.5 

121.8 

7.7 

2,273.2 

4,175.7 

5,920.0 

2018  

£m 

122.4 

– 

3.4 

5.9 

4.0 

1,213.6 

1,330.0 

4.0 

12.6 

477.7 

3,037.9 

5,556.1 

108.1 

178.5 

(24.6)

20.2 

1,412.3 

1,694.5 

41.9 

29.4 

2.9 

41.3 

– 

5.1 

153.7 

1,730.6 

333.5 

74.9 

91.9 

6.1 

– 

11.0 

2,131.0 

3,861.6 

5,556.1 

1,314.2 

1,456.3 

1,502.8 

1,613.6 

At 31 December 2018 
Impact of transition to IFRS 16 
Restated equity at 1 January 2019 
Profit for the year 
Actuarial loss on defined benefit  

pension schemes 

Foreign currency translation differences  

on foreign operations 

Gain taken to equity as a result of 
effective net investment hedges 
Loss recognised in cash flow hedge 

reserve 

Movement from cash flow hedge reserve 

to inventory/income statement 

Income tax credit on other 

comprehensive expense   
Total comprehensive income 
2018 interim dividend 
2018 final dividend 
Issue of share capital 
Employee trust shares 
Movement on own share reserves 
Share based payments 
At 31 December 2019 

At 1 January 2018 
Profit for the year 
Actuarial gain on defined benefit  

pension schemes 

Foreign currency translation differences  

on foreign operations 

Movement from translation reserve to 
income statement on disposal of 
foreign operation 

Loss taken to equity as a result of 
effective net investment hedges 
Gain recognised in cash flow hedge 

reserve 

Movement from cash flow hedge reserve 

to inventory/income statement 
Income tax credit/(charge) on other 

comprehensive income  
Total comprehensive income 
2017 interim dividend 
2017 final dividend 
Issue of share capital 
Employee trust shares 
Movement on own share reserves 
Share based payments 
At 31 December 2018 

Approved by the Board of directors of Bunzl plc (Company registration number 358948) on 24 February 2020 and signed on its behalf by  

Frank van Zanten, Chief Executive Officer and Richard Howes, Chief Financial Officer. 

Share 
capital  
£m 
108.1 

Share  
premium  
£m 
178.5 

Translation  
reserve  
£m 
(24.6)

Capital  
redemption  
£m 
16.1 

Other reserves   
Cash flow  
hedge  
£m   
1.6   

Merger  
£m 
2.5 

Retained earnings 
Own  
shares  
£m 
(63.9)

Earnings  
£m 

Total  
equity  
£m 
1,476.2  1,694.5 
(23.9)
1,452.3  1,670.6 
349.2 

(23.9) 

349.2 

108.1 

178.5 

(24.6)

2.5 

16.1 

1.6   

(63.9)

(104.1)

16.9 

– 
(87.2)

0.2 

5.5 

(0.5)  

(4.3)  

0.8   
(4.0)  

(30.4)
24.4 

108.3 

184.0 

(111.8)

2.5 

16.1 

(2.4)  

(69.9)

(8.3) 

(8.3)

  (104.1)

16.9 

(0.5)

(4.3)

2.2 
343.1 
(50.7) 

3.0 
251.9 
(50.7)
(116.6)  (116.6)
5.7 
(30.4)
– 
13.8 
1,617.5  1,744.3 

(24.4) 
13.8 

Share 
capital  
£m 
108.0 

Share  
premium  
£m 
171.4 

Translation  
reserve  
£m 
(17.9)

Capital  
redemption  
£m 
16.1 

Other reserves   
Cash flow  
hedge  
£m   
(1.3)  

Merger  
£m 
2.5 

Retained earnings 
Own  
shares  
£m 
(122.9)

Earnings  
£m 

Total  
equity  
£m 
1,292.7  1,448.6 
326.5 

326.5 

3.0 

(2.4)

(7.5)

0.2 
(6.7)

0.1 

7.1 

7.9   

(4.4)  

(0.6)  
2.9   

45.6 
13.4 

108.1 

178.5 

(24.6)

2.5 

16.1 

1.6   

(63.9)

11.0 

11.0 

3.0 

(2.4)

(7.5)

7.9 

(4.4)

(3.7) 
333.8 
(46.2) 

(4.1)
330.0 
(46.2)
(106.0)  (106.0)
7.2 
45.6 
– 
15.3 
1,476.2  1,694.5 

(13.4) 
15.3 

120 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

121
121

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
Consolidated cash flow statement  
for the year ended 31 December 2019 

Cash flow from operating activities 
Profit before income tax  
Adjusted for: 
  net finance expense 
  customer relationships amortisation 
  acquisition related items 
  profit on disposal of businesses 

GMP equalisation charge 

Adjusted operating profit 
Adjustments: 

depreciation and software amortisation 

  other non-cash items 
  working capital movement 
Cash generated from operations before acquisition related items 
Cash outflow from acquisition related items 
Income tax paid 
Cash inflow from operating activities 

Cash flow from investing activities 
Interest received 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and software 
Sale of property, plant and equipment 
Purchase of businesses 
Disposal of businesses 
Cash outflow from investing activities 

Cash flow from financing activities 
Interest paid excluding interest on lease liabilities 
Dividends paid 
Increase in borrowings 
Repayment of borrowings 
Realised gains on foreign exchange contracts 
Payment of lease liabilities – principal 
Payment of lease liabilities – interest 
Proceeds from issue of ordinary shares to settle share options 
Proceeds from exercise of market purchase share options 
Purchase of employee trust shares  
Cash outflow from financing activities 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at start of year 
Increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Currency translation 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Notes 

2019  
£m 

2018  
£m 

453.3 

424.8 

7 
12 
5 

29 
29 
29 

27 

10,12 

27 
28 

20 

25 
25 

26 

75.1 
107.3 
17.6 
– 
– 
653.3 

160.0 
(3.5)
4.3 
814.1 
(19.2)
(125.6)
669.3 

9.8 
(36.9)
8.1 
(143.6)
– 
(162.6)

(61.0)
(167.3)
75.5 
(173.7)
13.6 
(128.3)
(23.3)
5.7 
15.8 
(49.2)
(492.2)

55.0 
111.1 
33.4 
(13.6)
3.3 
614.0 

32.6 
(0.8)
(38.7)
607.1 
(13.9)
(113.2)
480.0 

2.0 
(31.1)
2.5 
(170.3)
55.1 
(141.8)

(51.1)
(152.2)
71.6 
(228.5)
3.3 
– 
– 
7.2 
42.8 
– 
(306.9)

14.5 

31.3 

144.2 
14.5 
(17.9)
140.8 

112.3 
31.3 
0.6 
144.2 

122 
122

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated cash flow statement  

for the year ended 31 December 2019 

Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

Consolidated cash flow statement continued 
for the year ended 31 December 2019 

  Alternative performance measures† 
  Cash generated from operations before acquisition related items 
  Purchase of property, plant and equipment and software 
  Sale of property, plant and equipment  
  Payment of lease liabilities 
  Operating cash flow 

  Adjusted operating profit 
  Add back depreciation of right-of-use assets 
  Deduct payment of lease liabilities  
  Lease adjusted operating profit  

Cash conversion (operating cash flow as a  
percentage of lease adjusted operating profit)◊ 

† See Note 4 on page 134 for further details of the alternative performance measures. 

Notes 

25 

11 
25 

2019*
£m 
814.1 
(36.9)
8.1 
(151.6)
633.7 

653.3 
128.1 
(151.6)
629.8 

2018  
£m   
607.1   
(31.1)

2.5   
–   
578.5   

614.0   
–   
–   
614.0  

101% 

94%   

*  The Group adopted IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ with effect from 1 January 2019 which, while having no overall net cash flow impact, significantly distorts comparisons with previous periods 

for certain line items, particularly because the payment of lease liabilities is now included as a deduction within financing activities whereas previously under IAS 17 ‘Leases’ 
operating lease charges were included as a deduction within cash flow from operating activities. See Note 1b for further details of the impact of the transition to IFRS 16. 

◊ Following the adoption of IFRS 16 the Group has updated its definition of cash conversion to be operating cash flow, which now includes the payment of lease liabilities as a 

deduction, as a percentage of lease adjusted operating profit, being adjusted operating profit after adding back depreciation of right-of-use assets and deducting the payment of  
lease liabilities. 

Cash flow from operating activities 

Profit before income tax  

Adjusted for: 

  net finance expense 

  customer relationships amortisation 

  acquisition related items 

  profit on disposal of businesses 

GMP equalisation charge 

Adjusted operating profit 

Adjustments: 

depreciation and software amortisation 

  other non-cash items 

  working capital movement 

Cash outflow from acquisition related items 

Income tax paid 

Cash inflow from operating activities 

Cash generated from operations before acquisition related items 

Cash flow from investing activities 

Interest received 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and software 

Sale of property, plant and equipment 

Purchase of businesses 

Disposal of businesses 

Cash outflow from investing activities 

Cash flow from financing activities 

Interest paid excluding interest on lease liabilities 

Dividends paid 

Increase in borrowings 

Repayment of borrowings 

Realised gains on foreign exchange contracts 

Payment of lease liabilities – principal 

Payment of lease liabilities – interest 

Proceeds from issue of ordinary shares to settle share options 

Proceeds from exercise of market purchase share options 

Purchase of employee trust shares  

Cash outflow from financing activities 

Cash and cash equivalents at start of year 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Currency translation 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Notes 

2019  

£m 

2018  

£m 

453.3 

424.8 

10,12 

27 

28 

7 

12 

5 

29 

29 

29 

27 

20 

25 

25 

26 

75.1 

107.3 

17.6 

– 

– 

653.3 

160.0 

(3.5)

4.3 

814.1 

(19.2)

(125.6)

669.3 

9.8 

(36.9)

8.1 

(143.6)

– 

(162.6)

(61.0)

(167.3)

75.5 

(173.7)

13.6 

(128.3)

(23.3)

5.7 

15.8 

(49.2)

(492.2)

144.2 

14.5 

(17.9)

140.8 

55.0 

111.1 

33.4 

(13.6)

3.3 

614.0 

32.6 

(0.8)

(38.7)

607.1 

(13.9)

(113.2)

480.0 

2.0 

(31.1)

2.5 

(170.3)

55.1 

(141.8)

(51.1)

(152.2)

71.6 

(228.5)

3.3 

– 

– 

7.2 

42.8 

– 

(306.9)

112.3 

31.3 

0.6 

144.2 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents 

14.5 

31.3 

122 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

123
123

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
Notes 

1 Basis of preparation 
Bunzl plc (the ‘Company’) is a public company, which is limited by shares and is listed on the London Stock Exchange. The Company  
is incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom and is registered in England and Wales.  

a. Basis of accounting 
The consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2019 have been approved by the Board of directors of Bunzl plc. 
They are prepared in accordance with (i) EU endorsed International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) and interpretations of the IFRS 
Interpretations Committee (‘IFRIC’) and those parts of the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies using IFRS and (ii) IFRS as 
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’). They are prepared under the historical cost convention with the exception 
of certain items which are measured at fair value as described in the accounting policies below. The directors consider that it is appropriate 
to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements. 

b. Newly adopted accounting policies 
(i) IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ 
The Group adopted IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ with effect from 1 January 2019 using the modified retrospective approach to transition. The new 
standard requires that the Group’s leased assets are recorded as right-of-use assets together with their corresponding lease liabilities. 
Adoption of the new standard has had a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements, with right-of-use assets of 
£449.4m recognised on transition together with lease liabilities of £498.3m. As at 31 December 2019 the right-of-use assets were £432.9m 
and the lease liabilities were £480.0m. 

The Group’s lease portfolio consists of approximately 5,000 leases principally for warehouses, offices, vehicles and equipment for which  
the Group has been collating data for a number of years in preparation for the new standard. This data has been used in conjunction with  
a lease accounting tool specifically developed for the Group to provide the accounting entries required under IFRS 16. 

On transition the lease liabilities have been measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the 
incremental borrowing rate on the date of transition. The right-of-use assets have been measured at the carrying amounts that would have 
been in place had the standard been applied since the commencement of each lease, discounted using the incremental borrowing rate at the 
date of transition. The weighted average incremental borrowing rate applied to the Group’s lease portfolio on 1 January 2019 was 4.8%. 

On transition the Group elected not to reassess whether a contract is, or contains, a lease, instead relying on the assessment already made 
in applying International Accounting Standard (‘IAS’) 17 ‘Leases’ and IFRIC 4 ‘Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease’.  
In addition, the Group applied the following available practical expedients permitted by the standard: 

•  the exclusion of leases relating to low value assets (less than £5,000 when new); 

•  the exclusion of short term leases, being those with a lease term of 12 months or less; 

•  the use of hindsight in determining the lease term where the contract contains options to extend or terminate the lease; and 

•  reliance on its assessment of whether leases are onerous immediately prior to the date of transition. 

The impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 on the opening balance sheet as at 1 January 2019 is shown in the table below: 

Right-of-use assets 
Net deferred tax liabilities 
Other receivables 
Accruals 
Lease liabilities 
Equity 

As at  
31.12.2018 
£m 
– 
(149.7)
74.2 
(277.2)
– 
(1,694.5)

Impact of 
IFRS 16*
£m 
449.4 
7.6 
(3.0)
20.4 
(498.3)
23.9 

Restated 
1.1.2019 
£m 
449.4 
(142.1)
71.2 
(256.8)
(498.3)
(1,670.6)

*  Since the Group's half yearly financial report for the six months ended 30 June 2019 there have been refinements to some of the Group's lease assumptions relating to term changes 
and rent changes up to the date of transition. This has changed the transition disclosures previously disclosed as part of the Group's half yearly financial report for the six months 
ended 30 June 2019, though the differences are not significant.  

Under IFRS 16, the operating lease expense previously recorded in operating costs has been replaced by a depreciation charge, which  
is lower than the operating lease expense recognised under IAS 17, the previous accounting standard for leases, and a separate interest 
expense, recorded in finance expense. This significantly impacts certain line items in the Group’s Consolidated income statement and 
distorts comparisons with the prior year since, in accordance with the standard, as a result of the Group transitioning to IFRS 16 using the 
modified retrospective approach, the prior year has not been restated. However, in order to provide a meaningful comparison with the prior 
year, the Group’s financial results for the year ended 31 December 2019 have also been presented in accordance with IAS 17. The results for 
the year ended 31 December 2019 under IAS 17 are referred to as ‘Proforma IAS 17’. Note 3 includes a Consolidated income statement 
showing the results for the year ended 31 December 2019 both as reported under IFRS 16 and on a Proforma IAS 17 basis. 

124
124 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report 
 
 
Bunzl plc (the ‘Company’) is a public company, which is limited by shares and is listed on the London Stock Exchange. The Company  

is incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom and is registered in England and Wales.  

1 Basis of preparation continued 
A summary of the impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 on the Group’s results for the year ended 31 December 2019 is shown in the  
table below: 

Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

Adjusted operating profit* 
Finance income 
Finance expense 
Adjusted profit before income tax* 
Tax on adjusted profit 
Adjusted profit for the year* 
Adjusted earnings per share*  

*  Alternative performance measures – see Note 4. 

Proforma 
IAS 17 
2019 
£m 
630.9 
12.4 
(64.2)
579.1 
(137.8)
441.3 
132.4p

Impact of 
IFRS 16  
£m 
22.4 
– 
(23.3) 
(0.9) 
0.2 
(0.7) 
 (0.2)p

IFRS 
2019 
£m 
653.3 
12.4 
(87.5)
578.2 
(137.6)
440.6 
132.2p

There is no net cash flow impact arising from the adoption of the new standard. The Group has however updated the definition of cash 
conversion, one of its alternative performance measures, to give meaningful comparisons with prior periods (see Note 4). The Group’s 
principal debt covenants, which are net debt to EBITDA and interest cover, are measured against debt covenants based on historical 
accounting standards and are therefore unaffected by the adoption of IFRS 16. The Group does not intend to alter its approach going 
forward as to whether assets should be leased or bought. 

The lease liabilities as at the transition date of 1 January 2019 are reconciled to the operating lease commitments reported as at  
31 December 2018 as follows: 

Operating lease commitments disclosed as at 31 December 2018 
Discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate at 1 January 2019 
Leases committed not yet started 
Adjustments from different treatment of extension and termination options 
Short term and low value leases recognised on a straight line basis as an expense 
Lease liability recognised as at 1 January 2019 

Ageing of lease liabilities recognised:  
Current lease liabilities  
Non-current lease liabilities  
Lease liability recognised as at 1 January 2019 

See Note 2g for the Group’s lease accounting policy.  

1 January 2019 
£m 
623.7 
(77.5)
(68.9)
33.2 
(12.2)
498.3 

119.3 
379.0 
498.3 

(ii) IFRIC 23 ‘Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments’ 
The Group applied IFRIC 23 ‘Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments’ with effect from 1 January 2019. The interpretation clarifies the 
application of the recognition and measurement requirements in IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’ where there is uncertainty over income tax 
treatments. The interpretation provides guidance on determining whether uncertain tax positions should be considered separately or 
together and that measurement should be either the single most likely outcome or the probability weighted sum of a range of outcomes, 
whichever better predicts the resolution. There was no material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements as a result of the 
application of IFRIC 23. 

There are no other new standards or amendments to existing standards that are effective that have had a material impact on the Group,  
nor does the Group anticipate any new or revised standards and interpretations that are effective from 1 January 2020 and beyond to have  
a material impact on its consolidated results or financial position. 

Notes 

1 Basis of preparation 

a. Basis of accounting 

The consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2019 have been approved by the Board of directors of Bunzl plc. 

They are prepared in accordance with (i) EU endorsed International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) and interpretations of the IFRS 

Interpretations Committee (‘IFRIC’) and those parts of the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies using IFRS and (ii) IFRS as 

issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’). They are prepared under the historical cost convention with the exception 

of certain items which are measured at fair value as described in the accounting policies below. The directors consider that it is appropriate 

to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements. 

b. Newly adopted accounting policies 

(i) IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ 

The Group adopted IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ with effect from 1 January 2019 using the modified retrospective approach to transition. The new 

standard requires that the Group’s leased assets are recorded as right-of-use assets together with their corresponding lease liabilities. 

Adoption of the new standard has had a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements, with right-of-use assets of 

£449.4m recognised on transition together with lease liabilities of £498.3m. As at 31 December 2019 the right-of-use assets were £432.9m 

and the lease liabilities were £480.0m. 

The Group’s lease portfolio consists of approximately 5,000 leases principally for warehouses, offices, vehicles and equipment for which  

the Group has been collating data for a number of years in preparation for the new standard. This data has been used in conjunction with  

a lease accounting tool specifically developed for the Group to provide the accounting entries required under IFRS 16. 

On transition the lease liabilities have been measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the 

incremental borrowing rate on the date of transition. The right-of-use assets have been measured at the carrying amounts that would have 

been in place had the standard been applied since the commencement of each lease, discounted using the incremental borrowing rate at the 

date of transition. The weighted average incremental borrowing rate applied to the Group’s lease portfolio on 1 January 2019 was 4.8%. 

On transition the Group elected not to reassess whether a contract is, or contains, a lease, instead relying on the assessment already made 

in applying International Accounting Standard (‘IAS’) 17 ‘Leases’ and IFRIC 4 ‘Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease’.  

In addition, the Group applied the following available practical expedients permitted by the standard: 

•  the exclusion of leases relating to low value assets (less than £5,000 when new); 

•  the exclusion of short term leases, being those with a lease term of 12 months or less; 

•  the use of hindsight in determining the lease term where the contract contains options to extend or terminate the lease; and 

•  reliance on its assessment of whether leases are onerous immediately prior to the date of transition. 

The impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 on the opening balance sheet as at 1 January 2019 is shown in the table below: 

Right-of-use assets 

Net deferred tax liabilities 

Other receivables 

Accruals 

Lease liabilities 

Equity 

As at  

31.12.2018 

£m 

– 

(149.7)

74.2 

(277.2)

Impact of 

IFRS 16*

£m 

449.4 

7.6 

(3.0)

20.4 

Restated 

1.1.2019 

£m 

449.4 

(142.1)

71.2 

(256.8)

(498.3)

– 

(498.3)

(1,694.5)

23.9 

(1,670.6)

*  Since the Group's half yearly financial report for the six months ended 30 June 2019 there have been refinements to some of the Group's lease assumptions relating to term changes 

and rent changes up to the date of transition. This has changed the transition disclosures previously disclosed as part of the Group's half yearly financial report for the six months 

ended 30 June 2019, though the differences are not significant.  

Under IFRS 16, the operating lease expense previously recorded in operating costs has been replaced by a depreciation charge, which  

is lower than the operating lease expense recognised under IAS 17, the previous accounting standard for leases, and a separate interest 

expense, recorded in finance expense. This significantly impacts certain line items in the Group’s Consolidated income statement and 

distorts comparisons with the prior year since, in accordance with the standard, as a result of the Group transitioning to IFRS 16 using the 

modified retrospective approach, the prior year has not been restated. However, in order to provide a meaningful comparison with the prior 

year, the Group’s financial results for the year ended 31 December 2019 have also been presented in accordance with IAS 17. The results for 

the year ended 31 December 2019 under IAS 17 are referred to as ‘Proforma IAS 17’. Note 3 includes a Consolidated income statement 

showing the results for the year ended 31 December 2019 both as reported under IFRS 16 and on a Proforma IAS 17 basis. 

124 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

125
125

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes continued 

2 Accounting policies 
The accounting policies set out below have, unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently to all periods presented in the consolidated 
financial statements. 

a. Basis of consolidation  
(i) Subsidiaries 
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. Control exists when the Group is either exposed or has rights to variable returns from  
its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are included in  
the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases. A list of all of Bunzl plc’s  
subsidiary undertakings is included in the Related undertakings note in the Shareholder information section on pages 184 to 187 and is 
subject to audit. The results of all of the subsidiary undertakings are included in full in these consolidated financial statements. 

(ii) Business combinations 
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and 
contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at fair value at the acquisition date. The consideration paid 
or payable in respect of acquisitions comprises amounts paid on completion and deferred consideration, excluding payments which are 
contingent on the continued employment of former owners of businesses acquired. The excess of the consideration (excluding payments 
contingent on future employment) over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Payments that are 
contingent on future employment and transaction costs and expenses such as professional fees are charged to the income statement. 

When less than 100% of the issued share capital of a subsidiary is acquired, and the acquisition includes an option to purchase the 
remaining share capital of the subsidiary, the anticipated acquisition method is applied, where judged appropriate to do so, meaning that no 
non-controlling interest is recognised. A liability is carried on the balance sheet equal to the fair value of the option and this is revised to fair 
value at each reporting date with differences being recorded in acquisition related items in the income statement. 

(iii) Disposal of businesses 
Where a subsidiary undertaking is sold, the profit or loss on disposal is calculated as the difference between the aggregate of the fair value 
of the consideration received and the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary on the date of disposal less any 
transaction costs relating to the disposal. On the disposal of a subsidiary with assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency, the 
cumulative translation difference associated with that subsidiary in the translation reserve is credited or debited to the profit or loss on 
disposal recognised in the income statement. Cash received on disposal of businesses is shown within investing activities in the 
Consolidated cash flow statement, net of cash and cash equivalents disposed of and transaction costs. 

(iv) Transactions eliminated on consolidation 
Intragroup balances and any unrealised gains and losses or income and expenses arising from intragroup transactions are eliminated in 
preparing the consolidated financial statements. 

b. Foreign currency 
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated at the exchange rate prevailing at that date. Foreign exchange 
differences arising on translation are recognised in the income statement, unless they qualify for cash flow or net investment hedge 
accounting treatment, in which case the effective portion is recognised directly in other comprehensive income. 

Assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated at the exchange rate prevailing at the balance sheet date. Income and expenses  
of foreign operations are translated at average exchange rates. All resulting exchange differences, including exchange differences arising  
from the translation of borrowings and other financial instruments designated as hedges of such balances, are recognised directly in other 
comprehensive income and accumulated in the translation reserve. Differences that have arisen since 1 January 2004, the date of transition  
to IFRS, are presented in this separate component of equity. 

c. Revenue 
The Group is principally engaged in the delivery of goods to customers representing a single performance obligation which is satisfied upon 
delivery of the relevant goods. Revenue related to the provision of services is recognised when the service is provided, which for the majority 
of the Group’s service revenue represents a single performance obligation. Revenue is not recognised if there is significant uncertainty 
regarding recovery of the consideration due. 

Revenue is valued at invoiced amounts, excluding sales taxes and including estimates for variable consideration where relevant, such as 
returns and discounts, for which a liability is recognised as required. Returns and early settlement discount liabilities are based on 
experience over an appropriate period whereas volume discount liabilities are based on agreements with customers and expected volumes.  

d. Cost of goods sold  
Cost of goods sold consists of the cost of the inventories sold or disposed of in the period where the cost of inventories is net of supplier 
rebate income related to those inventories.  

126 
126

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
Notes continued 

2 Accounting policies 

financial statements. 

a. Basis of consolidation  

(i) Subsidiaries 

The accounting policies set out below have, unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently to all periods presented in the consolidated 

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. Control exists when the Group is either exposed or has rights to variable returns from  

its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are included in  

the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases. A list of all of Bunzl plc’s  

subsidiary undertakings is included in the Related undertakings note in the Shareholder information section on pages 184 to 187 and is 

subject to audit. The results of all of the subsidiary undertakings are included in full in these consolidated financial statements. 

(ii) Business combinations 

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and 

contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at fair value at the acquisition date. The consideration paid 

or payable in respect of acquisitions comprises amounts paid on completion and deferred consideration, excluding payments which are 

contingent on the continued employment of former owners of businesses acquired. The excess of the consideration (excluding payments 

contingent on future employment) over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Payments that are 

contingent on future employment and transaction costs and expenses such as professional fees are charged to the income statement. 

When less than 100% of the issued share capital of a subsidiary is acquired, and the acquisition includes an option to purchase the 

remaining share capital of the subsidiary, the anticipated acquisition method is applied, where judged appropriate to do so, meaning that no 

non-controlling interest is recognised. A liability is carried on the balance sheet equal to the fair value of the option and this is revised to fair 

value at each reporting date with differences being recorded in acquisition related items in the income statement. 

(iii) Disposal of businesses 

Where a subsidiary undertaking is sold, the profit or loss on disposal is calculated as the difference between the aggregate of the fair value 

of the consideration received and the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary on the date of disposal less any 

transaction costs relating to the disposal. On the disposal of a subsidiary with assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency, the 

cumulative translation difference associated with that subsidiary in the translation reserve is credited or debited to the profit or loss on 

disposal recognised in the income statement. Cash received on disposal of businesses is shown within investing activities in the 

Consolidated cash flow statement, net of cash and cash equivalents disposed of and transaction costs. 

Intragroup balances and any unrealised gains and losses or income and expenses arising from intragroup transactions are eliminated in 

(iv) Transactions eliminated on consolidation 

preparing the consolidated financial statements. 

b. Foreign currency 

Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities 

denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated at the exchange rate prevailing at that date. Foreign exchange 

differences arising on translation are recognised in the income statement, unless they qualify for cash flow or net investment hedge 

accounting treatment, in which case the effective portion is recognised directly in other comprehensive income. 

Assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated at the exchange rate prevailing at the balance sheet date. Income and expenses  

of foreign operations are translated at average exchange rates. All resulting exchange differences, including exchange differences arising  

from the translation of borrowings and other financial instruments designated as hedges of such balances, are recognised directly in other 

comprehensive income and accumulated in the translation reserve. Differences that have arisen since 1 January 2004, the date of transition  

to IFRS, are presented in this separate component of equity. 

Revenue is valued at invoiced amounts, excluding sales taxes and including estimates for variable consideration where relevant, such as 

returns and discounts, for which a liability is recognised as required. Returns and early settlement discount liabilities are based on 

experience over an appropriate period whereas volume discount liabilities are based on agreements with customers and expected volumes.  

Cost of goods sold consists of the cost of the inventories sold or disposed of in the period where the cost of inventories is net of supplier 

d. Cost of goods sold  

rebate income related to those inventories.  

Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

2 Accounting policies continued 
e. Supplier rebates 
The Group has various rebate arrangements with a number of suppliers. Some of these arrangements are based on the volume of products 
purchased and others are based on the volume of products sold. Supplier rebate income is recognised in cost of goods sold concurrent  
with the sale of the inventories to which it relates and is calculated by reference to the expected consideration receivable from each rebate 
arrangement. Substantially all supplier rebate income is unconditional and non-judgemental. Supplier rebate income is not recognised  
if there is significant uncertainty regarding recovery of the amount due. Supplier rebate income accrued but not yet received is included  
in other receivables.  

f. Share based payments 
The Group operates a number of equity settled share based payment compensation plans. Details of these plans are outlined in Note 19  
and the Directors’ remuneration report. The total expected expense is based on the fair value of options and other share based incentives  
on the grant date, calculated using a valuation model, and is spread over the expected vesting period with a corresponding credit to equity.  

g. Leases 
The Group adopted IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ with effect from 1 January 2019. Until 31 December 2018, the Group applied IAS 17, the previous 
accounting standard for leases. From 1 January 2019, the Group’s accounting policy for leases under IFRS 16 is as follows: 

The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The right-of-use asset is initially measured 
at cost, comprising the initial amount of the lease liability plus any initial direct costs incurred and any lease payments made at or before  
the lease commencement date, less any lease incentives received. The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight line 
method from the commencement date to the earlier of the end of the useful life of the asset or the end of the lease term. The lease liability is 
initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted using the interest rate 
implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot readily be determined, as is the case in the vast majority of the leasing activities of the Group, the 
lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an 
asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms and conditions. The lease liability is subsequently measured at amortised cost 
using the effective interest method. It is remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index/rate 
or a change in the Group’s assessment of whether it will exercise an extension or termination option. When the lease liability is remeasured, 
a corresponding adjustment is made to the right-of-use asset.  

Judgements are involved in determining the lease term, particularly because termination options are included in a number of property 
leases across the Group to facilitate operational flexibility. The majority of termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and 
not by the respective lessor. In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic 
incentive to exercise a termination option. Periods after the date of a termination option are only included in the lease term if it is reasonably 
certain that the lease will not be terminated. The assessment of the lease term is reviewed if a significant event or a significant change in 
circumstances occurs that is within the control of the Group.  

Payments associated with short term leases and leases of low value assets are recognised on a straight line basis as an expense in profit or 
loss. Short term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low value assets are assets with a value of less than £5,000 when 
new, typically small items of IT equipment, office equipment and office furniture.  

h. Income tax 
Income tax in the income statement comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement except to the 
extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity or other comprehensive income. 

Current tax is the expected tax payable or recoverable on the taxable income or loss for the year using tax rates enacted or substantively 
enacted at the balance sheet date and any adjustments in respect of prior years. Current tax payable is recognised when it is probable that 
the Group will be required to settle the obligation. The Group’s policy for accounting for current tax payable or receivable where it is 
uncertain is described in more detail in Note 2y – Sources of estimation uncertainty part (iv) – Taxation. 

The Group is principally engaged in the delivery of goods to customers representing a single performance obligation which is satisfied upon 

delivery of the relevant goods. Revenue related to the provision of services is recognised when the service is provided, which for the majority 

of the Group’s service revenue represents a single performance obligation. Revenue is not recognised if there is significant uncertainty 

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method providing for temporary differences arising between tax bases and carrying 
amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary 
differences when they reverse, based on the laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. 

c. Revenue 

regarding recovery of the consideration due. 

126 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

127
127

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements  
   
 
 
 
 
Notes continued 

2 Accounting policies continued 
Deferred tax is not recognised for the following temporary differences: goodwill not deductible for tax purposes, the initial recognition of 
assets and liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profits and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent 
that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future and where the Company controls the timing of the reversal. A deferred tax  
asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary difference  
can be utilised.  

i. Property, plant and equipment 
Property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. The carrying values of 
property, plant and equipment are periodically reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
values may not be recoverable. Where parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as 
separate items. 

j. Depreciation 
Depreciation is charged to profit or loss on a straight line basis to write off cost less estimated residual value over the assets’ estimated 
remaining useful lives. The estimated useful lives are as follows:  

Buildings 
Plant and machinery 
Fixtures, fittings and equipment 
Freehold land 

50 years (or depreciated over life of lease if shorter than 50 years) 
3 to 12 years 
3 to 12 years 
Not depreciated 

Assets’ residual values, useful lives and depreciation methods are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date. 

k. Intangible assets 
(i) Goodwill 
Acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method. As permitted by IFRS 1 ‘First-time Adoption of International Financial 
Reporting Standards’, the Group chose to apply IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’ from 1 January 2004 and elected not to restate previous 
business combinations. For acquisitions made before 1 January 2004, goodwill represents the amount previously recorded under UK 
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (‘UK GAAP’). For acquisitions that occurred between 1 January 2004 and 31 December 2009, 
goodwill represents the cost of the business combination in excess of the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent 
liabilities acquired. For acquisitions that have occurred on or after 1 January 2010, goodwill represents the cost of the business combination 
(excluding payments contingent on future employment and transaction costs and expenses) in excess of the fair value of the identifiable 
assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired. Goodwill is allocated to cash generating units (‘CGUs’) and is tested annually for 
impairment. Negative goodwill arising on acquisition is recognised immediately in the income statement. 

(ii) Customer relationships 
Customer relationships intangible assets acquired in a business combination are recognised on acquisition and recorded at fair value. 
Subsequent to initial recognition, customer relationships intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and any 
impairment losses. Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a straight line basis over the estimated useful economic lives which 
range from 10 to 19 years. 

(iii) Software 
Software is stated at historical cost less accumulated amortisation and any impairment losses. The carrying values of software are 
periodically reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying values may not be recoverable. 
Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a straight line basis over the estimated useful economic lives which range from three  
to 10 years. 

l. Impairment 
The carrying amounts of the Group’s assets are reviewed annually to determine if there is any indication of impairment. If any such 
indication exists, the assets’ recoverable amounts are estimated. The recoverable amounts of assets carried at amortised cost are calculated 
as the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at appropriate pre-tax discount rates. The recoverable amounts of other 
assets are the greater of their fair value less the costs of disposal and the value in use. In assessing the value in use, the estimated future 
cash flows are discounted to their present values using appropriate pre-tax discount rates. Impairment losses are recognised when the 
carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, with impairment losses being recognised in the income statement.  

m. Inventories 
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. The cost of inventories is based on the first-in first-out principle and 
comprises the purchase price, net of any related supplier volume rebates, plus import duties and other taxes, inbound freight and haulage 
costs and other related costs incurred to bring the product into its present location and condition. Net realisable value is the estimated 
selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated cost of completion and estimated cost necessary to make the sale. 
Provision is made for obsolete, slow moving or defective items where appropriate. 

128 
128

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes continued 

can be utilised.  

i. Property, plant and equipment 

separate items. 

j. Depreciation 

2 Accounting policies continued 

Deferred tax is not recognised for the following temporary differences: goodwill not deductible for tax purposes, the initial recognition of 

assets and liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profits and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent 

that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future and where the Company controls the timing of the reversal. A deferred tax  

asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary difference  

Property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. The carrying values of 

property, plant and equipment are periodically reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 

values may not be recoverable. Where parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as 

Depreciation is charged to profit or loss on a straight line basis to write off cost less estimated residual value over the assets’ estimated 

remaining useful lives. The estimated useful lives are as follows:  

Buildings 

Plant and machinery 

Fixtures, fittings and equipment 

Freehold land 

3 to 12 years 

3 to 12 years 

Not depreciated 

50 years (or depreciated over life of lease if shorter than 50 years) 

Assets’ residual values, useful lives and depreciation methods are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date. 

k. Intangible assets 

(i) Goodwill 

Acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method. As permitted by IFRS 1 ‘First-time Adoption of International Financial 

Reporting Standards’, the Group chose to apply IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’ from 1 January 2004 and elected not to restate previous 

business combinations. For acquisitions made before 1 January 2004, goodwill represents the amount previously recorded under UK 

Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (‘UK GAAP’). For acquisitions that occurred between 1 January 2004 and 31 December 2009, 

goodwill represents the cost of the business combination in excess of the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent 

liabilities acquired. For acquisitions that have occurred on or after 1 January 2010, goodwill represents the cost of the business combination 

(excluding payments contingent on future employment and transaction costs and expenses) in excess of the fair value of the identifiable 

assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired. Goodwill is allocated to cash generating units (‘CGUs’) and is tested annually for 

impairment. Negative goodwill arising on acquisition is recognised immediately in the income statement. 

Customer relationships intangible assets acquired in a business combination are recognised on acquisition and recorded at fair value. 

Subsequent to initial recognition, customer relationships intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and any 

impairment losses. Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a straight line basis over the estimated useful economic lives which 

(ii) Customer relationships 

range from 10 to 19 years. 

(iii) Software 

to 10 years. 

l. Impairment 

m. Inventories 

Software is stated at historical cost less accumulated amortisation and any impairment losses. The carrying values of software are 

periodically reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying values may not be recoverable. 

Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a straight line basis over the estimated useful economic lives which range from three  

The carrying amounts of the Group’s assets are reviewed annually to determine if there is any indication of impairment. If any such 

indication exists, the assets’ recoverable amounts are estimated. The recoverable amounts of assets carried at amortised cost are calculated 

as the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at appropriate pre-tax discount rates. The recoverable amounts of other 

assets are the greater of their fair value less the costs of disposal and the value in use. In assessing the value in use, the estimated future 

cash flows are discounted to their present values using appropriate pre-tax discount rates. Impairment losses are recognised when the 

carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, with impairment losses being recognised in the income statement.  

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. The cost of inventories is based on the first-in first-out principle and 

comprises the purchase price, net of any related supplier volume rebates, plus import duties and other taxes, inbound freight and haulage 

costs and other related costs incurred to bring the product into its present location and condition. Net realisable value is the estimated 

selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated cost of completion and estimated cost necessary to make the sale. 

Provision is made for obsolete, slow moving or defective items where appropriate. 

Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

2 Accounting policies continued 
n. Trade and other receivables 
Trade and other receivables are initially measured at fair value, which for trade receivables is equal to the consideration expected to be 
received from the satisfaction of performance obligations, plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition 
these assets are measured at amortised cost less any provision for impairment losses including expected credit losses. In accordance with 
IFRS 9 the Group applies the simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance for all 
trade receivables. To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables have been grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics 
such as the ageing of the debt and the credit risk of the customers. An historical credit loss rate is then calculated for each group and then 
adjusted to reflect expectations about future credit losses. The Group does not have any significant contract assets. 

o. Trade and other payables 
Trade and other payables are initially measured at fair value including any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial 
recognition these liabilities are measured at amortised cost. The Group has contract liabilities in the form of deferred income which arises 
from consideration received in advance of the satisfaction of performance obligations.  

p. Financial instruments  
Classification and measurement 
Under IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’, financial instruments are initially measured at fair value with subsequent measurement depending 
upon the classification of the instrument. IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an 
asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  

All non-derivative financial assets and liabilities are subsequently held at amortised cost unless they are in a fair value hedge relationship. 
Financial assets and liabilities held in a fair value hedge relationship are classified at fair value through profit or loss and are initially 
measured at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recorded in the income statement.  

Derivatives and hedging activities 
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their  
fair value at the end of each reporting period. The accounting for subsequent changes in fair value depends on whether the derivative is 
designated as a hedging instrument and, if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The Group designates certain derivatives as either: 

•  a hedge of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or a firm commitment (‘fair value hedge’); 

•  a hedge of a particular risk associated with the cash flows of recognised assets and liabilities and highly probable forecast transactions 

(‘cash flow hedge’); or 

•  a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation (‘net investment hedge’). 

The Group documents its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking its hedge transactions. At inception of hedge 
relationships, the Group documents the economic relationship between the hedging instruments and the hedged items.  

The fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is  
more than 12 months and as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is 12 months or less.  

(i) Fair value hedge 
Where a derivative instrument is designated and qualifies as a hedge of a recognised asset or liability, all changes in the fair value of the 
derivative are recognised immediately in the income statement within finance expense. The carrying value of the hedged item is adjusted  
by the change in fair value that is attributable to the risk being hedged with changes recognised in the income statement, also within finance 
expense. The gain or loss relating to any ineffective portion of the hedging arrangement is recognised immediately in the income statement. 

If the hedge relationship is de-designated, then from the point of de-designation there is no further fair valuing of the hedged item.  
Any previous adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item is amortised over the remaining maturity of the hedged item. 

(ii) Cash flow hedge 
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in the cash 
flow hedge reserve within equity. The gain or loss relating to any ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. 

Where a derivative instrument is designated and qualifies as a hedge of a forecast transaction, only the change in fair value of the forward 
contract related to the spot component is designated as the hedging instrument. Gains or losses relating to the effective portion of the 
change in the spot component of the forward contract are initially recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve within equity. The change  
in the forward element of the contract that relates to the hedged item is recognised in the income statement.  

Gains or losses accumulated in equity are reclassified to the income statement when the hedged item affects profit or loss or to the non-
financial asset when the hedged item results in the recognition of a non-financial asset with the deferred gains or losses ultimately being 
recognised in the income statement as the non-financial asset affects profit or loss. 

128 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

129
129

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
Notes continued 

2 Accounting policies continued 
When a hedging instrument expires, any cumulative deferred gain/loss in equity relating to that instrument remains in equity until the 
forecast transaction occurs at which point it is reclassified to the income statement. When the forecast transaction is no longer expected  
to occur, the cumulative deferred gain/loss recorded in equity is immediately reclassified to the income statement. 

(iii) Net investment hedge 
Foreign currency differences arising on the retranslation of a financial liability designated as a hedge of a net investment in foreign 
operations are recognised directly in equity to the extent the hedge is effective and are accumulated in a separate reserve within equity.  
To the extent that the hedge is ineffective such differences are recognised in the income statement.  

(iv) Other derivative instruments 
Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of any derivative instrument that do not qualify 
for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the income statement. 

q. Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents, as reported in the cash flow statement, comprises cash at bank and in hand and bank overdrafts. Cash at bank 
and in hand includes cash balances and short term deposits with maturities of three months or less from the date the deposit is made.  

r. Net debt 
Net debt is defined as interest bearing loans and borrowings adjusted for the fair value of interest rate swaps on fixed interest rate 
borrowings and other derivatives managing the interest rate risk and currency profile less cash and cash equivalents. 

s. Provisions 
A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event  
that can be reliably measured and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. If the effect is 
material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects risks specific to the liability. 

t. Investment in own shares 
The cost of shares held either directly (treasury shares) or indirectly (employee benefit trust shares) is deducted from equity. Repurchased 
shares are classified as treasury shares and are presented as a deduction from total equity. When treasury shares are subsequently sold or 
reissued, the amount received is recognised as an increase in equity and the resulting surplus or deficit on the transaction is recognised in 
retained earnings.  

At each reporting date the Group remeasures the value of the shares held in the employee benefit trust to present them in the own shares 
reserve at the market value of those shares at the reporting date. This is done through a reclassification from retained earnings to the own 
shares reserve. This movement has no effect on the actual numbers of shares held by the employee benefit trust. 

u. Retirement benefits 
(i) Defined contribution pension schemes 
A defined contribution pension scheme is a post-employment benefit scheme under which the Company pays fixed contributions into a 
separate fund and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay 
all employee benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution 
pension schemes are recognised as an expense in the income statement in the periods during which services are rendered by employees. 

(ii) Defined benefit pension schemes 
A defined benefit pension scheme is a post-employment benefit plan other than a defined contribution pension scheme. Defined benefit 
pension schemes are recognised on the balance sheet as a defined benefit pension asset or a defined benefit pension liability based on  
the difference between the fair value of pension scheme assets and the present value of pension scheme liabilities. 

The present value of pension scheme liabilities is calculated by a qualified actuary using the projected unit method by estimating the 
amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods, discounted using the rate 
applicable to AA rated corporate bonds that have a similar maturity and currency to the pension scheme liabilities. The fair value of any 
pension scheme assets (at bid price) is deducted from the present value of pension scheme liabilities to determine the net deficit or surplus 
of each scheme. Remeasurements arising from defined benefit pension schemes comprise actuarial gains and losses on pension scheme 
liabilities and the actual return on pension scheme assets excluding amounts already included in net interest. The net actuarial gain or loss 
for the year is recorded in full in the statement of comprehensive income. 

Current service cost, past service cost or gain and gains and losses on any settlements and curtailments are credited or charged to the 
income statement. Past service cost is recognised immediately to the extent benefits are already vested. Net interest on the net defined 
benefit pension liability or asset is calculated by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit pension scheme deficit or 
surplus at the beginning of the year to the net defined benefit pension liability or asset at the beginning of the year. Net interest is recorded 
within finance expense or finance income in the income statement. 

130 
130

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
 
Notes continued 

Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

2 Accounting policies continued 

When a hedging instrument expires, any cumulative deferred gain/loss in equity relating to that instrument remains in equity until the 

forecast transaction occurs at which point it is reclassified to the income statement. When the forecast transaction is no longer expected  

to occur, the cumulative deferred gain/loss recorded in equity is immediately reclassified to the income statement. 

2 Accounting policies continued 
When the valuation of a defined benefit pension scheme results in a surplus, the recognised defined benefit pension asset is limited to the 
present value of benefits available in the form of any future refunds from the pension scheme or reductions in future contributions and takes 
into account the adverse effect of any minimum funding requirements. 

(iv) Other derivative instruments 

q. Cash and cash equivalents 

r. Net debt 

s. Provisions 

(iii) Net investment hedge 

Foreign currency differences arising on the retranslation of a financial liability designated as a hedge of a net investment in foreign 

operations are recognised directly in equity to the extent the hedge is effective and are accumulated in a separate reserve within equity.  

To the extent that the hedge is ineffective such differences are recognised in the income statement.  

Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of any derivative instrument that do not qualify 

for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the income statement. 

Cash and cash equivalents, as reported in the cash flow statement, comprises cash at bank and in hand and bank overdrafts. Cash at bank 

and in hand includes cash balances and short term deposits with maturities of three months or less from the date the deposit is made.  

Net debt is defined as interest bearing loans and borrowings adjusted for the fair value of interest rate swaps on fixed interest rate 

borrowings and other derivatives managing the interest rate risk and currency profile less cash and cash equivalents. 

A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event  

that can be reliably measured and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. If the effect is 

material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects risks specific to the liability. 

The cost of shares held either directly (treasury shares) or indirectly (employee benefit trust shares) is deducted from equity. Repurchased 

shares are classified as treasury shares and are presented as a deduction from total equity. When treasury shares are subsequently sold or 

reissued, the amount received is recognised as an increase in equity and the resulting surplus or deficit on the transaction is recognised in 

t. Investment in own shares 

retained earnings.  

At each reporting date the Group remeasures the value of the shares held in the employee benefit trust to present them in the own shares 

reserve at the market value of those shares at the reporting date. This is done through a reclassification from retained earnings to the own 

shares reserve. This movement has no effect on the actual numbers of shares held by the employee benefit trust. 

u. Retirement benefits 

(i) Defined contribution pension schemes 

A defined contribution pension scheme is a post-employment benefit scheme under which the Company pays fixed contributions into a 

separate fund and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay 

all employee benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution 

pension schemes are recognised as an expense in the income statement in the periods during which services are rendered by employees. 

(ii) Defined benefit pension schemes 

A defined benefit pension scheme is a post-employment benefit plan other than a defined contribution pension scheme. Defined benefit 

pension schemes are recognised on the balance sheet as a defined benefit pension asset or a defined benefit pension liability based on  

the difference between the fair value of pension scheme assets and the present value of pension scheme liabilities. 

The present value of pension scheme liabilities is calculated by a qualified actuary using the projected unit method by estimating the 

amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods, discounted using the rate 

applicable to AA rated corporate bonds that have a similar maturity and currency to the pension scheme liabilities. The fair value of any 

pension scheme assets (at bid price) is deducted from the present value of pension scheme liabilities to determine the net deficit or surplus 

of each scheme. Remeasurements arising from defined benefit pension schemes comprise actuarial gains and losses on pension scheme 

liabilities and the actual return on pension scheme assets excluding amounts already included in net interest. The net actuarial gain or loss 

for the year is recorded in full in the statement of comprehensive income. 

Current service cost, past service cost or gain and gains and losses on any settlements and curtailments are credited or charged to the 

income statement. Past service cost is recognised immediately to the extent benefits are already vested. Net interest on the net defined 

benefit pension liability or asset is calculated by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit pension scheme deficit or 

surplus at the beginning of the year to the net defined benefit pension liability or asset at the beginning of the year. Net interest is recorded 

within finance expense or finance income in the income statement. 

v. Dividends 
The interim dividend is recognised in the statement of changes in equity in the period in which it is paid and the final dividend in the period 
in which it is approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. 

w. Hyperinflationary economies 
Where the Group has operations in countries to which hyperinflation accounting applies, the financial statements of the business concerned 
are accounted for under IAS 29 ‘Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies’.  

x. Judgements made in applying the Group’s accounting policies  
In the course of preparing the financial statements, other than judgements involved in determining lease terms under the application  
of IFRS 16 and in determining estimates and assumptions (see Note 2y below), no other judgements have been made in the process  
of applying the Group’s accounting policies that have had a significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements.  

In measuring its right-of-use assets and lease liabilities, management is required to make judgements, particularly in relation to lease 
termination options. Periods after the date of a termination option are only included in the lease term if it is reasonably certain that the lease 
will not be terminated. While management determine lease terms across the Group on a case-by-case basis, if different judgements were 
applied relating to a number of leases, it could have a significant effect on the overall amounts recognised in the financial statements.  

y. Sources of estimation uncertainty 
In applying the Group’s accounting policies various transactions and balances are valued using estimates or assumptions. Should these 
estimates or assumptions prove incorrect, there may be an impact on the following year’s financial statements. As at 31 December 2019, 
sources of estimation uncertainty where there was a significant risk of material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
within the next financial year were limited to the following items: 

(i) Accounting for business combinations 
Part of the Company’s strategy is to grow through acquisitions. Acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method as described in 
the business combinations accounting policy, Note 2a(ii), and the goodwill accounting policy, Note 2k(i). This includes the determination of 
fair values for assets and liabilities acquired, including the separate identification of intangible assets, which use assumptions and estimates 
and are therefore subjective. The Group has developed a process to meet the requirements of IFRS 3 including the separate identification of 
customer relationships intangible assets based on estimated future performance and customer attrition rates. External valuation specialists 
are used where appropriate. The process applied is described in Note 27. Given the relatively low level of acquisition activity during the 
year, the estimates applied in 2019 are unlikely to lead to a significant misstatement in the next financial year. However it remains likely to 
be a source of material uncertainty in future years.      

(ii) Recoverability of goodwill and customer relationships intangible assets 
As noted above, part of the Company’s strategy is to grow through acquisitions which has led to material goodwill and customer 
relationships intangible assets being recognised on the balance sheet. Goodwill, which is allocated across CGUs, is tested annually to 
determine if there is any indication of impairment by comparing the carrying amount of the goodwill to the recoverable amount of the CGU 
to which it has been allocated. Assumptions and estimates are used to determine the recoverable amount of each CGU, principally based  
on the present value of estimated future cash flows. Actual performance may differ from management’s expectations. The estimates and 
assumptions used in performing impairment testing are described in Note 12. Customer relationships assets are also reviewed annually  
for indicators of impairment and if an indicator of impairment exists then similar recoverability testing, involving the use of estimates and 
assumptions, is performed for the business to which the customer relationships asset relates. The useful economic lives of customer 
relationships intangible assets are also reviewed at least annually, with any revisions to the original estimated useful economic lives 
accounted for prospectively. The goodwill balance as at 31 December 2019 was £1,403.6m (2018: £1,420.4m) and the amount of customer 
relationships intangible assets as at 31 December 2019 was £864.9m (2018: £941.2m). 

(iii) Defined benefit pension schemes 
The measurement of the present value of defined benefit pension scheme liabilities involves the use of various actuarial assumptions.  
The Group uses independent actuarial experts to assist with the estimation of the discount rates, inflation rates and longevity assumptions 
used for the measurement of defined benefit pension scheme liabilities but the actual liabilities could be materially different. The main risks 
to which the Group is exposed in relation to the valuation of the defined benefit pension schemes are described in Note 23. The Group’s net 
pension deficit balance as at 31 December 2019 was £36.0m (2018: £38.5m). 

130 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

131
131

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes continued 

2 Accounting policies continued 
(iv) Taxation 
The Group operates in many countries and is therefore subject to tax laws in a number of different tax jurisdictions. The amount of tax 
payable or receivable on profits or losses for any period is subject to the agreement of the tax authority in each respective jurisdiction and 
the tax liability or asset position is open to review for several years after the relevant accounting period ends. In determining the provisions 
for income taxes, management is required to make assumptions based on interpretations of tax statute and case law, which it does after 
taking account of professional advice and prior experience.  

The majority of the Group’s tax payable balance of £83.4m (2018: £94.8m) relates to provisions for uncertain tax matters. Uncertainties  
in respect of enquiries and additional tax assessments raised by tax authorities are measured by management according to the guidance 
provided by IFRIC 23 ‘Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments’ but the amounts ultimately payable or receivable may differ from the 
amounts of any provisions recognised in the consolidated financial statements as a result of the estimates and assumptions used.  

Although not likely to lead to a material adjustment in the next financial year, the principal uncertainty relates to the legal arguments 
between the European Commission and the UK government over whether part of the UK’s tax regime is contrary to European Union State 
Aid provisions.  

Overall, management does not consider there to exist a significant risk of material adjustment within the next financial year because  
tax provisions cover a range of matters across multiple tax jurisdictions with a variety of timescales before such matters are expected to  
be concluded. 

132 
132

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
 
 
Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

Notes continued 

2 Accounting policies continued 

(iv) Taxation 

The Group operates in many countries and is therefore subject to tax laws in a number of different tax jurisdictions. The amount of tax 

payable or receivable on profits or losses for any period is subject to the agreement of the tax authority in each respective jurisdiction and 

the tax liability or asset position is open to review for several years after the relevant accounting period ends. In determining the provisions 

for income taxes, management is required to make assumptions based on interpretations of tax statute and case law, which it does after 

taking account of professional advice and prior experience.  

3 Proforma IAS 17 Consolidated income statement 
As referred to in Note 1b, the Group adopted IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ with effect from 1 January 2019 using the modified retrospective approach to 
transition. In accordance with the standard, the prior year has not been restated and, as a result, the financial results for the year ended 31 
December 2019 are not directly comparable with the prior year. However, in order to provide a meaningful comparison with the prior year 
which was accounted for under IAS 17 ‘Leases’, the table below, and also other Notes where relevant,  show the Group’s financial results for 
the year ended 31 December 2019 presented in accordance with IAS 17 under the heading ‘Proforma IAS 17’.  

The majority of the Group’s tax payable balance of £83.4m (2018: £94.8m) relates to provisions for uncertain tax matters. Uncertainties  

in respect of enquiries and additional tax assessments raised by tax authorities are measured by management according to the guidance 

provided by IFRIC 23 ‘Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments’ but the amounts ultimately payable or receivable may differ from the 

amounts of any provisions recognised in the consolidated financial statements as a result of the estimates and assumptions used.  

Revenue 

IFRS 
2019 
£m 
9,326.7 

Impact of 
IFRS 16 
£m 
– 

Notes 
5 

Proforma 
IAS 17 
2019 
£m 
9,326.7 

IAS 17 
2018 
£m 
9,079.4 

Although not likely to lead to a material adjustment in the next financial year, the principal uncertainty relates to the legal arguments 

between the European Commission and the UK government over whether part of the UK’s tax regime is contrary to European Union State 

Overall, management does not consider there to exist a significant risk of material adjustment within the next financial year because  

tax provisions cover a range of matters across multiple tax jurisdictions with a variety of timescales before such matters are expected to  

Aid provisions.  

be concluded. 

Operating profit 
Finance income 
Finance expense 
Profit on disposal of businesses  
Profit before income tax 
Income tax 
Profit for the year attributable to the Company’s equity holders  

5 
7 
7 
28 

8 

528.4 
12.4 
(87.5) 
– 
453.3 
(104.1) 
349.2 

22.4 
– 
(23.3) 
– 
(0.9) 
0.2 
(0.7) 

506.0 
12.4 
(64.2) 
– 
454.2 
(104.3) 
349.9 

466.2 
11.6 
(66.6) 
13.6 
424.8 
(98.3) 
326.5 

Earnings per share attributable to the Company’s equity holders 
Basic 
Diluted 

9 
9 

104.8p 
104.5p 

(0.2)p
(0.2)p

105.0p 
104.7p 

98.4p 
97.8p 

  Alternative performance measures†  
  Operating profit 
  Adjusted for: 
  Customer relationships amortisation  
  Acquisition related items  
  GMP equalisation charge  
  Adjusted operating profit◊ 
  Finance income 
  Finance expense 
  Adjusted profit before income tax◊ 
  Tax on adjusted profit 
  Adjusted profit for the year◊ 

5 

5 
5 
6 

7 
7 

8 

528.4 

22.4 

506.0 

466.2 

107.3 
17.6 
– 
653.3 
12.4 
(87.5) 

578.2 
(137.6) 
440.6 

– 
– 
– 
22.4 
– 
(23.3) 

(0.9) 
0.2 
(0.7) 

107.3 
17.6 
– 
630.9 
12.4 
(64.2) 

579.1 
(137.8) 
441.3 

111.1 
33.4 
3.3 
614.0 
11.6 
(66.6) 

559.0 
(129.1)   
429.9 

  Adjusted earnings per share◊ 

9 

132.2p 

(0.2)p

132.4p 

129.6p   

† See Note 4 on page 134 for further details of the alternative performance measures. 

◊ Excluding the profit on disposal of businesses and associated tax where relevant.  

132 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

133
133

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes continued 

4 Alternative performance measures 
In addition to the various performance measures defined under IFRS, the Group reports a number of other measures that are designed to 
assist with the understanding of the underlying performance of the Group and its businesses. These measures are not defined under IFRS 
and, as a result, do not comply with Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (‘GAAP’) and are therefore known as ‘alternative performance 
measures’. Accordingly, these measures, which are not designed to be a substitute for any of the IFRS measures of performance, may not 
be directly comparable with other companies’ alternative performance measures. The principal alternative performance measures used 
within the consolidated financial statements and the location of the reconciliation to equivalent IFRS measures are shown and defined in the 
table below: 

Adjusted operating  
profit 

Operating profit before customer relationships amortisation, acquisition related items, the GMP equalisation 
charge and profit or loss on disposal of businesses (reconciled in the following table and in the Consolidated 
income statement) 
Adjusted operating profit as a percentage of revenue 
Profit before income tax, customer relationships amortisation, acquisition related items, the GMP equalisation 
charge and profit or loss on disposal of businesses (reconciled in the following table) 
Profit for the year before customer relationships amortisation, acquisition related items, the GMP equalisation 
charge, profit or loss on disposal of businesses and the associated tax (reconciled in the following table) 
Tax on adjusted profit before income tax as a percentage of adjusted profit before income tax (reconciled in Note 8) 
Adjusted profit for the year divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (reconciled in 
the following table and in Note 9) 
Adjusted profit for the year divided by the diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares (reconciled in 
Note 9) 

Operating margin 
Adjusted profit  
before income tax 
Adjusted profit for  
the year 
Effective tax rate 
Adjusted earnings  
per share 
Adjusted diluted  
earnings per share 
Operating cash flow*  Cash generated from operations before acquisition related items after deducting purchases of property, plant 

Cash conversion* 

Return on average 
operating capital* 

Return on invested  
capital* 

EBITDA 

Constant exchange  
rates 

and equipment and software and adding back the proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment and 
deducting the payment of lease liabilities (as shown in the Consolidated cash flow statement) 
Operating cash flow as a percentage of lease adjusted operating profit, being adjusted operating profit after 
adding back the depreciation of right-of-use assets and deducting the payment of lease liabilities (as shown in 
the Consolidated cash flow statement) 
The ratio of adjusted operating profit to the average of the month end operating capital employed (being 
property, plant and equipment, software, right-of-use assets, inventories and trade and other receivables less 
trade and other payables) 
The ratio of adjusted operating profit to the average of the month end invested capital (being equity after adding 
back net debt, lease liabilities, net defined benefit pension scheme liabilities, cumulative customer relationships 
amortisation, acquisition related items and amounts written off goodwill, net of the associated tax) 
Adjusted operating profit on an historical GAAP basis, before depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
and software amortisation and after adjustments as permitted by the Group’s debt covenants, principally to 
exclude share option charges and to annualise for the effect of acquisitions and disposal of businesses 
Growth rates at constant exchange rates are calculated by retranslating the results for the year ended  
31 December 2018 at the average rates for the year ended 31 December 2019 so that they can be compared 
without the distorting impact of changes caused by foreign exchange translation. The principal exchange rates 
used for 2019 and 2018 can be found in the Financial review on page 57  

*  Following the adoption of IFRS 16 on a modified retrospective basis with effect from 1 January 2019 the definitions of these alternative performance measures have been updated. 

These alternative performance measures exclude the charge for customer relationships amortisation, acquisition related items, the GMP 
equalisation charge, profit or loss on disposal of businesses and any associated tax, where relevant.  

Acquisition related items comprise deferred consideration payments relating to the retention of former owners of businesses acquired, 
transaction costs and expenses, adjustments to previously estimated earn outs and interest on acquisition related income tax. Customer 
relationships amortisation, acquisition related items and any associated tax are considered by management to form part of the total spend 
on acquisitions or are non-cash items resulting from acquisitions. The GMP equalisation charge was a non-recurring cost in 2018 of the 
equalisation of guaranteed minimum pension between male and female members of the Group’s UK defined benefit pension scheme 
following the High Court judgment in 2018 in the case of Lloyds Banking Group Pensions Trustees Limited vs Lloyds Bank plc and others. 
Disposal of businesses represents the profit or loss on disposal of non-core businesses. None of these items relate to the underlying 
operating performance of the business and, as a result, they distort comparability between businesses and reporting periods. Accordingly, 
these items are not taken into account by management when assessing the results of the business and are removed in calculating the 
profitability measures by which management assesses the performance of the Group. 

Other alternative performance measures, including the Group’s key performance indicators which are set out and defined on pages 22  
and 23, are used to monitor the performance of the Group and a number of these are based on, or derived from, the alternative performance 
measures noted above. All alternative performance measures have been calculated consistently with the methods applied in the  

134 
134

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
Notes continued 

4 Alternative performance measures 

In addition to the various performance measures defined under IFRS, the Group reports a number of other measures that are designed to 

assist with the understanding of the underlying performance of the Group and its businesses. These measures are not defined under IFRS 

and, as a result, do not comply with Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (‘GAAP’) and are therefore known as ‘alternative performance 

measures’. Accordingly, these measures, which are not designed to be a substitute for any of the IFRS measures of performance, may not 

be directly comparable with other companies’ alternative performance measures. The principal alternative performance measures used 

within the consolidated financial statements and the location of the reconciliation to equivalent IFRS measures are shown and defined in the 

table below: 

Adjusted operating  

Operating profit before customer relationships amortisation, acquisition related items, the GMP equalisation 

profit 

charge and profit or loss on disposal of businesses (reconciled in the following table and in the Consolidated 

Operating margin 

Adjusted operating profit as a percentage of revenue 

income statement) 

Adjusted profit  

Profit before income tax, customer relationships amortisation, acquisition related items, the GMP equalisation 

before income tax 

charge and profit or loss on disposal of businesses (reconciled in the following table) 

Adjusted profit for  

Profit for the year before customer relationships amortisation, acquisition related items, the GMP equalisation 

the year 

charge, profit or loss on disposal of businesses and the associated tax (reconciled in the following table) 

Effective tax rate 

Tax on adjusted profit before income tax as a percentage of adjusted profit before income tax (reconciled in Note 8) 

Adjusted earnings  

Adjusted profit for the year divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (reconciled in 

per share 

the following table and in Note 9) 

Adjusted diluted  

Adjusted profit for the year divided by the diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares (reconciled in 

earnings per share 

Note 9) 

Operating cash flow*  Cash generated from operations before acquisition related items after deducting purchases of property, plant 

and equipment and software and adding back the proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment and 

deducting the payment of lease liabilities (as shown in the Consolidated cash flow statement) 

Cash conversion* 

Operating cash flow as a percentage of lease adjusted operating profit, being adjusted operating profit after 

adding back the depreciation of right-of-use assets and deducting the payment of lease liabilities (as shown in 

Return on average 

operating capital* 

The ratio of adjusted operating profit to the average of the month end operating capital employed (being 

property, plant and equipment, software, right-of-use assets, inventories and trade and other receivables less 

the Consolidated cash flow statement) 

trade and other payables) 

Return on invested  

The ratio of adjusted operating profit to the average of the month end invested capital (being equity after adding 

capital* 

EBITDA 

back net debt, lease liabilities, net defined benefit pension scheme liabilities, cumulative customer relationships 

amortisation, acquisition related items and amounts written off goodwill, net of the associated tax) 

Adjusted operating profit on an historical GAAP basis, before depreciation of property, plant and equipment 

and software amortisation and after adjustments as permitted by the Group’s debt covenants, principally to 

exclude share option charges and to annualise for the effect of acquisitions and disposal of businesses 

Constant exchange  

Growth rates at constant exchange rates are calculated by retranslating the results for the year ended  

rates 

31 December 2018 at the average rates for the year ended 31 December 2019 so that they can be compared 

without the distorting impact of changes caused by foreign exchange translation. The principal exchange rates 

used for 2019 and 2018 can be found in the Financial review on page 57  

*  Following the adoption of IFRS 16 on a modified retrospective basis with effect from 1 January 2019 the definitions of these alternative performance measures have been updated. 

Acquisition related items comprise deferred consideration payments relating to the retention of former owners of businesses acquired, 

transaction costs and expenses, adjustments to previously estimated earn outs and interest on acquisition related income tax. Customer 

relationships amortisation, acquisition related items and any associated tax are considered by management to form part of the total spend 

on acquisitions or are non-cash items resulting from acquisitions. The GMP equalisation charge was a non-recurring cost in 2018 of the 

equalisation of guaranteed minimum pension between male and female members of the Group’s UK defined benefit pension scheme 

following the High Court judgment in 2018 in the case of Lloyds Banking Group Pensions Trustees Limited vs Lloyds Bank plc and others. 

Disposal of businesses represents the profit or loss on disposal of non-core businesses. None of these items relate to the underlying 

operating performance of the business and, as a result, they distort comparability between businesses and reporting periods. Accordingly, 

these items are not taken into account by management when assessing the results of the business and are removed in calculating the 

profitability measures by which management assesses the performance of the Group. 

Other alternative performance measures, including the Group’s key performance indicators which are set out and defined on pages 22  

and 23, are used to monitor the performance of the Group and a number of these are based on, or derived from, the alternative performance 

measures noted above. All alternative performance measures have been calculated consistently with the methods applied in the  

Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

4 Alternative performance measures continued 
consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018, with the exception of the definition of cash conversion and its 
components, return on average operating capital and return on invested capital, which have been updated following the adoption of IFRS 16.   

For 2019, both the statutory measures and the alternative performance measures are also shown on a Proforma IAS 17 basis to enable a 
meaningful comparison with prior periods. 

Reconciliation of alternative performance measures to statutory measures 
The principal profit related alternative performance measures, being adjusted operating profit, adjusted profit before income tax, adjusted 
profit for the year and adjusted earnings per share, are reconciled to the most directly reconcilable statutory measures in the tables below, 
both on an IFRS and on a Proforma IAS 17 basis. 

Adjusting items 

Customer 
relationships 
amortisation 
£m 
(107.3) 

Acquisition 
 related 
items 
£m 
(17.6) 

GMP 
equalisation 
 charge 
£m 
– 

Year ended 31 December 2019 

IFRS 
Adjusted operating profit 
Finance income 
Finance expense 
Disposal of businesses 
Adjusted profit before income tax 
Tax on adjusted profit 
Adjusted profit for the year 

Alternative 
 performance 
 measures 
£m 
653.3 
12.4 
(87.5) 
– 
578.2 
(137.6) 
440.6 

(107.3) 
29.1 
(78.2) 

(17.6) 
4.4 
(13.2) 

Adjusted earnings per share 

132.2p

(23.4)p

(4.0)p

Adjusting items 

Customer 
relationships 
amortisation 
£m 
(107.3) 

Acquisition 
 related 
items 
£m 
(17.6) 

GMP 
equalisation 
 charge 
£m 
– 

Proforma IAS 17 
Adjusted operating profit 
Finance income 
Finance expense 
Disposal of businesses 
Adjusted profit before income tax 
Tax on adjusted profit 
Adjusted profit for the year 

Alternative 
 performance 
 measures 
£m 
630.9 
12.4 
(64.2) 
– 
579.1 
(137.8) 
441.3 

(107.3) 
29.1 
(78.2) 

(17.6) 
4.4 
(13.2) 

Adjusted earnings per share 

132.4p 

(23.4)p

(4.0)p

Disposal of 
businesses 
£m 

Statutory 
measures 
£m 

528.4   Operating profit 
12.4   Finance income 
(87.5)  Finance expense 

– 
– 
– 
– 

–   Disposal of businesses 

453.3   Profit before income tax 
(104.1)  Income tax 
349.2   Profit for the year 

– 

104.8p Basic earnings per share 

Disposal of 
businesses 
£m 

Statutory 
measures* 
£m   

506.0   Operating profit 
12.4   Finance income 
(64.2)  Finance expense 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

 Disposal of businesses 

454.2   Profit before income tax 
(104.3)  Income tax 
349.9   Profit for the year 

– 

105.0p Basic earnings per share 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

These alternative performance measures exclude the charge for customer relationships amortisation, acquisition related items, the GMP 

equalisation charge, profit or loss on disposal of businesses and any associated tax, where relevant.  

Year ended 31 December 2018 

* See Note 3 for the reconciliation of the Proforma IAS 17 statutory measures for the year ended 31 December 2019 to the equivalent IFRS statutory measures. 

Adjusting items 

As previously reported under IAS 17 
Adjusted operating profit 
Finance income 
Finance expense 
Disposal of businesses 
Adjusted profit before income tax 
Tax on adjusted profit 
Adjusted profit for the year 

Customer 
relationships 
amortisation 
£m 
(111.1) 

Acquisition 
 related 
items 
£m 
(33.4) 

GMP 
equalisation 
 charge 
£m 
(3.3) 

Alternative 
 performance 
 measures 
£m 
614.0 
11.6 
(66.6)  

559.0 
(129.1) 
429.9 

(111.1) 
29.6 
(81.5) 

(33.4) 
3.5 
(29.9) 

(3.3) 
0.5 
(2.8)  

Disposal of 
businesses 
£m 

Statutory 
measures 
£m 

466.2   Operating profit 
11.6   Finance income 
(66.6)  Finance expense 
13.6   Disposal of businesses 
424.8   Profit before income tax 
(98.3)  Income tax 
326.5   Profit for the year 

13.6 
13.6 
(2.8) 
10.8 

Adjusted earnings per share 

129.6p 

(24.6)p

(9.0)p

(0.9)p

3.3p 

98.4p  Basic earnings per share 

134 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

135
135

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements  
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Notes continued 

5 Segment analysis 
The Group results are reported as four business areas based on geographical regions which are reviewed regularly by the Company’s chief 
operating decision maker, the Board of directors. The principal results reviewed for each business area are revenue and adjusted operating 
profit. During the year ended 31 December 2019 segmental results have been reviewed on both an IFRS and Proforma IAS 17 basis. The 
segmental results for the year ended 31 December 2019 are therefore shown under both bases. 

Year ended 31 December 2019 

  IFRS 
  Revenue 

  Adjusted operating profit/(loss)  

  Customer relationships amortisation  
  Acquisition related items 
  Operating profit/(loss) 
  Finance income 
  Finance expense 
  Profit before income tax 

  Adjusted profit before income tax 

  Income tax 
  Profit for the year 

North  
America  
£m 
5,473.2 

Continental  
Europe  
£m 
1,829.8 

UK &  
Ireland  
£m 
1,242.1 

Rest of the  
World  
£m 
781.6 

343.6 

(36.8)
(6.6)
300.2 

182.1 

(40.9)
(5.9)
135.3 

87.1 

(8.2)
(2.0)
76.9 

61.6 

(21.4)
(3.1)
37.1 

Corporate  
£m 

(21.1)

(21.1)

  Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
  Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
  Additions to right-of-use assets 
  Depreciation of right-of-use assets 
  Purchase of software 
  Software amortisation  

8.8 
8.8 
56.6 
61.8 
4.8 
2.4 

8.8 
8.2 
29.2 
29.9 
2.1 
2.6 

5.7 
4.1 
12.4 
20.4 
1.4 
0.9 

3.7 
3.3 
7.0 
15.5 
1.5 
1.3 

0.1 
0.1 
– 
0.5 
– 
0.2 

North  
America  
£m 
5,473.2 

Continental  
Europe  
£m 
1,829.8 

UK &  
Ireland  
£m 
1,242.1 

Rest of the  
World  
£m 
781.6 

331.0 

(36.8)
(6.6)
287.6 

178.8 

(40.9)
(5.9)
132.0 

83.3 

(8.2)
(2.0)
73.1 

59.0 

(21.4)
(3.1)
34.5 

Corporate  
£m 

(21.2)

(21.2)

Proforma IAS 17 

Revenue 

  Adjusted operating profit/(loss)  

  Customer relationships amortisation  

Acquisition related items 
Operating profit/(loss) 
Finance income 
Finance expense 
Profit before income tax 

  Adjusted profit before income tax 

  Income tax 

Profit for the year 

Total 
£m 

9,326.7   

653.3   

(107.3)  
(17.6)  
528.4   
12.4   
(87.5)  
453.3   

578.2   

(104.1)  
349.2   

27.1   
24.5   
105.2   
128.1   
9.8   
7.4   

Total 
£m 
9,326.7 

630.9   

(107.3)  
(17.6)
506.0 
12.4 
(64.2)
454.2 

579.1   

(104.3)  
349.9 

136 
136

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5 Segment analysis 

The Group results are reported as four business areas based on geographical regions which are reviewed regularly by the Company’s chief 

operating decision maker, the Board of directors. The principal results reviewed for each business area are revenue and adjusted operating 

profit. During the year ended 31 December 2019 segmental results have been reviewed on both an IFRS and Proforma IAS 17 basis. The 

segmental results for the year ended 31 December 2019 are therefore shown under both bases. 

Notes continued 

Year ended 31 December 2019 

  IFRS 

  Revenue 

  Adjusted operating profit/(loss)  

  Customer relationships amortisation  

  Acquisition related items 

  Operating profit/(loss) 

  Finance income 

  Finance expense 

  Profit before income tax 

  Adjusted profit before income tax 

  Income tax 

  Profit for the year 

  Purchase of property, plant and equipment 

  Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 

  Additions to right-of-use assets 

  Depreciation of right-of-use assets 

  Purchase of software 

  Software amortisation  

Proforma IAS 17 

Revenue 

  Adjusted operating profit/(loss)  

  Customer relationships amortisation  

Acquisition related items 

Operating profit/(loss) 

Finance income 

Finance expense 

Profit before income tax 

  Adjusted profit before income tax 

  Income tax 

Profit for the year 

North  

America  

£m 

5,473.2 

343.6 

(36.8)

(6.6)

300.2 

Continental  

Europe  

£m 

UK &  

Ireland  

£m 

1,829.8 

1,242.1 

182.1 

(40.9)

(5.9)

135.3 

87.1 

(8.2)

(2.0)

76.9 

Rest of the  

World  

£m 

781.6 

61.6 

(21.4)

(3.1)

37.1 

Corporate  

£m 

(21.1)

(21.1)

8.8 

8.8 

56.6 

61.8 

4.8 

2.4 

North  

America  

£m 

5,473.2 

331.0 

(36.8)

(6.6)

287.6 

8.8 

8.2 

29.2 

29.9 

2.1 

2.6 

178.8 

(40.9)

(5.9)

132.0 

5.7 

4.1 

12.4 

20.4 

1.4 

0.9 

83.3 

(8.2)

(2.0)

73.1 

3.7 

3.3 

7.0 

15.5 

1.5 

1.3 

World  

£m 

781.6 

59.0 

(21.4)

(3.1)

34.5 

0.1 

0.1 

0.5 

– 

– 

0.2 

Corporate  

£m 

(21.2)

(21.2)

Continental  

Europe  

£m 

UK &  

Ireland  

£m 

1,829.8 

1,242.1 

Rest of the  

Total 

£m 

9,326.7   

653.3   

(107.3)  

(17.6)  

528.4   

12.4   

(87.5)  

453.3   

578.2   

(104.1)  

349.2   

27.1   

24.5   

105.2   

128.1   

9.8   

7.4   

Total 

£m 

9,326.7 

630.9   

(107.3)  

(17.6)

506.0 

12.4 

(64.2)

454.2 

579.1   

(104.3)  

349.9 

Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

5 Segment analysis continued 
Year ended 31 December 2018 

  As previously reported under IAS 17 
  Revenue 

  Adjusted operating profit/(loss)  

  Customer relationships amortisation  
  Acquisition related items 
  GMP equalisation charge 
  Operating profit/(loss) 
  Finance income 
  Finance expense 
  Disposal of businesses 
  Profit before income tax 

  Adjusted profit before income tax 

  Income tax 
  Profit for the year 

North  
America  
£m 
5,277.8 

317.1 

(34.1)
(11.8)

Continental  
Europe  
£m 
1,797.5 

176.8 

(51.0)
(14.5)

UK &  
Ireland  
£m 
1,263.6 

86.8 

(9.4)
(3.0)

Rest of the  
World  
£m 
740.5 

56.4 

(16.6)
(4.1)

271.2 

111.3 

74.4 

35.7 

Corporate  
£m 

(23.1)

(3.3)
(26.4)

  Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
  Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
  Purchase of software 
  Software amortisation  

6.6 
9.1 
4.2 
1.9 

8.0 
8.2 
2.9 
3.6 

4.0 
4.1 
1.3 
1.2 

3.1 
3.0 
0.7 
1.2 

Acquisition related items 
Deferred consideration payments relating to the retention 

of former owners of businesses acquired 

Transaction costs and expenses 
Adjustments to previously estimated earn outs 
Interest on acquisition related income tax 

0.2 
0.1 
0.1 
0.2 

2019  
£m 

13.3 
4.1 
(0.3)
0.5 
17.6 

Total 
£m 

9,079.4   

614.0   

(111.1)  
(33.4)  
(3.3)  
466.2   
11.6   
(66.6)  
13.6   
424.8   

559.0   

(98.3)  
326.5   

21.9   
24.5   
9.2   
8.1   

2018 
£m 

19.1 
5.5 
8.3 
0.5 
33.4 

Reportable segments are determined based on quantitative thresholds in accordance with IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’. The three business 
areas of North America, Continental Europe and UK & Ireland are operating segments that meet the quantitative thresholds for reportable 
segments and are therefore disclosed separately above. The Rest of the World business area contains businesses in Latin America and  
Asia Pacific which individually do not meet the quantitative thresholds for separate disclosure as reportable segments. Rest of the World  
is therefore an ‘other’ segment that is disclosed above as a reportable segment as this information is considered to be useful to users of the 
financial statements and it also helps to reconcile the results of the reportable segments to the Group’s consolidated results. 

The revenue presented relates to external customers. Sales between the business areas are not material. Each of the business areas 
supplies a range of products to customers operating primarily in the foodservice, grocery, safety, cleaning & hygiene, retail and healthcare 
market sectors but results are not monitored on this basis. The performance of the four business areas is assessed by reference to adjusted 
operating profit and this measure also represents the segment results for the purposes of reporting in accordance with IFRS 8. Debt and 
associated interest is managed at a Group level and therefore has not been allocated across the business areas.  

In the year ended 31 December 2019 the Group had no customer that represented 10% or more of total Group revenue (2018: one customer).  

Revenue generated in the parent company’s country of domicile, the UK, for the year ended 31 December 2019 was £1,143.5m  
(2018: £1,168.9m). 

As noted above, the businesses within each operating segment operate in a number of different countries and sell products across a  
range of market sectors, with the vast majority of revenue generated from the delivery of goods to customers. The following table provides  
a breakdown of revenue by market sector. The other category covers a wide range of market sectors, none of which is sufficiently material  
to warrant separate disclosure.  

136 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

137
137

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Notes continued 

5 Segment analysis continued 

Revenue by market sector 
Foodservice 
Grocery 
Safety 
Cleaning & hygiene 
Retail 
Healthcare 
Other 

2019  
£m 
2,710.9 
2,399.8 
1,208.7 
1,110.9 
1,036.3 
618.6 
241.5 
9,326.7 

2018 
£m 
2,656.5 
2,388.5 
1,090.8 
1,065.3 
1,001.6 
618.3 
258.4 
9,079.4 

The table below reconciles segment assets and liabilities to the Group’s total assets and total liabilities. Unallocated assets and liabilities 
include corporate assets and liabilities, tax assets and liabilities, cash at bank and in hand, bank overdrafts, interest bearing loans and 
borrowings, derivative financial assets and liabilities and defined benefit pension assets and liabilities. Non-current assets (other than 
derivative financial assets and deferred tax assets) in the parent company’s country of domicile, the UK, at 31 December 2019 were £418.8m 
(2018: £334.4m). 

At 31 December 2019 

IFRS  
Segment assets 
Unallocated assets 
Total assets 

Segment liabilities 
Unallocated liabilities 
Total liabilities 

Proforma IAS 17 
Segment assets 
Unallocated assets 
Total assets 

Segment liabilities 
Unallocated liabilities 
Total liabilities 

At 31 December 2018 

As previously reported under IAS 17 
Segment assets 
Unallocated assets 
Total assets 

Segment liabilities 
Unallocated liabilities 
Total liabilities 

North 
America  
£m 
2,246.2 

Continental  
Europe  
£m 
1,567.6 

UK &  
Ireland  
£m 
809.8 

Rest of the 
World  
£m 
640.0 

Unallocated  
£m 

2,246.2 

1,567.6 

809.8 

640.0 

880.0 

522.8 

421.3 

173.4 

880.0 

522.8 

421.3 

173.4 

656.4 
656.4 

2,178.2 
2,178.2 

North 
America  
£m 
2,047.6 

Continental  
Europe  
£m 
1,463.4 

UK &  
Ireland  
£m 
719.9 

Rest of the 
World  
£m 
603.8 

Unallocated  
£m 

2,047.6 

1,463.4 

719.9 

603.8 

666.4 

414.1 

322.9 

134.1 

666.4 

414.1 

322.9 

134.1 

655.2 
655.2 

2,176.7 
2,176.7 

North 
America  
£m 
2,125.4 

Continental  
Europe  
£m 
1,594.0 

UK &  
Ireland  
£m 
727.3 

Rest of the 
World  
£m 
595.7 

Unallocated  
£m 

2,125.4 

1,594.0 

727.3 

595.7 

745.5 

444.0 

327.8 

126.2 

745.5 

444.0 

327.8 

126.2 

513.7 
513.7 

2,218.1 
2,218.1 

Total  
£m 
5,263.6 
656.4 
5,920.0 

1,997.5 
2,178.2 
4,175.7 

Total  
£m 
4,834.7 
655.2 
5,489.9 

1,537.5 
2,176.7 
3,714.2 

Total  
£m 
5,042.4 
513.7 
5,556.1 

1,643.5 
2,218.1 
3,861.6 

138 
138

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below reconciles segment assets and liabilities to the Group’s total assets and total liabilities. Unallocated assets and liabilities 

include corporate assets and liabilities, tax assets and liabilities, cash at bank and in hand, bank overdrafts, interest bearing loans and 

borrowings, derivative financial assets and liabilities and defined benefit pension assets and liabilities. Non-current assets (other than 

derivative financial assets and deferred tax assets) in the parent company’s country of domicile, the UK, at 31 December 2019 were £418.8m 

Notes continued 

5 Segment analysis continued 

Revenue by market sector 

Foodservice 

Grocery 

Safety 

Retail 

Healthcare 

Other 

Cleaning & hygiene 

(2018: £334.4m). 

At 31 December 2019 

IFRS  

Segment assets 

Unallocated assets 

Total assets 

Segment liabilities 

Unallocated liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Proforma IAS 17 

Segment assets 

Unallocated assets 

Total assets 

Segment liabilities 

Unallocated liabilities 

Total liabilities 

At 31 December 2018 

Segment assets 

Unallocated assets 

Total assets 

Segment liabilities 

Unallocated liabilities 

Total liabilities 

2019  

£m 

2,710.9 

2,399.8 

1,208.7 

1,110.9 

1,036.3 

618.6 

241.5 

2018 

£m 

2,656.5 

2,388.5 

1,090.8 

1,065.3 

1,001.6 

618.3 

258.4 

9,326.7 

9,079.4 

£m 

656.4 

656.4 

2,178.2 

2,178.2 

£m 

655.2 

655.2 

2,176.7 

2,176.7 

£m 

513.7 

513.7 

2,218.1 

2,218.1 

Total  

£m 

5,263.6 

656.4 

5,920.0 

1,997.5 

2,178.2 

4,175.7 

Total  

£m 

4,834.7 

655.2 

5,489.9 

1,537.5 

2,176.7 

3,714.2 

Total  

£m 

5,042.4 

513.7 

5,556.1 

1,643.5 

2,218.1 

3,861.6 

North 

America  

£m 

2,246.2 

Continental  

Europe  

£m 

1,567.6 

UK &  

Ireland  

£m 

809.8 

Rest of the 

£m 

640.0 

World  

Unallocated  

2,246.2 

1,567.6 

809.8 

640.0 

880.0 

522.8 

421.3 

173.4 

880.0 

522.8 

421.3 

173.4 

North 

America  

£m 

2,047.6 

Continental  

Europe  

£m 

1,463.4 

UK &  

Ireland  

£m 

719.9 

Rest of the 

£m 

603.8 

World  

Unallocated  

2,047.6 

1,463.4 

719.9 

603.8 

666.4 

414.1 

322.9 

134.1 

666.4 

414.1 

322.9 

134.1 

2,125.4 

1,594.0 

727.3 

595.7 

745.5 

444.0 

327.8 

126.2 

745.5 

444.0 

327.8 

126.2 

As previously reported under IAS 17 

North 

America  

£m 

2,125.4 

Continental  

Europe  

£m 

1,594.0 

UK &  

Ireland  

£m 

727.3 

Rest of the 

£m 

595.7 

World  

Unallocated  

Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

6 Analysis of operating income and expenses 

Cost of goods sold 
Employee costs (Note 24) 
GMP equalisation charge  
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (Note 10) 
Depreciation of right-of-use assets (Note 11)  
Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 12) 
Acquisition related items (Note 5) 
Impairment losses on trade receivables (Note 14) 
Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Expense relating to short term leases and low value assets 
Rentals payable under operating leases and subleases 
Lease and sublease income  
Other operating expenses 
Net operating expenses 

2019  
£m 
7,033.2 
873.8 
– 
24.5 
128.1 
114.7 
17.6 
6.9 
(4.7)
7.1 
– 
(2.6)
599.7 
8,798.3 

2018  
£m 
6,851.8 
859.4 
3.3 
24.5 
– 
119.2 
33.4 
3.5 
(1.4)
– 
145.4
(0.9)
575.0 
8,613.2 

Cost of goods sold consists of the cost of the inventories sold or disposed of in the period where the cost of inventories is net of supplier 
rebate income related to those inventories.  

The GMP equalisation charge in 2018 of £3.3m was the non-recurring cost of the equalisation of guaranteed minimum pensions between 
male and female members of the Group’s UK defined benefit pension scheme following the High Court judgment in 2018 in the case of 
Lloyds Banking Group Pensions Trustees Limited vs Lloyds Bank plc and others. 

Auditors’ remuneration 
Audit of these financial statements 
Amounts receivable by the Company’s auditors and their 

associates in respect of: 
audit of financial statements of subsidiaries of the 
   Company 
audit related assurance services 
all other services 

Total auditors’ remuneration 

UK  
£m 
0.5 

Overseas  
£m 
– 

0.4 
0.1 
0.1 
1.1 

2.6 
– 
– 
2.6 

2019   
Total  
£m   
0.5   

3.0   
0.1   
0.1   
3.7   

UK  
£m 
0.4 

Overseas  
£m 
– 

0.4 
0.1 
0.1 
1.0 

2.5 
– 
– 
2.5 

2018 
Total  
£m 
0.4 

2.9 
0.1 
0.1 
3.5 

Audit related assurance services comprise the review of the half yearly financial report for the six months ended 30 June. All other services 
comprise other non-audit work which was permissible in accordance with the Company’s policy and the prevailing regulations concerning 
the provision of non-audit services by the Company’s external auditors. It is the Company’s policy to assess the non-audit services to be 
performed by the Company’s auditors on a case-by-case basis to ensure adherence to the prevailing ethical standards and regulations. In 
the main, other firms are used by the Company to provide non-audit services. However, if the provision of a service by the Company’s 
auditors is not prohibited and adequate safeguards are in place, it is sometimes appropriate for this additional work to be carried out by the 
Company’s auditors. 

The Audit Committee, which consists entirely of independent non-executive directors, reviews and approves the level and type of non-audit 
work which the external auditors perform, including the fees paid for such work, to ensure that the auditors’ objectivity and independence 
are not compromised. Further information is set out in the Audit Committee’s report on pages 80 to 84. 

138 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

139
139

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Notes continued 

7 Finance income/(expense) 

Interest on cash and cash equivalents 
Interest income from foreign exchange contracts  
Net interest income on defined benefit pension schemes in surplus  
Other finance income 
Finance income 

Interest on loans and overdrafts 
Lease interest expense  
Interest expense from foreign exchange contracts 
Net interest expense on defined benefit pension schemes in deficit 
Fair value (loss)/gain on US private placement notes in a hedge relationship  
Fair value gain/(loss) on interest rate swaps in a hedge relationship  
Foreign exchange (loss)/gain on intercompany funding 
Foreign exchange gain/(loss) on external debt and foreign exchange forward contracts  
Interest related to income tax 
Other finance expense  
Finance expense 
Net finance expense 

IFRS 
2019 
£m 
4.4 
7.2 
0.2 
0.6 
12.4 

(56.6)
(23.3)
(3.9)
(1.3)
(10.7)
10.8  
(42.6)
42.7  
(1.5)
(1.1)
(87.5)
(75.1)

Proforma  
IAS 17 
2019 
£m 
4.4 
7.2 
0.2 
0.6 
12.4 

(56.6)
– 
(3.9)
(1.3)
(10.7)
10.8  
(42.6)
42.7  
(1.5)
(1.1)
(64.2)
(51.8)

2018  
£m 
5.3 
5.7 
0.1 
0.5 
11.6 

(59.8)
– 
(3.6)
(1.4)
8.3 
(8.2)
43.5 
(43.5)
(1.2)
(0.7)
(66.6)
(55.0)

The foreign exchange loss or gain on intercompany funding arises as a result of the retranslation of foreign currency intercompany loans. 
This loss or gain on intercompany funding is substantially matched by the foreign exchange gain or loss on external debt and foreign 
exchange forward contracts not in a hedge relationship, which minimises the foreign currency exposure in the consolidated income statement.  

8 Income tax  

Current tax on profit 

current year 
adjustments in respect of prior years 

Deferred tax on profit 

current year 
adjustments in respect of prior years 

Income tax on profit  

IFRS 
2019 
£m 

122.8 
(7.8)
115.0 

(11.3)
0.4 
(10.9)
104.1 

Proforma  
IAS 17  
2019 
£m 

122.8 
(7.8)
115.0 

(11.1)
0.4 
(10.7)
104.3 

2018  
£m 

122.8 
(6.9)
115.9 

(16.6)
(1.0)
(17.6)
98.3 

In assessing the underlying performance of the Group, management uses adjusted profit before income tax. The tax effect of the adjusting 
items (see Note 4) is excluded in monitoring the effective tax rate (being the tax rate on adjusted profit before income tax) which is shown in 
the table below. The Group’s expectations for the effective tax rate in 2020 are included in the Financial review on page 59. 

Income tax on profit 
Tax associated with adjusting items 
Tax on adjusted profit 

Profit before income tax 
Adjusting items 
Adjusted profit before income tax 

Reported tax rate 
Effective tax rate 

140 
140

IFRS 
2019  
£m 
104.1 
33.5 
137.6 

453.3 
124.9 
578.2 

23.0%
23.8%

Proforma 
IAS 17  
2019  
£m 
104.3 
33.5 
137.8 

454.2 
124.9 
579.1 

23.0%
23.8%

2018  
£m 
98.3 
30.8 
129.1 

424.8 
134.2 
559.0 

23.1%
23.1%

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes continued 

7 Finance income/(expense) 

Interest on cash and cash equivalents 

Interest income from foreign exchange contracts  

Net interest income on defined benefit pension schemes in surplus  

Other finance income 

Finance income 

Interest on loans and overdrafts 

Lease interest expense  

Interest expense from foreign exchange contracts 

Net interest expense on defined benefit pension schemes in deficit 

Fair value (loss)/gain on US private placement notes in a hedge relationship  

Fair value gain/(loss) on interest rate swaps in a hedge relationship  

Foreign exchange (loss)/gain on intercompany funding 

Foreign exchange gain/(loss) on external debt and foreign exchange forward contracts  

The foreign exchange loss or gain on intercompany funding arises as a result of the retranslation of foreign currency intercompany loans. 

This loss or gain on intercompany funding is substantially matched by the foreign exchange gain or loss on external debt and foreign 

exchange forward contracts not in a hedge relationship, which minimises the foreign currency exposure in the consolidated income statement.  

IFRS 

2019 

£m 

4.4 

7.2 

0.2 

0.6 

12.4 

(56.6)

(23.3)

(3.9)

(1.3)

(10.7)

10.8  

(42.6)

42.7  

(1.5)

(1.1)

(87.5)

(75.1)

IFRS 

2019 

£m 

122.8 

(7.8)

115.0 

(11.3)

0.4 

(10.9)

104.1 

IFRS 

2019  

£m 

104.1 

33.5 

137.6 

453.3 

124.9 

578.2 

Proforma  

IAS 17 

2019 

£m 

4.4 

7.2 

0.2 

0.6 

12.4 

(56.6)

– 

(3.9)

(1.3)

(10.7)

10.8  

(42.6)

42.7  

(1.5)

(1.1)

(64.2)

(51.8)

Proforma  

IAS 17  

2019 

£m 

122.8 

(7.8)

115.0 

(11.1)

0.4 

(10.7)

104.3 

Proforma 

IAS 17  

2019  

£m 

104.3 

33.5 

137.8 

454.2 

124.9 

579.1 

2018  

£m 

5.3 

5.7 

0.1 

0.5 

11.6 

(59.8)

– 

(3.6)

(1.4)

8.3 

(8.2)

43.5 

(43.5)

(1.2)

(0.7)

(66.6)

(55.0)

2018  

£m 

122.8 

(6.9)

115.9 

(16.6)

(1.0)

(17.6)

98.3 

2018  

£m 

98.3 

30.8 

129.1 

424.8 

134.2 

559.0 

Interest related to income tax 

Other finance expense  

Finance expense 

Net finance expense 

8 Income tax  

Current tax on profit 

current year 

adjustments in respect of prior years 

Deferred tax on profit 

current year 

adjustments in respect of prior years 

Income tax on profit  

Income tax on profit 

Tax associated with adjusting items 

Tax on adjusted profit 

Profit before income tax 

Adjusting items 

Adjusted profit before income tax 

Reported tax rate 

Effective tax rate 

140 

In assessing the underlying performance of the Group, management uses adjusted profit before income tax. The tax effect of the adjusting 

items (see Note 4) is excluded in monitoring the effective tax rate (being the tax rate on adjusted profit before income tax) which is shown in 

the table below. The Group’s expectations for the effective tax rate in 2020 are included in the Financial review on page 59. 

Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

8 Income tax continued 

Tax on other comprehensive income/(expense)  
  and equity 

Actuarial (loss)/gain on defined benefit pension schemes 
Foreign currency translation differences on foreign 

operations 

Movement from translation reserve to income statement 

on disposal of foreign operation 

Gain/(loss) taken to equity as a result of effective net 

investment hedges 

(Loss)/gain recognised in cash flow hedge reserve 
Movement from cash flow hedge reserve to inventory/ 

income statement 

Other comprehensive (expense)/income 
Dividends 
Issue of share capital 
Employee trust shares 
Share based payments 
Other comprehensive expense and equity  

Gross  
£m 
(8.3)

 Tax credit  
£m 
2.2 

2019 

Net  
£m 
(6.1)

Gross  
£m 
11.0 

Tax credit  
£m 
(3.7)

(104.1)

– 

16.9 
(0.5)

(4.3)
(100.3)
(167.3)
5.7 
(30.4)
13.5 
(278.8)

– 

– 

– 
0.1 

0.7 
3.0 
– 
– 
– 
0.3 
3.3 

(104.1)

3.0 

– 

16.9 
(0.4)

(3.6)
(97.3)
(167.3)

5.7   

(30.4)
13.8   

(275.5)

(2.4)

(7.5)
7.9 

(4.4)
7.6 
(152.2)
7.2 
45.6 
12.9 
(78.9)

– 

– 

0.2 
(1.3)

0.7 
(4.1)
– 
– 
– 
2.4 
(1.7)

2018 

Net  
£m 
7.3 

3.0 

(2.4)

(7.3)
6.6 

(3.7)
3.5 
(152.2)
7.2 
45.6 
15.3 
(80.6)

Factors affecting the tax charge for the year 
The Group operates in many countries and is subject to different rates of income tax in those countries. The expected tax rate is calculated 
as a weighted average of the tax rates in the tax jurisdictions in which the Group operates, most of which are higher than the UK statutory 
rate for the year of 19.0% (2018: 19.0%). The adjustments to the tax charge at the weighted average rate to determine the income tax on 
profit are as follows:  

Profit before income tax 

Tax charge at weighted average rate (2019: 23.3%; 2018: 25.1%) 
Effects of: 

non-deductible expenditure 
impact of intercompany finance 
change in tax rates 
prior year adjustments 
other 

Income tax on profit 

Deferred tax in the income statement 
Property, plant and equipment 
Defined benefit pension schemes 
Goodwill and customer relationships 
Provisions 
Inventories 
Leases 
Other 
Deferred tax on profit 

23.0%

23.8%

23.0%

23.8%

23.1%

23.1%

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

2019  
£m 
453.3 

2018  
£m 
424.8 

105.6 

106.5 

6.4 
(0.4)
(1.0)
(7.4)
0.9 
104.1 

2019  
£m 
0.4 
1.7 
(13.6)
1.0 
(0.4)
(0.2)
0.2 
(10.9)

7.5 
(5.1) 
(2.3) 
(7.9) 
(0.4) 
98.3 

2018  
£m 
– 
0.8 
(14.3)
(0.5)
0.7 
– 
(4.3)
(17.6)

141
141

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes continued 

8 Income tax continued 
Future tax liabilities may be affected by the European Commission’s (‘the Commission’) assertion that part of the UK’s tax regime amounts 
to State aid. Management has considered the Commission’s decision of 2 April 2019 and does not agree with their conclusion that the  
UK tax legislation up until December 2018 partially represents State aid. The Group has filed an appeal with the EU General Court for 
annulment of this decision and notes that HM Government has also lodged an appeal. The potential amount payable for this risk is 
estimated to be between £nil and £36m as at 31 December 2019 depending on the outcome of the legal appeal process and the basis of 
calculation. The final impact on the Group remains uncertain but based on the current legal analysis the Group does not consider any 
provision to be required for this risk. Resolution of this issue will depend on the decision of the EU General Court and any further  
legal appeals. 

In addition, the Group is required to make an additional cash tax payment in 2020 of approximately £19m for tax plus interest and penalties 
in relation to a tax dispute in Brazil. The Group has provided for the best estimate of the ultimate liability in this matter and expects to 
recover the remainder once the legal process is completed. 

9 Earnings per share 

Profit for the year 
Adjusted for: 

customer relationships amortisation 
acquisition related items 
GMP equalisation charge 
profit on disposal of businesses 
tax credit on adjusting items 

Adjusted profit for the year 

Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (million) 
Dilutive effect of employee share plans (million) 
Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares (million) 

Basic earnings per share 
Adjustment 
Adjusted earnings per share 

Diluted basic earnings per share  
Adjustment 
Adjusted diluted earnings per share 

IFRS 
2019 
£m 
349.2 

107.3 
17.6 
– 
– 
(33.5)
440.6 

IFRS 
2019  
333.3 
1.0 
334.3 

104.8p 
27.4p 
132.2p 

104.5p 
27.3p 
131.8p 

Proforma  
IAS 17 
2019 
£m 
349.9 

107.3 
17.6 
– 
– 
(33.5)
441.3 

Proforma  
IAS 17 
2019 
333.3 
1.0 
334.3 

105.0p
27.4p
132.4p

104.7p
27.3p
132.0p

2018 
£m 
326.5 

111.1 
33.4 
3.3 
(13.6)
(30.8)
429.9 

2018 
331.7 
2.2 
333.9 

98.4p
31.2p
129.6p

97.8p
31.0p
128.8p

142 
142

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8 Income tax continued 

Future tax liabilities may be affected by the European Commission’s (‘the Commission’) assertion that part of the UK’s tax regime amounts 

to State aid. Management has considered the Commission’s decision of 2 April 2019 and does not agree with their conclusion that the  

UK tax legislation up until December 2018 partially represents State aid. The Group has filed an appeal with the EU General Court for 

annulment of this decision and notes that HM Government has also lodged an appeal. The potential amount payable for this risk is 

estimated to be between £nil and £36m as at 31 December 2019 depending on the outcome of the legal appeal process and the basis of 

calculation. The final impact on the Group remains uncertain but based on the current legal analysis the Group does not consider any 

provision to be required for this risk. Resolution of this issue will depend on the decision of the EU General Court and any further  

In addition, the Group is required to make an additional cash tax payment in 2020 of approximately £19m for tax plus interest and penalties 

in relation to a tax dispute in Brazil. The Group has provided for the best estimate of the ultimate liability in this matter and expects to 

recover the remainder once the legal process is completed. 

Notes continued 

legal appeals. 

9 Earnings per share 

Profit for the year 

Adjusted for: 

customer relationships amortisation 

acquisition related items 

GMP equalisation charge 

profit on disposal of businesses 

tax credit on adjusting items 

Adjusted profit for the year 

Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (million) 

Dilutive effect of employee share plans (million) 

Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares (million) 

Basic earnings per share 

Adjustment 

Adjusted earnings per share 

Diluted basic earnings per share  

Adjustment 

Adjusted diluted earnings per share 

IFRS 

2019 

£m 

349.2 

107.3 

17.6 

– 

– 

(33.5)

440.6 

IFRS 

2019  

333.3 

1.0 

334.3 

104.8p 

27.4p 

132.2p 

104.5p 

27.3p 

131.8p 

Proforma  

IAS 17 

2019 

£m 

349.9 

107.3 

17.6 

– 

– 

(33.5)

441.3 

Proforma  

IAS 17 

2019 

333.3 

1.0 

334.3 

105.0p

27.4p

132.4p

104.7p

27.3p

132.0p

2018 

£m 

326.5 

111.1 

33.4 

3.3 

(13.6)

(30.8)

429.9 

2018 

331.7 

2.2 

333.9 

98.4p

31.2p

129.6p

97.8p

31.0p

128.8p

Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

10 Property, plant and equipment 

2019 
Cost  
Beginning of year 
Acquisitions  
Additions 
Disposals 
Currency translation 
End of year 

Accumulated depreciation 
Beginning of year 
Charge in year 
Disposals 
Currency translation 
End of year 

Land and  
buildings  
£m 

Plant and  
machinery  
£m 

Fixtures,  
fittings and  
equipment 
£m 

90.1 
0.1 
4.3 
(8.2)
(3.1)
83.2 

45.2 
3.7 
(5.8)
(1.5)
41.6 

157.0 
0.3 
11.9 
(11.9)
(5.9)
151.4 

105.4 
11.9 
(10.8)
(4.4)
102.1 

105.1 
0.8 
10.9 
(12.3)
(3.9)
100.6 

79.2 
8.9 
(12.4)
(2.5)
73.2 

Total  
£m 

352.2 
1.2 
27.1 
(32.4)
(12.9)
335.2 

229.8 
24.5 
(29.0)
(8.4)
216.9 

Net book value at 31 December 2019  

41.6 

49.3 

27.4 

118.3 

2018 
Cost  
Beginning of year 
Acquisitions  
Additions 
Disposals 
Disposal of businesses 
Currency translation 
End of year 

Accumulated depreciation 
Beginning of year 
Charge in year 
Disposals 
Disposal of businesses 
Currency translation 
End of year 

Land and  
buildings  
£m 

Plant and  
machinery  
£m 

Fixtures,  
fittings and  
equipment 
£m 

93.3 
0.2 
1.8 
(2.8)
(4.8)
2.4 
90.1 

45.3 
3.5 
(2.4)
(3.0)
1.8 
45.2 

148.5 
1.3 
10.1 
(6.4)
(2.0)
5.5 
157.0 

97.7 
12.0 
(5.8)
(1.6)
3.1 
105.4 

103.9 
1.6 
10.0 
(4.5)
(6.4)
0.5 
105.1 

77.5 
9.0 
(4.4)
(4.2)
1.3 
79.2 

Total  
£m 

345.7 
3.1 
21.9 
(13.7)
(13.2)
8.4 
352.2 

220.5 
24.5 
(12.6)
(8.8)
6.2 
229.8 

Net book value at 31 December 2018 

44.9 

51.6 

25.9 

122.4 

142 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

143
143

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes continued 

11 Right-of-use assets 

2019 
Net book value at beginning of year 
Right-of-use assets on transition to IFRS 16 
Acquisitions (Note 27) 
Additions 
Depreciation charge in the year 
Remeasurement adjustments 
Currency translation 
Net book value at 31 December 2019 

12 Intangible assets 

2019 
Cost 
Beginning of year 
Acquisitions 
Additions 
Disposals 
Currency translation 
End of year 

Accumulated amortisation 
Beginning of year 
Charge in year 
Disposals 
Currency translation 
End of year 

Property 
£m 
– 
359.4 
5.7 
65.3 
(91.4)
13.8 
(11.3)
341.5 

Motor vehicles 
£m 
– 
65.4 
0.2 
30.4 
(27.8)
0.6 
(2.4)
66.4 

Equipment 
£m 
– 
24.6 
0.6 
9.5 
(8.9)
– 
(0.8)
25.0 

Total  
£m 
– 
449.4 
6.5 
105.2 
(128.1)
14.4 
(14.5)
432.9 

Goodwill 
£m 

Customer 
 relationships 
£m 

Software 
£m 

Total 
£m 

1,420.4 
39.8 

(56.6)
1,403.6 

1,719.2 
71.7 
– 
– 
(80.0)
1,710.9 

778.0 
107.3 
– 
(39.3)
846.0 

72.5 
– 
9.8 
(4.6)
(3.0)
74.7 

51.6 
7.4 
(4.6)
(2.1)
52.3 

3,212.1 
111.5 
9.8 
(4.6)
(139.6)
3,189.2 

829.6 
114.7 
(4.6)
(41.4)
898.3 

Net book value at 31 December 2019 

1,403.6 

864.9 

22.4 

2,290.9 

2018 
Cost 
Beginning of year 
Acquisitions 
Additions 
Disposals 
Disposal of businesses 
Currency translation 
End of year 

Accumulated amortisation 
Beginning of year 
Charge in year 
Disposals 
Disposal of businesses 
Currency translation 
End of year 

Goodwill 
£m 

Customer 
 relationships 
£m 

Software 
£m 

Total 
£m 

1,378.0 
33.9 

(10.1)
18.6 
1,420.4 

1,613.8 
96.7 
– 
– 
(15.9)
24.6 
1,719.2 

659.2 
111.1 
– 
(3.9)
11.6 
778.0 

64.5 
0.1 
9.2 
(0.3)
(2.7)
1.7 
72.5 

45.4 
8.1 
(0.3)
(2.5)
0.9 
51.6 

3,056.3 
130.7 
9.2 
(0.3)
(28.7)
44.9 
3,212.1 

704.6 
119.2 
(0.3)
(6.4)
12.5 
829.6 

Net book value at 31 December 2018 

1,420.4 

941.2 

20.9 

2,382.5 

Both goodwill and customer relationships have been acquired as part of business combinations. Further details of acquisitions made in the 
year are set out in Note 27.  

144 
144

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

12 Intangible assets continued 
Impairment tests 
The carrying amount of goodwill is allocated across CGUs and is tested annually for impairment by comparing the recoverable amount  
of each CGU with its carrying value. 

A description of the Group’s principal activities is set out in the Chief Executive Officer’s review. There is no significant difference in the 
nature of activities across different geographies. The identification of CGUs reflects the way the business is managed and monitored on a 
geographical basis, taking into account the generation of cash flows and the sharing of synergies. Given the similar nature of the activities 
of each CGU, a consistent methodology is applied across the Group in assessing CGU recoverable amounts. The recoverable amount is the 
higher of the value in use and the fair value less the costs of disposal. The value in use is the present value of the cash flows expected to be 
generated by the CGU over a projection period together with a terminal value. The projection period is the time period over which future 
cash flows are predicted. The Group’s methodology is to use a projection period of five years consisting of detailed cash flow forecasts  
for the first two years and CGU specific growth assumptions for years three, four and five. For periods after this five year period, the 
methodology applies a long term growth rate specific to the CGU to derive a terminal value. Cash flow expectations exclude any future  
cash flows that may arise from restructuring or other enhancements to the cash generating activities of the CGU and reflect management’s 
expectations of the range of economic conditions that may exist over the projection period.  

The value in use calculations are principally sensitive to revenue growth, including any significant changes to the customer base, 
achievability of future profit margins and the discount rates used in the present value calculation. The information used for valuation 
purposes takes into consideration past experience and the current economic environment with regard to customer attrition rates and 
additions to the customer base, the ability to introduce price increases and new products and experience in controlling the underlying cost 
base. This information is used to determine a long term growth rate which is consistent with the geographic segments in which the Group 
operates and management’s assessment of future operating performance and market share movements. The discount rates used are 
determined with assistance provided by external valuation specialists. 

The Group allocates goodwill across 11 CGUs (2018: 11). Based on our impairment testing, no impairments were identified to the carrying 
value of goodwill within the Group. 

At 31 December 2019 North America, France and Rest of Continental Europe carried a significant amount of goodwill in comparison with 
the total value of the Group’s goodwill. At 31 December 2019 the carrying value of goodwill in respect of North America was £428.9m  
(2018: £417.7m), France was £247.1m (2018: £262.7m) and Rest of Continental Europe was £183.6m (2018: £195.0m). At 31 December 2019 
the aggregate amount of goodwill attributable to the Group’s CGUs, excluding North America, France and Rest of Continental Europe,  
was £544.0m (2018: £545.0m), none of which is individually significant. 

For North America, France and Rest of Continental Europe, the weighted average long term growth rate used in 2019 was in the range  
of 2.5%–3.5% (2018: 2.5%–3.5%) reflecting anticipated revenue and profit growth. A pre-tax discount rate in the range of 7%–10%  
(2018: 7%–9%) has been applied to the value in use calculations reflecting market assessments of the time value of money at the balance 
sheet date. Similar assumptions have been applied to the other CGUs but where appropriate the directors have considered alternative 
market risk assumptions to reflect the specific conditions arising in individual CGUs with long term growth rates ranging from 2.5%–6.5% 
(2018: 2.5%–6.5%) and discount rates ranging from 7%–16% (2018: 6%–16%). 

As part of the annual impairment testing for goodwill, the Group also considered whether there were any indicators that individual customer 
relationships assets were impaired by comparing the recoverable amounts to the carrying values of the customer relationships assets. 
Recoverable amount was based on value in use. An impairment charge of £4.0m relating to the customer relationships intangible asset of a 
business in China within the Asia Pacific CGU was recognised in the year. This charge is included within the customer relationship charge 
for the year. There were no other such impairments.  

Sensitivity to changes in key assumptions 
Impairment testing is dependent on management’s estimates and judgements, particularly as they relate to the forecasting of future cash 
flows, expected long term growth rates and the discount rates selected. Key assumptions on which value in use calculations are dependent 
relate to the discount rates used and revenue growth including the impact of changes to the underlying customer base from customer 
attrition and the rate at which new customer relationships are introduced and established. 

As part of the annual impairment testing, management performed sensitivity analysis by modelling the impact of higher discount rates, and 
reviewing the combination of discount rates and long term growth rates which would bring the value in use to the net book value or below. 
From this sensitivity testing management has concluded that no reasonably possible change in key assumptions would result in a material 
change to the carrying amounts of any of the Group’s intangible assets in the next 12 months.  

Property 

Motor vehicles 

Equipment 

£m 

– 

359.4 

5.7 

65.3 

(91.4)

13.8 

(11.3)

341.5 

Goodwill 

£m 

Customer 

 relationships 

£m 

Software 

£m 

Total 

£m 

1,420.4 

1,719.2 

39.8 

71.7 

(56.6)

1,403.6 

(80.0)

1,710.9 

£m 

– 

65.4 

0.2 

30.4 

(27.8)

0.6 

(2.4)

66.4 

– 

– 

778.0 

107.3 

– 

(39.3)

846.0 

– 

– 

(15.9)

24.6 

659.2 

111.1 

– 

(3.9)

11.6 

778.0 

£m 

– 

24.6 

0.6 

9.5 

(8.9)

– 

(0.8)

25.0 

72.5 

– 

9.8 

(4.6)

(3.0)

74.7 

51.6 

7.4 

(4.6)

(2.1)

52.3 

64.5 

0.1 

9.2 

(0.3)

(2.7)

1.7 

72.5 

45.4 

8.1 

(0.3)

(2.5)

0.9 

51.6 

Total  

£m 

– 

449.4 

6.5 

105.2 

(128.1)

14.4 

(14.5)

432.9 

3,212.1 

111.5 

9.8 

(4.6)

(139.6)

3,189.2 

829.6 

114.7 

(4.6)

(41.4)

898.3 

3,056.3 

130.7 

9.2 

(0.3)

(28.7)

44.9 

3,212.1 

704.6 

119.2 

(0.3)

(6.4)

12.5 

829.6 

Customer 

Goodwill 

 relationships 

£m 

£m 

Software 

£m 

Total 

£m 

1,378.0 

33.9 

1,613.8 

96.7 

(10.1)

18.6 

1,420.4 

1,719.2 

Net book value at 31 December 2019 

1,403.6 

864.9 

22.4 

2,290.9 

Net book value at 31 December 2018 

1,420.4 

941.2 

20.9 

2,382.5 

Both goodwill and customer relationships have been acquired as part of business combinations. Further details of acquisitions made in the 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

145
145

Notes continued 

11 Right-of-use assets 

2019 

Net book value at beginning of year 

Right-of-use assets on transition to IFRS 16 

Acquisitions (Note 27) 

Additions 

Depreciation charge in the year 

Remeasurement adjustments 

Currency translation 

Net book value at 31 December 2019 

12 Intangible assets 

2019 

Cost 

Beginning of year 

Acquisitions 

Additions 

Disposals 

Currency translation 

End of year 

Accumulated amortisation 

Beginning of year 

Charge in year 

Disposals 

Currency translation 

End of year 

2018 

Cost 

Beginning of year 

Acquisitions 

Additions 

Disposals 

Disposal of businesses 

Currency translation 

End of year 

Accumulated amortisation 

Beginning of year 

Charge in year 

Disposals 

Disposal of businesses 

Currency translation 

End of year 

year are set out in Note 27.  

144 

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Notes continued 

13 Inventories 

Goods for resale 

2019 
£m 
1,177.2 

2018 
£m 
1,213.6 

During the year £5.5m (2018: £6.0m) was written off from inventories due to obsolescence or damage. The provision for slow moving, 
obsolete or defective inventories at 31 December 2019 was £80.3m (2018: £84.4m).  

14 Trade and other receivables 

Trade receivables 
Prepayments 
Other receivables 

The Group does not have any significant contract assets. 

The ageing of trade receivables at 31 December was: 

Current 
0–30 days overdue 
31–90 days overdue  
Over 90 days overdue  

2019 
£m 
1,020.2 
70.3 
163.6 
1,254.1 

2018 
£m 
1,083.1 
74.2 
172.7 
1,330.0 

Gross 
£m 
832.9 
146.2 
42.9 
22.1 
1,044.1 

2019   

 Provision  
£m 
3.8   
1.4   
1.5   
17.2   
23.9   

Gross  
£m 
847.5 
186.4 
55.6 
19.2 
1,108.7 

2018 
 Provision  
£m 
3.4 
1.8 
2.2 
18.2 
25.6 

The trade receivables provision includes provisions for expected credit losses and credit notes to be issued. The movement in the provision   
during the year was as follows: 

Beginning of year 
Acquisitions 
Charge 
Utilised and unused 
Currency translation  
End of year 

15 Trade and other payables – current 

Trade payables 
Other tax and social security contributions 
Other payables 
Accruals and contract liabilities  

2019 
£m 
25.6 
0.1 
6.9 
(7.6)
(1.1)
23.9 

2019 
£m 
1,067.9 
23.7 
151.2 
260.0 
1,502.8 

2018 
£m 
25.2 
0.8 
3.5 
(3.8)
(0.1)
25.6 

2018 
£m 
1,143.9 
25.9 
161.1 
282.7 
1,613.6 

The Group’s contract liabilities are limited to deferred income of £4.4m (2018: £5.5m). This arises from contracts with customers in the form 
of consideration that has been received in advance of the satisfaction of performance obligations. 

146 
146

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During the year £5.5m (2018: £6.0m) was written off from inventories due to obsolescence or damage. The provision for slow moving, 

obsolete or defective inventories at 31 December 2019 was £80.3m (2018: £84.4m).  

Gross 

£m 

832.9 

146.2 

42.9 

22.1 

1,044.1 

2019   

 Provision  

£m 

3.8   

1.4   

1.5   

17.2   

23.9   

Gross  

£m 

847.5 

186.4 

55.6 

19.2 

1,108.7 

The trade receivables provision includes provisions for expected credit losses and credit notes to be issued. The movement in the provision   

during the year was as follows: 

Notes continued 

13 Inventories 

Goods for resale 

14 Trade and other receivables 

Trade receivables 

Prepayments 

Other receivables 

The Group does not have any significant contract assets. 

The ageing of trade receivables at 31 December was: 

Current 

0–30 days overdue 

31–90 days overdue  

Over 90 days overdue  

Beginning of year 

Acquisitions 

Charge 

Utilised and unused 

Currency translation  

End of year 

15 Trade and other payables – current 

Other tax and social security contributions 

Trade payables 

Other payables 

Accruals and contract liabilities  

2019 

£m 

2018 

£m 

1,177.2 

1,213.6 

1,020.2 

1,083.1 

2019 

£m 

70.3 

163.6 

2018 

£m 

74.2 

172.7 

1,254.1 

1,330.0 

2018 

 Provision  

£m 

3.4 

1.8 

2.2 

18.2 

25.6 

2018 

£m 

25.2 

0.8 

3.5 

(3.8)

(0.1)

25.6 

2018 

£m 

25.9 

161.1 

282.7 

2019 

£m 

25.6 

0.1 

6.9 

(7.6)

(1.1)

23.9 

2019 

£m 

23.7 

151.2 

260.0 

1,067.9 

1,143.9 

1,502.8 

1,613.6 

The Group’s contract liabilities are limited to deferred income of £4.4m (2018: £5.5m). This arises from contracts with customers in the form 

of consideration that has been received in advance of the satisfaction of performance obligations. 

Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

16 Risk management and financial instruments 
Capital management 
The Group’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to sustain future 
development of the business. The Group monitors the return on average operating capital employed and the return on invested capital  
(as defined on page 134) as well as the level of total shareholders’ equity and the amount of dividends paid to ordinary shareholders.  

The principal covenant limits are net debt to EBITDA, calculated at average exchange rates and in accordance with the Group’s external 
debt covenants, of no more than 3.5 times and interest cover of no less than 3.0 times. Sensitivity analyses using various scenarios are 
applied to forecasts to assess their impact on covenants and net debt. Additionally, compliance with the Group’s biannual debt covenants is 
monitored on a monthly basis and formally tested at 30 June and 31 December. During 2019 all covenants have been complied with and 
based on current forecasts it is expected that such covenants will continue to be complied with for the foreseeable future. Debt covenants 
are based on historical accounting standards.  

The Group funds its operations through a mixture of shareholders’ equity and bank and capital market borrowings. All of the borrowings 
are managed by a central treasury function and funds raised are lent onward to operating subsidiaries as required. The overall objective is 
to manage the funding to ensure the borrowings have a range of maturities, are competitively priced and meet the demands of the business 
over time and, in order to do so, the Group arranges a mixture of borrowings from different sources with a variety of maturity dates. 

The Group’s businesses provide a high and consistent level of cash generation which helps fund future development and growth. The 
Group seeks to maintain an appropriate balance between the higher returns that might be possible with higher levels of borrowings and the 
advantages and security afforded by a sound capital position. 

There were no changes to the Group’s approach to capital management during the year and the Group is not subject to any externally 
imposed capital requirements. 

Treasury policies and controls 
The Group has a centralised treasury department to control external borrowings and manage liquidity, interest rate, foreign currency and 
credit risks. Treasury policies have been approved by the Board and cover the nature of the exposure to be hedged, the types of financial 
instruments that may be employed and the criteria for investing and borrowing cash. The Group uses derivatives to manage its foreign 
currency and interest rate risks arising from underlying business activities. No transactions of a speculative nature are undertaken. The 
treasury department is subject to periodic independent review by the internal audit department. Underlying policy assumptions and 
activities are periodically reviewed by the executive directors and the Board. Controls over exposure changes and transaction authenticity 
are in place. 

Derivatives and hedge accounting 
The Group designates derivatives which qualify as hedges for accounting purposes as either (a) a hedge of the fair value of a recognised 
asset or liability; (b) a hedge of the cash flow risk resulting from changes in interest rates or foreign exchange rates; or (c) a hedge of a net 
investment in a foreign operation. The accounting treatment for hedges and derivatives is set out in the financial instruments’ accounting 
policy in Note 2p. The Group tests the effectiveness of hedges on a prospective basis to ensure compliance with IFRS 9. Information about 
the methods and assumptions used in determining the fair value of derivatives is provided under the ‘Financial instruments’ section on  
pages 129 and 130. 

Hedge effectiveness 
For hedges of foreign currency purchases and sales, the Group enters into cash flow hedge relationships where the critical terms of the 
hedging instrument are similar to those of the hedged item, such as notional amount, expected maturity date and currency. Hedge 
ineffectiveness may arise if the timing of the forecast transaction changes from what was originally estimated. The Group therefore 
performs a quantitative hedge effectiveness assessment to calculate any ineffectiveness during the period.  

Part of the Group’s fixed rate debt portfolio is swapped to floating using interest rate swaps where the hedged items are individual tranches 
of fixed rate debt. These interest rate swaps are held in fair value hedges with critical terms exactly matching those of the underlying hedged 
items, such as notional amounts, payment dates, reset dates, maturity dates and currencies. As all critical terms matched during the year, 
the economic relationship was 100% effective. The Group therefore performs a qualitative assessment of effectiveness. If changes in 
circumstances affect the terms of the hedged item such that the critical terms no longer match exactly with the critical terms of the hedging 
instrument, the Group will perform a quantitative assessment of effectiveness. Hedge ineffectiveness may arise due to a change in credit 
risk of the counterparty or if there is a change in timings or amounts of the hedged cash flows. 

There was no material ineffectiveness during 2019 in relation to the interest rate swaps or the forward currency contracts. 

146 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

147
147

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Notes continued 

16 Risk management and financial instruments continued 
Risk management 
(a) Liquidity risk 
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group continually monitors net 
debt and forecast cash flows to ensure that sufficient facilities are in place to meet the Group’s requirements in the short, medium and long 
term and, in order to do so, arranges borrowings from a variety of sources.  

The Group has substantial funding available comprising multi-currency credit facilities from the Group’s banks, US private placement notes  
and a senior unsecured bond.  

Loans, borrowings and net debt 

Bank overdrafts 
Bank loans 
US private placement notes 
Finance lease creditors 
Borrowings due within one year 
Bank loans 
US private placement notes 
Senior bond 
Finance lease creditors 
Borrowings due after one year 
Derivatives managing the interest rate risk and currency profile of the debt 
Gross debt 
Cash at bank and in hand 
Net debt excluding lease liabilities  
Lease liabilities  
Net debt including lease liabilities  

2019 
£m 
(469.7)
(0.4)
(83.3)
– 
(553.4)
(63.1)
(953.1)
(298.0)
–  
(1,314.2)
10.1  
(1,857.5)
610.5  
(1,247.0)
(480.0)
(1,727.0)

2018 
£m 
(333.5)
(6.9)
(67.8)
(0.2)
(408.4)
(104.3)
(1,054.3)
(297.6)
(0.1)
(1,456.3)
0.5 
(1,864.2)
477.7 
(1,386.5)
– 
(1,386.5)

Further information on the movement in net debt and lease liabilities is shown in Note 26. 

The total available committed funding at 31 December 2019 was £2,374.5m (2018: £2,464.4m). The committed funding maturity profile at  
31 December 2019 is set out in the chart below. 

Committed funding maturity profile by year 
£m 

285

114

280

152

191

63

125

300

169

119

133

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027

38
2028

243

80

2021

83

2020

The undrawn committed bank facilities available at 31 December were as follows: 

Expiring within one year 
Expiring after one year but within two years 
Expiring after two years 

Bank facilities – undrawn

Senior bond

Bank facilities – drawn

US private placement notes

2019 
£m 
– 
243.1 
756.3 
999.4 

2018 
£m 
40.0 
152.6 
746.9 
939.5 

In addition, the Group maintains overdraft and uncommitted facilities to provide short term flexibility. At 31 December 2019 there were no 
loans secured by fixed charges on property (2018: none). 

148 
148

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

16 Risk management and financial instruments continued 

Risk management 

(a) Liquidity risk 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group continually monitors net 

debt and forecast cash flows to ensure that sufficient facilities are in place to meet the Group’s requirements in the short, medium and long 

term and, in order to do so, arranges borrowings from a variety of sources.  

The Group has substantial funding available comprising multi-currency credit facilities from the Group’s banks, US private placement notes  

16 Risk management and financial instruments continued 
Contractual maturity profile 
The contractual maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities at 31 December is set out in the tables below. The amounts disclosed are 
the contractual undiscounted cash flows and therefore include interest cash flows (forecast using LIBOR interest rates at 31 December in 
the case of floating rate financial assets and liabilities). Derivative assets and liabilities have been included within the tables since they 
predominantly relate to derivatives which are used to manage the interest cash flows on the Group’s debt. Bank loans have been drawn 
under committed facilities and can be refinanced on maturity from these same facilities. Accordingly they have been aged based on the 
maturity dates of the underlying facilities. Foreign currency cash flows have been translated using spot rates as at 31 December. 

Contractual cash (outflows)/inflows 

2019 
Financial liabilities 
Bank overdrafts 
Bank loans 
US private placement notes 
Senior bond 
Lease payments 
Trade and other payables 

Derivative financial instruments 
Net settled: 

Interest rate swaps 

Gross settled: 

Foreign exchange inflows 
Foreign exchange outflows  

Total 

2018 

Financial liabilities 
Bank overdrafts 
Bank loans 
US private placement notes 
Senior bond 
Finance lease creditors 
Trade and other payables 

Derivative financial instruments 
Net settled: 

Interest rate swaps 

Gross settled: 

Foreign exchange inflows 
Foreign exchange outflows  

Total 

Total  
contractual  
cash flows  
£m 

Within one  
year  
£m 

After 
 one year  
but within 
 two years  
£m 

After 
 two years  
but within  
five years  
£m 

(469.7)
(67.1)
(1,184.1)
(340.7)
(570.7)
(1,498.6)
(4,130.9)

(469.7)
(1.2)
(117.1)
(6.8)
(138.8)
(1,479.1)
(2,212.7)

12.3  

1.6  

1,089.3  
(1,091.6)
10.0  

(4,120.9)

1,089.3  
(1,091.6)
(0.7)

(2,213.4)

– 
(1.0)
(110.8)
(6.8)
(118.5)
(19.5)
(256.6)

1.6  

– 
– 
1.6  

– 
(64.9)
(464.4)
(20.3)
(198.1)
– 
(747.7)

4.8  

– 
– 
4.8  

Total  
contractual  
cash flows  
£m 

Within one  
year  
£m 

After 
 one year  
but within 
 two years  
£m 

After 
 two years  
but within  
five years  
£m 

(333.5)
(117.1)
(1,338.0)
(347.4)
(0.3)
(1,643.0)
(3,779.3)

(333.5)
(8.5)
(106.9)
(6.8)
(0.2)
(1,613.6)
(2,069.5)

(3.5)

(0.3)

1,741.9 
(1,738.2)
0.2 

(3,779.1)

1,741.5 
(1,737.8)
3.4 

(2,066.1)

– 
(1.5)
(121.7)
(6.8)
(0.1)
(29.4)
(159.5)

(0.3)

0.4 
(0.4)
(0.3)

– 
(107.1)
(451.1)
(20.3)
– 
– 
(578.5)

(0.8)

– 
– 
(0.8)

After  
five years  
£m 

– 
– 
(491.8)
(306.8)
(115.3)
– 
(913.9)

4.3  

– 
– 
4.3  

After  
five years  
£m 

– 
– 
(658.3)
(313.5)
– 
– 
(971.8)

(2.1)

– 
– 
(2.1)

(255.0)

(742.9)

(909.6)

Contractual cash (outflows)/inflows 

(159.8)

(579.3)

(973.9)

Notes continued 

and a senior unsecured bond.  

Loans, borrowings and net debt 

Bank overdrafts 

Bank loans 

US private placement notes 

Finance lease creditors 

Borrowings due within one year 

Bank loans 

US private placement notes 

Senior bond 

Finance lease creditors 

Borrowings due after one year 

Gross debt 

Cash at bank and in hand 

Net debt excluding lease liabilities  

Lease liabilities  

Net debt including lease liabilities  

2019 

£m 

(469.7)

(0.4)

(83.3)

– 

(553.4)

(63.1)

(953.1)

(298.0)

–  

2018 

£m 

(333.5)

(6.9)

(67.8)

(0.2)

(408.4)

(104.3)

(1,054.3)

(297.6)

(0.1)

(1,314.2)

(1,456.3)

10.1  

0.5 

(1,857.5)

(1,864.2)

610.5  

477.7 

(1,247.0)

(1,386.5)

(480.0)

– 

(1,727.0)

(1,386.5)

Derivatives managing the interest rate risk and currency profile of the debt 

Further information on the movement in net debt and lease liabilities is shown in Note 26. 

The total available committed funding at 31 December 2019 was £2,374.5m (2018: £2,464.4m). The committed funding maturity profile at  

31 December 2019 is set out in the chart below. 

Committed funding maturity profile by year 

£m 

The undrawn committed bank facilities available at 31 December were as follows: 

Expiring within one year 

Expiring after one year but within two years 

Expiring after two years 

2019 

£m 

– 

243.1 

756.3 

999.4 

2018 

£m 

40.0 

152.6 

746.9 

939.5 

In addition, the Group maintains overdraft and uncommitted facilities to provide short term flexibility. At 31 December 2019 there were no 

loans secured by fixed charges on property (2018: none). 

148 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

149
149

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes continued 

16 Risk management and financial instruments continued 
(b) Interest rate risk 
The Group is funded by a mixture of fixed and floating rate debt with the Group’s main interest rate risk arising on its floating rate debt. 
Interest rate swaps and interest rate caps are used to manage the interest rate risk profile.  

The table below shows the fixed/floating rate debt mix after interest rate swaps. Of the US private placement notes of £1,036.4m (2018: 
£1,122.1m), there are US dollar denominated amounts totalling £235.7m (2018: £377.1m), with maturities ranging from 2026 to 2028, which 
have been swapped to floating rates using interest rate swaps which reprice every three or six months.  

During 2019, £137.9m of interest rate swaps were terminated in line with the Group’s interest rate risk management policy. This resulted  
in de-designation of a number of fair value hedge relationships. At the date of de-designation, there was a fair value adjustment on the US 
private placement notes which will be amortised to the income statement across the remaining life of the debt. At 31 December 2019 this 
remaining fair value adjustment on the US private placement notes was a credit of £12.2m*.  

The interest rate risk on the floating rate liability is managed using interest rate options. Hedge accounting is not applied to the interest rate 
caps since the majority of their value is related to time value. The strike rates of these options are based on LIBOR and are repriced every 
three months.  

Bank loans are drawn for various periods of up to three months at interest rates linked to LIBOR. 

Fixed vs floating interest rate table 

Fixed rate debt 
US private placement notes 
Senior bond 
Total fixed rate debt 
Interest rate swaps (fixed leg) 
Fixed rate liability 

Floating rate debt 
Bank overdrafts 
Bank loans 
Total floating rate debt 
Interest rate swaps (floating leg) 
Floating rate liability 

Derivatives managing the interest rate risk and currency profile of the debt 
Finance lease creditors 
Gross debt 

Effects of hedge accounting on the financial position and performance 
The effects of the interest rate swaps on the Group’s financial position and performance are as follows: 

Interest rate swaps 
Net carrying amount (asset) (£m) 
Notional amount (£m) 
Maturity date range  
Hedge ratio 
Fair value (loss)/gain on US private placement notes in a hedge relationship (£m) 
Fair value gain/(loss) on interest rate swaps in a hedge relationship (£m) 

2019 
£m 

2018 
£m 

(1,036.4)
(298.0)
(1,334.4)
235.7  
(1,098.7)

(1,122.1)
(297.6)
(1,419.7)
377.1 
(1,042.6)

(469.7)
(63.5)
(533.2)
(235.7)
(768.9)

(333.5)
(111.2)
(444.7)
(377.1)
(821.8)

10.1  
–  
(1,857.5)

0.5 
(0.3)
(1,864.2)

2019 

2018  

11.5 
223.5 
2026–2028 
1:1 
(10.7)
10.8 

0.7 
375.6 
2025–2028 
1:1 
8.3 
 (8.2)

*  In the Consolidated cash flow statement the cash inflow of £12.2m from the cancellation of the interest rate swap is shown within increase in borrowings. 

150 
150

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
–   
–   

+1% 
£m 
0.6 
1.3 

Impact on profit before tax 
–1%  
£m 

Impact on equity 
–1% 
£m 
– 
– 

+1% 
£m 
0.6 
1.3 

During 2019, £137.9m of interest rate swaps were terminated in line with the Group’s interest rate risk management policy. This resulted  

in de-designation of a number of fair value hedge relationships. At the date of de-designation, there was a fair value adjustment on the US 

private placement notes which will be amortised to the income statement across the remaining life of the debt. At 31 December 2019 this 

remaining fair value adjustment on the US private placement notes was a credit of £12.2m*.  

2019 
2018 

Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

16 Risk management and financial instruments continued 
Sensitivity to movements in interest rates 
After taking account of hedge relationships, a change of 1% in the interest rate forward curves on 31 December would have affected profit 
before income tax for the year and equity as at the year end as a result of changes in the fair values of derivative assets and liabilities at that 
date by the amounts shown below: 

Notes continued 

16 Risk management and financial instruments continued 

(b) Interest rate risk 

The Group is funded by a mixture of fixed and floating rate debt with the Group’s main interest rate risk arising on its floating rate debt. 

Interest rate swaps and interest rate caps are used to manage the interest rate risk profile.  

The table below shows the fixed/floating rate debt mix after interest rate swaps. Of the US private placement notes of £1,036.4m (2018: 

£1,122.1m), there are US dollar denominated amounts totalling £235.7m (2018: £377.1m), with maturities ranging from 2026 to 2028, which 

have been swapped to floating rates using interest rate swaps which reprice every three or six months.  

The interest rate risk on the floating rate liability is managed using interest rate options. Hedge accounting is not applied to the interest rate 

caps since the majority of their value is related to time value. The strike rates of these options are based on LIBOR and are repriced every 

three months.  

Bank loans are drawn for various periods of up to three months at interest rates linked to LIBOR. 

Fixed vs floating interest rate table 

Fixed rate debt 

US private placement notes 

Senior bond 

Total fixed rate debt 

Interest rate swaps (fixed leg) 

Fixed rate liability 

Floating rate debt 

Bank overdrafts 

Bank loans 

Total floating rate debt 

Interest rate swaps (floating leg) 

Floating rate liability 

Finance lease creditors 

Gross debt 

Interest rate swaps 

Net carrying amount (asset) (£m) 

Notional amount (£m) 

Maturity date range  

Hedge ratio 

Derivatives managing the interest rate risk and currency profile of the debt 

Effects of hedge accounting on the financial position and performance 

The effects of the interest rate swaps on the Group’s financial position and performance are as follows: 

2019 

£m 

2018 

£m 

(1,036.4)

(298.0)

(1,334.4)

235.7  

(1,122.1)

(297.6)

(1,419.7)

377.1 

(1,098.7)

(1,042.6)

(469.7)

(63.5)

(533.2)

(235.7)

(768.9)

10.1  

–  

(333.5)

(111.2)

(444.7)

(377.1)

(821.8)

0.5 

(0.3)

(1,857.5)

(1,864.2)

2019 

2018  

2026–2028 

2025–2028 

11.5 

223.5 

1:1 

(10.7)

10.8 

0.7 

375.6 

1:1 

8.3 

 (8.2)

(c) Foreign currency risk 
The majority of the Group’s sales are made and income is earned in US dollars, euros and other foreign currencies. The Group does not 
hedge the impact of exchange rate movements arising on translation of earnings into sterling at average exchange rates. 

The following significant exchange rates applied during the year: 

US dollar 
Euro 

Average rate 

Closing rate 

 2019 
1.28 
1.14 

 2018 
1.33   
1.13   

 2019 
1.32 
1.18 

 2018 
1.27 
1.11 

The majority of the Group’s transactions are carried out in the respective functional currencies of the Group’s operations and so transaction 
exposures are usually relatively limited. Where they do occur the Group’s policy is to hedge exposures of highly probable forecast 
transactions using forward foreign exchange contracts and these are designated as cash flow hedges. During the year the Group hedged 
highly probable forecast transactions for periods of up to 18 months. However, the economic impact of foreign exchange on the value of 
uncommitted future purchases and sales is not hedged. As a result, sudden and significant movements in foreign exchange rates can 
impact profit margins where there is a delay in passing the resulting price increases on to customers.  

For the year ended 31 December 2019, all foreign exchange cash flow hedges were effective with a cumulative pre-tax loss of £2.9m  
(2018 cumulative pre-tax gain of £1.9m) recognised in equity at the end of the year and this will affect the income statement during 2020. 

Effects of hedge accounting on the financial position and performance 

Forward foreign currency hedges in relation to inventory purchases 
Net carrying amount ((liability)/asset) (£m) 
Notional amount at 31 December 2019 (£m) 
Maturity date range  
Hedge ratio 
Change in value of hedged items since 1 January (£m) 
Change in fair value of outstanding foreign currency forward contracts since 1 January (£m) 

2019 

2018 

(2.9)
131.5 
2020 
1:1 
4.8 
(4.8)

1.9 
140.5 
2019–2020 
1:1 
(3.6)
3.6 

The majority of the Group’s borrowings are effectively denominated in US dollars, sterling and euros, aligning them to the respective 
functional currencies of the component parts of the Group’s EBITDA. This currency profile is achieved using short term foreign exchange 
contracts and foreign currency debt, which are designated as hedging instruments to achieve net investment hedge accounting at a  
Group level. This currency composition minimises the impact of movements in foreign exchange rates on the ratio of net debt to EBITDA. 
No ineffectiveness was recorded from net investments in foreign entity hedges. 

The currency profile of the Group’s net debt excluding lease liabilities at 31 December is set out in the table below: 

Fair value (loss)/gain on US private placement notes in a hedge relationship (£m) 

Fair value gain/(loss) on interest rate swaps in a hedge relationship (£m) 

*  In the Consolidated cash flow statement the cash inflow of £12.2m from the cancellation of the interest rate swap is shown within increase in borrowings. 

US dollar 
Sterling 
Euro 
Other 

150 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

 2019  
£m 
485.3 
426.7 
295.9 
39.1 
1,247.0 

 2018  
£m 
598.4 
351.4 
375.2 
61.5 
1,386.5 

151
151

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes continued 

16 Risk management and financial instruments continued 
The Group also enters into foreign currency derivatives to hedge intercompany loans economically although these do not qualify for hedge 
accounting and therefore gains and losses are recorded in the income statement. These currency derivatives are subject to the same risk 
management policies as all other derivative contracts. 

Sensitivity to movements in foreign exchange rates 
For the year ended 31 December 2019, a movement of one cent in the US dollar and euro average exchange rates would have changed profit 
before income tax by £1.7m and £0.8m respectively (2018: £1.5m and £0.7m) and adjusted profit before income tax by £2.0m and £1.2m 
respectively (2018: £1.8m and £1.2m).  

If a 10% strengthening or weakening of sterling had taken place on 31 December it would have increased/(decreased) profit before income 
tax and (decreased)/increased equity for the year by the amounts shown below. The impact of this translation is much greater on equity 
than it is on profit before income tax since equity is translated using the closing exchange rates at the year end and profit before income tax 
is translated using the average exchange rates for the year. As a result, the value of equity is more sensitive than the value of profit before 
income tax to a movement in exchange rates on 31 December and the resulting movement in profit before income tax is due solely to the 
translation effect on monetary items. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates, remain constant. 

2019 
2018 

Impact on profit before tax   

+10%  
£m 
1.7 
0.8 

–10%  

£m   
(2.1)  
(1.0)

Impact on equity 
–10%  
£m 
205.0 
192.7* 

+10%  
£m 
(174.1) 
(160.7)*

*  During the year the calculation of the sensitivity to movements in foreign exchange rates was amended and as a result the 2018 amounts have been restated to aid comparability.  

(d) Credit risk 
Credit risk is the risk of loss in relation to a financial asset due to non-payment by the relevant counterparty. The Group’s objective is to 
reduce its exposure to counterparty default by restricting the type of counterparty it deals with and by employing an appropriate policy in 
relation to the collection of financial assets. 

The Group’s financial assets are cash at bank and in hand, derivative financial instruments and trade and other receivables which represent 
the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk in relation to financial assets. The maximum exposure to credit risk for cash at bank and in 
hand, derivative financial assets (see page 154) and trade and other receivables (see Note 14) is their respective carrying amounts.  

Dealings are restricted to those banks with the relevant combination of geographic presence and suitable credit rating. The Group 
continually monitors the credit ratings of its counterparties and the credit exposure to each counterparty. 

For trade and other receivables, the amounts represented in the balance sheet are net of any impairment losses measured using the 
expected credit loss model. Note 14 sets out an analysis of trade and other receivables and the provision for doubtful debts in respect  
of trade receivables. 

At the balance sheet date there were no significant concentrations of credit risk (2018: none). 

152 
152

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
 
 
 
 
Notes continued 

Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

16 Risk management and financial instruments continued 

The Group also enters into foreign currency derivatives to hedge intercompany loans economically although these do not qualify for hedge 

accounting and therefore gains and losses are recorded in the income statement. These currency derivatives are subject to the same risk 

16 Risk management and financial instruments continued 
Financial instruments 
Financial assets and liabilities 

management policies as all other derivative contracts. 

Sensitivity to movements in foreign exchange rates 

For the year ended 31 December 2019, a movement of one cent in the US dollar and euro average exchange rates would have changed profit 

before income tax by £1.7m and £0.8m respectively (2018: £1.5m and £0.7m) and adjusted profit before income tax by £2.0m and £1.2m 

respectively (2018: £1.8m and £1.2m).  

If a 10% strengthening or weakening of sterling had taken place on 31 December it would have increased/(decreased) profit before income 

tax and (decreased)/increased equity for the year by the amounts shown below. The impact of this translation is much greater on equity 

than it is on profit before income tax since equity is translated using the closing exchange rates at the year end and profit before income tax 

is translated using the average exchange rates for the year. As a result, the value of equity is more sensitive than the value of profit before 

income tax to a movement in exchange rates on 31 December and the resulting movement in profit before income tax is due solely to the 

translation effect on monetary items. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates, remain constant. 

Impact on profit before tax   

Impact on equity 

+10%  

£m 

1.7 

0.8 

–10%  

£m   

(2.1)  

(1.0)

+10%  

£m 

(174.1) 

(160.7)*

–10%  

£m 

205.0 

192.7* 

2019 

2018 

(d) Credit risk 

*  During the year the calculation of the sensitivity to movements in foreign exchange rates was amended and as a result the 2018 amounts have been restated to aid comparability.  

Credit risk is the risk of loss in relation to a financial asset due to non-payment by the relevant counterparty. The Group’s objective is to 

reduce its exposure to counterparty default by restricting the type of counterparty it deals with and by employing an appropriate policy in 

relation to the collection of financial assets. 

The Group’s financial assets are cash at bank and in hand, derivative financial instruments and trade and other receivables which represent 

the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk in relation to financial assets. The maximum exposure to credit risk for cash at bank and in 

hand, derivative financial assets (see page 154) and trade and other receivables (see Note 14) is their respective carrying amounts.  

Dealings are restricted to those banks with the relevant combination of geographic presence and suitable credit rating. The Group 

continually monitors the credit ratings of its counterparties and the credit exposure to each counterparty. 

For trade and other receivables, the amounts represented in the balance sheet are net of any impairment losses measured using the 

expected credit loss model. Note 14 sets out an analysis of trade and other receivables and the provision for doubtful debts in respect  

of trade receivables. 

At the balance sheet date there were no significant concentrations of credit risk (2018: none). 

Financial assets held at amortised cost 
Cash at bank and in hand 
Trade and other receivables 
Financial assets held at fair value 
Interest rate derivatives in fair value hedges 
Foreign exchange derivatives in cash flow hedges 
Foreign exchange derivatives in net investment hedges 
Other foreign exchange and interest rate derivatives 
Total financial assets 

Financial liabilities held at amortised cost 
Bank overdrafts 
Bank loans 
US private placement notes 
Senior bond 
Finance lease creditors 
Lease liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Financial liabilities held at fair value 
Interest rate derivatives in fair value hedges 
Foreign exchange derivatives in cash flow hedges 
Foreign exchange derivatives in net investment hedges 
Other foreign exchange derivatives  
Total financial liabilities 

2019  
£m 

2018  
£m 

610.5  
1,183.8  

477.7 
1,330.0 

11.5  
0.3  
0.3  
2.8  
 1,809.2  

(469.7)
(63.5)
(1,036.4)
(298.0)
– 
(480.0)
(1,498.6)

– 
(3.2)
(3.8)
(0.7)
(3,853.9)

5.8 
3.8 
4.9 
4.0 
1,826.2 

(333.5)
(111.2)
(1,122.1)
(297.6)
(0.3)
– 
(1,643.0)

(5.1)
(1.9)
(2.1)
(7.0)
(3,523.8)

All financial assets and liabilities stated as being measured at fair value in the tables above (including all derivative financial instruments) 
have carrying amounts where the fair value is, and has been throughout the year, a level two fair value measurement. Level two fair value 
measurements use inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the relevant asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. The fair 
values of financial assets and liabilities stated at fair value have been determined by discounting expected future cash flows, translated at 
the appropriate balance sheet date exchange rates and adjusted for counterparty or own credit risk as applicable. There were no transfers 
between levels for recurring fair value measurements during the year. 

At 31 December 2019 the fair values, based on unadjusted market data, of the US private placement notes was £1,069.4m (2018: £1,132.1m) 
and of the senior unsecured bond was £306.7m (2018: £290.1m). 

For other financial assets and financial liabilities not measured at fair value, including cash at bank and in hand, bank loans and overdrafts, 
trade and other receivables and trade and other payables, their carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value due to their 
short term nature. Bank loans are priced based on floating interest rates and the credit spread has not changed since the inception of the 
loan. However, within other payables there is £3.2m (2018: £14.1m) related to earn outs on businesses acquired which are recorded at fair 
value. This is a level three fair value which is initially measured based on the expected future profitability of the businesses acquired at the 
acquisition date and subsequently reassessed at each reporting date based on the most recent data available on the expected profitability  
of the businesses acquired. 

152 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

153
153

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes continued 

16 Risk management and financial instruments continued 
Offsetting of financial assets and liabilities 
The following table sets out the Group’s derivative financial assets and liabilities that are subject to counterparty offsetting or master netting 
agreements. The master netting agreements regulate settlement amounts in the event either party defaults on their obligations.  

2019 
Derivative financial assets 
Derivative financial liabilities 

2018 

Derivative financial assets 
Derivative financial liabilities 

17 Provisions 

Current 
Non-current 

Beginning of year 
Charge 
Acquisitions 
Disposal of business 
Utilised or released 
Currency translation  
End of year 

Gross 
 amounts  
offset in the 
balance sheet 
£m 
– 
– 

Net amounts 
recognised  
in the  
balance sheet 
£m 
14.9  
(7.7)

Amounts not 
offset in the 
balance sheet 
£m 
(1.9)
1.9 

Gross 
 amounts  
 £m 
14.9  
(7.7)

Net 
 amounts 
£m 
13.0  
(5.8)

18.5 
(16.1)

– 
– 

18.5 
(16.1)

– 
– 

18.5 
(16.1)

Properties  
£m 
18.7 
0.6 
0.3 
– 
(0.2)
(0.7)
18.7 

Other  
£m 
28.7 
1.1 
1.1 
– 
(8.4)
(0.8)
21.7 

2019 

Total  
£m 
47.4   
1.7   
1.4   
–   

(8.6)
(1.5)
40.4   

Properties  
£m 
20.8 
0.5 
0.9 
(1.0)
(2.6)
0.1 
18.7 

2019 
£m 
6.5 
33.9 
40.4 

Other  
£m 
24.4 
6.0 
4.4 
– 
(6.2)
0.1 
28.7 

2018 
£m 
6.1 
41.3 
47.4 

2018 
Total  
£m 
45.2 
6.5 
5.3 
(1.0)
(8.8)
0.2 
47.4 

The properties provision includes provisions for repairs and dilapidations. These provisions cover the relevant periods of the lease 
agreements, which typically extend from one to 10 years, up to the expected termination date.  

Other provisions include expected legal and environmental claims, onerous contracts and other liabilities based on management’s best 
estimate of the liability at the balance sheet date, determined by reference to known factors and past experience of similar items. 
Management expects these amounts to be settled within the next one to five years. 

The Group is a defendant in a number of legal proceedings incidental to its operations. While any litigation has an element of uncertainty, 
management does not expect that the actual outcome of any such proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, will be materially 
different to the amounts provided. 

154 
154

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16 Risk management and financial instruments continued 

Offsetting of financial assets and liabilities 

The following table sets out the Group’s derivative financial assets and liabilities that are subject to counterparty offsetting or master netting 

agreements. The master netting agreements regulate settlement amounts in the event either party defaults on their obligations.  

Notes continued 

Derivative financial assets 

Derivative financial liabilities 

2019 

2018 

Derivative financial assets 

Derivative financial liabilities 

17 Provisions 

Current 

Non-current 

Beginning of year 

Charge 

Acquisitions 

Disposal of business 

Utilised or released 

Currency translation  

End of year 

Gross 

Net amounts 

 amounts  

offset in the 

recognised  

in the  

Amounts not 

offset in the 

 amounts  

balance sheet 

balance sheet 

balance sheet 

 amounts 

£m 

– 

– 

– 

– 

£m 

14.9  

(7.7)

18.5 

(16.1)

£m 

(1.9)

1.9 

Net 

£m 

13.0  

(5.8)

– 

– 

18.5 

(16.1)

Gross 

 £m 

14.9  

(7.7)

18.5 

(16.1)

Properties  

Properties  

£m 

18.7 

0.6 

0.3 

– 

(0.2)

(0.7)

18.7 

Other  

£m 

28.7 

1.1 

1.1 

– 

(8.4)

(0.8)

21.7 

2019 

Total  

£m 

47.4   

1.7   

1.4   

–   

(8.6)

(1.5)

40.4   

£m 

20.8 

0.5 

0.9 

(1.0)

(2.6)

0.1 

18.7 

2019 

£m 

6.5 

33.9 

40.4 

Other  

£m 

24.4 

6.0 

4.4 

– 

(6.2)

0.1 

28.7 

2018 

£m 

6.1 

41.3 

47.4 

2018 

Total  

£m 

45.2 

6.5 

5.3 

(1.0)

(8.8)

0.2 

47.4 

The properties provision includes provisions for repairs and dilapidations. These provisions cover the relevant periods of the lease 

agreements, which typically extend from one to 10 years, up to the expected termination date.  

Other provisions include expected legal and environmental claims, onerous contracts and other liabilities based on management’s best 

estimate of the liability at the balance sheet date, determined by reference to known factors and past experience of similar items. 

Management expects these amounts to be settled within the next one to five years. 

The Group is a defendant in a number of legal proceedings incidental to its operations. While any litigation has an element of uncertainty, 

management does not expect that the actual outcome of any such proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, will be materially 

different to the amounts provided. 

Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

18 Deferred tax  

Property, plant and equipment 
Defined benefit pension schemes 
Goodwill and customer relationships 
Share based payments 
Leases 
Provisions 
Inventories 
Other 
Deferred tax asset/(liability) 
Set-off of tax 
Net deferred tax asset/(liability) 

Asset  
£m 
1.2 
7.6 
3.9 
5.4 
7.4 
11.2 
7.0 
22.8 
66.5 
(62.8)
3.7 

Liability  
£m 
(10.8)
(1.9)
(166.5)
– 
– 
(0.4)
(8.6)
(2.1)
(190.3)
62.8 
(127.5)

 2019 
Net  
£m 
(9.6)  
5.7   
(162.6)  
5.4   
7.4   
10.8   
(1.6)  
20.7   
(123.8)  
–   
(123.8)  

Asset  
£m 
1.3 
6.3 
3.2 
8.6 
– 
12.2 
7.1 
19.4 
58.1 
(54.1)
4.0 

Liability  
£m 
(10.0)
(0.7)
(183.5)
– 
– 
(0.2)
(10.2)
(3.2)
(207.8)
54.1 
(153.7)

2018 
Net  
£m 
(8.7)
5.6 
(180.3)
8.6 
– 
12.0 
(3.1)
16.2 
(149.7)
– 
(149.7)

Except as noted below, deferred tax is calculated in full on temporary differences under the liability method using the tax rate of the country  
of operation. 

The Company is able to control the dividend policy of its subsidiaries and, therefore, the timing of the remittance of the undistributed 
earnings of overseas subsidiaries. In general, the Company has determined either that such earnings will not be distributed in the 
foreseeable future or, where there are plans to remit those earnings, no tax liability is expected to arise.  

Deferred tax assets in respect of temporary differences have only been recognised in respect of tax losses and other temporary differences 
where it is probable that these assets will be realised. No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of unutilised tax losses of  
£14.6m (2018: £16.7m). 

No deferred tax has been recognised in respect of unutilised capital losses of £94.7m (2018: £96.1m) as it is not considered probable that 
there will be suitable future taxable profits against which they can be utilised. 

The movement in the net deferred tax liability is shown below: 

Beginning of year 
Impact of transition to IFRS 16 
Restated net deferred tax liability at beginning of year 
Acquisitions 
Credit to income statement 
Recognised in other comprehensive income and equity 
Reclassified to current tax 
Currency translation 
End of year 

2019 
£m 
149.7 
(7.6)
142.1 
1.2 
(10.9)
(2.5)
0.3 
(6.4)
123.8 

2018 
£m 
154.6 
– 
154.6 
4.2 
(17.6)
4.6 
2.5 
1.4 
149.7 

154 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

155
155

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes continued 

19 Share capital and share based payments 

Issued and fully paid ordinary shares of 3217p each 

Number of ordinary shares in issue and fully paid 
Beginning of year 
Issued – option exercises 
End of year 

2019  
£m 
108.3 

2018  
£m 
108.1 

2019  

2018 
336,425,304  335,931,546 
493,758 
336,792,607  336,425,304 

367,303 

The Company operates a number of share plans for the benefit of employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. Further details of the 
share plans as they relate to the directors of the Company are set out in the Directors’ remuneration report. 

Sharesave Scheme, International Sharesave Plan and Irish Sharesave Plan  
For many years, the Company has operated all employee savings related share option schemes. The existing scheme in the UK, the 
Sharesave Scheme (2011), was approved by shareholders at the 2011 Annual General Meeting. It is an HM Revenue & Customs (‘HMRC’) 
tax advantaged scheme and is open to all UK employees, including UK based executive directors. 

The Irish Sharesave Plan, which is approved by the Irish Revenue Commissioners, and the International Sharesave Plan, were first 
introduced in 2006 and have since been extended, most recently following the approval of the Sharesave Scheme (2011). 

The Sharesave Scheme, International Sharesave Plan and Irish Sharesave Plan operate on a similar basis with options granted to 
participating employees who have completed at least three months of continuous service at a discount of up to 20% of the market price 
prevailing shortly before the invitation to apply for the options. Depending on the scheme, options are normally exercisable either three  
or five years after they have been granted with employees saving up to £500 (2018: £500) per month (or the equivalent value in other 
currencies under the International Sharesave Plan) or €500 (2018: €500) per month under the Irish Sharesave Plan. 

Long Term Incentive Plan 2004 (‘2004 LTIP’) and 2014 (‘2014 LTIP’)  
The 2004 LTIP was approved by shareholders at the 2004 Annual General Meeting and expired in May 2014. No further share options  
or performance share awards have been granted under the 2004 LTIP since that date. The 2014 LTIP was approved by shareholders  
at the 2014 Annual General Meeting and replaced the 2004 LTIP. The operation of both LTIPs is overseen by the Remuneration Committee 
of the Board and each is divided into two parts. 

Part A of the LTIP relates to the grant of market priced executive share options. In normal circumstances options granted under Part A are 
only exercisable if the relevant performance condition has been satisfied. The performance condition is based on the Company’s adjusted 
earnings per share growth exceeding UK RPI inflation over three financial years by a specified margin (for the 2004 LTIP) or meeting certain 
specified targets (for the 2014 LTIP). 

Part B of the LTIP relates to the grant of performance share awards which are conditional rights to receive shares in the Company for nil 
consideration. A performance share award will usually vest (i.e. become exercisable) on the third anniversary of its grant. The extent to 
which a performance share award will vest is usually subject to the extent to which the applicable performance conditions have been 
satisfied, based partly on the Company’s total shareholder return performance, relative to a comparator group of companies over a three 
year period, and partly subject to the Company’s adjusted earnings per share growth exceeding UK RPI inflation over three years by a 
specified margin (for the 2004 LTIP) or meeting certain specified targets (for the 2014 LTIP). 

Investment in own shares 
The Company holds a number of its ordinary shares in an employee benefit trust. The principal purpose of this trust is to hold shares  
in the Company for subsequent transfer to certain senior employees and executive directors in relation to options granted and awards  
made under the LTIPs and the Deferred Annual Share Bonus Scheme (‘DASBS’) over market purchase shares. Details of these plans are  
set out above and in the Directors’ remuneration report. The assets, liabilities and expenditure of the trust have been incorporated in the 
consolidated financial statements. Finance expenses and administration charges are included in the income statement on an accruals  
basis. At 31 December 2019 the trust held 3,383,452 (2018: 2,698,287) shares, upon which dividends have been waived, with an aggregate 
nominal value of £1.1m (2018: £0.9m) and market value of £69.9m (2018: £63.9m).  

156 
156

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes continued 

19 Share capital and share based payments 

Issued and fully paid ordinary shares of 3217p each 

Number of ordinary shares in issue and fully paid 

Beginning of year 

Issued – option exercises 

End of year 

2019  

£m 

108.3 

2018  

£m 

108.1 

2019  

2018 

336,425,304  335,931,546 

367,303 

493,758 

336,792,607  336,425,304 

The Company operates a number of share plans for the benefit of employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. Further details of the 

share plans as they relate to the directors of the Company are set out in the Directors’ remuneration report. 

Sharesave Scheme, International Sharesave Plan and Irish Sharesave Plan  

For many years, the Company has operated all employee savings related share option schemes. The existing scheme in the UK, the 

Sharesave Scheme (2011), was approved by shareholders at the 2011 Annual General Meeting. It is an HM Revenue & Customs (‘HMRC’) 

tax advantaged scheme and is open to all UK employees, including UK based executive directors. 

The Irish Sharesave Plan, which is approved by the Irish Revenue Commissioners, and the International Sharesave Plan, were first 

introduced in 2006 and have since been extended, most recently following the approval of the Sharesave Scheme (2011). 

The Sharesave Scheme, International Sharesave Plan and Irish Sharesave Plan operate on a similar basis with options granted to 

participating employees who have completed at least three months of continuous service at a discount of up to 20% of the market price 

prevailing shortly before the invitation to apply for the options. Depending on the scheme, options are normally exercisable either three  

or five years after they have been granted with employees saving up to £500 (2018: £500) per month (or the equivalent value in other 

currencies under the International Sharesave Plan) or €500 (2018: €500) per month under the Irish Sharesave Plan. 

Long Term Incentive Plan 2004 (‘2004 LTIP’) and 2014 (‘2014 LTIP’)  

The 2004 LTIP was approved by shareholders at the 2004 Annual General Meeting and expired in May 2014. No further share options  

or performance share awards have been granted under the 2004 LTIP since that date. The 2014 LTIP was approved by shareholders  

at the 2014 Annual General Meeting and replaced the 2004 LTIP. The operation of both LTIPs is overseen by the Remuneration Committee 

of the Board and each is divided into two parts. 

Part A of the LTIP relates to the grant of market priced executive share options. In normal circumstances options granted under Part A are 

only exercisable if the relevant performance condition has been satisfied. The performance condition is based on the Company’s adjusted 

earnings per share growth exceeding UK RPI inflation over three financial years by a specified margin (for the 2004 LTIP) or meeting certain 

specified targets (for the 2014 LTIP). 

Part B of the LTIP relates to the grant of performance share awards which are conditional rights to receive shares in the Company for nil 

consideration. A performance share award will usually vest (i.e. become exercisable) on the third anniversary of its grant. The extent to 

which a performance share award will vest is usually subject to the extent to which the applicable performance conditions have been 

satisfied, based partly on the Company’s total shareholder return performance, relative to a comparator group of companies over a three 

year period, and partly subject to the Company’s adjusted earnings per share growth exceeding UK RPI inflation over three years by a 

specified margin (for the 2004 LTIP) or meeting certain specified targets (for the 2014 LTIP). 

Investment in own shares 

The Company holds a number of its ordinary shares in an employee benefit trust. The principal purpose of this trust is to hold shares  

in the Company for subsequent transfer to certain senior employees and executive directors in relation to options granted and awards  

made under the LTIPs and the Deferred Annual Share Bonus Scheme (‘DASBS’) over market purchase shares. Details of these plans are  

set out above and in the Directors’ remuneration report. The assets, liabilities and expenditure of the trust have been incorporated in the 

consolidated financial statements. Finance expenses and administration charges are included in the income statement on an accruals  

basis. At 31 December 2019 the trust held 3,383,452 (2018: 2,698,287) shares, upon which dividends have been waived, with an aggregate 

nominal value of £1.1m (2018: £0.9m) and market value of £69.9m (2018: £63.9m).  

Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

19 Share capital and share based payments continued 
IFRS 2 disclosures 
Options granted during the year have been valued using a stochastic model. The fair value per option granted during the year and the 
assumptions used in the calculations are as follows: 

Grant date  
Share price at grant date (£) 
Exercise price (£) 
Number of options granted during the year (shares) 
Vesting period (years) 
Expected volatility (%) 
Option life (years) 
Expected life (years) 
Risk free rate of return (%) 
Expected dividends expressed as a dividend yield (%) 
Fair value per option (£) 

2019 
28.02.19–07.10.19 
20.19–25.51 
nil–24.41 
3,457,106 
1–5 
17–19 
0.7–10 
0.7–6.3 
0.3–1.0 
2.0–2.5 
1.95–23.84 

2018 
01.03.18–19.12.18 
19.36–24.04 
nil–24.01 
3,179,752 
3–5 
17–18 
2–10 
2.2–6.3 
0.9–1.3 
1.9–2.4 
1.91–13.38 

The expected volatility is based on historical volatility over the last three to seven years. The expected life is the average expected period 
to exercise. The risk free rate of return is the yield on zero coupon UK government bonds of a term consistent with the assumed option life.  

The weighted average share price for options exercised by employees of the Company and its subsidiaries during the year was £23.76 
(2018: £23.04). The total charge for the year relating to share based payments was £13.5m (2018: £12.9m). After tax the total charge was 
£13.5m (2018: £10.6m). 

Details of share options and awards which have been granted and exercised, those which have lapsed during 2019 and those outstanding 
and available to exercise at 31 December 2019, whether over new issue or market purchase shares, under the Sharesave Scheme (2011), 
International Sharesave Plan, Irish Sharesave Plan, the 2004 LTIP Part A and Part B and 2014 LTIP Part A and Part B, are set out in the 
following table: 

Options  
outstanding 
at 01.01.19 
Number 
706,784 

Number 
263,069 

Grants/ 
awards 

2019   
Price (£)   
19.16   

Lapses*
2019  
Number  
185,825  12.53-19.16  108,501 

Exercises 
2019 
Price (£) 

Number 

Options 
outstanding 
at 31.12.19   
Price (£)   
675,527  15.36-19.16  

Number 

Options  
available 
to exercise 
at 31.12.19 

Number 
9,694 

91,149 
16,279 
– 
– 

278,536 
46,032 
1,436,140 
14,796 

19.16 
19.16   
–   
–  
8,496,943  2,561,116  21.07-24.41   
nil   
525,493 
1,063,142 
12,042,373  3,457,106 

266,497  15.64-19.16 
42,309  15.64-19.16  

73,639  15.56-18.68 
15.56 
11,135 
317,115  5.85-15.97 
nil 

29,549 
8,867 
– 
– 
767,146  16.38-23.89  509,428 
nil  152,841 
154,112 
    1,519,327 

1,004 
1,023 
1,119,025  6.77-15.66   1,119,025 
4,441 
9,781,485  16.38-24.41   3,076,378 
78,119 
1,281,682 
   4,289,684 
  809,186  13,170,966 

10,355 

4,441 

nil  

nil  

Sharesave Scheme (2011) 
International Sharesave 
  Plan 
Irish Sharesave Plan 
2004 LTIP Part A 
2004 LTIP Part B  
2014 LTIP Part A  
2014 LTIP Part B 

*  Share option lapses relate to those which have either been forfeited or have expired during the year. 

For the options outstanding at 31 December 2019, the weighted average fair values and the weighted average remaining contractual lives 
(being the time period from 31 December 2019 until the lapse date of each share option) are set out below: 

Sharesave Scheme (2011) 
International Sharesave Plan 
Irish Sharesave Plan 
2004 LTIP and 2014 LTIP Part A 
2004 LTIP and 2014 LTIP Part B 

Weighted 
average  
fair value of 
options  
outstanding 
(£) 
4.95 
5.16 
5.11 
2.82 
14.64 

Weighted 
average  
remaining 
contractual 
life  
(years) 
2.15 
1.95 
1.95 
7.35 
4.40 

156 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

157
157

The outstanding share options and performance share awards are exercisable at various dates up to September 2029.  

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes continued 

20 Dividends 

2017 interim 
2017 final 
2018 interim 
2018 final 
Total 

Total dividends per share for the year to which they relate are: 

Interim 
Final 
Total 

2019  
£m 

50.7 
116.6 
167.3 

2019 
15.5p 
35.8p 
51.3p 

2018  
£m 
46.2 
106.0 

152.2 

Per share 
2018 
15.2p 
35.0p 
50.2p 

The 2019 interim dividend of 15.5p per share was paid on 2 January 2020 and comprised £51.7m of cash. The 2019 final dividend of 35.8p 
per share will be paid on 1 July 2020 to shareholders on the register at the close of business on 22 May 2020. The 2019 final dividend will 
comprise approximately £119m of cash. 

21 Contingent liabilities 

Bank guarantees 

2019  
£m 
2.2 

2018  
£m 
2.5 

In addition see Note 8 on page 142 for details of the separate contingent liability relating to the European Commission’s assertion that part 
of the UK’s tax regime amounts to State aid.  

22 Directors’ ordinary share interests 
The interests of the directors, and their connected persons, in the share capital of the Company at 31 December were: 

Philip Rogerson 
Peter Ventress* 
Frank van Zanten 
Brian May 
Eugenia Ulasewicz 
Vanda Murray 
Lloyd Pitchford 
Stephan Nanninga 

2019 
10,000 
– 
104,438 
114,995 
4,000 
3,000 
4,000 
– 
240,433 

2018 
10,000 
– 
93,991 
105,240 
4,000 
3,000 
4,000 
– 
220,231 

*  Peter Ventress was appointed as a director of the Company on 1 June 2019. 

 Brian May retired as a director of the Company on 31 December 2019.  

Details of the directors’ options and awards over ordinary shares made under the 2014 LTIP, Sharesave Scheme (2011) and DASBS are set 
out in the Directors’ remuneration report. No changes to the directors’ ordinary share interests shown in this Note and the Directors’ 
remuneration report have taken place between 31 December 2019 and 24 February 2020. 

158 
158

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total dividends per share for the year to which they relate are: 

Notes continued 

20 Dividends 

2017 interim 

2017 final 

2018 interim 

2018 final 

Total 

Interim 

Final 

Total 

comprise approximately £119m of cash. 

21 Contingent liabilities 

Bank guarantees 

of the UK’s tax regime amounts to State aid.  

22 Directors’ ordinary share interests 

Philip Rogerson 

Peter Ventress* 

Frank van Zanten 

Brian May 

Eugenia Ulasewicz 

Vanda Murray 

Lloyd Pitchford 

Stephan Nanninga 

The 2019 interim dividend of 15.5p per share was paid on 2 January 2020 and comprised £51.7m of cash. The 2019 final dividend of 35.8p 

per share will be paid on 1 July 2020 to shareholders on the register at the close of business on 22 May 2020. The 2019 final dividend will 

In addition see Note 8 on page 142 for details of the separate contingent liability relating to the European Commission’s assertion that part 

The interests of the directors, and their connected persons, in the share capital of the Company at 31 December were: 

2019  

£m 

50.7 

116.6 

167.3 

2019 

15.5p 

35.8p 

51.3p 

2018  

£m 

46.2 

106.0 

152.2 

Per share 

2018 

15.2p 

35.0p 

50.2p 

2019  

£m 

2.2 

2018  

£m 

2.5 

2019 

10,000 

– 

104,438 

114,995 

4,000 

3,000 

4,000 

– 

2018 

10,000 

– 

93,991 

105,240 

4,000 

3,000 

4,000 

– 

240,433 

220,231 

*  Peter Ventress was appointed as a director of the Company on 1 June 2019. 

 Brian May retired as a director of the Company on 31 December 2019.  

Details of the directors’ options and awards over ordinary shares made under the 2014 LTIP, Sharesave Scheme (2011) and DASBS are set 

out in the Directors’ remuneration report. No changes to the directors’ ordinary share interests shown in this Note and the Directors’ 

remuneration report have taken place between 31 December 2019 and 24 February 2020. 

Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

23 Retirement benefits 
The Group operates a number of defined benefit and defined contribution retirement benefit schemes in the US, the UK and elsewhere in  
Europe (including France, the Netherlands and the Republic of Ireland). The funds of the principal defined benefit schemes are administered  
by trustees and are held independently from the Group. Pension costs of defined benefit schemes are assessed in accordance with the 
advice of independent professionally qualified actuaries. Contributions to all schemes are determined in line with actuarial advice and local 
conditions and practices. Scheme assets for the purpose of IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’ are stated at their bid value. 

Characteristics of defined benefit pension schemes 
UK 
The UK defined benefit scheme is a contributory defined benefit pension scheme providing benefits based on final pensionable pay.  
The scheme has been closed to new members since 2003. The valuation of the UK defined benefit pension scheme has been updated  
to 31 December 2019 by the Group’s actuaries.  

The UK scheme is an HMRC registered pension scheme and is subject to standard UK pensions and tax law. This means that the payment 
of contributions and benefits are subject to the appropriate tax treatments and restrictions and the scheme is subject to the scheme funding 
requirements outlined in section 224 of the Pensions Act 2004. 

In accordance with UK trust and pensions law, the pension scheme has a corporate trustee. Although the Company bears the financial cost  
of the scheme, the responsibility for the management and governance of the scheme lies with the trustee, which has a duty to act in the best 
interest of members at all times. The assets of the scheme are held in trust by the trustee who consults with the Company on investment 
strategy decisions.  

The trustee, in agreement with the Company, has hedging in place to reduce the impact of inflation and interest rate movements on the 
funding of the plan.  

The last full triennial valuation on the UK defined benefit pension scheme was carried out by a qualified actuary as at 5 April 2018 and 
showed that there was a deficit on the agreed funding basis. To address the deficit, the Company has agreed to contribute an additional 
£5.5m per year from April 2016 to 30 June 2022.  

US 
The principal US defined benefit pension scheme is a non-contributory defined benefit pension scheme providing benefits based on final 
pensionable pay. The scheme has been closed to new members since 2003. The valuation of the US defined benefit pension scheme has 
been updated to 31 December 2019 by the Group’s actuaries.  

The US scheme is a qualified pension scheme and is subject to standard regulations under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act  
of 1974, the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and the Department of Labor and Internal Revenue reporting requirements. The scheme pays 
annual premiums to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation to insure the benefits of the scheme. 

The assets of the scheme are held in trust by an independent custodian. The Company has established a Retirement Scheme Investment 
Committee. The members of the Committee are the scheme fiduciaries and, as such, are ultimately responsible for the management of the 
scheme assets. The Committee performs the oversight function and delegates the day-to-day management process to appropriate staff.  
A registered investment adviser advises the Committee regarding the investment of scheme assets.  

A de-risking strategy has been agreed for the scheme to reduce the mismatch between the assets and liabilities, whereby investments are 
switched from return seeking assets to liability matching assets as the funding improves, based on pre-agreed triggers. 

Annual actuarial valuations are performed on the US defined benefit pension scheme. The last annual review was carried out by a qualified 
actuary as at 1 January 2019 and showed that there was a required annual contribution of $6.5m. In 2020, the Group plans to contribute 
$8.0m for the 2019 plan year to cover prudently this required contribution and anticipate future funding needs. In 2019, the Group also paid 
a contribution of $8.0m for the 2018 plan year. The annual review as at 1 January 2020 is ongoing. 

Risks 
The main risks to which the Group is exposed in relation to the defined benefit pension schemes are described below: 

•  Inflation risk – the majority of the UK scheme’s liabilities increase in line with inflation and, as a result, if inflation is greater than expected 
the liabilities will increase. The impact of high inflation is capped each year for the UK scheme’s benefits. The US scheme’s liabilities are 
not directly tied to inflationary increases. 

•  Interest rate risk – a fall in bond yields will increase the value of the schemes’ liabilities. A proportion of both the UK and US schemes’ 

assets are invested in liability matching assets to mitigate the interest rate and also the inflation risk. 

•  Mortality risk – the assumptions adopted by the Group make allowance for future improvements in life expectancy. However, if life 

expectancy improves at a faster rate than assumed, this would result in greater payments from the schemes and consequently increases in 
the schemes’ liabilities. The mortality assumptions are reviewed on a regular basis to minimise the risk of using an inappropriate assumption. 

158 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

159
159

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
Notes continued 

23 Retirement benefits continued 
•  Investment risk – the schemes invest in a diversified range of asset classes to mitigate the risk of falls in any one area of the investments.  

In the UK, the trustee implements partial currency hedging on the overseas assets to mitigate currency risk. 

The risks mentioned above could lead to a material change to the deficit or surplus of the pension schemes. Given the long term time 
horizon of the schemes’ cash flows, the assumptions used can lead to volatility in the scheme valuations from year to year. The Company 
and the trustee seek to mitigate actively the risks associated with the schemes. 

A higher defined benefit obligation could lead to additional funding requirements in future years. Any deficit measured on a funding 
valuation basis, which may differ from the actuarial valuation under IAS 19, will generally be financed over a period that ensures the 
contributions are appropriate to the Group and in line with the relevant regulations.  

Financial information 
The amounts included in the consolidated financial statements at 31 December were: 

Amounts included in the income statement 
Defined contribution pension schemes  
Defined benefit pension schemes  
  current service cost (net of contributions by employees) 
Total included in employee costs excluding past service cost 
Defined benefit pension schemes 
  past service cost 
Total included in employee costs 
Amounts included in finance (income)/expense 
Net interest income on defined benefit pension schemes in surplus 
Net interest expense on defined benefit pension schemes in deficit 
Total charge to the income statement 

2019  
£m 
25.1 

5.2 
30.3 

– 
30.3 

(0.2)
1.3 
31.4 

2018 
£m 
22.4 

6.9 
29.3 

3.3 
32.6 

(0.1)
1.4 
33.9 

The past service cost in 2018 of £3.3m relates to the cost of the equalisation of guaranteed minimum pensions between male and female 
members of the Group’s UK defined benefit pension scheme following the High Court judgment in 2018 in the case of Lloyds Banking 
Group Pensions Trustees Limited vs Lloyds Bank plc and others.  

Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income 
Actual return less expected return on pension scheme assets 
Experience gain on pension scheme liabilities 
Impact of changes in financial assumptions relating to the present value of pension scheme liabilities 
Impact of changes in demographic assumptions relating to the present value of pension scheme liabilities 
Actuarial (loss)/gain on defined benefit pension schemes 

2019  
£m 
68.9 
1.3 
 (79.1)
0.6 
(8.3)

The cumulative amount of net actuarial losses arising since 1 January 2004 recognised in the statement of comprehensive income at 
31 December 2019 was £99.8m (2018: £91.5m). 

The principal assumptions used by the independent qualified actuaries for the purposes of IAS 19 were: 

UK 
Longevity at age 65 for current pensioners (years) 
Longevity at age 65 for future pensioners (years) 
US 
Longevity at age 65 for current and future pensioners (years) 

2019 
22.0 
23.4 

21.6 

2018  
£m 
(25.6)
2.0 
32.1 
2.5 
11.0 

2018 
22.2 
23.6 

21.7 

160 
160

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes continued 

23 Retirement benefits continued 

•  Investment risk – the schemes invest in a diversified range of asset classes to mitigate the risk of falls in any one area of the investments.  

In the UK, the trustee implements partial currency hedging on the overseas assets to mitigate currency risk. 

The risks mentioned above could lead to a material change to the deficit or surplus of the pension schemes. Given the long term time 

horizon of the schemes’ cash flows, the assumptions used can lead to volatility in the scheme valuations from year to year. The Company 

and the trustee seek to mitigate actively the risks associated with the schemes. 

A higher defined benefit obligation could lead to additional funding requirements in future years. Any deficit measured on a funding 

valuation basis, which may differ from the actuarial valuation under IAS 19, will generally be financed over a period that ensures the 

contributions are appropriate to the Group and in line with the relevant regulations.  

Financial information 

The amounts included in the consolidated financial statements at 31 December were: 

Amounts included in the income statement 

Defined contribution pension schemes  

Defined benefit pension schemes  

  current service cost (net of contributions by employees) 

Total included in employee costs excluding past service cost 

Defined benefit pension schemes 

  past service cost 

Total included in employee costs 

Amounts included in finance (income)/expense 

Net interest income on defined benefit pension schemes in surplus 

Net interest expense on defined benefit pension schemes in deficit 

Total charge to the income statement 

The past service cost in 2018 of £3.3m relates to the cost of the equalisation of guaranteed minimum pensions between male and female 

members of the Group’s UK defined benefit pension scheme following the High Court judgment in 2018 in the case of Lloyds Banking 

Group Pensions Trustees Limited vs Lloyds Bank plc and others.  

Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income 

Actual return less expected return on pension scheme assets 

Experience gain on pension scheme liabilities 

Impact of changes in financial assumptions relating to the present value of pension scheme liabilities 

Impact of changes in demographic assumptions relating to the present value of pension scheme liabilities 

Actuarial (loss)/gain on defined benefit pension schemes 

The cumulative amount of net actuarial losses arising since 1 January 2004 recognised in the statement of comprehensive income at 

31 December 2019 was £99.8m (2018: £91.5m). 

The principal assumptions used by the independent qualified actuaries for the purposes of IAS 19 were: 

Longevity at age 65 for current pensioners (years) 

Longevity at age 65 for future pensioners (years) 

Longevity at age 65 for current and future pensioners (years) 

2019  

£m 

25.1 

5.2 

30.3 

– 

30.3 

(0.2)

1.3 

31.4 

2019  

£m 

68.9 

1.3 

 (79.1)

0.6 

(8.3)

2019 

22.0 

23.4 

21.6 

2018 

£m 

22.4 

6.9 

29.3 

3.3 

32.6 

(0.1)

1.4 

33.9 

2018  

£m 

(25.6)

2.0 

32.1 

2.5 

11.0 

2018 

22.2 

23.6 

21.7 

UK 

US 

160 

Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

23 Retirement benefits continued 

Rate of increase in salaries 
Rate of increase in pensions 
Discount rate 
Inflation rate 

 2019 
3.4% 
2.2% 
2.1% 
2.2% 

 2018 
3.6% 
2.2% 
2.9% 
2.2% 

UK 
 2017    
3.6%   
2.2%   
2.6%   
2.2%   

 2019 
3.0% 
– 
3.1% 
2.3% 

 2018 
3.0% 
– 
4.2% 
2.3% 

US 
 2017 
3.0% 
– 
3.6% 
2.3% 

The assumptions used by the actuaries are the best estimates chosen from a range of possible actuarial assumptions which, due to the 
timescales covered, may not necessarily be borne out in practice. 

The (increase)/decrease that would arise on the overall net pension deficit as at 31 December 2019 as a result of reasonably possible 
changes to key assumptions was: 

UK 
US 

Impact of change  
in longevity 
–1 year 
£m 
13.4   
4.3   

+1 year 
£m 
(13.3)
(3.2)

Impact of change  
in inflation rate 
–0.25% 
£m 
9.3   
0.1   

+0.25% 
£m 
(10.7)
(0.1)

Impact of change  
in discount rate 
–0.25% 
£m 
(18.7)
(4.4)

+0.25% 
£m 
17.5 
4.2 

The market value of pension scheme assets and the present value of retirement benefit obligations at 31 December were: 

2019 
Equities 
Bonds 
Other 
Total market value of pension scheme assets 
Present value of funded obligations 
Present value of unfunded obligations 
Present value of funded and unfunded obligations 
Defined benefit pension schemes in deficit 
Defined benefit pension schemes in surplus 
Total surplus/(deficit) before tax 
Deferred tax  
Total surplus/(deficit) after tax 

2018 

Equities 
Bonds 
Other 
Total market value of pension scheme assets 
Present value of funded obligations 
Present value of unfunded obligations 
Present value of funded and unfunded obligations 
Defined benefit pension schemes in deficit 
Defined benefit pension schemes in surplus 
Total surplus/(deficit) before tax 
Deferred tax  
Total surplus/(deficit) after tax 

UK 
£m 
129.9 
259.6 
0.5 
390.0 
(379.2)
– 
(379.2)
– 
10.8 
10.8 
(1.9)
8.9 

UK 
£m 
101.0 
231.1 
0.4 
332.5 
(329.1)
– 
(329.1)
– 
3.4 
3.4 
(0.6)
2.8 

US 
£m 
57.2 
50.9 
13.4 
121.5 
(140.2)
(11.9)
(152.1)
(30.6)
– 
(30.6)
3.1 
(27.5)

US 
£m 
49.4 
49.7 
16.0 
115.1 
(131.1)
(11.8)
(142.9)
(27.8)
– 
(27.8)
2.5 
(25.3)

Other 
£m 
5.8 
6.0 
13.3 
25.1 
(28.9)
(12.4)
(41.3)
(16.2)
– 
(16.2)
4.5 
(11.7)

Other 
£m 
4.7 
5.6 
11.3 
21.6 
(24.4)
(11.3)
(35.7)
(14.1)
– 
(14.1)
3.7 
(10.4)

Of the pension scheme assets, £512.3m (2018: £449.4m) are valued based on quoted market prices. 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Total  
£m 
192.9 
316.5 
27.2 
536.6 
(548.3)
(24.3)
(572.6)
(46.8)
10.8 
(36.0)
5.7 
(30.3)

Total  
£m 
155.1 
286.4 
27.7 
469.2 
(484.6)
(23.1)
(507.7)
(41.9)
3.4 
(38.5)
5.6 
(32.9)

161
161

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes continued 

23 Retirement benefits continued 

Movement in net deficit 
Beginning of year 
Current service cost 
Past service cost 
Contributions 
Net interest expense 
Actuarial (loss)/gain 
Currency translation 
End of year 

Changes in the present value of defined benefit pension scheme liabilities 
Beginning of year 
Acquisitions 
Current service cost 
Past service cost 
Interest expense 
Contributions by employees 
Actuarial loss/(gain) 
Benefits paid 
Currency translation 
End of year 

Changes in the fair value of defined benefit pension scheme assets 
Beginning of year 
Acquisitions 
Interest income 
Actuarial gain/(loss) 
Contributions by employer  
Contributions by employees  
Benefits paid  
Currency translation  
End of year 

2019  
£m 
(38.5)
(5.2)
– 
14.9 
(1.1)
(8.3)
2.2 
(36.0)

2019  
£m 
507.7 
– 
5.2 
– 
15.8 
0.7 
77.2 
(25.7)
(8.3)
572.6 

2019  
£m 
469.2 
– 
14.7 
68.9 
14.9 
0.7 
(25.7)
(6.1)
536.6 

2018  
£m 
(51.0)
(6.9)
(3.3)
14.9 
(1.3)
11.0 
(1.9)
(38.5)

2018  
£m 
531.5 
0.7 
6.9 
3.3 
14.6 
0.7 
(36.6)
(22.6)
9.2 
507.7 

2018  
£m 
480.5 
0.7 
13.3 
(25.6)
14.9 
0.7 
(22.6)
7.3 
469.2 

The actual return on pension scheme assets was a gain of £83.6m (2018: loss of £12.3m).  

The Group expects to pay approximately £15.3m in contributions to the defined benefit pension schemes in the year ending 31 December  
2020 (expected as of 31 December 2018 for the year ending 31 December 2019: £15.6m) including £7.0m for the UK (expected as of  
31 December 2018 for the year ending 31 December 2019: £7.3m). 

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit pension scheme liabilities at 31 December 2019 was approximately 19.1 years  
(2018: 18.3 years) for the UK and 11.7 years (2018: 11.4 years) for the US. 

The total defined benefit pension scheme liabilities are divided between active members (£193.0m (2018: £174.0m)), deferred members 
(£174.9m (2018: £150.7m)) and pensioners (£204.7m (2018: £183.0m)). 

162 
162

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
 
 
 
 
Notes continued 

23 Retirement benefits continued 

Movement in net deficit 

Beginning of year 

Current service cost 

Past service cost 

Contributions 

Net interest expense 

Actuarial (loss)/gain 

Currency translation 

End of year 

Beginning of year 

Acquisitions 

Current service cost 

Past service cost 

Interest expense 

Actuarial loss/(gain) 

Benefits paid 

Currency translation 

End of year 

Contributions by employees 

Beginning of year 

Acquisitions 

Interest income 

Actuarial gain/(loss) 

Contributions by employer  

Contributions by employees  

Benefits paid  

Currency translation  

End of year 

Changes in the present value of defined benefit pension scheme liabilities 

Changes in the fair value of defined benefit pension scheme assets 

2019  

£m 

(38.5)

(5.2)

– 

14.9 

(1.1)

(8.3)

2.2 

(36.0)

2019  

£m 

507.7 

5.2 

– 

– 

15.8 

0.7 

77.2 

(25.7)

(8.3)

572.6 

2019  

£m 

469.2 

– 

14.7 

68.9 

14.9 

0.7 

(25.7)

(6.1)

536.6 

2018  

£m 

(51.0)

(6.9)

(3.3)

14.9 

(1.3)

11.0 

(1.9)

(38.5)

2018  

£m 

531.5 

0.7 

6.9 

3.3 

14.6 

0.7 

(36.6)

(22.6)

9.2 

507.7 

2018  

£m 

480.5 

0.7 

13.3 

(25.6)

14.9 

0.7 

(22.6)

7.3 

469.2 

The actual return on pension scheme assets was a gain of £83.6m (2018: loss of £12.3m).  

The Group expects to pay approximately £15.3m in contributions to the defined benefit pension schemes in the year ending 31 December  

2020 (expected as of 31 December 2018 for the year ending 31 December 2019: £15.6m) including £7.0m for the UK (expected as of  

31 December 2018 for the year ending 31 December 2019: £7.3m). 

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit pension scheme liabilities at 31 December 2019 was approximately 19.1 years  

(2018: 18.3 years) for the UK and 11.7 years (2018: 11.4 years) for the US. 

The total defined benefit pension scheme liabilities are divided between active members (£193.0m (2018: £174.0m)), deferred members 

(£174.9m (2018: £150.7m)) and pensioners (£204.7m (2018: £183.0m)). 

Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

24 Directors and employees 

Average number of employees 
North America 
Continental Europe 
UK & Ireland 
Rest of the World 

Corporate  

Employee costs 
Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Pension costs excluding past service cost 
Share based payments 

GMP equalisation charge 

2019 
6,746 
5,058 
3,862 
3,257 
18,923 
61 
18,984 

2019  
£m 
742.0 
88.0 
30.3 
13.5 
873.8 
– 
873.8 

2018 
6,531 
5,007 
4,037 
3,210 
18,785 
61 
18,846 

2018  
£m 
729.8 
87.4 
29.3 
12.9 
859.4 
3.3 
862.7 

In addition to the above, acquisition related items for the year ended 31 December 2019 include deferred consideration payments of £13.3m  
(2018: £19.1m) relating to the retention of former owners of businesses acquired. 

Key management remuneration 
Salaries and short term employee benefits 
Share based payments 
Retirement benefits 

2019  
£m 
6.4 
2.0 
0.9 
9.3 

2018  
£m 
7.1 
1.7 
0.9 
9.7 

The Group considers key management personnel as defined in IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’ to be the directors of the Company and those 
members of the Executive Committee and the Managing Directors of the major geographic regions who are not directors of the Company.  

Directors’ emoluments 
Non-executive directors 
Executive directors: 

remuneration excluding performance related elements 
annual bonus  

2019  
£m 
0.7 

1.9 
1.2 
3.8 

2018  
£m 
0.8 

2.7 
2.3 
5.8 

Following the retirement of Patrick Larmon on 31 December 2018, the number of executive directors reduced from three to two. 

More detailed information concerning directors’ emoluments and long term incentives is set out in the Directors’ remuneration report.  
The aggregate amount of gains made by directors on the exercise of share options during the year was £0.4m (2018: £2.9m). The aggregate 
market value of performance share awards exercised by directors under long term incentive schemes during the year was  
£0.7m (2018: £1.2m). The aggregate market value of share awards exercised by directors under the DASBS was £0.4m (2018: £0.6m). 

162 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

163
163

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes continued 

25 Lease liabilities 
The Group leases certain property, plant, equipment and vehicles under non-cancellable operating lease agreements. These leases have 
varying terms and renewal rights. From 1 January 2019, on adoption of IFRS 16 ‘Leases’, the Group has recognised right-of-use assets and 
lease liabilities for these leases, except for short term and low value leases. 

Movement in lease liabilities  
2019 
Beginning of year 
Lease liabilities on transition to IFRS 16 
Acquisitions (Note 27) 
New leases 
Interest charge in the year 
Payment of lease liabilities 
Remeasurement adjustments 
Currency translation 

End of year  
Ageing of lease liabilities: 
Current lease liabilities  
Non-current lease liabilities 
End of year  

£m 
– 
498.3 
6.5 
105.2 
23.3 
(151.6)
14.4 
(16.1)

480.0 

121.8 
358.2 
480.0 

As at 31 December 2019, the Group had £33.2m of leases which had been committed to but which had not yet started. Such leases are  
not included in the Group’s lease liabilities as at 31 December 2019. In relation to leases which are included in lease liabilities, there are 
potential further future cash flows of £46.2m if termination options are not exercised and extension options are exercised.  

The cash outflow for low value and short term leases was £7.1m for the year ended 31 December 2019. 

At 31 December 2018 the total future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases in accordance with IAS 17, the 
previous accounting standard for leases, were: 

Within one year 
Between one and five years 
After five years 

26 Cash and cash equivalents and net debt 

Cash at bank and in hand 
Bank overdrafts  
Cash and cash equivalents 
Interest bearing loans and borrowings – current liabilities 
Interest bearing loans and borrowings – non-current liabilities 
Derivatives managing the interest rate risk and currency profile of the debt 
Net debt excluding lease liabilities  
Lease liabilities  
Net debt including lease liabilities 

Land &  
buildings  
£m 
104.8 
286.5 
121.2 
512.5 

2019  
£m 
610.5 
(469.7)
140.8 
(83.7)
(1,314.2)
10.1 
(1,247.0)
(480.0)
(1,727.0)

2018 

 Other  
£m 
36.8 
70.1 
4.3 
111.2 

2018 
£m 
477.7 
(333.5)
144.2 
(74.9)
(1,456.3)
0.5 
(1,386.5)
– 
(1,386.5)

The cash at bank and in hand and bank overdrafts amounts included in the table above include the amounts associated with the Group’s  
cash pool. The cash pool enables the Group to access cash in its subsidiaries to pay down the Group’s borrowings. The Group has the legal  
right of set-off of balances within the cash pool which is an enforceable right which the Group intends to use. The cash at bank and in hand 
and bank overdrafts figures net of the amounts in the cash pool are disclosed below for reference: 

Cash at bank and in hand net of amounts in the cash pool 
Bank overdrafts net of amounts in the cash pool  
Cash and cash equivalents  

164 
164

2019  
£m 
180.6 
(39.8)
140.8 

2018 
£m 
187.8 
(43.6)
144.2 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes continued 

Lease liabilities on transition to IFRS 16 

Movement in lease liabilities  

2019 

Beginning of year 

Acquisitions (Note 27) 

New leases 

Interest charge in the year 

Payment of lease liabilities 

Remeasurement adjustments 

Currency translation 

End of year  

Ageing of lease liabilities: 

Current lease liabilities  

Non-current lease liabilities 

End of year  

25 Lease liabilities 

The Group leases certain property, plant, equipment and vehicles under non-cancellable operating lease agreements. These leases have 

varying terms and renewal rights. From 1 January 2019, on adoption of IFRS 16 ‘Leases’, the Group has recognised right-of-use assets and 

lease liabilities for these leases, except for short term and low value leases. 

£m 

– 

498.3 

6.5 

105.2 

23.3 

(151.6)

14.4 

(16.1)

480.0 

121.8 

358.2 

480.0 

2018 

 Other  

£m 

36.8 

70.1 

4.3 

111.2 

2018 

£m 

477.7 

(333.5)

144.2 

(74.9)

0.5 

– 

Land &  

buildings  

£m 

104.8 

286.5 

121.2 

512.5 

2019  

£m 

610.5 

(469.7)

140.8 

(83.7)

10.1 

(480.0)

(1,314.2)

(1,456.3)

(1,247.0)

(1,386.5)

(1,727.0)

(1,386.5)

2019  

£m 

180.6 

(39.8)

140.8 

2018 

£m 

187.8 

(43.6)

144.2 

As at 31 December 2019, the Group had £33.2m of leases which had been committed to but which had not yet started. Such leases are  

not included in the Group’s lease liabilities as at 31 December 2019. In relation to leases which are included in lease liabilities, there are 

potential further future cash flows of £46.2m if termination options are not exercised and extension options are exercised.  

The cash outflow for low value and short term leases was £7.1m for the year ended 31 December 2019. 

At 31 December 2018 the total future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases in accordance with IAS 17, the 

previous accounting standard for leases, were: 

Within one year 

Between one and five years 

After five years 

26 Cash and cash equivalents and net debt 

Cash at bank and in hand 

Bank overdrafts  

Cash and cash equivalents 

Interest bearing loans and borrowings – current liabilities 

Interest bearing loans and borrowings – non-current liabilities 

Derivatives managing the interest rate risk and currency profile of the debt 

Net debt excluding lease liabilities  

Lease liabilities  

Net debt including lease liabilities 

Cash at bank and in hand net of amounts in the cash pool 

Bank overdrafts net of amounts in the cash pool  

Cash and cash equivalents  

The cash at bank and in hand and bank overdrafts amounts included in the table above include the amounts associated with the Group’s  

cash pool. The cash pool enables the Group to access cash in its subsidiaries to pay down the Group’s borrowings. The Group has the legal  

right of set-off of balances within the cash pool which is an enforceable right which the Group intends to use. The cash at bank and in hand 

and bank overdrafts figures net of the amounts in the cash pool are disclosed below for reference: 

Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

26 Cash and cash equivalents and net debt continued 
Movement in net debt 

2019 
Beginning of year 
Net cash inflow 
Realised gains on foreign exchange contracts 
Currency translation 
End of year excluding lease liabilities 
Lease liabilities  
End of year including lease liabilities 

2018 

Beginning of year 
Net cash inflow 
Realised gains on foreign exchange contracts 
Currency translation 
End of year 

Net debt 
£m 
(1,386.5)
99.1 
13.6 
26.8 
(1,247.0)
(480.0)
(1,727.0)

Net debt 
£m 
(1,523.6)
184.9 
3.3 
(51.1)
(1,386.5)

Cash and cash 
equivalents 
£m 
144.2 
14.5 
– 
(17.9)
140.8 
– 
140.8 

Cash and cash 
equivalents 
£m 
112.3 
31.3 
– 
0.6 
144.2 

Other 
components 
£m 
(1,530.7)
84.6 
13.6 
44.7 
(1,387.8)
(480.0)
(1,867.8)

Other 
components 
£m 
(1,635.9)
153.6 
3.3 
(51.7)
 (1,530.7)

The net cash inflow (2018: inflow) on other components of net debt comprises an increase in borrowings of £75.5m (2018: £71.6m),  
a repayment of borrowings of £173.7m (2018: £228.5m) and the impact of a realised gain of £13.6m on foreign exchange contracts  
(2018: gain of £3.3m).  

27 Acquisitions  
Acquisitions involving the purchase of the acquiree’s share capital or, as the case may be, the relevant assets of the businesses acquired, 
have been accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. Part of the Group’s strategy is to grow through acquisition. The  
Group has developed a process to assist with the identification of the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including  
the separate identification of intangible assets in accordance with IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’. This formal process is applied to each 
acquisition and involves an assessment of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with assistance provided by external valuation 
specialists where appropriate. Until this assessment is complete, the allocation period remains open up to a maximum of 12 months from 
the relevant acquisition date. There were no significant adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in 2019 relating to 
acquisitions completed in 2018. At 31 December 2019 the allocation period for all acquisitions completed since 1 January 2019 remained 
open and accordingly the fair values presented are provisional. 

Adjustments are made to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed during the allocation period to the extent that further information  
and knowledge come to light that more accurately reflect conditions at the acquisition date. To date, the adjustments made have impacted 
assets acquired to reflect more accurately the estimated realisable or settlement value. Similarly, adjustments have been made to acquired 
liabilities to record onerous commitments or other commitments existing at the acquisition date but not recognised by the acquiree. 
Adjustments have also been made to reflect the associated tax effects. 

The consideration paid or payable in respect of acquisitions comprises amounts paid on completion, deferred consideration and payments 
which are contingent on the retention of former owners of businesses acquired. IFRS 3 requires that any payments that are contingent on 
future employment, including payments which are contingent on the retention of former owners of businesses acquired, are charged to  
the income statement. All other consideration has been allocated against the identified net assets, with the balance recorded as goodwill. 
Transaction costs and expenses such as professional fees are charged to the income statement. The acquisitions provide opportunities for 
further development of the Group’s activities and to create enhanced returns. Such opportunities and the workforces inherent in each of the 
acquired businesses do not translate to separately identifiable intangible assets but do represent much of the assessed value that supports 
the recognised goodwill. 

For each of the businesses acquired during the year, the name of the business, the market sector served, its location and date of acquisition, 
as well as the estimated annualised revenue it would have contributed to the Group for the year if such acquisitions had been made at the 
beginning of the year, are separately disclosed. The remaining disclosures required by IFRS 3 are provided separately for those individual 
acquisitions that are considered to be material and in aggregate for individually immaterial acquisitions. An acquisition would generally be 
considered individually material if the impact on the Group’s revenue or profit measures (on an annualised basis) or the relevant amounts 
on the balance sheet is greater than 5%. Management also applies judgement in considering whether there are any material qualitative 
differences from other acquisitions made. 

164 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

165
165

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Notes continued 

27 Acquisitions continued 
2019 
Summary details of the businesses acquired or agreed to be acquired during the year ended 31 December 2019 are shown in the table 
below: 

Business 
Volk do Brasil* 
Liberty Glove & Safety 
Coolpack 
FRSA 
Acquisitions completed in the current year 
Volk do Brasil* 
Acquisitions agreed in the current year 

*  Acquisition committed at 31 December 2018. 

 Acquisition of 80% of share capital. 

Sector 
Safety 
Safety 
Foodservice 
Safety 

Country 
Brazil 
US 
Netherlands  
Australia 

Acquisition date 
2019 
2 January 
21 February 
4 April  
29 November 

Safety 

Brazil 

2 January 

There were no significant acquisitions in 2019 (2018: none).  

A summary of the effect of acquisitions completed in 2019 and 2018 is shown below: 

Customer relationships 
Property, plant and equipment and software 
Right-of-use assets  
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Trade and other payables 
Net cash 
Provisions 
Lease liabilities 
Income tax payable and deferred tax liabilities 
Fair value of net assets acquired 
Goodwill  
Consideration 

Satisfied by: 
  cash consideration 
  deferred consideration 

Contingent payments relating to retention of former owners 
Net cash acquired 
Transaction costs and expenses 
Total committed spend in respect of acquisitions completed in the current year 
Spend on acquisitions committed but not completed at the year end 
Spend on acquisitions committed at prior year end but completed in the current year 
Total committed spend in respect of acquisitions agreed in the current year 

Annualised 
revenue 
£m 
40.1 
73.4 
3.1 
20.1 
136.7 
(40.1)
96.6 

2018 
£m 
96.7 
3.2 
– 
26.8 
23.5 
(21.0)
3.6 
(5.3)
– 
(10.8)
116.7 
33.9 
150.6 

148.5 
2.1 
150.6 
12.7 
(3.6)
5.5 
165.2 
39.5 
(22.0)
182.7  

2019  
£m 
71.7 
1.2 
6.5 
25.9 
17.4 
(10.8)
1.1 
(1.4)
(6.5)
(1.9)
103.2 
39.8 
143.0 

138.6 
4.4 
143.0 
13.4 
(1.1)
4.1 
159.4 
– 
(35.1)
124.3 

166 
166

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Summary details of the businesses acquired or agreed to be acquired during the year ended 31 December 2019 are shown in the table 

Sector 

Safety 

Safety 

Foodservice 

Safety 

Country 

Brazil 

US 

Netherlands  

Australia 

Acquisition date 

2019 

2 January 

21 February 

4 April  

29 November 

Volk do Brasil* 

Safety 

Brazil 

2 January 

There were no significant acquisitions in 2019 (2018: none).  

A summary of the effect of acquisitions completed in 2019 and 2018 is shown below: 

Notes continued 

27 Acquisitions continued 

2019 

below: 

Business 

Volk do Brasil* 

Liberty Glove & Safety 

Coolpack 

FRSA 

Acquisitions completed in the current year 

Acquisitions agreed in the current year 

*  Acquisition committed at 31 December 2018. 

 Acquisition of 80% of share capital. 

Customer relationships 

Property, plant and equipment and software 

Right-of-use assets  

Inventories 

Trade and other receivables 

Trade and other payables 

Income tax payable and deferred tax liabilities 

Fair value of net assets acquired 

Net cash 

Provisions 

Lease liabilities 

Goodwill  

Consideration 

Satisfied by: 

  cash consideration 

  deferred consideration 

Contingent payments relating to retention of former owners 

Net cash acquired 

Transaction costs and expenses 

Total committed spend in respect of acquisitions completed in the current year 

Spend on acquisitions committed but not completed at the year end 

Spend on acquisitions committed at prior year end but completed in the current year 

Total committed spend in respect of acquisitions agreed in the current year 

Annualised 

revenue 

£m 

40.1 

73.4 

3.1 

20.1 

136.7 

(40.1)

96.6 

2018 

£m 

96.7 

3.2 

– 

26.8 

23.5 

(21.0)

3.6 

(5.3)

– 

(10.8)

116.7 

33.9 

150.6 

148.5 

2.1 

150.6 

12.7 

(3.6)

5.5 

165.2 

39.5 

(22.0)

182.7  

2019  

£m 

71.7 

1.2 

6.5 

25.9 

17.4 

(10.8)

1.1 

(1.4)

(6.5)

(1.9)

103.2 

39.8 

143.0 

138.6 

4.4 

143.0 

13.4 

(1.1)

4.1 

159.4 

– 

(35.1)

124.3 

Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

27 Acquisitions continued 
The net cash outflow in the year in respect of acquisitions comprised: 

Cash consideration 
Net cash acquired 
Deferred consideration in respect of prior year acquisitions 
Net cash outflow in respect of acquisitions 
Transaction costs and expenses paid 
Payments relating to retention of former owners 
Total cash outflow in respect of acquisitions 

2019 
£m 
138.6 
(1.1)
6.1 
143.6 
3.8 
15.4 
162.8 

2018 
£m 
148.5 
(3.6)
25.4 
170.3 
7.8 
6.1 
184.2 

Acquisitions completed in the year ended 31 December 2019 contributed £109.0m (2018: £151.2m) to the Group’s revenue and £14.5m  
(2018: £19.2m) to the Group’s adjusted operating profit for the year ended 31 December 2019.  

The estimated contributions from acquisitions completed during the year to the results of the Group for the year ended 31 December if such 
acquisitions had been made at the beginning of the year, are as follows:  

Revenue 
Adjusted operating profit 

2019  
£m 
136.7 
17.0 

2018  
£m 
162.0 
20.7 

The estimated revenue which would have been contributed by the acquisitions agreed during the current year to the results for the year 
ended 31 December 2019 if such acquisitions had been made at the beginning of the year is £96.6m (2018: £148.1m). 

The total amount of goodwill expected to be deductible for tax purposes in relation to acquisitions completed during the year is £29.8m 
(2018: £13.4m). 

2018 
Summary details of the businesses acquired or agreed to be acquired during the year ended 31 December 2018 are shown in the table 
below: 

Business 
Aggora 
Talge 
Revco 
QS 
Monte Package Company 
Enor 
CM Supply 
Acquisitions completed in 2018 
Aggora* 
Talge* 
Volk do Brasil† 
Acquisitions agreed in 2018 

 Acquisition of 85% of share capital. 

*  Acquisitions committed at 31 December 2017. 

†  Acquisition committed at 31 December 2018. 

Sector 
Foodservice 
Foodservice 
Safety 
Cleaning & hygiene 
Foodservice 
Foodservice 
Foodservice 

Country 
UK 
Brazil 
US 
Netherlands 
US 
Norway 
Denmark 

Foodservice 
Foodservice 
Safety 

UK 
Brazil 
Brazil 

Acquisition date 
2018 
2 January 
3 January 
9 January 
1 March 
9 March 
12 July 
11 December 

2 January 2018 
3 January 2018 
2 January 2019 

Annualised 
revenue 
£m 
27.0 
28.4 
28.6 
4.9 
43.4 
25.7 
4.0 
162.0 
(27.0)
(28.4)
41.5 
148.1 

Although not considered to be individually material, Revco accounted for approximately 25% of the total cash outflow in respect of 
acquisitions during the year ended 31 December 2018. 

28 Disposal of businesses 
The Group did not dispose of any businesses during the year ended 31 December 2019. Disposal of businesses in 2018 related to OPM in 
France and marketing services in the UK, two businesses which were no longer considered to be a strategic fit within the portfolio of the 
Group’s businesses. The disposals were completed on 2 February 2018 and 7 June 2018 respectively.  

166 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

167
167

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Notes continued 

29 Cash flow from operating activities 
The tables below give further details on the adjustments for depreciation and software amortisation, other non-cash items and the working 
capital movement shown in the Consolidated cash flow statement.  

Depreciation and software amortisation 
Depreciation of right-of-use assets 
Other depreciation and software amortisation 

Other non-cash items 
Share based payments 
Provisions 
Retirement benefit obligations 
Other 

Working capital movement 
Decrease/(increase) in inventories 
Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables 
(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables 

2019 
£m 
128.1 
31.9 
160.0 

2019 
£m 
13.5 
(6.3)
(9.7)
(1.0)
(3.5)

2019 
£m 
15.2 
38.9 
(49.8)
4.3 

2018 
£m 
– 
32.6 
32.6 

2018 
£m 
12.9 
(6.4)
(8.0)
0.7 
(0.8)

2018 
£m 
(96.6)
(44.6)
102.5 
(38.7)

30 Related party disclosures  
The Group has identified the directors of the Company, their close family members, the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes and its 
key management as related parties for the purpose of IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’. Details of the relevant relationships with these 
related parties are disclosed in the Directors’ remuneration report, Note 23 and Note 24 respectively. All transactions with subsidiaries are 
eliminated on consolidation. 

168 
168

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

29 Cash flow from operating activities 

The tables below give further details on the adjustments for depreciation and software amortisation, other non-cash items and the working 

capital movement shown in the Consolidated cash flow statement.  

Notes continued 

Depreciation and software amortisation 

Depreciation of right-of-use assets 

Other depreciation and software amortisation 

Other non-cash items 

Share based payments 

Provisions 

Retirement benefit obligations 

Other 

Working capital movement 

Decrease/(increase) in inventories 

Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables 

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables 

The Group has identified the directors of the Company, their close family members, the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes and its 

key management as related parties for the purpose of IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’. Details of the relevant relationships with these 

related parties are disclosed in the Directors’ remuneration report, Note 23 and Note 24 respectively. All transactions with subsidiaries are 

30 Related party disclosures  

eliminated on consolidation. 

2019 

£m 

128.1 

31.9 

160.0 

2019 

£m 

13.5 

(6.3)

(9.7)

(1.0)

(3.5)

2019 

£m 

15.2 

38.9 

(49.8)

4.3 

2018 

£m 

– 

32.6 

32.6 

2018 

£m 

12.9 

(6.4)

(8.0)

0.7 

(0.8)

2018 

£m 

(96.6)

(44.6)

102.5 

(38.7)

Company balance sheet 
at 31 December 2019 

Fixed assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Right-of-use assets 
Intangible assets 
Investments 

Current assets 
Deferred tax asset 
Defined benefit pension asset 
Debtors: amounts falling due after more than one year 
Debtors: amounts falling due within one year 
Cash at bank and in hand 

Current liabilities 
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 
Deferred tax liability 
Lease liabilities 
Net current assets 
Total assets less current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Provisions 
Lease liabilities 

Net assets 

Capital and reserves 
Share capital 
Share premium 
Other reserves 
Capital redemption reserve 
Profit and loss account† 
Total shareholders’ funds 

Notes 

3 
4 
3 
5 

6 
11 
7 
7 

8 
6 
10 

9 
10 

12 

13 
13 

2019  
£m 

0.2 
1.2 
1.1 
707.0 
709.5 

– 
10.8 
837.9 
571.9 
0.7 
1,421.3 

(116.9)
(0.5)
(0.7)
1,303.2 
2,012.7 

2018  
£m 

0.3 
–  
1.2 
695.9 
697.4 

1.0 
3.4 
952.4 
604.8 
0.7 
1,562.3 

(110.1)
– 
– 
1,452.2 
2,149.6 

(1.7)
(0.9)

(1.7)
– 

2,010.1 

2,147.9 

108.3 
184.0 
5.6 
16.1 
1,696.1 
2,010.1 

108.1 
178.5 
5.6 
16.1 
1,839.6 
2,147.9 

Approved by the Board of directors of Bunzl plc (Company registration number 358948) on 24 February 2020 and signed on its behalf by 
Frank van Zanten, Chief Executive Officer and Richard Howes, Chief Financial Officer.  

The Accounting policies and other Notes on pages 171 to 176 form part of these financial statements. 

† Profit and loss account includes a net profit after tax for the year of £35.0m (2018: £6.3m). As permitted by section 408(3) of the Companies Act 2006, the profit and loss account of 

the Company has not been separately presented in these financial statements. 

168 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

169
169

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company statement of changes in equity 
for the year ended 31 December 2019 

At 31 December 2018 
Impact of transition to IFRS 16 

Restated equity at 1 January 2019 
Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive income 
Contributions to pension scheme  
by participating subsidiaries 
Actuarial gain on defined benefit  

pension scheme 

Income tax charge on other 
comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 
2018 interim dividend 
2018 final dividend 
Issue of share capital 
Employee trust shares 
Movement on own share reserves 
Share based payments 
At 31 December 2019 

At 1 January 2018 
Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive income 
Contributions to pension scheme  
by participating subsidiaries 
Actuarial gain on defined benefit  

pension scheme 

Income tax charge on other 
comprehensive income 
Total comprehensive income 
2017 interim dividend 
2017 final dividend 
Issue of share capital 
Employee trust shares 
Movement on own share reserves 
Share based payments 
At 31 December 2018 

Share 
capital 
£m 
108.1 

Share 
premium 
£m 
178.5 

Other 
reserves 
£m 
5.6 

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m 
16.1 

Profit and loss account 
Retained 
Own 
earnings 
shares 
£m 
£m 
1,903.5 
(63.9)
(0.3)

Total 
shareholders’ 
funds 
£m 
2,147.9 
(0.3)

108.1 

178.5 

5.6 

16.1 

(63.9)

1,903.2 
35.0 

2,147.6 
35.0 

4.5 

2.2 

(0.4)
41.3 
(50.7)
(116.6)

(24.4)
13.2 
1,766.0 

4.5 

2.2 

(0.4)
41.3 
(50.7)
(116.6)
5.7 
(30.4)
– 
13.2 
2,010.1 

0.2 

5.5 

(30.4)
24.4 

108.3 

184.0 

5.6 

16.1 

(69.9)

Share 
capital 
£m 
108.0 

Share 
premium 
£m 
171.4 

Other 
reserves 
£m 
5.6 

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m 
16.1 

Profit and loss account 
Retained 
Own 
earnings 
shares 
£m 
£m 
2,042.6 
(122.9)
6.3 

Total 
shareholders’ 
funds 
£m 
2,220.8 
6.3 

4.5 

3.1 

(0.4)
13.5 
(46.2)
(106.0)

(13.4)
13.0 
1,903.5 

4.5 

3.1 

(0.4)
13.5 
(46.2)
(106.0)
7.2 
45.6 
– 
13.0 
2,147.9 

0.1 

7.1 

45.6 
13.4 

108.1 

178.5 

5.6 

16.1 

(63.9)

170
170 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company statement of changes in equity 

for the year ended 31 December 2019 

Restated equity at 1 January 2019 

108.1 

178.5 

16.1 

(63.9)

1,903.2 

2,147.6 

Share 

capital 

£m 

108.1 

Share 

premium 

£m 

178.5 

Other 

reserves 

£m 

5.6 

5.6 

Profit and loss account 

Capital 

redemption 

reserve 

£m 

16.1 

Own 

shares 

£m 

(63.9)

Retained 

earnings 

£m 

1,903.5 

(0.3)

shareholders’ 

Total 

funds 

£m 

2,147.9 

(0.3)

35.0 

35.0 

At 31 December 2018 

Impact of transition to IFRS 16 

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income 

Contributions to pension scheme  

by participating subsidiaries 

Actuarial gain on defined benefit  

pension scheme 

Income tax charge on other 

comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 

2018 interim dividend 

2018 final dividend 

Issue of share capital 

Employee trust shares 

Movement on own share reserves 

Share based payments 

At 31 December 2019 

At 1 January 2018 

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income 

Contributions to pension scheme  

by participating subsidiaries 

Actuarial gain on defined benefit  

pension scheme 

Income tax charge on other 

comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 

2017 interim dividend 

2017 final dividend 

Issue of share capital 

Employee trust shares 

Movement on own share reserves 

Share based payments 

At 31 December 2018 

4.5 

2.2 

(0.4)

41.3 

(50.7)

(116.6)

(24.4)

13.2 

4.5 

3.1 

(0.4)

13.5 

(46.2)

(13.4)

13.0 

4.5 

2.2 

(0.4)

41.3 

(50.7)

(116.6)

5.7 

(30.4)

– 

13.2 

4.5 

3.1 

(0.4)

13.5 

(46.2)

7.2 

45.6 

– 

13.0 

(30.4)

24.4 

Own 

shares 

£m 

(122.9)

45.6 

13.4 

0.2 

5.5 

Share 

capital 

£m 

108.0 

Share 

premium 

£m 

171.4 

Other 

reserves 

£m 

5.6 

Capital 

redemption 

reserve 

£m 

16.1 

Profit and loss account 

Retained 

earnings 

£m 

2,042.6 

6.3 

shareholders’ 

Total 

funds 

£m 

2,220.8 

6.3 

0.1 

7.1 

(106.0)

(106.0)

108.1 

178.5 

5.6 

16.1 

(63.9)

1,903.5 

2,147.9 

Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

Notes to the Company financial statements 

1 Basis of preparation 
Bunzl plc (the ‘Company’) is a company incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom. These financial statements present information 
about the Company as an individual undertaking and not about its Group. The financial statements of the Company have been prepared on 
a going concern basis and under the historical cost convention with the exception of certain items which are measured at fair value as 
described in the accounting policies below. 

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ 
(‘FRS 101’) and the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies using FRS 101. The Company adopted IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ with effect 
from 1 January 2019 using the modified retrospective approach to transition. The adoption of IFRS 16 did not have a material impact on  
the Company. There are no other new standards, amendments or interpretations that are applicable to the Company for the year ended  
31 December 2019. In preparing these financial statements the Company has applied the exemptions available under FRS 101 in respect of: 

•  a cash flow statement and related notes; 

•  comparative period reconciliations for share capital and tangible fixed assets; 

•  disclosures relating to transactions with wholly owned subsidiaries and capital management; 

•  the effects of new but not yet effective IFRSs; and 

•  disclosures relating to the compensation of key management personnel. 

As the consolidated financial statements of the Company include the equivalent disclosures, the Company has also applied the exemptions 
available under FRS 101 in respect of: 

•  certain disclosures required by IFRS 2 ‘Share Based Payments’ in respect of Group settled share based payments; and 

108.3 

184.0 

5.6 

16.1 

(69.9)

1,766.0 

2,010.1 

•  certain disclosures required by IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ and disclosures required by IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments’. 

2 Accounting policies 
The accounting policies of the Company have, unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently to all periods presented in these financial 
statements. In most cases the accounting policies for the Company are fully aligned with the equivalent accounting policies for the Group  
as stated on pages 126 to 132 in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. The accounting policies of the Company which are aligned 
with those of the Group are the policies for tangible assets, leases, intangible assets, income tax, trade and other payables, provisions, 
retirement benefits, investment in own shares, dividends and leases. The accounting policies that are specific to the Company are set  
out below. 

a. Investment in subsidiary undertakings 
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are held at cost less any provision for impairment. The subsidiary undertakings which the 
Company held at 31 December 2019 are disclosed in the Related undertakings note in the Shareholder information section on pages  
184 to 187.  

b. Share based payments 
The Company operates a number of equity settled share based payment compensation plans. Details of these plans are outlined in Note 19 
to the consolidated financial statements and the Directors’ remuneration report. The total expected expense is based on the fair value of 
options and other share based incentives on the grant date, calculated using a valuation model, and is spread over the expected vesting 
period with a corresponding credit to equity. 

Where the Company grants options over its own shares to the employees of its subsidiaries and it has not recharged the cost to the relevant 
subsidiaries, it recognises, in its individual financial statements, an increase in the cost of investment in its subsidiaries equivalent to the 
equity settled share based payment charge recognised in its consolidated financial statements, with the corresponding credit being 
recognised directly in equity.  

c. Financial guarantee contracts 
Where the Company enters into financial guarantee contracts to guarantee the indebtedness of other companies within its Group, the 
Company considers these to be insurance arrangements and accounts for them as such. In this respect the Company treats the guarantee 
contract as a contingent liability until such time as it becomes probable that the Company will be required to make a payment under  
the guarantee. 

170 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

171
171

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company financial statements continued 

2 Accounting policies continued  
d. Intercompany and other receivables 
Intercompany and other receivables are initially measured at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition these assets are measured at 
amortised cost less any provision for impairment losses. The Group measures impairment losses using the expected credit loss model  
in accordance with IFRS 9. There were no impairment losses on intercompany or other receivables during the year (2018: none). 

e. Defined benefit pension schemes 
The Company is the sponsoring company of the UK defined benefit pension scheme. As there is no contractual agreement or stated Group 
policy for charging the net defined benefit cost of the scheme to participating subsidiaries, the net defined benefit pension cost or benefit is 
recognised fully by the Company. The contributions paid by the participating subsidiaries other than the Company are credited to profit or 
loss of the Company where the amounts relate to service and are independent of the number of years of service or to other comprehensive 
income if not linked to service.  

f. Judgements made in applying the Company’s accounting policies  
In the course of preparing the financial statements, other than judgements involved in determining estimates and assumptions (see Note 2g 
below), no judgements have been made in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies that have had a significant effect on 
the amounts recognised in the financial statements. 

g. Sources of estimation uncertainty 
In applying the Company’s accounting policies various transactions and balances are valued using estimates or assumptions. Should these 
estimates or assumptions prove incorrect, there may be an impact on the following year’s financial statements. As at 31 December 2019, 
sources of estimation uncertainty that have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities within the next financial year are the carrying value of investments, as explained below, and the measurement of the defined 
benefit pension scheme liability which is explained in Note 2u to the consolidated financial statements. 

Recoverability of investments 
The carrying amounts of the Company’s non-financial assets, in particular the investments in subsidiary undertakings, are reviewed 
annually to determine if there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the assets’ recoverable amounts are estimated. 
The recoverable amounts of assets are the greater of their fair value less the costs of disposal and their value in use. In assessing the value 
in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present values using appropriate pre-tax discount rates. Impairment losses 
are recognised when the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated recoverable amount with impairment losses being recognised  
in profit or loss. 

3 Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets  

Cost  
Beginning of year 
Additions 
Disposals 
End of year 

Accumulated depreciation and amortisation 
Beginning of year 
Disposals 
Charge in year 
End of year 

Net book value at 31 December 2019 
Net book value at 31 December 2018 

Short 
leasehold 
improvement  
£m 

Fixtures, 
fittings and 
equipment 
£m 

Total  
tangible 
assets 
£m 

Total 
intangible 
assets 
 £m 

0.1 
– 
– 
0.1 

0.1 
– 
– 
0.1 

– 
– 

1.6 
– 
(0.2)
1.4 

1.3 
(0.2)
0.1 
1.2 

0.2 
0.3 

1.7   
–   
(0.2)  
1.5   

1.4   
(0.2)  
0.1   
1.3   

0.2   
0.3  

1.8 
0.1 
– 
1.9 

0.6 
– 
0.2 
0.8 

1.1 
1.2 

172 
172

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company financial statements continued 

2 Accounting policies continued  

d. Intercompany and other receivables 

Intercompany and other receivables are initially measured at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition these assets are measured at 

amortised cost less any provision for impairment losses. The Group measures impairment losses using the expected credit loss model  

in accordance with IFRS 9. There were no impairment losses on intercompany or other receivables during the year (2018: none). 

e. Defined benefit pension schemes 

The Company is the sponsoring company of the UK defined benefit pension scheme. As there is no contractual agreement or stated Group 

policy for charging the net defined benefit cost of the scheme to participating subsidiaries, the net defined benefit pension cost or benefit is 

recognised fully by the Company. The contributions paid by the participating subsidiaries other than the Company are credited to profit or 

loss of the Company where the amounts relate to service and are independent of the number of years of service or to other comprehensive 

income if not linked to service.  

f. Judgements made in applying the Company’s accounting policies  

In the course of preparing the financial statements, other than judgements involved in determining estimates and assumptions (see Note 2g 

below), no judgements have been made in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies that have had a significant effect on 

the amounts recognised in the financial statements. 

g. Sources of estimation uncertainty 

In applying the Company’s accounting policies various transactions and balances are valued using estimates or assumptions. Should these 

estimates or assumptions prove incorrect, there may be an impact on the following year’s financial statements. As at 31 December 2019, 

sources of estimation uncertainty that have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and 

liabilities within the next financial year are the carrying value of investments, as explained below, and the measurement of the defined 

benefit pension scheme liability which is explained in Note 2u to the consolidated financial statements. 

Recoverability of investments 

The carrying amounts of the Company’s non-financial assets, in particular the investments in subsidiary undertakings, are reviewed 

annually to determine if there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the assets’ recoverable amounts are estimated. 

The recoverable amounts of assets are the greater of their fair value less the costs of disposal and their value in use. In assessing the value 

in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present values using appropriate pre-tax discount rates. Impairment losses 

are recognised when the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated recoverable amount with impairment losses being recognised  

in profit or loss. 

3 Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets  

Cost  

Beginning of year 

Additions 

Disposals 

End of year 

Beginning of year 

Disposals 

Charge in year 

End of year 

Accumulated depreciation and amortisation 

Net book value at 31 December 2019 

Net book value at 31 December 2018 

Short 

leasehold 

improvement  

Fixtures, 

fittings and 

equipment 

£m 

Total  

tangible 

assets 

£m 

Total 

intangible 

assets 

 £m 

£m 

0.1 

– 

– 

0.1 

0.1 

0.1 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1.6 

– 

(0.2)

1.4 

1.3 

(0.2)

0.1 

1.2 

0.2 

0.3 

1.7   

–   

(0.2)  

1.5   

1.4   

(0.2)  

0.1   

1.3   

0.2   

0.3  

1.8 

0.1 

– 

1.9 

0.6 

– 

0.2 

0.8 

1.1 

1.2 

Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

4 Right-of-use assets 

Net book value 
Beginning of year 
Right-of-use assets on transition to IFRS 16 
Depreciation charge in the year 
End of year 

5 Investments 

Investments in subsidiary undertakings 

Cost  
Beginning of year  
Additions 
End of year 

Impairment provisions 
Beginning and end of year 

Net book value at 31 December 

6 Deferred tax asset/(liability)  
Recognised deferred tax assets net of deferred tax liabilities are attributable to the following: 

1 January 2018 
Recognised in profit or loss 
Recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity 
31 December 2018/1 January 2019 
Impact of transition to IFRS 16 
Recognised in profit or loss 
Recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity 
31 December 2019 

Defined benefit 
pension scheme 
£m 
0.2 
(0.4)
(0.4)
(0.6)
– 
(0.9)
(0.4)
(1.9)

Share based  
payments 
£m 
1.4 
– 
0.1 
1.5 
– 
– 
(0.3)
1.2 

No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of unutilised capital losses of £68.5m (2018: £70.6m). 

7 Debtors 

Debtors: amounts falling due within one year 
Amounts owed by Group undertakings 
Prepayments and other debtors 

Debtors: amounts falling due after more than one year 
Amounts owed by Group undertakings 

Property 
£m 
– 
1.7 
(0.5)
1.2 

2019 
£m 

699.2 
11.1 
710.3 

Total  
£m 
– 
1.7 
(0.5)
1.2 

2018 
£m 

690.8 
8.4 
699.2 

3.3 

3.3 

707.0 

695.9 

Net deferred  
tax asset/ 
(liability) 
£m 
1.7 
(0.4)
(0.3)
1.0 
0.1 
(0.9)
(0.7)
(0.5)

2018  
£m 

603.6 
1.2 
604.8 

Other 
£m 
0.1 
– 
– 
0.1 
0.1 
– 
– 
0.2 

2019  
£m 

568.7 
3.2 
571.9 

837.9 

952.4 

The carrying value of the amounts owed by Group undertakings falling due after more than one year is a reasonable approximation of their 
fair values. These amounts have a fixed repayment date and are interest bearing at an interest rate which is reset periodically based on the 
Bank of England base rate. 

172 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

173
173

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company financial statements continued 

8 Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 

Trade creditors 
Amounts owed to Group undertakings 
Other tax and social security contributions 
Income tax payable 
Accruals  

Amounts due to Group undertakings are repayable on demand and are not interest bearing. 

9 Provisions 

Beginning of year 
Utilised or released 
End of year 

2019  
£m 
1.2 
82.5 
0.3 
21.0 
11.9 
116.9 

2019  
£m 
1.7 
– 
1.7 

The provisions relate to properties, where amounts are held against liabilities for repairs and dilapidations, and other claims. 

10 Lease liabilities  
2019 
Beginning of year 
Lease liabilities on transition to IFRS 16 
Interest charge in the year 
Payments of lease liabilities 

End of year  
Ageing of lease liabilities: 
Current lease liabilities  
Non-current lease liabilities 
End of year  

2018  
£m 
1.5 
82.4 
0.4 
14.2 
11.6 
110.1 

2018  
£m 
1.7 
– 
1.7 

£m 
– 
(2.3)
(0.1)
0.8 

(1.6)

(0.7)
(0.9)
(1.6)

In accordance with IAS 17, the previous accounting standard for leases, at 31 December 2018 the total future minimum lease payments 
under a non-cancellable operating lease with a duration of between one and five years was £2.5m.  

11 Retirement benefits 
The Company operates a number of retirement benefit schemes in the UK, including both defined benefit and defined contribution schemes. 
A description of the characteristics and risks to which the Company is exposed in relation to the UK defined benefit pension scheme 
together with the principal assumptions used and sensitivity to changes in assumptions are detailed in Note 23 to the consolidated financial 
statements. The amounts included in the Company financial statements relating to the defined benefit pension scheme at 31 December 
were: 

Amounts included in profit for the year 
Current service cost (net of contributions by employees) 
Past service cost 
Net interest income 
Contributions paid by participating subsidiaries linked to service 
Total charge to profit for the year  

2019  
£m 
2.0 
– 
(0.2)
(1.3)
0.5 

2018  
£m 
2.5 
3.3 
 (0.1)
(1.4)
4.3 

The past service cost in 2018 of £3.3m relates to the cost of the equalisation of guaranteed minimum pensions between male and female 
members of the Group’s UK defined benefit pension scheme following the High Court judgment in 2018 in the case of Lloyds Banking 
Group Pensions Trustees Limited vs Lloyds Bank plc and others.  

174 
174

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company financial statements continued 

Strategic report 

  Directors’ report 

  Financial statements 

8 Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 

11 Retirement benefits continued 

Amounts recognised in other comprehensive income 
Actual return less expected return on pension scheme assets 
Experience gain on pension scheme liabilities 
Impact of changes in assumptions relating to the present value of pension scheme liabilities 

Actuarial gain on defined benefit pension scheme 
Contributions paid by participating subsidiaries not linked to service 
Total credit to other comprehensive income  

116.9 

110.1 

Movement in defined benefit pension scheme surplus/(deficit) 
Beginning of year 
Current service cost 
Past service cost 
Contributions 
Net interest income 
Actuarial gain 
End of year 

Changes in the present value of defined benefit pension scheme liabilities 
Beginning of year 
Current service cost 
Past service cost 
Interest expense 
Contributions by employees 
Actuarial loss/(gain) 
Benefits paid 
End of year 

Changes in the fair value of defined benefit pension scheme assets 
Beginning of year 
Interest income 
Actuarial gain/(loss) 
Contributions by the Company  
Contributions by participating subsidiaries  
Contributions by employees  
Benefits paid  
End of year 

2019  
£m 
52.7 
–  
(50.5)

2.2 
4.5 
6.7 

2019  
£m 
3.4 
(2.0)
– 
7.0 
0.2 
2.2 
10.8 

2019  
£m 
329.1 
2.0 
– 
9.4 
0.5 
50.5 
(12.3)
379.2 

2019  
£m 
332.5 
9.6 
52.7 
1.2 
5.8 
0.5 
(12.3)
390.0 

2018  
£m 
(18.3)
0.4 
21.0 

3.1 
4.5 
7.6 

2018  
£m 
(1.1)
(2.5)
(3.3)
7.1 
0.1 
3.1 
3.4 

2018 
£m 
347.4 
2.5 
3.3 
8.9 
0.6 
(21.4)
(12.2)
329.1 

2018  
£m 
346.3 
9.0 
(18.3)
1.2 
5.9 
0.6 
(12.2)
332.5 

The actual return on pension scheme assets was a gain of £62.3m (2018: loss of £9.3m). The market value of scheme assets and the present 
value of retirement benefit obligations at 31 December are detailed in Note 23 to the consolidated financial statements. The total defined 
benefit pension liability is divided between active members (£86.2m (2018: £74.6m)), deferred members (£147.8m (2018: £127.8m)) and 
pensioners (£145.2m (2018: £126.7m)). 

Amounts due to Group undertakings are repayable on demand and are not interest bearing. 

The provisions relate to properties, where amounts are held against liabilities for repairs and dilapidations, and other claims. 

Trade creditors 

Amounts owed to Group undertakings 

Other tax and social security contributions 

Income tax payable 

Accruals  

9 Provisions 

Beginning of year 

Utilised or released 

End of year 

Lease liabilities on transition to IFRS 16 

10 Lease liabilities  

2019 

Beginning of year 

Interest charge in the year 

Payments of lease liabilities 

End of year  

Ageing of lease liabilities: 

Current lease liabilities  

Non-current lease liabilities 

End of year  

In accordance with IAS 17, the previous accounting standard for leases, at 31 December 2018 the total future minimum lease payments 

under a non-cancellable operating lease with a duration of between one and five years was £2.5m.  

11 Retirement benefits 

The Company operates a number of retirement benefit schemes in the UK, including both defined benefit and defined contribution schemes. 

A description of the characteristics and risks to which the Company is exposed in relation to the UK defined benefit pension scheme 

together with the principal assumptions used and sensitivity to changes in assumptions are detailed in Note 23 to the consolidated financial 

statements. The amounts included in the Company financial statements relating to the defined benefit pension scheme at 31 December 

Amounts included in profit for the year 

Current service cost (net of contributions by employees) 

were: 

Past service cost 

Net interest income 

Contributions paid by participating subsidiaries linked to service 

Total charge to profit for the year  

The past service cost in 2018 of £3.3m relates to the cost of the equalisation of guaranteed minimum pensions between male and female 

members of the Group’s UK defined benefit pension scheme following the High Court judgment in 2018 in the case of Lloyds Banking 

Group Pensions Trustees Limited vs Lloyds Bank plc and others.  

2019  

£m 

1.2 

82.5 

0.3 

21.0 

11.9 

2019  

£m 

1.7 

– 

1.7 

2019  

£m 

2.0 

– 

(0.2)

(1.3)

0.5 

2018  

£m 

1.5 

82.4 

0.4 

14.2 

11.6 

2018  

£m 

1.7 

– 

1.7 

£m 

– 

(2.3)

(0.1)

0.8 

(1.6)

(0.7)

(0.9)

(1.6)

2018  

£m 

2.5 

3.3 

 (0.1)

(1.4)

4.3 

2019 
£m 
108.3 

2018 
£m 
108.1 

12 Share capital 

Issued and fully paid ordinary shares of 3217p each 

Number of ordinary shares in issue and fully paid 
Beginning of year 
Issued – option exercises 
End of year 

2018 
336,425,304  335,931,546 
493,758 
336,792,607  336,425,304 

367,303 

2019 

174 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 

175
175

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statements  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company financial statements continued 

13 Reserves  
Included in the profit and loss account within retained earnings is £837.9m (2018: £952.4m) relating to dividends which were declared from 
the Company’s subsidiary undertakings during the year ended 31 December 2016 but which were not settled in cash and are therefore 
unrealised. Until these outstanding balances are settled in cash the relevant amounts outstanding are not distributable as dividends to the 
Company’s shareholders. Excluding these amounts the Company has substantial distributable reserves to cover more than four years of 
dividends at the cost of the dividends paid or payable in relation to the year ended 31 December 2019, which is expected to be 
approximately £171m.   

The capital redemption reserve of £16.1m (2018: £16.1m) as presented in the statement of changes in equity records the aggregate nominal 
value of treasury shares that have been cancelled.  

The own shares reserve of £69.9m (2018: £63.9m) as presented in the statement of changes in equity comprises ordinary shares of the 
Company held by the Company in an employee benefit trust. The assets, liabilities and expenditure of the trust are included in the Company 
financial statements. Details of the trust and investment in own shares reserve are set out in Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements. 

The dividends paid and declared in the current and prior year are detailed in Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements.  

14 Contingent liabilities  
Borrowings by subsidiary undertakings totalling £1,375.1m (2018: £1,525.6m) which are included in the Group’s borrowings have been 
guaranteed by the Company.  

15 Employees’ and directors’ remuneration 
The average number of persons employed by the Company during the year (including directors) was 53 (2018: 53) and the aggregate 
employee costs relating to these persons were:  

Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Share based payments 
Pension costs 

2019 
£m 
9.2 
1.4 
1.1 
1.0 
12.7 

2018 
£m 
8.8 
2.2 
2.3 
1.1 
14.4 

Conditional awards of executive share options and performance shares are granted to executive directors and other senior employees of the 
Company. Employees of the Company can also participate in the Company’s Sharesave Scheme. Further information on the Company’s 
share plans is disclosed in Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements. 

16 Related party disclosures 
The Company has identified the directors of the Company, their close family members, its key management, the UK pension scheme and  
its subsidiary undertakings as related parties for the purpose of IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’. Details of the relevant relationships with 
these related parties are disclosed in the Directors’ remuneration report, Note 23 and Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements and 
the Related undertakings note in the Shareholder information section on pages 184 to 187.  

176 
176

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019 
Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report  
 
 
Statement of directors’ responsibilities

The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, 
which includes the Directors’ remuneration report and the financial 
statements, in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

The directors are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the 
Group and the Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for 
the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements 
for each financial year. Under that law the directors have prepared 
the Group financial statements in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as adopted by the European 
Union and the parent company financial statements in accordance 
with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice 
(United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 
‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’, and applicable law). In preparing 
the Group financial statements, the directors have also elected to 
comply with IFRSs, issued by the International Accounting 
Standards Board (‘IASB’). Under company law the directors must not 
approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and the 
Company and of the profit or loss of the Group and the Company for 
that period. In preparing the financial statements, the directors are 
required to:

• select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

• state whether applicable IFRSs as adopted by the European Union 

and IFRSs issued by IASB have been followed for the Group 
financial statements and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
comprising FRS 101, have been followed for the Company financial 
statements, subject to any material departures disclosed and 
explained in the financial statements;

• make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable 

and prudent; and

• prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless 
it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and the Company will 
continue in business.

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group and the 
Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy 
at any time the financial position of the Group and the Company  
and enable them to ensure that the financial statements and the 
Directors’ remuneration report comply with the Companies  
Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial statements,  
Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing 
the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ 
from legislation in other jurisdictions.

The directors consider that the Annual Report, taken as a whole, 
is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s and the Company’s 
performance, business model and strategy.

Each of the directors, whose names and functions are set out 
on pages 66 and 67 of the Annual Report confirm that, to the best 
of their knowledge:

• the Company financial statements, which have been prepared in 

accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 
Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising 
FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’, and applicable law), 
give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position 
and profit of the Company;

• the Group financial statements, which have been prepared in 

accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union – Dual 
IFRS (European Union and IASB), give a true and fair view of the 
assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Group; and

• the Annual Report includes a fair review of the development and 

performance of the business and the position of the Group and the 
Company, together with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that they face.

By order of the Board

Frank van Zanten 
Chief Executive Officer 
24 February 2020

Richard Howes
Chief Financial Officer 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

177

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statementsIndependent auditors’ report to the members of Bunzl plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion:

• Bunzl plc’s Group financial statements and Company financial statements (the ‘financial statements’) give a true and fair view of the state  

of the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2019 and of the Group’s profit and cash flows for the year then ended;

• the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as 

adopted by the European Union;

• the Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 
Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’, and applicable law); and

• the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group 

financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report, which comprise: the Consolidated and Company balance 
sheets as at 31 December 2019; the Consolidated income statement and Consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the Consolidated 
cash flow statement, and the Consolidated and Company statements of changes in equity for the year then ended; and the Notes to the 
financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit Committee.

Separate opinion in relation to IFRSs as issued by the IASB
As explained in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Group, in addition to applying IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, has also 
applied IFRSs as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’).

In our opinion, the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as issued by the IASB.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (‘ISAs (UK)’) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We 
believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements 
in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the 
Group or the Company.

Other than those disclosed in Note 6 to the financial statements, we have provided no non-audit services to the Group or the Company in the 
period from 1 January 2019 to 31 December 2019.

Our audit approach
Overview

Materiality

• Overall Group materiality: £29 million (2018: £28 million), based on 5% of adjusted profit before tax.

• Overall Company materiality: £20 million (2018: £6 million), based on 1% of net assets value (0.5% of net assets value in  

prior year).

Audit scope

• We performed full scope audits and other procedures of the financial information of 93 components spread across 29 different 

countries across North America, Continental Europe, UK & Ireland and Rest of the World.

• Specific audit procedures in relation to various Group activities, including taxation, pensions, acquisitions and the impairment of 

goodwill and intangible assets, were performed by the Group audit team centrally.

Key audit matters

• Corporate tax exposures (Group).

• Business combinations (Group).

• Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets (Group).

• IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ (Group).

• Defined benefit pension schemes (Group and Company).

178

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic reportThe scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. 

Capability of the audit in detecting irregularities, including fraud
Based on our understanding of the Group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws and regulations 
related to breaches of environmental regulations and unethical and prohibited business practices, and we considered the extent to which 
non-compliance might have a material effect on the preparation of financial statements. We also considered those laws and regulations that 
have a direct impact on the financial statements such as the Companies Act 2006 and the UK Listing Rules. We evaluated management’s 
incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the financial statements (including the risk of override of controls), and determined 
that the principal risks were related to posting inappropriate journal entries to manipulate financial results and management bias in 
accounting estimates.

The Group engagement team shared this risk assessment with the component auditors so that they could include appropriate audit 
procedures in response to such risks in their work. Audit procedures performed by the Group engagement team and/or component  
auditors included discussions with in-house legal counsel, assessment of matters reported on the Group’s whistleblowing helpline, 
challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in their significant accounting estimates and testing journal entries.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above and the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations  
is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely we would become aware of it. Also, the risk of not 
detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate 
concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) 
identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; 
and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were 
addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a 
separate opinion on these matters. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit. 

Key audit matter

Corporate tax exposures – Group

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Refer to page 83 (Audit Committee report), pages 127 and 128 
(Accounting policies) and pages 140 to 142 (Note 8).

We assessed management’s process for identifying uncertain tax positions and the 
related accounting policy of providing for tax exposures.

The Group operates in a number of countries with complex 
taxation rules and regulations. The interpretation of these 
complex regulations and the unknown future outcome of 
pending judgements by the tax authorities result in the need to 
provide against a number of uncertain tax positions.

We focused on this area because of the risk surrounding the 
level of estimation and judgement that is necessary in 
determining the provisions required.

We engaged our taxation specialists to assist us in challenging the appropriateness  
of management’s judgements in relation to these positions and to understand the current 
status of tax assessments and investigations, including monitoring developments in 
ongoing disputes and regulatory changes. We read recent correspondence with local tax 
authorities to satisfy ourselves that the tax provisions had been appropriately recorded or 
adjusted to reflect the latest external developments. We also considered factors such as 
possible penalties and interest.

These procedures assisted in our corroboration of management’s position on the  
amount of significant tax exposures and the provisions and disclosures made in the 
financial statements.

We then determined whether the calculations were in line with the accounting standards 
and that the methodology and principles had been applied consistently.

Based on the procedures performed, we determined the provisions reflect management’s 
current best estimate of the expected economic outflows.

We considered the appropriateness of the related disclosures in Note 8 to the  
financial statements.

Based on the procedures performed, we noted no material issues arising from our work.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

179

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statementsIndependent auditors’ report to the members of Bunzl plc continued

Key audit matter

Business combinations – Group

Refer to page 82 (Audit Committee report), page 126 (Accounting 
policies) and pages 165 to 167 (Note 27).

Given that the Group continues to make significant investment 
in acquisitions, accounting for business combinations is an area 
of focus due to the level of judgement involved.

Business combinations can involve judgements in relation to the 
value of assets and liabilities that are recognised on acquisition, 
particularly the allocation of purchase consideration to goodwill 
and separately identified intangible assets. 

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets – Group

Refer to page 82 (Audit Committee report), page 128 (Accounting 
policies) and pages 144 and 145 (Note 12).

The Group has material goodwill balances of £1,403.6 million  
(2018: £1,420.4 million) and customer relationship intangible 
assets of £864.9 million (2018: £941.2 million) spread across 
multiple geographies and relating to multiple cash generating 
units (‘CGUs’).

In assessing whether the carrying amount of the goodwill assets 
has been impaired, management considers forecast cash flows 
of the 11 individual CGUs which are identified on a market or 
geographical basis.

We focused our goodwill impairment procedures on the CGUs 
with the lowest levels of headroom between each respective 
value in use model and carrying value. 

We also focused our impairment procedures on recently 
acquired businesses or in circumstances where a triggering 
event occurred during the year and where a further impairment 
assessment was performed by management.

Management’s impairment assessment involves significant 
estimation, principally relating to short and long-term revenue 
growth, future profitability and discount rates. Due to the 
acquisitive nature of the Group and the magnitude of the 
aggregated related goodwill and intangible assets, together with 
the subjectivity of the principal assumptions, a significant 
amount of audit effort was required, particularly as some of 
these assumptions are dependent on economic factors and 
trading conditions specific to overseas territories.

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Management relies on external valuation specialists for larger acquisitions to value 
significant intangibles acquired in business combinations. Where management has 
relied on such specialists, we assessed their objectivity and competence and tested the 
results of their work and found no material issues.

We focused in particular on the following areas:

• we challenged the methodology and key assumptions used in determining the value of 

the customer relationship assets for the more significant acquisitions;

• we evaluated the consideration paid or payable in respect of acquisitions made;

• we determined whether the cash flows applied within the valuation models and the key 
assumptions such as the discount rates, growth rates, customer attrition and period for 
amortisation, were appropriate; and

• we assessed material adjustments made to prior period acquisitions. 

Based on the procedures performed, we noted no material issues arising from our work.

In our testing of management’s annual goodwill and other intangible assets impairment 
calculations, we used valuation experts to assist our evaluation of the appropriateness of 
the models and the key assumptions used by management.

We evaluated the reasonableness of the directors’ cash flow forecasts by comparing the 
assumptions made to internal and external data.

In particular:

• we compared short term revenue growth rates to the latest strategic plans and found 
them to be consistent. We also compared against external market data and found the 
assumptions to be plausible based on past and current performance;

• we determined that long-term growth rates are generally consistent when compared to 

third party nominal GDP rates;

• we found the achievability of future margins to be plausible based on past and current 

performance and consistent with budgets;

• we challenged the discount rate used to determine the present value by assessing the 
cost of capital for the Company and comparable organisations and considered them to 
be acceptable; and

• we obtained evidence to assess historical accuracy in management’s  

forecasting process.

We also evaluated management’s triggering event assessment regarding customer list 
intangible assets.

As described in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements, management concluded 
that there is an impairment charge of £4.0 million relating to the customer relationships 
intangible asset of a business in China within the Asia Pacific CGU. We concur with  
this assessment. 

Based on management’s own sensitivity calculations, no other reasonable change  
in assumptions would lead to an impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets.

Having ascertained the extent of changes in key assumptions either individually  
or collectively that would be required for goodwill and other intangible assets  
to be materially impaired, we considered such a change in those key assumptions  
to be unlikely.

Completeness and accuracy of lease liability and right-of-use asset – Group 

Refer to page 127 (Accounting policies), page 144 (Note 11) and 
164 (Note 25).

On adoption of IFRS 16, the Group recognised right-of-use 
assets and lease liabilities of £449.4 million and £498.3 million 
respectively, which is material in the context of the Consolidated 
balance sheet.

The impact of not capturing all leases across the Group, not 
capturing all relevant data points from each lease and/or 
inaccurately calculating the right-of-use asset or lease liability 
could be material.

We assessed management’s process for identifying leases. 

We focused in particular on the following areas:

• we audited the lease input data for a sample of leases; 

• we then recalculated the right-of-use asset and lease liability balances for the sample 

selected and compared these to the outputs from management’s IFRS 16 model;

• we audited the assumptions used in the incremental borrowing rates used to discount 

the future cash flows associated with the right-of-use asset and lease liability. 

• we assessed the reconciliation of the lease liability between IAS 17 and IFRS 16.

We considered the appropriateness of the related disclosures in Notes 11 and 25 to the 
financial statements.

Based on the procedures performed, we noted no material issues arising from our work.

180

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic reportKey audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

We used our own actuarial experts to satisfy ourselves that the assumptions used  
in calculating the US and UK pension scheme liabilities are appropriate, including 
confirming that salary increases and mortality rate assumptions were consistent  
with relevant benchmarks. We determined that the discount and inflation rates used  
in the valuation of the pension scheme liabilities were consistent with our internally 
developed benchmarks and, where available, with those disclosed in the published 
financial statements of other companies as at 31 December 2019. In each case we 
considered the assumptions made by management to be reasonable in light of the 
available evidence.

Defined benefit pension schemes – Group and Company

Refer to pages 82 and 83 (Audit Committee report), pages 130  
and 131 (Accounting policies) and pages 159 to 162 (Note 23).

The Group has defined benefit pension schemes (with material 
schemes in the US and the UK) with a net surplus in the UK of 
£10.8 million and a net deficit across the remaining schemes of 
£46.8 million at the current year end (2018: net surplus in the 
UK of £3.4 million and a net deficit across the remaining 
schemes of £41.9 million), which is material in the context of the 
Consolidated balance sheet.

Management estimation is required in relation to the 
measurement of pension scheme obligations, and management 
employs independent actuarial experts to assist it in 
determining appropriate assumptions such as inflation levels, 
discount rates, salary increases and mortality rates.

Movements in these assumptions can have a material impact  
on the determination of the liability and, therefore, the extent  
of any surplus or deficit.

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a whole, 
taking into account the structure of the Group and the Company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which they operate.

We identified one financially significant component, being North America, where a full scope audit has been performed. We identified five 
components across UK, France and Australia for which a full scope audit of their financial information was required. In order to satisfy the 
request of the Audit Committee and management, we performed full scope audits and other procedures on a further 87 components. The 
components where we performed audit procedures covered over 94% of Group revenue, adjusted profit before taxation and total assets.

Where work was performed by component auditors, detailed instructions were issued by us and the Group audit team visited North America, 
France, UK, Belgium and Romania. Telephone discussions were also held with component auditors at these locations and with a number of other 
component teams that the Group audit team did not visit in person. Specific audit procedures over central functions and areas of significant 
judgement, including taxation, pensions, acquisitions and the impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets, were performed by the Group 
audit team centrally.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together 
with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the 
individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on 
the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall materiality

£29 million (2018: £28 million).

Group financial statements

Company financial statements

£20 million (2018: £6 million).

How we determined it

5% of adjusted profit before tax.

1% of net assets value (0.5% of net assets value in prior year).

Rationale for 
benchmark applied

Given that the Group’s businesses are profit oriented  
and the directors use adjusted profit measures to assess  
the performance of the business, we believe that adjusted  
profit before tax is the best benchmark to use.

Considering the nature of the business and activities in 
Bunzl plc (holding activities) we use the Company net assets 
value as a basis for the calculation of the overall materiality level.

For each component in the scope of our Group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall Group materiality. The range of 
materiality allocated across components was up to £25 million. Certain components were audited to a local statutory audit materiality that 
was also less than our overall Group materiality.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £1.5 million (Group audit) 
(2018: £1.4 million) and £1.5 million (Company audit) (2018: £1.4 million) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, 
warranted reporting for qualitative reasons. 

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

181

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statementsIndependent auditors’ report to the members of Bunzl plc continued

Going concern
In accordance with ISAs (UK) we report as follows:

Reporting obligation

Outcome

We are required to report if we have anything material to add or draw 
attention to in respect of the directors’ statement in the financial statements 
about whether the directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements and the 
directors’ identification of any material uncertainties to the Group’s and the 
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern over a period of at least 
twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements.

We have nothing material to add or to draw attention to.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this 
statement is not a guarantee as to the Group’s and Company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern. For example, the terms of the United Kingdom’s 
withdrawal from the European Union are not clear, and it is difficult to 
evaluate all of the potential implications on the Group’s trade, customers, 
suppliers and the wider economy. 

We are required to report if the directors’ statement relating to going concern 
in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) is materially inconsistent with our 
knowledge obtained in the audit.

We have nothing to report.

Reporting on other information 
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon. 
The directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, 
accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether  
the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears  
to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to 
conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the 
work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have 
nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic report and Directors’ report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 2006 
have been included. 

Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 (‘CA06’), ISAs (UK) 
and the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) require us also to report certain opinions and matters as described below 
(required by ISAs (UK) unless otherwise stated).

Strategic report and Directors’ report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic report and Directors’ report for 
the year ended 31 December 2019 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal 
requirements. (CA06)

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did not 
identify any material misstatements in the Strategic report and Directors’ report. (CA06)

The directors’ assessment of the prospects of the Group and of the principal risks that would threaten the solvency or liquidity 
of the Group
We have nothing material to add or draw attention to regarding:

• the directors’ confirmation on page 51 of the Annual Report that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the 

Group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.

• the disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those risks and explain how they are being managed or mitigated.

• the directors’ explanation on page 55 of the Annual Report as to how they have assessed the prospects of the Group, over what period they 

have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that 
the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including any 
related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

We have nothing to report having performed a review of the directors’ statement that they have carried out a robust assessment of the 
principal risks facing the Group and statement in relation to the longer-term viability of the Group. Our review was substantially less in scope 
than an audit and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the directors’ process supporting their statements; checking that the 
statements are in alignment with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the ‘Code’); and considering whether the 
statements are consistent with the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Company and their environment obtained in the course  
of the audit. (Listing Rules)

182

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic reportOther Code provisions
We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when: 

• the statement given by the directors, on page 177, that they consider the Annual Report taken as a whole to be fair, balanced and 
understandable, and provides the information necessary for the members to assess the Group’s and Company’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy is materially inconsistent with our knowledge of the Group and Company obtained in the 
course of performing our audit.

• the section of the Annual Report on pages 81 and 82 describing the work of the Audit Committee does not appropriately address 

matters communicated by us to the Audit Committee.

• the directors’ statement relating to the Company’s compliance with the Code does not properly disclose a departure from a relevant 

provision of the Code specified, under the Listing Rules, for review by the auditors.

Directors’ remuneration
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies  
Act 2006. (CA06)

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of directors’ responsibilities set out on page 177, the directors are responsible for the preparation of 
the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The directors 
are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors 
either intend to liquidate the Group or the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance,  
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be  
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of 
Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any 
other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior 
consent in writing.

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

• we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

• adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches 

not visited by us; or

• certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

• the Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting 

records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Appointment
Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, we were appointed by the directors on 19 May 2014 to audit the financial statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2014 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement is 6 years, covering the 
years ended 31 December 2014 to 31 December 2019.

Neil Grimes (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
London 
24 February 2020

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

183

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statementsShareholder information

Related undertakings
In accordance with section 409 of the Companies Act 2006 a full list of Bunzl plc’s subsidiary undertakings and other shares held by the 
Company as at 31 December 2019 is disclosed below. The registered office address of each entity or, in the case of unincorporated entities,  
the principal place of business, is disclosed on pages 187 to 189. Unless otherwise stated the subsidiary undertakings listed are wholly owned 
and held indirectly by Bunzl plc with ordinary shares issued (or the equivalent of ordinary shares in the relevant country of incorporation). In 
some of the jurisdictions in which the Group operates share classes are not defined and in these instances, for the purposes of this disclosure, 
the shares issued have been classified as ordinary shares. Bunzl plc does not have any joint venture companies or associated undertakings. 

Subsidiary  
undertakings
Argentina
Vicsa Steelpro S.A.
Australia
Atlas Health Care Pty Limited
Bunzl Australasia Holdings Pty Limited
Bunzl Australasia Limited
Bunzl Brands & Operations Pty Limited
Bunzl Catering Supplies Limited
Bunzl Food Processor Supplies Pty Limited
Bunzl Outsourcing Services Limited
Fire Rescue Safety Australia Pty Ltd (80%)
Interpath Services Pty. Ltd.
Network Packaging Pty Limited
Protect-A-Clean Pty Ltd
Robertsons Lifting & Rigging Pty Limited
Sanicare Australia Pty Limited
Star Wholesale Distribution Pty Limited
Worksense Workwear and Safety Pty Limited
Austria
Bunzl Holdings Austria GmbH
Meier Verpackungen GmbH
Belgium
Établissements Glorieux SA
King Belgium NV
Polaris Chemicals SPRL
Total Safety Supply Belgium BVBA
Varia-Pack NV
Brazil
B2B Web Distribuicao De Produtos Ltda
Bunzl Armazenagem, Logística e Prestação de 

Serviços Administrativos Ltda.

Bunzl Equipamentos para Proteção Individual Ltda.
Dental Sorria Ltda.
DVT Comércio, Importação e Exportação Ltda.
Labor Import Comercial Importadora  

Exportadora Ltda

VCH – Importadora, Exportadora e Distribuição  

de Produtos Ltda.

Canada
Bunzl Canada, Inc.
Chile
B2B Web Distribuicao de Produtos Chile SpA
Bunzl Chile Holdings SpA
DPS Chile Comercial Limitada
Tecno Boga Comercial Limitada
Vicsa Safety Comercial Limitada

Registered
office address

1

6
5
5
4
6
3
6
2
5
4
6
4
5
6
4

7
7

8
12
10
11
9

16

15
14
17
18

19

13

20

21
21
23
22
21

Subsidiary  
undertakings
China
Beijing HSESF Safety Technology Co., Ltd.
Bunzl Trading (Shanghai) Limited
Diversified Distribution Systems Trading (Shanghai) 

Ltd.

Keenpac (Shenzhen) Trading Company Limited
Shanghai BeiZhi Industrial Technology Co., LTD
Shanghai Cosafety Technology Co., Ltd.
Shanghai HSESF Safety Technology Co., Ltd.
Shanghai Mai Xi Protection Technology Co., Ltd.
Shanghai Yinghao Protection Technology Co., Ltd.
Suzhou Sai Wo Trading Co., Ltd.
Vicsa Commerce and Trading (Shanghai) Co., Ltd
Colombia
Importadores Exportadores Solmaq SAS
Tecnoboga Colombia S.A.S.
Vicsa Steelpro Colombia S.A.S.
Czech Republic
Blyth s.r.o.
Bunzl CS s.r.o.
Denmark
Bunzl Distribution Danmark A/S
Bunzl Holding Danmark A/S
Bunzl Properties Danmark A/S
Clean Care A/S
CM Supply ApS
MultiLine A/S
Saebe Compagniet ApS
France
Alpes Entretien Distribution SAS
Blanc SAS
Bourgogne Hygiene Entretien SAS
Bunzl Catering Développement SAS
Bunzl Holdings France SAS
Comatec SAS
Comptoir de Bretagne SAS
Daugeron & Fils SAS
Fichot Hygiene SAS
France Sécurité SAS
Gama 29 SAS
Générale Collectivités SAS
GM Equipement S.A.S.
Groupe Pierre Le Goff – Ile de France – Allodics 

– Adage SAS

Groupe Pierre Le Goff – Ile de France – ODI SAS
Groupe Pierre Le Goff – Ile de France-Adage SAS

Registered
office address

29
26

32
33
28
25
24
31
27
34
30

35
35
36

38
37

39
39
39
40
41
42
43

58
73
71
68
52
59
68
60
49
56
54
67
44

50
72
52

184

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic reportSubsidiary  
undertakings
Groupe Pierre Le Goff Bourgogne Franche-Comte 

Registered
office address

SAS

Groupe Pierre Le Goff Grand Ouest SAS
Groupe Pierre Le Goff Méditerranée SAS
Groupe Pierre Le Goff Nord-Est SAS
Groupe Pierre Le Goff Normandie SAS
Groupe Pierre Le Goff Rhône-Alpes Centre SAS
Groupe Pierre Le Goff Sud-Ouest SAS
Hedis SAS
Hygiadis SAS
Industrie du Compactage Alimentaire Hygiene ICA 

Hygiene L’image du Propre SAS

Keenpac France SAS
Ligne T SAS
Mat’hygiene SAS
Nicolas Entretien SAS
ORRU SAS
PLG Finances SAS
Prorisk S.A.S.
SCI des Saules SCI
Société Civile Immobilière Sainte Claire Deville SC
Sodiscol SAS
Sopecal Hygiene SAS
Germany
Bäumer Betriebshygiene Vertriebsgesellschaft 

mbH(iii)

Bunzl Holding GmbH(iii)
Bunzl Verpackungen GmbH
Inkozell Zellstoff-Vertrieb GmbH
Logmed GmbH
Majestic GmbH
Mo Ha Ge Mommsen Handelsgesellschaft mbH
MoHaGe Holdings GmbH
PKA Klöcker Gmbh(iii)
Protemo GmbH
Hong Kong
Bunzl Asia Limited(iii)
DDS of Hong Kong Limited
Keenpac Asia Limited
Hungary
Bunzl CEE Kft
Bunzl Magyarország Kft.
Propack Kereskedelmi Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság
Silwell Kereskedelmi Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság
Ireland
Bunzl Finance Ireland Unlimited Company(ii)
Bunzl Hospitality Supplies Ireland Limited
Bunzl Ireland Limited
Latharna Ireland Finance No. 1 Unlimited Company
Latharna Ireland Finance No. 2 Unlimited Company(ii)
Thomas McLaughlin (Ireland) Limited

65
69
55
74
48
62
61
46
51

64
47
53
57
70
63
52
44
51
51
45
66

78
75
75
77
77
79
77
75
76
78

80
81
82

85
85
85
84

86
86
86
86
86
86

Subsidiary  
undertakings
Yorse Ireland Unlimited Company
Israel
M.S. Global Limited
Meichaley Zahav Packages Ltd
Silco (Utensils) A.S. Limited(iii)
Italy
B2B Distribution Italy Holdings S.r.l.
Keenpac Italia S.r.l.
Neri S.p.A.
Secure Line S.r.l.
Secure Service S.r.l.
Mexico
Bunzl De Mexico SA de CV(ii)(iii)
Bunzl Servicios, SA. De CV
Cool Pak AG Packaging, S. de R. L. de C.V.
Cool Pak Exports S. de R.L. de C.V.
CP AG Servicios, S. de R.L. de C.V.
Diversified DS of Mexico, S. De R.L. De C.V.
Espomega S. de R.L. de C.V.(iii)
Proepta, S.A. DE C.V.(iii)
Steel pro S.A de C.V.(iii)
Web Distribucion Safety Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.
Netherlands
Allshoes Benelux B.V.
Bunzl Outsourcing Services B.V.
Bunzl Verpakkingen Arnhem B.V.
Coolpack B.V.
De Ridder B.V.
King Nederland B.V.
Majestic Products B.V.
QS Nederland B.V. (85%)
Worldpack Trading B.V.
New Zealand
Bunzl Outsourcing Services NZ Limited
Corded Strap (NZ) Limited
ICB Cleaning Supplies Limited
Nelson Packaging Supplies Limited
Norway
Art Trading AS
Culina AS
Enor AS
Riise & G G Storkjøkken AS
Skien Storkjøkken AS (51%)
Peru
Vicsa Safety Peru S.A.C.
Puerto Rico
Melissa Sales Corp.
Romania
Bunzl Distributie SRL
Singapore

Registered
office address
86

87
88
87

90
89
90
92
91

93
99
97
98
95
94
101
100
96
102

103
111
106
105
109
108
110
104
107

113
114
112
114

116
116
117
117
115

118

119

120

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

185

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statementsShareholder information continued

Related undertakings continued

Subsidiary  
undertakings
LSH Industrial Solutions Pte. Ltd
Slovakia
Eurobal, spol. s.r.o.
Spain
Bunzl Distribution Spain, S.A.U.
Bunzl Mallorca 2018, S.L.U.
Faru, S.L.U.
Guantes Juba, S.A.U.
Juba Personal Protective Equipment, S.L.U.
Lovilia Spain, S.L.U.
Marca Proteccion Laboral, S.L.U.
Marvel Proteccion Laboral, S.L.U.
Quirumed, S.L.U.
Tecnopacking, S.L.U.
Switzerland
Distrimondo AG
Keenpac (Switzerland) SA
MMH Holding AG
Uehlinger AG
Weita AG
Weita Holding AG
WGS AG
Turkey
Bursa Pazarı İnşaat Sanayi Ve Ticaret Anonim Şirketi
İstanbul Ticaret Hırdavat Sanayi A.Ş.
İstanbul Ticaret İş Güvenliği ve Endüstriyel Sanayi 

Ürünler A.Ş

Kullanatmarket Elektronik Pazarlama Ticaret 

Anonim Şirketi
United Kingdom
365 Healthcare Limited
Aggora (Technical) Limited(iii)
Aggora Group Ltd(iii)
Aggora Limited
Aggora Projects Ltd(iii)
Bunzl American Holdings (No.1) Limited
Bunzl American Holdings (No.2) Limited
Bunzl Finance Public Limited Company(i)
Bunzl Group Services Limited(i)
Bunzl Holding GTL Limited(i)
Bunzl Holding LCE Limited
Bunzl Overseas Holdings (No. 2) Limited(i)
Bunzl Overseas Holdings (No. 3) Limited(ii)
Bunzl Overseas Holdings (No.4) Limited
Bunzl Overseas Holdings Limited
Bunzl Pension Trustees Limited(i)
Bunzl Plastics Limited(i)
Bunzl Properties Limited(i)
Bunzl Retail & Healthcare Supplies Limited
Bunzl UK Limited
Classic Bag Company Holdings Limited
Continental Chef Supplies Limited
Dialene Limited
GrowModule 365 Limited
Guardsman Limited

Registered
office address
121

122

124
125
129
130
130
124
126
127
128
123

135
131
135
132
134
134
133

136
138

139

137

141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141

Subsidiary  
undertakings
Henares Limited(i)
Howper 800 Limited(iii)
Kingsbury Packaging (Limavady) Ltd
Lee Brothers Bilston Limited
Lightning Packaging Supplies Limited
London Bio Packaging Limited
Packaging 2 Buy Limited
Portabottle Limited
Portabrands Limited
Selectuser Limited(ii)
The Classic Printed Bag Company Limited
The Porta Group Limited
Tri-Star Packaging Supplies Limited
Woodway Packaging Limited
Woodway UK Limited
Woodway UK South Limited(iii)
Wycombe Marsh Paper Mills Limited(i)
Yorse No. 1 Limited
Yorse No. 3 Limited(i)
United States
Arch Logistics, LLC
Bunzl Corporate Holdings, Inc.
Bunzl Distribution California, LLC
Bunzl Distribution Leasing, Inc.
Bunzl Distribution Midatlantic, LLC
Bunzl Distribution Midcentral, Inc.
Bunzl Distribution Northeast, LLC
Bunzl Distribution Oklahoma, Inc.
Bunzl Distribution Southeast, LLC
Bunzl Distribution Southwest, L.P.
Bunzl Distribution USA, LLC
Bunzl Holdings Inc.
Bunzl International Services, Inc.
Bunzl Mexican Holdings II, LLC
Bunzl Mexican Holdings, LLC
Bunzl Midatlantic, LLC
Bunzl Minneapolis, LLC
Bunzl North American Holdings, Inc.
Bunzl Northeast, LLC
Bunzl Processor Distribution, LLC
Bunzl Retail Services, LLC
Bunzl Retail, LLC
Bunzl Southwest Holdings, LLC
Bunzl US Holdings LLC
Bunzl USA Holdings LLC
Bunzl USA LLC
Bunzl Utah, LLC
Bunzl Western Holdings, Inc.
Cool-Pak, LLC
Destiny Packaging, LLC
Earthwise Bag Company, Inc.
Foodhandler Inc.
Green Source, LLC
Hi-Valu, LLC
International Sourcing Company Inc.(iii)

Registered
office address
141
141
140
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141
141

146
146
156
155
144
146
146
154
146
149
156
156
156
146
146
146
142
156
146
146
156
146
152
156
156
156
150
146
156
156
145
147
146
146
148

186

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic reportList of registered office addresses

Subsidiary  
undertakings
John Tillman Company
Keenpac, LLC
Keepsafe, LLC
Liberty Glove & Safety, LLC
M.L. Kishigo Manufacturing Company, LLC
Masteragents LLC
Papercraft Southwest, LLC
Prime Source, LLC
R3 Safety, LLC
R3, LLC
Revco Industries, Inc.(iii)
Right Choice Distribution, LLC
SAS Safety Corporation
Steiner Industries, Inc.
TSN East, LLC
TSN West, LLC
U.S. Glove Co., Inc.
Western Glove Manufacturing, Inc.
Uruguay
Steelpro Safety S.A.

Other shareholdings
Viner-Pack Gyarto Kereskedelmi Es Szolgaltato 

Korlatolt Felelossegu Tarsasag(iii) (20%)

Classifications key
(i)  Directly owned by Bunzl plc
(ii)  Holding of ordinary and preference shares
(iii)  Holding of more than one class of ordinary share

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Registered
office address
156
146
143
156
152
146
156
146
146
151
145
146
156
153
146
146
157
145

Address
Maipú 1300, piso 13, Ciudad de Buenos Aires, Argentina
17 Millrose Drive, Malaga WA 6090, Australia
34-48 Cosgrove Road, Enfield NSW 2136, Australia
55 Sarah Andrews Close, Erskine Park NSW 2759, Australia
Level 2, 700 Springvale Road, Mulgrave VIC 3170, Australia
Unit 1, 52 Fox Drive, Dandenong South VIC 3175, Australia
Diepoldsauer Straße 37, 6845, Hohenems, Austria
1 Rue du Bois des Hospices, 2iémé étage, 7522 Tournai, 

Key
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Belgium

Aarschotsesteenweg 114 3012 Leuven (Wilsele), Belgium
Avenue Sabin 23, 1300 Wavre, Belgium
Oudenaardsesteenweg 19 9000 Ghent, Belgium
Rue du Cerf 190 1332 Genval, Belgium
Avenida Doutor Alberto Jackson Byington, 1435 Jardim Santa 

Fe, City of Osasco, São Paulo, CEP 06273-050, Brazil

Estrada Velha de Guarulhos – São Miguel, 5135, Box 301 – 

Jardim Arapongas, city of Guarulhos, São Paulo,  
CEP 07210-250, Brazil

Estrada Velha de Guarulhos – São Miguel, 5135, Box 311 – 

158

Jardim Arapongas, city of Guarulhos, São Paulo,  
CEP 07210-250, Brazil

Registered
 office address

Rua Cardeal Arcoverde, 2365, Andar 5, Conjunto 51, 

Pinheiros, CEP 05407-003, Brazil

Rua Crepusculo, No 58 Bairro California, City of Belo 

Horizonte, Minas Gerais, CEP 30855-435, Brazil

83

Rua João Thomaz Pinto, No. 1570, Shed A, Modules 6, 7 and 8 
Condominium Byblos, district of Canhanduba, City of Itajaí, 
State of Santa Catarina, 88.313-045, Brazil

Rua Padre Damaso 165, 173 e 187, Osasco, São Paulo,  

CEP 06016-010, Brazil

SNR Dentons LLP, 77 King Street West, Suite 400, Toronto 

ON M5K 0A1, Canada

Av. Presidente Eduardo Frei Montalva 5151, Conchalí, 

8550678 Santiago, Chile

Avenida Boulevard, Aeropuerto Norte #9649, Pudahuel, 

Santiago, Chile

Camino Coquimbo N’ 16.000, Colina, Sanitago, Chile
2F, Building 4, No. 115 Lane 1276, Nanle Road, Songjiang 

District, Shanghai, China

3F, Building 4, No. 115 Lane 1276, Nanle Road, Songjiang 

District, Shanghai, China

Floor 9, Xinpeng Plaza, No. 200, Lane 91, E’shan Road, 

Pudong New Area, Shanghai, 200127, China

No. 181 Zhongshe Road, Maogag Town, Songjiang District, 

Shanghai, China

No. 301 Rongle East Road, Songjiang District, Shanghai, 

China

No. 9 Fuqian Road, Shandong Zhuang Town, Pinggu District, 

Beijing, China

Room 3123, Building 3, 112-118 Gaoyi Road, Baoshan District, 

Shanghai, China

Room 368, Part 302, No. 211 Fute North Road, Free Trade 

Zone, Shanghai, China

Room 850, No. 1111 Chang Shou Rd, Jingan District, 

Shanghai, China

8
9
10
11
12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22
23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

187

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statementsShareholder information continued

List of registered office addresses continued

Address
Room 912, Central Business Tower, 88 Fuhua 1st Road, 

Key

Futian, Shenzhen, China

Southwest of No.1 House, 3F, Building A, Tower 2, Xinhaiyi, 

No. 58 Heshun Road, Suzhou Industrial Park, Jiangsu, 
China

Carrera 30 No. 15-30, Bogota D.C., Colombia
Km 7 Vía Medellín, Parque Empresarial Celta, Módulo 1, 

Bodega 49, Funza (Cundinamarca), Colombia

Dolnokrčská 2029/54a, Krč, Praha 4, 140 00, Czech Republic
Přátelstvi 1011/17, Uhřiněves, Praha 10, 10 400,  

Czech Republic

Greve Main 30, 2670 Greve, Denmark
Indkildevej 2 c, DK-9210, Aalborg SØ, Denmark
Jydekrogen 7, DK-2625, Vallensbaek, Denmark
Kirkebjergvej 17, 4180 Sorø, Denmark
Vesterlundvej 5-7, DK-2730 Herlev, Denmark
11 C rue des Aulnes, 69410 Champagne-au-Mont-d’or, France
13 rue des Battants RN 20, 31140, Saint-Alban, France
140 rue Victor Hugo, 92300 Levallois-Perret, France
191-195 Avenue Charles de Gaulle, 92200 Neuilly-sur-Seine, 

Paris, France

2 Rue Paul Vaillant Couturier, 76120 Le Grand Quevilly, 

France

26/28 rue Jean Perrin, 28300, Mainvilliers, France
29 avenue des Morillons, ZA des Doucettes, 95140 Garges les 

Gonesses, France

440 route de Rosporden, Le Grand Guelen, 29000 Quimper, 

France

5 avenue Gutenberg, ZA Pariwest, 78310 Maurepas, France
50 Avenue d’Allemagne, Rond Point de L’Europe ZA Albasud, 

82000 Montauban, France

530 rue Jacqueline Auriol ZA de Saint Thudon, 29490, 

Guipavas, France

556 Chemin du Mas de Cheylon, CAP Delta 30941, Nimes, 

France

585, Rue Alain Colas, 29200, Brest, France
7 route de Villiers, 77780, Bourron-Marlotte, France
725 Route des Vernes Pringy, 74370, Annecy, France
Boulevard Francois-Xavier Faffeur, Zone Industrielle 

Lannolier, 11000, Carcassonne, France

Lieudit la Trentaine, 77690, La Genevraye, France
Parc d’activité Des Lacs, 22 rue Saint Exupéry, 33 290 

Blanquefort, France

Quai Louis Aulagne, 69 190 Saint Fons, France
Route Nationale 97, ZA Les Plantades, 83130 La Garde, France
Route Nationale, 57420, Louvigny, France
Rue Charles Remi Arnoult, 21700 Nuits Saint Georges, France
Rue de Pau, 40500 Saint-Server, France
Rue Edouard Branly, ZAC des Chamonds 58640 Varennes-

Vauzelles, France

Rue Jean-Marie David, ZA la Teillais, 35740, Pacé, France
Rue Nungesser et Coli d2A Nantes Atlantique, 44860 

Saint-Aignan de Grand Lieu, France

Rue Pierre Pascal Fauvelle, 66000 Perpignan, France

33

34
35

36
37

38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46

47

48
49

50

51
52

53

54

55
56
57
58

59
60

61
62
63
64
65
66

67
68

69
70

Address
ZI Maison Dieu RN 74, 21220 Fixin, France
ZI Val de Seine, 17 avenue Nobel, 92390 Villeneuve la 

Key
71

Garenne, France

Zone Artisanale Maritime du Bassin de Thau, Route de Séte, 

34540 Ballaruc Les Bains, France

Zone d’activité Sud Saint Jean, 57130 Jouy aux Arches, 

France

Elbestraße 1-3, 45768 Marl, Germany
Friedrichstrasse 2, 40699 Erkrath, Germany
Malteserstrasse 139-143, 12277, Berlin, Germany
Maysweg 11, 47918 Tönisvorst, Germany
Stadtweide 17, 46446 Emmerich, Germany
11th Floor, One Pacific Place, 88 Queensway, Hong Kong
Room 2103, Futura Plaza, 111 How Ming Street, Kwun Tun, 

Hong Kong

Unit 3-4 18F Tower 6, China Hong Kong City, Tsim Sha Tsui, 

Kowloon, Hong Kong

2336 Dunavarsány, 071/33 hrsz, Hungary
H-1097 Budapest, Gyáli út 37/A, Hungary
Vendel Park, Erdőalja út 3., 2051 Biatorbágy, Hungary
10 Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin 2, D02 T380, Ireland
4 Kinneret Street, POB 1139, Airport City, Ben Gurion Airport, 

7019802, Israel

Emek Ha’Ela 250, Modi’in, P.O.B 553, LOD 7110601, Israel
Corsa Italia n.6, 50123 Florence, Italy
Via 8 Marzo n. 6, 42025 Corte Tegge di Cavriago, Reggio 

Emilia, Italy

Via Brigata Reggio no. 24, Reggio Emilia, Italy
Via Guglielmo Marconi no. 35, Rozzano, Italy
Arzipe Valdes & Marco, Ave. Batallón de San Patricio #111, 
Piso 28, Despacho 2801, Colonia Valle Oriente, San Pedro 
Garza Garcia, Nuevo León, C.P. 66269, Mexico

Avenida Cafetales No. 1702, Interior 201, between streets 
Rancho Recoveco and Rancho Estopila, Hacienda de 
Coyoacán, Coyoacán, 04970, Mexico

Avenida Circunvalación Agustín Yáñez 2613, int 1A-110, 

Arcos Vallarta Sur, 44500 Guadalajara, Jalisco

Calle Rio San Lorenzo No. 503, Col. Fuentes del Valle, CP 
6620, CD San Pedro Garza Garcia, Nuevo León, Mexico
Carretera al CUCBA No. 400 Interior 5 Colonia La Venta del 

Astillero, C.P. 45221 Zapopan, Jalisco

Carretera Corredor Tijuana Rosarito 2000 Exterior 15202. 

Interior Mt3 A, Colonia Zona Cerril General, Tijuana, Baja 
California

Carretera Miguel Alemán KM21 Edificio 4C Prologis Park, 

Apodaca, N.L., México C.P, 66627, Mexico

Galileo # 11, Colonia Polanco V Secc., Delagación Miguel 

Hidalgo, 11560, Ciudad de México, Mexico

Pablo A. Gonzalez Garza Pte., 820, Chepevera, Monterrey, 

Nuevo León, 64030, Mexico

Rio San Lorenzo No. 503 Local I, Col. Fuentes Del Valle, San 

Pedro Garza Garcia, C.P. 66220, Mexico

Barnsteenstraat 1-A, 1812 SE Alkmaar, Netherlands
Bijsterhuizen 3005C, 6604 LP Wijchen, Netherlands

72

73

74
75
76
77
78
79
80

81

82
83
84
85
86

87
88
89

90
91
92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102
103
104

188

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic reportAddress
De Kronkels 31c, 3752LM Bunschoten-Spakenburg, 

Netherlands

Delta 57, 6825 ML Arnhem, Netherlands
Esp 125, 5633 AA Eindhoven, Netherlands
Grotewei 2, 4004 LW Tiel, Netherlands
Industrieweg 11B, 1566JN, Assendelft, Netherlands
Jan Campertlaan 6, 3201AX, Spijkenisse, Netherlands
Rondebeltweg 82, 1329 BG Almere, Netherlands
686 Rosebank Road, Avondale, Auckland, 1026, New Zealand
97 Sawyers Arm Road, Christchurch, 8052, New Zealand
KPMG Level 5, 79 Cashel Street, Christchurch, 8140,  

New Zealand

Bedriftsveien 24, 3735 Skien, Norway
c/o Enor AS, Holmaveien 20, 1339 Vøyenenga, Norway
Holmaveien 20, 1339 Vøyenenga, Norway
Av. Santa Rosa 350. Ate., Lima, Peru
PO Box 6494, PR 00914-6494, San Juan, Puerto Rico
Sat Dragomiresti-Deal, Comuna Dragomiresti-Vale, DE 287/1, 
Bucharest West Logistic Park, Cladirea C, Unitatea C01, 
Ilfov, Romania

1 Penjuru Close, 608617, Singapore
Na pántoch 18, 831 06 Bratislava, Slovakia
Calle Castilla-León, Parcela 45 Onda, 12200, Castellón, Spain
Calle Filats, 8 Polg. Industrial Prologis Park, Sant Boi de 

Llobregat, Barcelona, Spain

Calle las Palmeras 7, Polígono Industrial La Sendeilla, 28350 

Ciempozuelos, Spain

Key

105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113

114
115
116
117
118
119

120
121
122
123

124

125

Cartagena, Murcia, poligono industrial Cabezo Beaza, 

Avenida Bruselas, 30353, esquina calle Amsterdam, parcela 
R 100, Spain

126

Cartagena, Murcia, poligono industrial Cabezo Beaza, 

Avenida Luxemburgo, calle Artes y Oficios, nave B-3, Spain

127

Corretger No 115-117-119, Parque Empresarial Táctica, 

Paterna, 46980, Valencia, Spain

Edificio Plaza, Nave 5, Ali-4 Plataforma Logistica de Zaragoza, 

50197, Zaragoza, Spain

Santo Domingo De La Calzada, La Rioja, 26250, Carretera De 

Logrono, Spain

c/o ALR Fiduciaire Rummel SA, ch. Valmont 224, 1260, 

NYON, Switzerland

c/o Weita AG, Nordring 2, 4147 Aesch, Switzerland
Güterstrasse, 4313 Möhlin, Switzerland
Nordring 2, 4147 Aesch, Switzerland
Oberebenestrasse 53, CH-5620 Bremgarten, Switzerland
Akçaburgaz Mahallesi, 3137. Sokak, No.19, Esenyurt, 

Istanbul, Turkey

Akçaburgaz Mahallesi, 3137. Sokak, No.19, K. 1, Esenyurt, 

Istanbul, Turkey

128

129

130

131
132
133
134
135

136

137

Address
Arapcami Mah, Tersane Cad, No. 115, Beyoğlu, Istanbul, 

Turkey

Şerifali Mah., Turgut Özal Blv, B Blok No:170/1, Ümraniye, 

İstanbul, Turkey

Arthur Cox, Victoria House, 15-17 Gloucester Street, Belfast, 

BT1 4LS, United Kingdom

York House, 45 Seymour Street, London, W1H 7JT,  

United Kingdom

701 Emerson #500, St Louis MO 63141-9111, United States
7503 Nottoway Place, Springfield VA 22150, United States
Corporate Creations Network Inc., 1001 State Street #1400, 

Erie PA 16501, United States

Corporate Creations Network Inc., 11380 Prosperity Farms Rd 

#221E, Palm Beach Gardens FL 33410, United States
Corporate Creations Network Inc., 12747 Olive Boulevard, 

Suite 300, St. Louis, MO 63141, St. Louis County,  
United States

Corporate Creations Network Inc., 15 North Mill Street, Nyack 

NY 10960, United States

Corporate Creations Network Inc., 205 Powell Place, 

Brentwood TN 37027-7522, United States

Corporate Creations Network Inc., 2425 W Loop South #200, 

Houston TX, United States

Corporate Creations Network Inc., 2825 East Cottonwood 
Parkway #500, Salt Lake City UT 84121, United States
Corporate Creations Network Inc., 3106 Ingersoll Avenue,  

Des Moines, IA 50321 IL, United States

Corporate Creations Network Inc., 3411 Silverside Road, 

Tatnall Building Ste 104, Wilmington DE 19810,  
United States

Corporate Creations Network Inc., 350 S. Northwest Highway 

#300, Park Ridge IL 60068, United States

Corporate Creations Network Inc., 406 South Boulder #400, 

Tulsa OK 74103, United States

Corporate Creations Network Inc., 5200 Willson Road #150, 

Edina MN 55424, United States

Corporate Creations Network Inc., 6802 Paragon Place #410, 

Richmond, VA 23230, Henrico, United States

Corporate Creations Network Inc., West 505 Riverside Avenue 

#500, Spokane WA 99201, United States
César Cortinas 2037, Montevideo, Uruguay

Key

138

139

140

141
142
143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

151

152

153

154

155

156

157
158

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

189

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statementsShareholder information continued

Financial calendar

Annual General Meeting
Results for the half year to 30 June 2020

Results for the year to 31 December 2020
Annual Report circulated

2020 
15 April
24 August

2021 
March
March

Dividend payments are normally made on these dates or the 
following working day:

Ordinary shares (final)
Ordinary shares (interim)

1 July
2 January

Analysis of ordinary shareholders
At 31 December 2019 the Company had 5,058 (2018: 4,920) 
registered shareholders who held 336.8 million (2018: 336.4 million) 
ordinary shares between them, analysed as follows:

Size of holding
0 – 10,000
10,001 – 100,000
100,001 – 500,000
500,001 – 1,000,000
1,000,001 and over

Number of 
shareholders
4,353
427
185
37
56
5,058

% of issued 
share capital
2
4
13
7
74
100

Registrar
Computershare Investor Services PLC  
The Pavilions  
Bridgwater Road  
Bristol BS99 6ZZ 
Telephone +44 (0) 370 889 3257 
Fax +44 (0) 370 703 6101 
Email webqueries@computershare.co.uk  
Website www.computershare.com

Investor Centre
Shareholders can manage their shareholding online at 
www.investorcentre.co.uk. The Investor Centre is our registrar’s 
easy to use website, available 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 
where the following services are available:

• elect for electronic communications;

• change of address;

• view share balance information;

• join the dividend reinvestment plan; and

• view dividend payment and tax information.

In order to register for the Investor Centre, shareholders will need 
their shareholder reference number which can be found on either 
their share certificate or dividend confirmations.

Dividend payment by BACS
Shareholders can have their dividends paid directly into their bank 
or building society account using the Bankers’ Automated Clearing 
Service (‘BACS’). This means that dividends will be in the account 
on the same day the dividend payment is made. To use this method 
of payment please contact our registrar on +44 (0) 370 889 3257 or 
visit the Investor Centre website. Please note that this option will not 
override any existing dividend scheme mandate, which would need 
to be revoked in writing. Shareholders who have elected to have their 
dividends paid by BACS and who have registered a valid email 
address with the registrar will be able to access their dividend 
confirmations electronically at www.investorcentre.co.uk. If no such 
email address has been registered, shareholders will receive their 
dividend confirmations by post.

Dividend reinvestment plan
The Company operates a dividend reinvestment plan which allows 
shareholders to use the whole of their cash dividend to buy additional 
shares in the Company, thereby increasing their shareholding.

Shareholders can apply to join the plan online in the Investor Centre 
or can contact the Company’s registrar to request the terms and 
conditions of the plan and a printed mandate form.

American Depositary Receipts
The Company has a sponsored Level 1 American Depositary 
Receipt programme that trades on the over-the-counter market in the 
US with ticker BZLFY. Citibank N.A. acts as the Depositary Bank. 
Telephone Citibank +1 781 575 4555  
Email citibank@shareholders-online.com  
Website www.citi.com/dr

190

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic report 
 
Shareholders may if they wish have their dividend payments paid 
directly into their bank account in certain foreign currencies. 
Please contact the Company’s registrar on +44 (0) 370 889 3257 
to request further information about the currencies for which this 
service is available.

Share dealing
Bunzl plc shares can be traded through most banks and 
stockbrokers. The Company’s registrar also offers an internet  
and telephone dealing service. Further details can be found at  
www.computershare.trade/ or by telephoning +44 (0) 370 703 0084.

ShareGift
Sometimes shareholders have only a small holding of shares which 
may be uneconomical to sell. Shareholders who wish to donate these 
shares to charity can do so through ShareGift, an independent 
charity share donation scheme (registered charity no. 1052686). 
Further information about ShareGift may be obtained from ShareGift 
on +44 (0) 20 7930 3737 or at www.sharegift.org.

Shareholder security
Shareholders are advised to be cautious about any unsolicited 
financial advice, offers to buy shares at a discount or offers of free 
company reports. More detailed information about this can be found 
at www.fca.org.uk in the Consumers section and at www.fca.org.uk/
scamsmart. Details of any share dealing facilities that the Company 
endorses will be included in Company mailings.

Independent auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Corporate brokers
J.P. Morgan Cazenove  
Citigroup

Company Secretary
Paul Hussey

Registered office
York House 
45 Seymour Street  
London W1H 7JT 
Telephone +44 (0) 20 7725 5000 
Fax +44 (0) 20 7725 5001 
Website www.bunzl.com  
Registered in England no. 358948

Forward-looking statements
The Annual Report contains certain statements about the future 
outlook for the Group. Although the Company believes that the 
expectations are based on reasonable assumptions, any statements 
about future outlook may be influenced by factors that could cause 
actual outcomes and results to be materially different.

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

191

Directors’ reportStrategic reportFinancial statementsFive year review

Revenue
Operating profit
Finance income
Finance expense
Profit on disposal of businesses
Profit before income tax
Income tax
Profit for the year attributable to the 

Company’s equity holders

IFRS
2019
£m
9,326.7
528.4
12.4
(87.5)
–
453.3
(104.1)

Proforma
IAS 17◊
2019
£m
9,326.7
506.0
12.4
(64.2)
–
454.2
(104.3)

349.2

349.9

Basic earnings per share

104.8p

105.0p

Alternative performance measures† 
Adjusted operating profit
Adjusted profit before income tax
Adjusted profit for the year
Adjusted earnings per share

◊  See Basis of preparation IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ on page 1.

653.3
578.2
440.6
132.2p

630.9
579.1
441.3
132.4p

†  See Note 4 on page 134 for further details of the alternative performance measures.

2018
£m
9,079.4
466.2
11.6
(66.6)
13.6
424.8
(98.3)

326.5

98.4p

614.0
559.0
429.9
129.6p

2017
£m
8,580.9
456.0
10.6
(57.3)
–
409.3
(98.8)

310.5

94.2p

589.3
542.6
393.4
119.4p

2016
£m
7,429.1
409.7
7.1
(53.9)
–
362.9
(97.0)

265.9

80.7p

525.0
478.2
349.6
106.1p

2015
£m
6,489.7
366.5
4.8
(48.6)
–
322.7
(90.0)

232.7

71.0p

455.0
411.2
298.1
91.0p

192

Bunzl plc Annual Report 2019

Directors’ reportFinancial statementsStrategic reportBunzl plc 
York House
45 Seymour Street
London
W1H 7JT 

www.bunzl.com